Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1709/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy & Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1709/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:01:59 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:01:59 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1709/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1709/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1709/ thebookvoice.com no Daisy Hahn Jr. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1709/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy & Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566818 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout: Beat Fatigue to Thrive in an Overworked World Author: Anju Jain Narrator: Aishwarya Singh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you feel like you never have enough time or energy to get things done? Are you stressed and exhausted just thinking about work? Are you getting to the point where you dread Monday mornings? These are some of the tell-tale signs of burnout which, if not addressed, can wreck careers and relationships. Senior psychologist and business leader Anju Jain, PhD, finds out what makes some people tenacious and energetic while others suffer from fatigue and fall by the wayside. This book offers a framework and principles to ensure that you continue to have a hard-working and productive life without getting burned out. Anju Jain Tue, 11 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566818 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout: Beat Fatigue to Thrive in an Overworked World Author: Anju Jain Narrator: Aishwarya Singh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you feel like you never have enough time or energy to get things done? Are you stressed and exhausted just thinking about work? Are you getting to the point where you dread Monday mornings? These are some of the tell-tale signs of burnout which, if not addressed, can wreck careers and relationships. Senior psychologist and business leader Anju Jain, PhD, finds out what makes some people tenacious and energetic while others suffer from fatigue and fall by the wayside. This book offers a framework and principles to ensure that you continue to have a hard-working and productive life without getting burned out. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout: Beat Fatigue to Thrive in an Overworked World Author: Anju Jain Narrator: Aishwarya Singh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you feel like you never have enough time or energy to get things done? Are you stressed and exhausted just thinking about work? Are you getting to the point where you dread Monday mornings? These are some of the tell-tale signs of burnout which, if not addressed, can wreck careers and relationships. Senior psychologist and business leader Anju Jain, PhD, finds out what makes some people tenacious and energetic while others suffer from fatigue and fall by the wayside. This book offers a framework and principles to ensure that you continue to have a hard-working and productive life without getting burned out. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shame Machine: Who Profits in the New Age of Humiliation Author: Cathy O'neil Narrator: Cathy O'neil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shame is being weaponized by governments and corporations to attack the most vulnerable. It's time to fight back Shame is a powerful and sometimes useful tool. When we publicly shame corrupt politicians, abusive celebrities, or predatory corporations, we reinforce values of fairness and justice. But as best-selling author Cathy O'Neil argues in this revelatory book, shaming has taken a new and dangerous turn. It is increasingly being weaponized -- used as a way to shift responsibility for social problems from institutions to individuals. Shaming children for not being able to afford school lunches or adults for not being able to find work lets us off the hook as a society. After all, why pay higher taxes to fund programmes for people who are fundamentally unworthy? O'Neil explores the machinery behind all this shame, showing how governments, corporations and the healthcare system capitalize on it. There are damning stories of rehab clinics, reentry programs, drug and diet companies, and social media platforms -- all of which profit from 'punching down' on the vulnerable. Woven throughout The Shame Machine is the story of O'Neil's own struggle with body image and her recent weight-loss surgery, which awakened her to the systematic shaming of fat people seeking medical care. With clarity and nuance, O'Neil dissects the relationship between shame and power. Whom does the system serve? How do current incentive structures perpetuate the shaming cycle? And, most important, how can we all fight back? © Cathy O'Neil 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Cathy O'neil Tue, 22 Mar 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566786 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shame Machine: Who Profits in the New Age of Humiliation Author: Cathy O'neil Narrator: Cathy O'neil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shame is being weaponized by governments and corporations to attack the most vulnerable. It's time to fight back Shame is a powerful and sometimes useful tool. When we publicly shame corrupt politicians, abusive celebrities, or predatory corporations, we reinforce values of fairness and justice. But as best-selling author Cathy O'Neil argues in this revelatory book, shaming has taken a new and dangerous turn. It is increasingly being weaponized -- used as a way to shift responsibility for social problems from institutions to individuals. Shaming children for not being able to afford school lunches or adults for not being able to find work lets us off the hook as a society. After all, why pay higher taxes to fund programmes for people who are fundamentally unworthy? O'Neil explores the machinery behind all this shame, showing how governments, corporations and the healthcare system capitalize on it. There are damning stories of rehab clinics, reentry programs, drug and diet companies, and social media platforms -- all of which profit from 'punching down' on the vulnerable. Woven throughout The Shame Machine is the story of O'Neil's own struggle with body image and her recent weight-loss surgery, which awakened her to the systematic shaming of fat people seeking medical care. With clarity and nuance, O'Neil dissects the relationship between shame and power. Whom does the system serve? How do current incentive structures perpetuate the shaming cycle? And, most important, how can we all fight back? © Cathy O'Neil 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shame Machine: Who Profits in the New Age of Humiliation Author: Cathy O'neil Narrator: Cathy O'neil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shame is being weaponized by governments and corporations to attack the most vulnerable. It's time to fight back Shame is a powerful and sometimes useful tool. When we publicly shame corrupt politicians, abusive celebrities, or predatory corporations, we reinforce values of fairness and justice. But as best-selling author Cathy O'Neil argues in this revelatory book, shaming has taken a new and dangerous turn. It is increasingly being weaponized -- used as a way to shift responsibility for social problems from institutions to individuals. Shaming children for not being able to afford school lunches or adults for not being able to find work lets us off the hook as a society. After all, why pay higher taxes to fund programmes for people who are fundamentally unworthy? O'Neil explores the machinery behind all this shame, showing how governments, corporations and the healthcare system capitalize on it. There are damning stories of rehab clinics, reentry programs, drug and diet companies, and social media platforms -- all of which profit from 'punching down' on the vulnerable. Woven throughout The Shame Machine is the story of O'Neil's own struggle with body image and her recent weight-loss surgery, which awakened her to the systematic shaming of fat people seeking medical care. With clarity and nuance, O'Neil dissects the relationship between shame and power. Whom does the system serve? How do current incentive structures perpetuate the shaming cycle? And, most important, how can we all fight back? © Cathy O'Neil 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566746 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Storm: A Soldier's Memoir of Politics and PTSD Author: Jason Kander Narrator: Diana Kander, Jason Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A truly special book. This combination of honesty, thoughtfulness, urgency, and vulnerability is not common in leaders, and Jason demonstrates boundless occupancy of all of these traits.” – Wes Moore, New York Times bestselling author of The Other Wes Moore From political wunderkind and former army intelligence officer Jason Kander comes a haunting, powerful memoir about impossible choices—and how sometimes walking away from the chance of a lifetime can be the greatest decision of all. In 2017, President Obama, in his final Oval Office interview, was asked who gave him hope for the future of the country, and Jason Kander was the first name he mentioned. Suddenly, Jason was a national figure. As observers assumed he was preparing a run for the presidency, Jason announced a bid for mayor of Kansas City instead and was headed for a landslide victory. But after eleven years battling PTSD from his service in Afghanistan, Jason was seized by depression and suicidal thoughts. He dropped out of the mayor’s race and out of public life. And finally, he sought help. In this brutally honest second memoir, following his New York Times best-selling debut Outside the Wire, Jason Kander has written the book he himself needed in the most painful moments of his PTSD. In candid, in-the-moment detail, we see him struggle with undiagnosed illness during a presidential bid; witness his family buoy him through challenging treatment; and, giving hope to so many of us, see him heal. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Jason Kander Tue, 05 Jul 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566746 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Storm: A Soldier's Memoir of Politics and PTSD Author: Jason Kander Narrator: Diana Kander, Jason Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A truly special book. This combination of honesty, thoughtfulness, urgency, and vulnerability is not common in leaders, and Jason demonstrates boundless occupancy of all of these traits.” – Wes Moore, New York Times bestselling author of The Other Wes Moore From political wunderkind and former army intelligence officer Jason Kander comes a haunting, powerful memoir about impossible choices—and how sometimes walking away from the chance of a lifetime can be the greatest decision of all. In 2017, President Obama, in his final Oval Office interview, was asked who gave him hope for the future of the country, and Jason Kander was the first name he mentioned. Suddenly, Jason was a national figure. As observers assumed he was preparing a run for the presidency, Jason announced a bid for mayor of Kansas City instead and was headed for a landslide victory. But after eleven years battling PTSD from his service in Afghanistan, Jason was seized by depression and suicidal thoughts. He dropped out of the mayor’s race and out of public life. And finally, he sought help. In this brutally honest second memoir, following his New York Times best-selling debut Outside the Wire, Jason Kander has written the book he himself needed in the most painful moments of his PTSD. In candid, in-the-moment detail, we see him struggle with undiagnosed illness during a presidential bid; witness his family buoy him through challenging treatment; and, giving hope to so many of us, see him heal. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Storm: A Soldier's Memoir of Politics and PTSD Author: Jason Kander Narrator: Diana Kander, Jason Kander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A truly special book. This combination of honesty, thoughtfulness, urgency, and vulnerability is not common in leaders, and Jason demonstrates boundless occupancy of all of these traits.” – Wes Moore, New York Times bestselling author of The Other Wes Moore From political wunderkind and former army intelligence officer Jason Kander comes a haunting, powerful memoir about impossible choices—and how sometimes walking away from the chance of a lifetime can be the greatest decision of all. In 2017, President Obama, in his final Oval Office interview, was asked who gave him hope for the future of the country, and Jason Kander was the first name he mentioned. Suddenly, Jason was a national figure. As observers assumed he was preparing a run for the presidency, Jason announced a bid for mayor of Kansas City instead and was headed for a landslide victory. But after eleven years battling PTSD from his service in Afghanistan, Jason was seized by depression and suicidal thoughts. He dropped out of the mayor’s race and out of public life. And finally, he sought help. In this brutally honest second memoir, following his New York Times best-selling debut Outside the Wire, Jason Kander has written the book he himself needed in the most painful moments of his PTSD. In candid, in-the-moment detail, we see him struggle with undiagnosed illness during a presidential bid; witness his family buoy him through challenging treatment; and, giving hope to so many of us, see him heal. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566734 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autistic Brain: Thinking Across the Spectrum Author: Temple Speaker Grandin, Richard Panek Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A cutting-edge account of the latest science of autism, from the best-selling author and advocate When Temple Grandin was born in 1947, autism had only just been named. Today it is more prevalent than ever, with one in 88 children diagnosed on the spectrum. And our thinking about it has undergone a transformation in her lifetime: Autism studies have moved from the realm of psychology to neurology and genetics, and there is far more hope today than ever before thanks to groundbreaking new research into causes and treatments. Now Temple Grandin reports from the forefront of autism science, bringing her singular perspective to a thrilling journey into the heart of the autism revolution. Weaving her own experience with remarkable new discoveries, Grandin introduces the neuroimaging advances and genetic research that link brain science to behavior, even sharing her own brain scan to show us which anomalies might explain common symptoms. We meet the scientists and self-advocates who are exploring innovative theories of what causes autism and how we can diagnose and best treat it. Grandin also highlights long-ignored sensory problems and the transformative effects we can have by treating autism symptom by symptom, rather than with an umbrella diagnosis. Most exciting, she argues that raising and educating kids on the spectrum isn’t just a matter of focusing on their weaknesses; in the science that reveals their long-overlooked strengths she shows us new ways to foster their unique contributions. From the “aspies” in Silicon Valley to the five-year-old without language, Grandin understands the true meaning of the word spectrum. The Autistic Brain is essential reading from the most respected and beloved voices in the field. Temple Speaker Grandin, Richard Panek Tue, 26 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566734 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autistic Brain: Thinking Across the Spectrum Author: Temple Speaker Grandin, Richard Panek Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A cutting-edge account of the latest science of autism, from the best-selling author and advocate When Temple Grandin was born in 1947, autism had only just been named. Today it is more prevalent than ever, with one in 88 children diagnosed on the spectrum. And our thinking about it has undergone a transformation in her lifetime: Autism studies have moved from the realm of psychology to neurology and genetics, and there is far more hope today than ever before thanks to groundbreaking new research into causes and treatments. Now Temple Grandin reports from the forefront of autism science, bringing her singular perspective to a thrilling journey into the heart of the autism revolution. Weaving her own experience with remarkable new discoveries, Grandin introduces the neuroimaging advances and genetic research that link brain science to behavior, even sharing her own brain scan to show us which anomalies might explain common symptoms. We meet the scientists and self-advocates who are exploring innovative theories of what causes autism and how we can diagnose and best treat it. Grandin also highlights long-ignored sensory problems and the transformative effects we can have by treating autism symptom by symptom, rather than with an umbrella diagnosis. Most exciting, she argues that raising and educating kids on the spectrum isn’t just a matter of focusing on their weaknesses; in the science that reveals their long-overlooked strengths she shows us new ways to foster their unique contributions. From the “aspies” in Silicon Valley to the five-year-old without language, Grandin understands the true meaning of the word spectrum. The Autistic Brain is essential reading from the most respected and beloved voices in the field. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autistic Brain: Thinking Across the Spectrum Author: Temple Speaker Grandin, Richard Panek Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A cutting-edge account of the latest science of autism, from the best-selling author and advocate When Temple Grandin was born in 1947, autism had only just been named. Today it is more prevalent than ever, with one in 88 children diagnosed on the spectrum. And our thinking about it has undergone a transformation in her lifetime: Autism studies have moved from the realm of psychology to neurology and genetics, and there is far more hope today than ever before thanks to groundbreaking new research into causes and treatments. Now Temple Grandin reports from the forefront of autism science, bringing her singular perspective to a thrilling journey into the heart of the autism revolution. Weaving her own experience with remarkable new discoveries, Grandin introduces the neuroimaging advances and genetic research that link brain science to behavior, even sharing her own brain scan to show us which anomalies might explain common symptoms. We meet the scientists and self-advocates who are exploring innovative theories of what causes autism and how we can diagnose and best treat it. Grandin also highlights long-ignored sensory problems and the transformative effects we can have by treating autism symptom by symptom, rather than with an umbrella diagnosis. Most exciting, she argues that raising and educating kids on the spectrum isn’t just a matter of focusing on their weaknesses; in the science that reveals their long-overlooked strengths she shows us new ways to foster their unique contributions. From the “aspies” in Silicon Valley to the five-year-old without language, Grandin understands the true meaning of the word spectrum. The Autistic Brain is essential reading from the most respected and beloved voices in the field. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Extended Mind: The Power of Thinking Outside the Brain Author: Annie Murphy Paul Narrator: Annie Murphy Paul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Editors' Choice A Washington Post Best Nonfiction Book of 2021 A New York Times Notable Book A bold new book reveals how we can tap the intelligence that exists beyond our brains—in our bodies, our surroundings, and our relationships Use your head.   That’s what we tell ourselves when facing a tricky problem or a difficult project. But a growing body of research indicates that we’ve got it exactly backwards. What we need to do, says acclaimed science writer Annie Murphy Paul, is think outside the brain. A host of “extra-neural” resources—the feelings and movements of our bodies, the physical spaces in which we learn and work, and the minds of those around us— can help us focus more intently, comprehend more deeply, and create more imaginatively.   The Extended Mind outlines the research behind this exciting new vision of human ability, exploring the findings of neuroscientists, cognitive scientists, psychologists, and examining the practices of educators, managers, and leaders who are already reaping the benefits of thinking outside the brain. She excavates the untold history of how artists, scientists, and authors—from Jackson Pollock to Jonas Salk to Robert Caro—have used mental extensions to solve problems, make discoveries, and create new works. In the tradition of Howard Gardner’s Frames of Mind or Daniel Goleman’s Emotional Intelligence, The Extended Mind offers a dramatic new view of how our minds work, full of practical advice on how we can all think better. Annie Murphy Paul Tue, 08 Jun 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566732 thebookvoice.com 11:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Extended Mind: The Power of Thinking Outside the Brain Author: Annie Murphy Paul Narrator: Annie Murphy Paul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Editors' Choice A Washington Post Best Nonfiction Book of 2021 A New York Times Notable Book A bold new book reveals how we can tap the intelligence that exists beyond our brains—in our bodies, our surroundings, and our relationships Use your head.   That’s what we tell ourselves when facing a tricky problem or a difficult project. But a growing body of research indicates that we’ve got it exactly backwards. What we need to do, says acclaimed science writer Annie Murphy Paul, is think outside the brain. A host of “extra-neural” resources—the feelings and movements of our bodies, the physical spaces in which we learn and work, and the minds of those around us— can help us focus more intently, comprehend more deeply, and create more imaginatively.   The Extended Mind outlines the research behind this exciting new vision of human ability, exploring the findings of neuroscientists, cognitive scientists, psychologists, and examining the practices of educators, managers, and leaders who are already reaping the benefits of thinking outside the brain. She excavates the untold history of how artists, scientists, and authors—from Jackson Pollock to Jonas Salk to Robert Caro—have used mental extensions to solve problems, make discoveries, and create new works. In the tradition of Howard Gardner’s Frames of Mind or Daniel Goleman’s Emotional Intelligence, The Extended Mind offers a dramatic new view of how our minds work, full of practical advice on how we can all think better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Extended Mind: The Power of Thinking Outside the Brain Author: Annie Murphy Paul Narrator: Annie Murphy Paul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Editors' Choice A Washington Post Best Nonfiction Book of 2021 A New York Times Notable Book A bold new book reveals how we can tap the intelligence that exists beyond our brains—in our bodies, our surroundings, and our relationships Use your head.   That’s what we tell ourselves when facing a tricky problem or a difficult project. But a growing body of research indicates that we’ve got it exactly backwards. What we need to do, says acclaimed science writer Annie Murphy Paul, is think outside the brain. A host of “extra-neural” resources—the feelings and movements of our bodies, the physical spaces in which we learn and work, and the minds of those around us— can help us focus more intently, comprehend more deeply, and create more imaginatively.   The Extended Mind outlines the research behind this exciting new vision of human ability, exploring the findings of neuroscientists, cognitive scientists, psychologists, and examining the practices of educators, managers, and leaders who are already reaping the benefits of thinking outside the brain. She excavates the untold history of how artists, scientists, and authors—from Jackson Pollock to Jonas Salk to Robert Caro—have used mental extensions to solve problems, make discoveries, and create new works. In the tradition of Howard Gardner’s Frames of Mind or Daniel Goleman’s Emotional Intelligence, The Extended Mind offers a dramatic new view of how our minds work, full of practical advice on how we can all think better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566179 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity for Deeply Forgetful People: How Caregivers Can Meet the Challenges of Alzheimer's Disease Author: Jade C. Angelica, Stephen G. Post Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For caregivers of deeply forgetful people: a book that combines new ethics guidelines with an innovative program on how to communicate and connect with people with Alzheimer's.How do we approach a 'deeply forgetful' loved one so as to notice and affirm their continuing selfidentity? For three decades, Stephen G. Post has worked around the world encouraging caregivers to become more aware of—and find renewed hope in—surprising expressions of selfhood despite the challenges of cognitive decline.In this book, Post offers new perspectives on the worth and dignity of people with Alzheimer's and related disorders despite the negative influence of 'hypercognitive' values that place an ethically unacceptable emphasis on human dignity as based on linear rationality and strength of memory. This bias, Post argues, is responsible for the abusive exclusion of this population from our shared humanity. With vignettes and narratives, he argues for a deeper dignity grounded in consciousness, emotional presence, creativity, interdependence, music, and a self that is not 'gone' but 'differently abled.' Post covers key practical topics such as:• understanding the experience of dementia• noticing subtle expressions of continuing selfhood, including 'paradoxical lucidity'• perspectives on ethical quandaries from diagnosis to terminal care and everything in between, as gleaned from the voices of caregivers• how to communicate optimally and use language effectively• the value of art, poetry, symbols, personalized music, and nature in revealing self-identity• the value of trained 'dementia companion' dogsAt a time when medical advances to cure these conditions are still out of reach and the most recent drugs have shown limited effectiveness, Post argues that focusing discussion and resources on the relational dignity of these individuals and the respite needs of their caregivers is vital. Grounding ethics on the equal worth of all conscious human beings, he provides a cautionary perspective on preemptive assisted suicide based on cases that he has witnessed. He affirms vulnerability and interdependence as the core of the human condition and celebrates caregivers as advocates seeking social and economic justice in an American system where they and their loved ones receive only leftover scraps. Racially inclusive and grounded in diversity, Dignity for Deeply Forgetful People also includes a workshop appendix focused on communication and connection, 'A Caregiver Resilience Program,' by Rev. Dr. Jade C. Angelica. Jade C. Angelica, Stephen G. Post Tue, 31 May 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566179 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity for Deeply Forgetful People: How Caregivers Can Meet the Challenges of Alzheimer's Disease Author: Jade C. Angelica, Stephen G. Post Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For caregivers of deeply forgetful people: a book that combines new ethics guidelines with an innovative program on how to communicate and connect with people with Alzheimer's.How do we approach a 'deeply forgetful' loved one so as to notice and affirm their continuing selfidentity? For three decades, Stephen G. Post has worked around the world encouraging caregivers to become more aware of—and find renewed hope in—surprising expressions of selfhood despite the challenges of cognitive decline.In this book, Post offers new perspectives on the worth and dignity of people with Alzheimer's and related disorders despite the negative influence of 'hypercognitive' values that place an ethically unacceptable emphasis on human dignity as based on linear rationality and strength of memory. This bias, Post argues, is responsible for the abusive exclusion of this population from our shared humanity. With vignettes and narratives, he argues for a deeper dignity grounded in consciousness, emotional presence, creativity, interdependence, music, and a self that is not 'gone' but 'differently abled.' Post covers key practical topics such as:• understanding the experience of dementia• noticing subtle expressions of continuing selfhood, including 'paradoxical lucidity'• perspectives on ethical quandaries from diagnosis to terminal care and everything in between, as gleaned from the voices of caregivers• how to communicate optimally and use language effectively• the value of art, poetry, symbols, personalized music, and nature in revealing self-identity• the value of trained 'dementia companion' dogsAt a time when medical advances to cure these conditions are still out of reach and the most recent drugs have shown limited effectiveness, Post argues that focusing discussion and resources on the relational dignity of these individuals and the respite needs of their caregivers is vital. Grounding ethics on the equal worth of all conscious human beings, he provides a cautionary perspective on preemptive assisted suicide based on cases that he has witnessed. He affirms vulnerability and interdependence as the core of the human condition and celebrates caregivers as advocates seeking social and economic justice in an American system where they and their loved ones receive only leftover scraps. Racially inclusive and grounded in diversity, Dignity for Deeply Forgetful People also includes a workshop appendix focused on communication and connection, 'A Caregiver Resilience Program,' by Rev. Dr. Jade C. Angelica. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dignity for Deeply Forgetful People: How Caregivers Can Meet the Challenges of Alzheimer's Disease Author: Jade C. Angelica, Stephen G. Post Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For caregivers of deeply forgetful people: a book that combines new ethics guidelines with an innovative program on how to communicate and connect with people with Alzheimer's.How do we approach a 'deeply forgetful' loved one so as to notice and affirm their continuing selfidentity? For three decades, Stephen G. Post has worked around the world encouraging caregivers to become more aware of—and find renewed hope in—surprising expressions of selfhood despite the challenges of cognitive decline.In this book, Post offers new perspectives on the worth and dignity of people with Alzheimer's and related disorders despite the negative influence of 'hypercognitive' values that place an ethically unacceptable emphasis on human dignity as based on linear rationality and strength of memory. This bias, Post argues, is responsible for the abusive exclusion of this population from our shared humanity. With vignettes and narratives, he argues for a deeper dignity grounded in consciousness, emotional presence, creativity, interdependence, music, and a self that is not 'gone' but 'differently abled.' Post covers key practical topics such as:• understanding the experience of dementia• noticing subtle expressions of continuing selfhood, including 'paradoxical lucidity'• perspectives on ethical quandaries from diagnosis to terminal care and everything in between, as gleaned from the voices of caregivers• how to communicate optimally and use language effectively• the value of art, poetry, symbols, personalized music, and nature in revealing self-identity• the value of trained 'dementia companion' dogsAt a time when medical advances to cure these conditions are still out of reach and the most recent drugs have shown limited effectiveness, Post argues that focusing discussion and resources on the relational dignity of these individuals and the respite needs of their caregivers is vital. Grounding ethics on the equal worth of all conscious human beings, he provides a cautionary perspective on preemptive assisted suicide based on cases that he has witnessed. He affirms vulnerability and interdependence as the core of the human condition and celebrates caregivers as advocates seeking social and economic justice in an American system where they and their loved ones receive only leftover scraps. Racially inclusive and grounded in diversity, Dignity for Deeply Forgetful People also includes a workshop appendix focused on communication and connection, 'A Caregiver Resilience Program,' by Rev. Dr. Jade C. Angelica. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565995 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Relief and Methods to Do So: A 90 Day Plan to Reduce Stress Effects Author: Martin K. Ettington Narrator: Martin K. Ettington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 28 minutes Release date: December 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book covers the subject of physical and mental stress in our lives and what to do about it. The book starts by going into the history of stress and what it can do to our minds and bodies. Then possible treatments for stress are listed. After this some stories of people who had stressful lives and how they solved the problem to live more stress free. Then we get into natural supplements to reduce stress. Finally, a 90 day plan in several different areas to help you start to reduce stress in your life. You should feel more confident to deal with your own stress after reading this book since stress impacts not just our health, but our happiness, and how long we will live. Martin K. Ettington Wed, 29 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565995 thebookvoice.com 1:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Relief and Methods to Do So: A 90 Day Plan to Reduce Stress Effects Author: Martin K. Ettington Narrator: Martin K. Ettington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 28 minutes Release date: December 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book covers the subject of physical and mental stress in our lives and what to do about it. The book starts by going into the history of stress and what it can do to our minds and bodies. Then possible treatments for stress are listed. After this some stories of people who had stressful lives and how they solved the problem to live more stress free. Then we get into natural supplements to reduce stress. Finally, a 90 day plan in several different areas to help you start to reduce stress in your life. You should feel more confident to deal with your own stress after reading this book since stress impacts not just our health, but our happiness, and how long we will live. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Relief and Methods to Do So: A 90 Day Plan to Reduce Stress Effects Author: Martin K. Ettington Narrator: Martin K. Ettington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 28 minutes Release date: December 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book covers the subject of physical and mental stress in our lives and what to do about it. The book starts by going into the history of stress and what it can do to our minds and bodies. Then possible treatments for stress are listed. After this some stories of people who had stressful lives and how they solved the problem to live more stress free. Then we get into natural supplements to reduce stress. Finally, a 90 day plan in several different areas to help you start to reduce stress in your life. You should feel more confident to deal with your own stress after reading this book since stress impacts not just our health, but our happiness, and how long we will live. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Control Your Emotions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Emotional Balance, Learn the Useful Tips and Effective Methods on How to Master Control of Your Emotions for Life Success Author: Sammy Willos Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Control Your Emotions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Emotional Balance, Learn the Useful Tips and Effective Methods on How to Master Control of Your Emotions for Life Success The ability to experience and express emotions is a very important aspect in our life. Emotions often play a key role in our decision-making, relationship success, self-care, and day to day interactions. But being too emotional can also take a toll and can affect our emotional health. There are too many stresses in our everyday life and if you let your emotions get the best of you, it may feel like things spiraling out of your control. It is crucial to find a balance between your emotions. This is key if you want to be truly successful in your life This audiobook will teach you about the different important information that you need to know about your emotions. You will discover how to control and balance them properly for you to achieve success. This audiobook will teach you about the following: - Emotion Basics - Evaluate Your Emotions - Understand Where Your Emotions Come From - Note Your Surroundings And Circumstances - Brainstorm Other Responses - Evaluate Your Options - Decide The Best Route To Take - Learn to Be Happy With Yourself It is important that we understand our emotions so we can get a better handle of them and not let them rule every facet of our life. If you want to know how you can gain control of your emotions, learn to balance them so that it can help your way to success, scroll up, and click 'add to cart' now. Sammy Willos Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565976 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Control Your Emotions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Emotional Balance, Learn the Useful Tips and Effective Methods on How to Master Control of Your Emotions for Life Success Author: Sammy Willos Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Control Your Emotions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Emotional Balance, Learn the Useful Tips and Effective Methods on How to Master Control of Your Emotions for Life Success The ability to experience and express emotions is a very important aspect in our life. Emotions often play a key role in our decision-making, relationship success, self-care, and day to day interactions. But being too emotional can also take a toll and can affect our emotional health. There are too many stresses in our everyday life and if you let your emotions get the best of you, it may feel like things spiraling out of your control. It is crucial to find a balance between your emotions. This is key if you want to be truly successful in your life This audiobook will teach you about the different important information that you need to know about your emotions. You will discover how to control and balance them properly for you to achieve success. This audiobook will teach you about the following: - Emotion Basics - Evaluate Your Emotions - Understand Where Your Emotions Come From - Note Your Surroundings And Circumstances - Brainstorm Other Responses - Evaluate Your Options - Decide The Best Route To Take - Learn to Be Happy With Yourself It is important that we understand our emotions so we can get a better handle of them and not let them rule every facet of our life. If you want to know how you can gain control of your emotions, learn to balance them so that it can help your way to success, scroll up, and click 'add to cart' now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Control Your Emotions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Emotional Balance, Learn the Useful Tips and Effective Methods on How to Master Control of Your Emotions for Life Success Author: Sammy Willos Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Control Your Emotions: The Ultimate Guide on How to Achieve Emotional Balance, Learn the Useful Tips and Effective Methods on How to Master Control of Your Emotions for Life Success The ability to experience and express emotions is a very important aspect in our life. Emotions often play a key role in our decision-making, relationship success, self-care, and day to day interactions. But being too emotional can also take a toll and can affect our emotional health. There are too many stresses in our everyday life and if you let your emotions get the best of you, it may feel like things spiraling out of your control. It is crucial to find a balance between your emotions. This is key if you want to be truly successful in your life This audiobook will teach you about the different important information that you need to know about your emotions. You will discover how to control and balance them properly for you to achieve success. This audiobook will teach you about the following: - Emotion Basics - Evaluate Your Emotions - Understand Where Your Emotions Come From - Note Your Surroundings And Circumstances - Brainstorm Other Responses - Evaluate Your Options - Decide The Best Route To Take - Learn to Be Happy With Yourself It is important that we understand our emotions so we can get a better handle of them and not let them rule every facet of our life. If you want to know how you can gain control of your emotions, learn to balance them so that it can help your way to success, scroll up, and click 'add to cart' now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565971 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Unlocking the Stress Cycle and Help For Your Nerves Author: Shayne Adams, And Patrick Scotty Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Unlocking the Stress Cycle and Help For Your Nerves There’s no question that stress and anxiety seems to be part and parcel of our daily lives now. And it has started to affect different areas of our lives including our health and relationships. No wonder people are looking for ways to better manage stress and anxiety. Mindful meditation has become popular as more and more people enjoy living a better, less stressful, and more productive life. Meditation helps you to rise above stress and worry, thereby finding peace in your everyday – and improving your happiness, health, and general wellbeing to a huge degree. Mindful meditation is useful for all of these purposes. Meditation can completely change your life. While countless products, remedies, hacks, and lifestyle changes all promise to hold the ‘answer’, only meditation really comes close to actually delivering on that promise. In this bundle, it will tackle how meditation is the key to keeping your stress under control. It will also delve into the reasons why you always feel stressed in the first place, so that you can understand better and learn how to mitigate it moving forward. You will learn how to use mindful meditation to put your mind at ease and find the inner calm that will help ease your nerves and anxiety. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life 2. Help For Your Nerves: The Essential Guide on the Use of Mindful Meditation to Calm Nerves and Anxiety, Learn How Meditation Can Enhance Your Physical and Emotional Well-Being To learn more on how to use meditation to help manage your stress and anxiety, download your copy of Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety 2 in 1 Bundle today! Shayne Adams, And Patrick Scotty Tue, 28 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565971 thebookvoice.com 0:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Unlocking the Stress Cycle and Help For Your Nerves Author: Shayne Adams, And Patrick Scotty Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Unlocking the Stress Cycle and Help For Your Nerves There’s no question that stress and anxiety seems to be part and parcel of our daily lives now. And it has started to affect different areas of our lives including our health and relationships. No wonder people are looking for ways to better manage stress and anxiety. Mindful meditation has become popular as more and more people enjoy living a better, less stressful, and more productive life. Meditation helps you to rise above stress and worry, thereby finding peace in your everyday – and improving your happiness, health, and general wellbeing to a huge degree. Mindful meditation is useful for all of these purposes. Meditation can completely change your life. While countless products, remedies, hacks, and lifestyle changes all promise to hold the ‘answer’, only meditation really comes close to actually delivering on that promise. In this bundle, it will tackle how meditation is the key to keeping your stress under control. It will also delve into the reasons why you always feel stressed in the first place, so that you can understand better and learn how to mitigate it moving forward. You will learn how to use mindful meditation to put your mind at ease and find the inner calm that will help ease your nerves and anxiety. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life 2. Help For Your Nerves: The Essential Guide on the Use of Mindful Meditation to Calm Nerves and Anxiety, Learn How Meditation Can Enhance Your Physical and Emotional Well-Being To learn more on how to use meditation to help manage your stress and anxiety, download your copy of Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety 2 in 1 Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Unlocking the Stress Cycle and Help For Your Nerves Author: Shayne Adams, And Patrick Scotty Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Unlocking the Stress Cycle and Help For Your Nerves There’s no question that stress and anxiety seems to be part and parcel of our daily lives now. And it has started to affect different areas of our lives including our health and relationships. No wonder people are looking for ways to better manage stress and anxiety. Mindful meditation has become popular as more and more people enjoy living a better, less stressful, and more productive life. Meditation helps you to rise above stress and worry, thereby finding peace in your everyday – and improving your happiness, health, and general wellbeing to a huge degree. Mindful meditation is useful for all of these purposes. Meditation can completely change your life. While countless products, remedies, hacks, and lifestyle changes all promise to hold the ‘answer’, only meditation really comes close to actually delivering on that promise. In this bundle, it will tackle how meditation is the key to keeping your stress under control. It will also delve into the reasons why you always feel stressed in the first place, so that you can understand better and learn how to mitigate it moving forward. You will learn how to use mindful meditation to put your mind at ease and find the inner calm that will help ease your nerves and anxiety. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life 2. Help For Your Nerves: The Essential Guide on the Use of Mindful Meditation to Calm Nerves and Anxiety, Learn How Meditation Can Enhance Your Physical and Emotional Well-Being To learn more on how to use meditation to help manage your stress and anxiety, download your copy of Make Peace With Your Stress and Anxiety 2 in 1 Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565966 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life Author: Shayne Adams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life Meditation can completely change your life. While countless products, remedies, hacks, and lifestyle changes all promise to hold the ‘answer’, only meditation really comes close to actually delivering on that promise. Meditation helps you to rise above stress and worry, thereby finding peace in your everyday – and improving your happiness, health, and general wellbeing to a huge degree. Moreover, meditation can also help to improve your performance by bringing stress under control. It can help you to focus your attention like a laser, to become unflappable in a crisis, and to tap into reserves of creativity, compassion, and wisdom that you never knew you had. In this audiobook, it will tackle how meditation is the key to keeping your stress under control. It will also delve into the reasons why you always feel stressed in the first place, so that you can understand better and learn how to mitigate it moving forward. You will learn how to use meditation and other tricks that will help lessen your stress. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Why You Are Always Stressed – And Why it Needs to Stop -Just What is Meditation? -How to Get Started With Meditation -Just What is Mindfulness? -Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Explained -Using Cognitive Restructuring to Become Calmer and Happier -Understanding Stress, Meditation, and Your Brain -Optimizing Your Life, Diet, and Habits for Less Stress and Greater Fulfilment -And many more! By the end of this audiobook, you will learn how to command over your own mind and will, and help you to become the best version of yourself. So take action, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Shayne Adams Mon, 20 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565966 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life Author: Shayne Adams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life Meditation can completely change your life. While countless products, remedies, hacks, and lifestyle changes all promise to hold the ‘answer’, only meditation really comes close to actually delivering on that promise. Meditation helps you to rise above stress and worry, thereby finding peace in your everyday – and improving your happiness, health, and general wellbeing to a huge degree. Moreover, meditation can also help to improve your performance by bringing stress under control. It can help you to focus your attention like a laser, to become unflappable in a crisis, and to tap into reserves of creativity, compassion, and wisdom that you never knew you had. In this audiobook, it will tackle how meditation is the key to keeping your stress under control. It will also delve into the reasons why you always feel stressed in the first place, so that you can understand better and learn how to mitigate it moving forward. You will learn how to use meditation and other tricks that will help lessen your stress. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Why You Are Always Stressed – And Why it Needs to Stop -Just What is Meditation? -How to Get Started With Meditation -Just What is Mindfulness? -Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Explained -Using Cognitive Restructuring to Become Calmer and Happier -Understanding Stress, Meditation, and Your Brain -Optimizing Your Life, Diet, and Habits for Less Stress and Greater Fulfilment -And many more! By the end of this audiobook, you will learn how to command over your own mind and will, and help you to become the best version of yourself. So take action, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life Author: Shayne Adams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlocking the Stress Cycle: The Essential Guide on How to Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Overcome Stress and Live a More Peaceful Life Meditation can completely change your life. While countless products, remedies, hacks, and lifestyle changes all promise to hold the ‘answer’, only meditation really comes close to actually delivering on that promise. Meditation helps you to rise above stress and worry, thereby finding peace in your everyday – and improving your happiness, health, and general wellbeing to a huge degree. Moreover, meditation can also help to improve your performance by bringing stress under control. It can help you to focus your attention like a laser, to become unflappable in a crisis, and to tap into reserves of creativity, compassion, and wisdom that you never knew you had. In this audiobook, it will tackle how meditation is the key to keeping your stress under control. It will also delve into the reasons why you always feel stressed in the first place, so that you can understand better and learn how to mitigate it moving forward. You will learn how to use meditation and other tricks that will help lessen your stress. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Why You Are Always Stressed – And Why it Needs to Stop -Just What is Meditation? -How to Get Started With Meditation -Just What is Mindfulness? -Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Explained -Using Cognitive Restructuring to Become Calmer and Happier -Understanding Stress, Meditation, and Your Brain -Optimizing Your Life, Diet, and Habits for Less Stress and Greater Fulfilment -And many more! By the end of this audiobook, you will learn how to command over your own mind and will, and help you to become the best version of yourself. So take action, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565876 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konzentriert lernen mit ADHS: Meine besten Tipps für Schule und Studium (Selbsthilfe für erfolgreiches Lernen mit ADHS für Schüler, Studenten und Erwachsene) Author: Sara Dörwald Narrator: Hannah Dautzenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Erfolgreich lernen mit ADHS in Schule und Studium! ADHS – Aufmerksamkeitsdefizit-Hyperaktivitätsstörung. Von diesem Syndrom sind in Deutschland circa fünf Prozent der Kinder und Jugendlichen betroffen. Etwa 60 Prozent von ihnen nehmen ihre ADHS mit ins Erwachsenenalter. Bis dahin quälen sie sich häufig durch eine Kombination von Selbstzweifeln, Antriebsstörungen und Frustration. Dazu ist ADHS ein großes Hindernis für konzentriertes Lernen. Schwierigkeiten in Schule und Studium, schlechte Noten oder Probleme im Beruf sind die Folgen. Doch mit den richtigen Strategien kann es gelingen, die eigene ADHS in den Griff zu bekommen und erfolgreich mit ihr zu arbeiten. Diagnose ADHS: Fluch und Segen zugleich! ADHS (und übrigens auch ADS) haben nicht nur schlechte Seiten. Viele Betroffene denken unkonventionell und sind Erfinder. Sie sind hartnäckig und brennen für Dinge, die sie interessieren; in solchen Fällen können sie sich auch stundenlang konzentrieren. Einige Menschen mit ADHS sind zudem hochbegabt. Begeisterungsfähigkeit, Spontaneität und Ideenreichtum sind nur einige der positiven Eigenschaften, die viele Schüler, Studenten und Erwachsene mit ADHS haben. Dennoch ist ADHS ein großes Hindernis für konzentriertes Lernen in der Schule und im Studium, denn eines der Hauptsymptome ist Ablenkbarkeit. Aber dagegen kannst du etwas unternehmen. Von ADHSler zu ADHSler... Es gibt hunderte Bücher zum Thema 'Lernen mit ADHS'. Einige davon sind in Ordnung. Doch die meisten sind das Papier nicht wert, auf dem sie gedruckt sind. Diese Werke stammen in der Regel von Menschen, die von der Praxis nicht den blassesten Schimmer haben. Sara Dörwald – die Autorin dieses Buches – schon. Sara hat ADHS. Außerdem hat sie Abitur, eine abgeschlossene Ausbildung, einen Job, Auslandserfahrung, viele Freunde und in Kürze ihren ersten Studienabschluss in der Tasche. Sara weiß, wie erfolgreiches Zeit- und Selbstmanagement mit ADHS funktioniert. Ihre besten Tipps und Tricks verrät sie in diesem Buch. Die besten Techniken und Strategien In diesem Buch erfährst du, wie du mit deiner ADHS konzentriert lernen kannst. Dazu lernst du 50 konkrete Methoden in 10 verschiedenen Kategorien kennen, die schon tausenden ADHSlern geholfen haben. Diese Inhalte erwarten dich: • Für Orientierung sorgen • Eindeutige Prioritäten setzen • Klare Strukturen schaffen • Produktive Arbeitsatmosphäre herstellen • Den Anfang finden • Den Fokus finden • Lange konzentriert bleiben • Zurück in die Spur • Langfristige Pläne schmieden • Dauerhaft motiviert bleiben Konzentriert lernen mit ADHS – aber ohne Druck! Es geht bei all diesen Hilfestellungen nicht darum, zum Dauerlerner zu werden. Das Ziel ist nicht, dass du in jeder Minute, in der du dich konzentrieren kannst, lernst und deine Zeit am Schreibtisch verbringst. Es geht darum, dass du anfängst. Wer einmal in Bewegung ist, dem fällt es leichter, auch weiterzugehen, wenn er abgelenkt ist oder keine Lust mehr hat. Wenn du dieses Buch gelesen hast, wirst du dich mit deiner ADHS versöhnen und sogar mit ihr zusammenarbeiten können. Deine ADHS-Gebrauchsanleitung! Vor dir liegt nicht irgendein langweiliges Sachbuch, sondern eine praxisnahe Gebrauchsanleitung. Du kannst auch mit ADHS konzentriert lernen und erfolgreich in der Schule und im Studium sein. Deine ADHS mag dich häufig vor große Herausforderungen stellen, doch du kannst lernen, clever damit umzugehen und das Beste aus dieser Ressource zu machen. Zappeligkeit, Ablenkung und Gefühlsausbrüche können kontrolliert und in produktive Bahnen gelenkt werden. Ganz ohne Druck, ein paar einfache Ansätze reichen schon aus. Welche das sind und wie die Autorin dieses Ratgebers es geschafft hat, ihre ADHS in den Griff zu bekommen, erfährst du in diesem Buch. Sara Dörwald Wed, 20 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565876 thebookvoice.com 3:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konzentriert lernen mit ADHS: Meine besten Tipps für Schule und Studium (Selbsthilfe für erfolgreiches Lernen mit ADHS für Schüler, Studenten und Erwachsene) Author: Sara Dörwald Narrator: Hannah Dautzenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Erfolgreich lernen mit ADHS in Schule und Studium! ADHS – Aufmerksamkeitsdefizit-Hyperaktivitätsstörung. Von diesem Syndrom sind in Deutschland circa fünf Prozent der Kinder und Jugendlichen betroffen. Etwa 60 Prozent von ihnen nehmen ihre ADHS mit ins Erwachsenenalter. Bis dahin quälen sie sich häufig durch eine Kombination von Selbstzweifeln, Antriebsstörungen und Frustration. Dazu ist ADHS ein großes Hindernis für konzentriertes Lernen. Schwierigkeiten in Schule und Studium, schlechte Noten oder Probleme im Beruf sind die Folgen. Doch mit den richtigen Strategien kann es gelingen, die eigene ADHS in den Griff zu bekommen und erfolgreich mit ihr zu arbeiten. Diagnose ADHS: Fluch und Segen zugleich! ADHS (und übrigens auch ADS) haben nicht nur schlechte Seiten. Viele Betroffene denken unkonventionell und sind Erfinder. Sie sind hartnäckig und brennen für Dinge, die sie interessieren; in solchen Fällen können sie sich auch stundenlang konzentrieren. Einige Menschen mit ADHS sind zudem hochbegabt. Begeisterungsfähigkeit, Spontaneität und Ideenreichtum sind nur einige der positiven Eigenschaften, die viele Schüler, Studenten und Erwachsene mit ADHS haben. Dennoch ist ADHS ein großes Hindernis für konzentriertes Lernen in der Schule und im Studium, denn eines der Hauptsymptome ist Ablenkbarkeit. Aber dagegen kannst du etwas unternehmen. Von ADHSler zu ADHSler... Es gibt hunderte Bücher zum Thema 'Lernen mit ADHS'. Einige davon sind in Ordnung. Doch die meisten sind das Papier nicht wert, auf dem sie gedruckt sind. Diese Werke stammen in der Regel von Menschen, die von der Praxis nicht den blassesten Schimmer haben. Sara Dörwald – die Autorin dieses Buches – schon. Sara hat ADHS. Außerdem hat sie Abitur, eine abgeschlossene Ausbildung, einen Job, Auslandserfahrung, viele Freunde und in Kürze ihren ersten Studienabschluss in der Tasche. Sara weiß, wie erfolgreiches Zeit- und Selbstmanagement mit ADHS funktioniert. Ihre besten Tipps und Tricks verrät sie in diesem Buch. Die besten Techniken und Strategien In diesem Buch erfährst du, wie du mit deiner ADHS konzentriert lernen kannst. Dazu lernst du 50 konkrete Methoden in 10 verschiedenen Kategorien kennen, die schon tausenden ADHSlern geholfen haben. Diese Inhalte erwarten dich: • Für Orientierung sorgen • Eindeutige Prioritäten setzen • Klare Strukturen schaffen • Produktive Arbeitsatmosphäre herstellen • Den Anfang finden • Den Fokus finden • Lange konzentriert bleiben • Zurück in die Spur • Langfristige Pläne schmieden • Dauerhaft motiviert bleiben Konzentriert lernen mit ADHS – aber ohne Druck! Es geht bei all diesen Hilfestellungen nicht darum, zum Dauerlerner zu werden. Das Ziel ist nicht, dass du in jeder Minute, in der du dich konzentrieren kannst, lernst und deine Zeit am Schreibtisch verbringst. Es geht darum, dass du anfängst. Wer einmal in Bewegung ist, dem fällt es leichter, auch weiterzugehen, wenn er abgelenkt ist oder keine Lust mehr hat. Wenn du dieses Buch gelesen hast, wirst du dich mit deiner ADHS versöhnen und sogar mit ihr zusammenarbeiten können. Deine ADHS-Gebrauchsanleitung! Vor dir liegt nicht irgendein langweiliges Sachbuch, sondern eine praxisnahe Gebrauchsanleitung. Du kannst auch mit ADHS konzentriert lernen und erfolgreich in der Schule und im Studium sein. Deine ADHS mag dich häufig vor große Herausforderungen stellen, doch du kannst lernen, clever damit umzugehen und das Beste aus dieser Ressource zu machen. Zappeligkeit, Ablenkung und Gefühlsausbrüche können kontrolliert und in produktive Bahnen gelenkt werden. Ganz ohne Druck, ein paar einfache Ansätze reichen schon aus. Welche das sind und wie die Autorin dieses Ratgebers es geschafft hat, ihre ADHS in den Griff zu bekommen, erfährst du in diesem Buch. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Konzentriert lernen mit ADHS: Meine besten Tipps für Schule und Studium (Selbsthilfe für erfolgreiches Lernen mit ADHS für Schüler, Studenten und Erwachsene) Author: Sara Dörwald Narrator: Hannah Dautzenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Erfolgreich lernen mit ADHS in Schule und Studium! ADHS – Aufmerksamkeitsdefizit-Hyperaktivitätsstörung. Von diesem Syndrom sind in Deutschland circa fünf Prozent der Kinder und Jugendlichen betroffen. Etwa 60 Prozent von ihnen nehmen ihre ADHS mit ins Erwachsenenalter. Bis dahin quälen sie sich häufig durch eine Kombination von Selbstzweifeln, Antriebsstörungen und Frustration. Dazu ist ADHS ein großes Hindernis für konzentriertes Lernen. Schwierigkeiten in Schule und Studium, schlechte Noten oder Probleme im Beruf sind die Folgen. Doch mit den richtigen Strategien kann es gelingen, die eigene ADHS in den Griff zu bekommen und erfolgreich mit ihr zu arbeiten. Diagnose ADHS: Fluch und Segen zugleich! ADHS (und übrigens auch ADS) haben nicht nur schlechte Seiten. Viele Betroffene denken unkonventionell und sind Erfinder. Sie sind hartnäckig und brennen für Dinge, die sie interessieren; in solchen Fällen können sie sich auch stundenlang konzentrieren. Einige Menschen mit ADHS sind zudem hochbegabt. Begeisterungsfähigkeit, Spontaneität und Ideenreichtum sind nur einige der positiven Eigenschaften, die viele Schüler, Studenten und Erwachsene mit ADHS haben. Dennoch ist ADHS ein großes Hindernis für konzentriertes Lernen in der Schule und im Studium, denn eines der Hauptsymptome ist Ablenkbarkeit. Aber dagegen kannst du etwas unternehmen. Von ADHSler zu ADHSler... Es gibt hunderte Bücher zum Thema 'Lernen mit ADHS'. Einige davon sind in Ordnung. Doch die meisten sind das Papier nicht wert, auf dem sie gedruckt sind. Diese Werke stammen in der Regel von Menschen, die von der Praxis nicht den blassesten Schimmer haben. Sara Dörwald – die Autorin dieses Buches – schon. Sara hat ADHS. Außerdem hat sie Abitur, eine abgeschlossene Ausbildung, einen Job, Auslandserfahrung, viele Freunde und in Kürze ihren ersten Studienabschluss in der Tasche. Sara weiß, wie erfolgreiches Zeit- und Selbstmanagement mit ADHS funktioniert. Ihre besten Tipps und Tricks verrät sie in diesem Buch. Die besten Techniken und Strategien In diesem Buch erfährst du, wie du mit deiner ADHS konzentriert lernen kannst. Dazu lernst du 50 konkrete Methoden in 10 verschiedenen Kategorien kennen, die schon tausenden ADHSlern geholfen haben. Diese Inhalte erwarten dich: • Für Orientierung sorgen • Eindeutige Prioritäten setzen • Klare Strukturen schaffen • Produktive Arbeitsatmosphäre herstellen • Den Anfang finden • Den Fokus finden • Lange konzentriert bleiben • Zurück in die Spur • Langfristige Pläne schmieden • Dauerhaft motiviert bleiben Konzentriert lernen mit ADHS – aber ohne Druck! Es geht bei all diesen Hilfestellungen nicht darum, zum Dauerlerner zu werden. Das Ziel ist nicht, dass du in jeder Minute, in der du dich konzentrieren kannst, lernst und deine Zeit am Schreibtisch verbringst. Es geht darum, dass du anfängst. Wer einmal in Bewegung ist, dem fällt es leichter, auch weiterzugehen, wenn er abgelenkt ist oder keine Lust mehr hat. Wenn du dieses Buch gelesen hast, wirst du dich mit deiner ADHS versöhnen und sogar mit ihr zusammenarbeiten können. Deine ADHS-Gebrauchsanleitung! Vor dir liegt nicht irgendein langweiliges Sachbuch, sondern eine praxisnahe Gebrauchsanleitung. Du kannst auch mit ADHS konzentriert lernen und erfolgreich in der Schule und im Studium sein. Deine ADHS mag dich häufig vor große Herausforderungen stellen, doch du kannst lernen, clever damit umzugehen und das Beste aus dieser Ressource zu machen. Zappeligkeit, Ablenkung und Gefühlsausbrüche können kontrolliert und in produktive Bahnen gelenkt werden. Ganz ohne Druck, ein paar einfache Ansätze reichen schon aus. Welche das sind und wie die Autorin dieses Ratgebers es geschafft hat, ihre ADHS in den Griff zu bekommen, erfährst du in diesem Buch. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565831 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mental Health für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Schritt für Schritt Stressfaktoren erkennen und mentale Gesundheit & Stärke erlangen Author: Sonja Nassauer Narrator: Gabriele Jäschke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mentale Gesundheit und mentale Stärke sind Themen, die einen hohen Stellenwert in unserer leistungsorientierten Gesellschaft erlangt haben. Sie kennen sicher das Gefühl, dass Sie erst merken, wie verkrampft Sie an einer Stelle Ihres Körpers waren, wenn Sie diese gelockert haben - so verhält es sich auch mit Stress. In diesem Ratgeber wird Ihnen unter anderem erläutert, mit welchen Tipps und Tricks Sie sich endlich in eine Zukunft bewegen können, in der Sie Zufriedenheit und Lebenslust empfinden und gleichzeitig vollkommenes Vertrauen in sich und das Leben haben. Sie werden lernen, wie Sie für sich selbst zu sorgen haben und wie Sie mit negativen Emotionen umgehen sollten. Dieser Ratgeber wird Ihnen neue Möglichkeiten bieten, um mentale Gesundheit zu erlangen oder sie zu stärken! Das erwartet Sie: - Was bedeutet mentale Gesundheit? - Was ist mentale Stärke? - Probleme der heutigen Zeit - 17 Anzeichen für zu viel Stress - Wie Sie mentale Stärke erlangen - und vieles mehr... Sonja Nassauer Mon, 11 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565831 thebookvoice.com 1:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mental Health für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Schritt für Schritt Stressfaktoren erkennen und mentale Gesundheit & Stärke erlangen Author: Sonja Nassauer Narrator: Gabriele Jäschke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mentale Gesundheit und mentale Stärke sind Themen, die einen hohen Stellenwert in unserer leistungsorientierten Gesellschaft erlangt haben. Sie kennen sicher das Gefühl, dass Sie erst merken, wie verkrampft Sie an einer Stelle Ihres Körpers waren, wenn Sie diese gelockert haben - so verhält es sich auch mit Stress. In diesem Ratgeber wird Ihnen unter anderem erläutert, mit welchen Tipps und Tricks Sie sich endlich in eine Zukunft bewegen können, in der Sie Zufriedenheit und Lebenslust empfinden und gleichzeitig vollkommenes Vertrauen in sich und das Leben haben. Sie werden lernen, wie Sie für sich selbst zu sorgen haben und wie Sie mit negativen Emotionen umgehen sollten. Dieser Ratgeber wird Ihnen neue Möglichkeiten bieten, um mentale Gesundheit zu erlangen oder sie zu stärken! Das erwartet Sie: - Was bedeutet mentale Gesundheit? - Was ist mentale Stärke? - Probleme der heutigen Zeit - 17 Anzeichen für zu viel Stress - Wie Sie mentale Stärke erlangen - und vieles mehr... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mental Health für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Schritt für Schritt Stressfaktoren erkennen und mentale Gesundheit & Stärke erlangen Author: Sonja Nassauer Narrator: Gabriele Jäschke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mentale Gesundheit und mentale Stärke sind Themen, die einen hohen Stellenwert in unserer leistungsorientierten Gesellschaft erlangt haben. Sie kennen sicher das Gefühl, dass Sie erst merken, wie verkrampft Sie an einer Stelle Ihres Körpers waren, wenn Sie diese gelockert haben - so verhält es sich auch mit Stress. In diesem Ratgeber wird Ihnen unter anderem erläutert, mit welchen Tipps und Tricks Sie sich endlich in eine Zukunft bewegen können, in der Sie Zufriedenheit und Lebenslust empfinden und gleichzeitig vollkommenes Vertrauen in sich und das Leben haben. Sie werden lernen, wie Sie für sich selbst zu sorgen haben und wie Sie mit negativen Emotionen umgehen sollten. Dieser Ratgeber wird Ihnen neue Möglichkeiten bieten, um mentale Gesundheit zu erlangen oder sie zu stärken! Das erwartet Sie: - Was bedeutet mentale Gesundheit? - Was ist mentale Stärke? - Probleme der heutigen Zeit - 17 Anzeichen für zu viel Stress - Wie Sie mentale Stärke erlangen - und vieles mehr... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie im Alltag: Wie Sie mit einfacher Psychologie Selbstliebe lernen, Ihr Selbstbewusstsein stärken, positives Denken etablieren und Manipulation anderer abwehren Author: Sebastian Lorenz Narrator: Celina Bender Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Psychologie fasziniert den Menschen schon seit Jahrhunderten und dennoch wirft unser Gehirn noch viele Fragen auf. Kaum ein Organ im menschlichen Körper ist so komplex und beeindruckend, wodurch auch die Psychologie unglaublich komplex ist. Dennoch haben die Erkenntnisse in dieser Wissenschaft ein großes Potenzial, auch Ihnen im Alltag zu helfen. Wie genau das möglich ist, erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch. Das erwartet Sie: - Grundlagen der Psychologie - Entwicklung der Persönlichkeit - Persönlichkeitsstrukturen verändern - Manipulation erkennen - Selbstbewusster werden - Positives Denken - und vieles mehr... Sebastian Lorenz Mon, 11 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565827 thebookvoice.com 1:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie im Alltag: Wie Sie mit einfacher Psychologie Selbstliebe lernen, Ihr Selbstbewusstsein stärken, positives Denken etablieren und Manipulation anderer abwehren Author: Sebastian Lorenz Narrator: Celina Bender Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Psychologie fasziniert den Menschen schon seit Jahrhunderten und dennoch wirft unser Gehirn noch viele Fragen auf. Kaum ein Organ im menschlichen Körper ist so komplex und beeindruckend, wodurch auch die Psychologie unglaublich komplex ist. Dennoch haben die Erkenntnisse in dieser Wissenschaft ein großes Potenzial, auch Ihnen im Alltag zu helfen. Wie genau das möglich ist, erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch. Das erwartet Sie: - Grundlagen der Psychologie - Entwicklung der Persönlichkeit - Persönlichkeitsstrukturen verändern - Manipulation erkennen - Selbstbewusster werden - Positives Denken - und vieles mehr... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie im Alltag: Wie Sie mit einfacher Psychologie Selbstliebe lernen, Ihr Selbstbewusstsein stärken, positives Denken etablieren und Manipulation anderer abwehren Author: Sebastian Lorenz Narrator: Celina Bender Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Psychologie fasziniert den Menschen schon seit Jahrhunderten und dennoch wirft unser Gehirn noch viele Fragen auf. Kaum ein Organ im menschlichen Körper ist so komplex und beeindruckend, wodurch auch die Psychologie unglaublich komplex ist. Dennoch haben die Erkenntnisse in dieser Wissenschaft ein großes Potenzial, auch Ihnen im Alltag zu helfen. Wie genau das möglich ist, erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch. Das erwartet Sie: - Grundlagen der Psychologie - Entwicklung der Persönlichkeit - Persönlichkeitsstrukturen verändern - Manipulation erkennen - Selbstbewusster werden - Positives Denken - und vieles mehr... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سيكولوجية الجماهير Author: جوستاف لوبون Narrator: محمد التام Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يرى المؤلف أن الجماهير لا تعقل، فهي ترفض الأفكار أو تقبلها كلا واحداً، من دون أن تتحمل مناقشتها. ومايقوله لها الزعماء يغزو عقولها سريعاً فتتجه إلى أن تحوله حركة وعملاً، ومايوحي به إليها ترفعه إلى مصاف المثال ثم تندفع به، في صورة إرادية، إلى التضحية بالنفس. إنها لا تعرف غير العنف الحادّ شعوراً، فتعاطفها لا يلبث أن يصير عبادة، ولا تكاد تنفر من أمر ما حتى تسارع إلى كرهه. وفي الحالة الجماهيرية تنخفض الطاقة على التفكير، ويذوب المغاير في المتجانس، بينما تطغى الخصائص التي تصدر عن اللاوعي. وحتى لو كانت الجماهير علمانية، تبقى لديها ردود فعل دينية، تفضي بها إلى عبادة الزعيم، وإلى الخوف من بأسه، وإلى الإذعان الأعمى لمشيئته، فيصبح كلامه دوغما لا تناقش، وتنشأ الرغبة إلى تعميم هذه الدوغما. أما الذين لا يشاطرون الجماهير إعجابها بكلام الزعيم فيبحون هم الأعداء، لا جماهير من دون قائد كما لا قائد من دون جماهير. كتب لوبون قبل قرن من الزمن. جوستاف لوبون Mon, 05 Apr 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565793 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سيكولوجية الجماهير Author: جوستاف لوبون Narrator: محمد التام Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يرى المؤلف أن الجماهير لا تعقل، فهي ترفض الأفكار أو تقبلها كلا واحداً، من دون أن تتحمل مناقشتها. ومايقوله لها الزعماء يغزو عقولها سريعاً فتتجه إلى أن تحوله حركة وعملاً، ومايوحي به إليها ترفعه إلى مصاف المثال ثم تندفع به، في صورة إرادية، إلى التضحية بالنفس. إنها لا تعرف غير العنف الحادّ شعوراً، فتعاطفها لا يلبث أن يصير عبادة، ولا تكاد تنفر من أمر ما حتى تسارع إلى كرهه. وفي الحالة الجماهيرية تنخفض الطاقة على التفكير، ويذوب المغاير في المتجانس، بينما تطغى الخصائص التي تصدر عن اللاوعي. وحتى لو كانت الجماهير علمانية، تبقى لديها ردود فعل دينية، تفضي بها إلى عبادة الزعيم، وإلى الخوف من بأسه، وإلى الإذعان الأعمى لمشيئته، فيصبح كلامه دوغما لا تناقش، وتنشأ الرغبة إلى تعميم هذه الدوغما. أما الذين لا يشاطرون الجماهير إعجابها بكلام الزعيم فيبحون هم الأعداء، لا جماهير من دون قائد كما لا قائد من دون جماهير. كتب لوبون قبل قرن من الزمن. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سيكولوجية الجماهير Author: جوستاف لوبون Narrator: محمد التام Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يرى المؤلف أن الجماهير لا تعقل، فهي ترفض الأفكار أو تقبلها كلا واحداً، من دون أن تتحمل مناقشتها. ومايقوله لها الزعماء يغزو عقولها سريعاً فتتجه إلى أن تحوله حركة وعملاً، ومايوحي به إليها ترفعه إلى مصاف المثال ثم تندفع به، في صورة إرادية، إلى التضحية بالنفس. إنها لا تعرف غير العنف الحادّ شعوراً، فتعاطفها لا يلبث أن يصير عبادة، ولا تكاد تنفر من أمر ما حتى تسارع إلى كرهه. وفي الحالة الجماهيرية تنخفض الطاقة على التفكير، ويذوب المغاير في المتجانس، بينما تطغى الخصائص التي تصدر عن اللاوعي. وحتى لو كانت الجماهير علمانية، تبقى لديها ردود فعل دينية، تفضي بها إلى عبادة الزعيم، وإلى الخوف من بأسه، وإلى الإذعان الأعمى لمشيئته، فيصبح كلامه دوغما لا تناقش، وتنشأ الرغبة إلى تعميم هذه الدوغما. أما الذين لا يشاطرون الجماهير إعجابها بكلام الزعيم فيبحون هم الأعداء، لا جماهير من دون قائد كما لا قائد من دون جماهير. كتب لوبون قبل قرن من الزمن. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565782 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das hätte uns jemand sagen sollen!: Einfache Wahrheiten für ein gutes Leben Author: Dr. Jack Pransky Narrator: Katja Symons, Aron Mahari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie funktioniert das Leben wirklich? Dr. Jack Pransky, amerikanischer Psychologe, klärt mit diesem Buch das große Missverständnis unserer Zeit auf. Denn überraschenderweise folgt unser Leben ganz einfachen Prinzipien. Darin liegt die Macht zur Veränderung. Durch das Verständnis dieser Prinzipien werden wir frei von äußeren Umständen, unserer Vergangenheit und allem, was scheinbar von außen auf uns einwirkt. Je mehr wir das erkennen, desto leichter wird unser Leben. Dieses Buch liefert Inspiration zur eigenen Einsicht. Nichts Neues zu lernen, was wir nicht schon längst tief in unseren Herzen wissen, aber vergessen haben. Keine Anleitung für Übungen. Vielmehr ein Augenöffner, der uns von allem befreien kann, was unserem wahren Potenzial zum Wohl-Sein und einer gesunden Verfassung im Wege steht. Jack bringt es mit seinem Slogan auf den Punkt: 'Wir Menschen sind nichts als Frieden, Liebe und Weisheit - und die Macht, die Illusion zu erschaffen, wir seien das nicht'. Dr. Jack Pransky Mon, 22 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565782 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das hätte uns jemand sagen sollen!: Einfache Wahrheiten für ein gutes Leben Author: Dr. Jack Pransky Narrator: Katja Symons, Aron Mahari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie funktioniert das Leben wirklich? Dr. Jack Pransky, amerikanischer Psychologe, klärt mit diesem Buch das große Missverständnis unserer Zeit auf. Denn überraschenderweise folgt unser Leben ganz einfachen Prinzipien. Darin liegt die Macht zur Veränderung. Durch das Verständnis dieser Prinzipien werden wir frei von äußeren Umständen, unserer Vergangenheit und allem, was scheinbar von außen auf uns einwirkt. Je mehr wir das erkennen, desto leichter wird unser Leben. Dieses Buch liefert Inspiration zur eigenen Einsicht. Nichts Neues zu lernen, was wir nicht schon längst tief in unseren Herzen wissen, aber vergessen haben. Keine Anleitung für Übungen. Vielmehr ein Augenöffner, der uns von allem befreien kann, was unserem wahren Potenzial zum Wohl-Sein und einer gesunden Verfassung im Wege steht. Jack bringt es mit seinem Slogan auf den Punkt: 'Wir Menschen sind nichts als Frieden, Liebe und Weisheit - und die Macht, die Illusion zu erschaffen, wir seien das nicht'. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das hätte uns jemand sagen sollen!: Einfache Wahrheiten für ein gutes Leben Author: Dr. Jack Pransky Narrator: Katja Symons, Aron Mahari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie funktioniert das Leben wirklich? Dr. Jack Pransky, amerikanischer Psychologe, klärt mit diesem Buch das große Missverständnis unserer Zeit auf. Denn überraschenderweise folgt unser Leben ganz einfachen Prinzipien. Darin liegt die Macht zur Veränderung. Durch das Verständnis dieser Prinzipien werden wir frei von äußeren Umständen, unserer Vergangenheit und allem, was scheinbar von außen auf uns einwirkt. Je mehr wir das erkennen, desto leichter wird unser Leben. Dieses Buch liefert Inspiration zur eigenen Einsicht. Nichts Neues zu lernen, was wir nicht schon längst tief in unseren Herzen wissen, aber vergessen haben. Keine Anleitung für Übungen. Vielmehr ein Augenöffner, der uns von allem befreien kann, was unserem wahren Potenzial zum Wohl-Sein und einer gesunden Verfassung im Wege steht. Jack bringt es mit seinem Slogan auf den Punkt: 'Wir Menschen sind nichts als Frieden, Liebe und Weisheit - und die Macht, die Illusion zu erschaffen, wir seien das nicht'. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565776 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zum Kotzen: Tagebuch einer Bulimieerkrankung Author: Mag. Sigrid Tschiedl Narrator: Verena Leitner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der Widerspruch: Essen und Erbrechen - die Geschichte der 16-jährigen Lilly. Bulimie aus der Sicht einer Betroffenen: in einer fiktiven, aber krankheitstypischen Geschichte wird erläutert, wie sich Ess-Brech-Sucht manifestiert und zu einer Krankheit wird. Man erfährt, wie es die Erkrankten schaffen, ihr Leiden zu verheimlichen, wie sie aber auch darunter leiden und wie man als Außenstehende/r das Problem erkennen kann. In Einschüben werden Diagnose und Therapiemöglichkeiten aus fachmedizinischer Sicht vermittelt. Das Buch ist ein Erfahrungsbericht, der helfen soll, sich der Erkrankung zu stellen und dagegen anzugehen. Es ist aber auch ein Appell, sich mit der stetig wachsenden Zahl essgestörter Menschen auseinanderzusetzen. Mag. Sigrid Tschiedl Tue, 23 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565776 thebookvoice.com 4:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zum Kotzen: Tagebuch einer Bulimieerkrankung Author: Mag. Sigrid Tschiedl Narrator: Verena Leitner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der Widerspruch: Essen und Erbrechen - die Geschichte der 16-jährigen Lilly. Bulimie aus der Sicht einer Betroffenen: in einer fiktiven, aber krankheitstypischen Geschichte wird erläutert, wie sich Ess-Brech-Sucht manifestiert und zu einer Krankheit wird. Man erfährt, wie es die Erkrankten schaffen, ihr Leiden zu verheimlichen, wie sie aber auch darunter leiden und wie man als Außenstehende/r das Problem erkennen kann. In Einschüben werden Diagnose und Therapiemöglichkeiten aus fachmedizinischer Sicht vermittelt. Das Buch ist ein Erfahrungsbericht, der helfen soll, sich der Erkrankung zu stellen und dagegen anzugehen. Es ist aber auch ein Appell, sich mit der stetig wachsenden Zahl essgestörter Menschen auseinanderzusetzen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zum Kotzen: Tagebuch einer Bulimieerkrankung Author: Mag. Sigrid Tschiedl Narrator: Verena Leitner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der Widerspruch: Essen und Erbrechen - die Geschichte der 16-jährigen Lilly. Bulimie aus der Sicht einer Betroffenen: in einer fiktiven, aber krankheitstypischen Geschichte wird erläutert, wie sich Ess-Brech-Sucht manifestiert und zu einer Krankheit wird. Man erfährt, wie es die Erkrankten schaffen, ihr Leiden zu verheimlichen, wie sie aber auch darunter leiden und wie man als Außenstehende/r das Problem erkennen kann. In Einschüben werden Diagnose und Therapiemöglichkeiten aus fachmedizinischer Sicht vermittelt. Das Buch ist ein Erfahrungsbericht, der helfen soll, sich der Erkrankung zu stellen und dagegen anzugehen. Es ist aber auch ein Appell, sich mit der stetig wachsenden Zahl essgestörter Menschen auseinanderzusetzen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565748 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rauchentwöhnung: einfach und sicher mit dem Rauchen aufhören Author: Hypnowelten Narrator: Michael Gorka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Diese Hypnosesitzung soll dir dabei helfen, einfach und sicher mit dem Rauchen aufzuhören! Die angewandten Techniken sind sehr effektiv und sollen dich auf deinem Weg in eine rauchfreie Zukunft unterstützen. Hypnowelten Mon, 22 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565748 thebookvoice.com 0:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rauchentwöhnung: einfach und sicher mit dem Rauchen aufhören Author: Hypnowelten Narrator: Michael Gorka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Diese Hypnosesitzung soll dir dabei helfen, einfach und sicher mit dem Rauchen aufzuhören! Die angewandten Techniken sind sehr effektiv und sollen dich auf deinem Weg in eine rauchfreie Zukunft unterstützen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rauchentwöhnung: einfach und sicher mit dem Rauchen aufhören Author: Hypnowelten Narrator: Michael Gorka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Diese Hypnosesitzung soll dir dabei helfen, einfach und sicher mit dem Rauchen aufzuhören! Die angewandten Techniken sind sehr effektiv und sollen dich auf deinem Weg in eine rauchfreie Zukunft unterstützen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Manipulationstechniken - Die Macht der Manipulation: Wie Sie Ihre Mitmenschen effektiv durchleuchten und mit Hilfe von intelligenten Methoden aus der Psychologie beeinflussen und für sich gewinnen Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manipulationstechniken: Wie Sie Menschen lesen, unterbewusst überzeugen und für sich gewinnen! Möchten Sie psychologische Tricks einsetzen um gezielt zu kommunizieren? Wollen Sie sich selbst vor Manipulation durch Medien oder andere Personen schützen? Möchten Sie die Kunst der manipulativen Rhetorik für größere Erfolge nutzen? Dann werden Sie mit diesem Hörbuch zum Meister der Überzeugung! Manipulation ist das mächtigste Instrument der Kommunikation. Durch gezielte Körpersprache und Rhetorik können Sie Ihren Gegenüber von Ihren eigenen Ideen faszinieren. Durch ausstrahlende Selbstsicherheit gewinnen Sie Diskussionen, finden einfache Lösungen mit Streitpartnern und wirken jederzeit gelassen. Und Damit nicht genug - wickeln Sie die Person Ihrer Träume blitzschnell mit unvergleichlichem Charisma um den Finger, so bleiben Sie in Erinnerung! So werden Ihre Träume zur Realität: - Manipulation erkennen und selbst davor schützen, - Durch starke Rhetorik & Körpersprache das Unterbewusstsein beeinflussen, - In Vorträgen und Gesprächen souveräne Eindrücke hinterlassen, - In kürzester Zeit zu Ihren Zielen gelangen, - Andere Personen zu Ihren Interessen und Vorstellungen überreden, - Und vieles mehr...! Die Einsatzmöglichkeiten Ihrer neuen Fähigkeiten sind unendlich: - Schneller Freunde finden und Menschen kennenlernen - Den Chef zu einer Gehaltserhöhung motivieren - Konflikte mit dem Partner vermeiden und harmonischere soziale Beziehungen aufbauen - Fehlkäufe durch fälschliche Manipulation oder Werbung verhindern - Und vieles mehr...! Manipulation findet tagtäglich statt. Doch Sie können jetzt entscheiden, ob Sie davon profitieren wollen oder sich selbst beeinflussen lassen. Vereinfachen Sie Ihren Alltag durch präzise Manipulationstechniken - mit weniger Stress im Privatleben und schnelleren beruflichen Erfolgen! Drücken Sie auf 'JETZT KAUFEN', um sich die einfache Schritt-für-Schritt Anleitung für bedingungslose Überzeugung direkt nach Hause zu holen! Justus Kronfeld Mon, 18 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565669 thebookvoice.com 2:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Manipulationstechniken - Die Macht der Manipulation: Wie Sie Ihre Mitmenschen effektiv durchleuchten und mit Hilfe von intelligenten Methoden aus der Psychologie beeinflussen und für sich gewinnen Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manipulationstechniken: Wie Sie Menschen lesen, unterbewusst überzeugen und für sich gewinnen! Möchten Sie psychologische Tricks einsetzen um gezielt zu kommunizieren? Wollen Sie sich selbst vor Manipulation durch Medien oder andere Personen schützen? Möchten Sie die Kunst der manipulativen Rhetorik für größere Erfolge nutzen? Dann werden Sie mit diesem Hörbuch zum Meister der Überzeugung! Manipulation ist das mächtigste Instrument der Kommunikation. Durch gezielte Körpersprache und Rhetorik können Sie Ihren Gegenüber von Ihren eigenen Ideen faszinieren. Durch ausstrahlende Selbstsicherheit gewinnen Sie Diskussionen, finden einfache Lösungen mit Streitpartnern und wirken jederzeit gelassen. Und Damit nicht genug - wickeln Sie die Person Ihrer Träume blitzschnell mit unvergleichlichem Charisma um den Finger, so bleiben Sie in Erinnerung! So werden Ihre Träume zur Realität: - Manipulation erkennen und selbst davor schützen, - Durch starke Rhetorik & Körpersprache das Unterbewusstsein beeinflussen, - In Vorträgen und Gesprächen souveräne Eindrücke hinterlassen, - In kürzester Zeit zu Ihren Zielen gelangen, - Andere Personen zu Ihren Interessen und Vorstellungen überreden, - Und vieles mehr...! Die Einsatzmöglichkeiten Ihrer neuen Fähigkeiten sind unendlich: - Schneller Freunde finden und Menschen kennenlernen - Den Chef zu einer Gehaltserhöhung motivieren - Konflikte mit dem Partner vermeiden und harmonischere soziale Beziehungen aufbauen - Fehlkäufe durch fälschliche Manipulation oder Werbung verhindern - Und vieles mehr...! Manipulation findet tagtäglich statt. Doch Sie können jetzt entscheiden, ob Sie davon profitieren wollen oder sich selbst beeinflussen lassen. Vereinfachen Sie Ihren Alltag durch präzise Manipulationstechniken - mit weniger Stress im Privatleben und schnelleren beruflichen Erfolgen! Drücken Sie auf 'JETZT KAUFEN', um sich die einfache Schritt-für-Schritt Anleitung für bedingungslose Überzeugung direkt nach Hause zu holen! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Manipulationstechniken - Die Macht der Manipulation: Wie Sie Ihre Mitmenschen effektiv durchleuchten und mit Hilfe von intelligenten Methoden aus der Psychologie beeinflussen und für sich gewinnen Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manipulationstechniken: Wie Sie Menschen lesen, unterbewusst überzeugen und für sich gewinnen! Möchten Sie psychologische Tricks einsetzen um gezielt zu kommunizieren? Wollen Sie sich selbst vor Manipulation durch Medien oder andere Personen schützen? Möchten Sie die Kunst der manipulativen Rhetorik für größere Erfolge nutzen? Dann werden Sie mit diesem Hörbuch zum Meister der Überzeugung! Manipulation ist das mächtigste Instrument der Kommunikation. Durch gezielte Körpersprache und Rhetorik können Sie Ihren Gegenüber von Ihren eigenen Ideen faszinieren. Durch ausstrahlende Selbstsicherheit gewinnen Sie Diskussionen, finden einfache Lösungen mit Streitpartnern und wirken jederzeit gelassen. Und Damit nicht genug - wickeln Sie die Person Ihrer Träume blitzschnell mit unvergleichlichem Charisma um den Finger, so bleiben Sie in Erinnerung! So werden Ihre Träume zur Realität: - Manipulation erkennen und selbst davor schützen, - Durch starke Rhetorik & Körpersprache das Unterbewusstsein beeinflussen, - In Vorträgen und Gesprächen souveräne Eindrücke hinterlassen, - In kürzester Zeit zu Ihren Zielen gelangen, - Andere Personen zu Ihren Interessen und Vorstellungen überreden, - Und vieles mehr...! Die Einsatzmöglichkeiten Ihrer neuen Fähigkeiten sind unendlich: - Schneller Freunde finden und Menschen kennenlernen - Den Chef zu einer Gehaltserhöhung motivieren - Konflikte mit dem Partner vermeiden und harmonischere soziale Beziehungen aufbauen - Fehlkäufe durch fälschliche Manipulation oder Werbung verhindern - Und vieles mehr...! Manipulation findet tagtäglich statt. Doch Sie können jetzt entscheiden, ob Sie davon profitieren wollen oder sich selbst beeinflussen lassen. Vereinfachen Sie Ihren Alltag durch präzise Manipulationstechniken - mit weniger Stress im Privatleben und schnelleren beruflichen Erfolgen! Drücken Sie auf 'JETZT KAUFEN', um sich die einfache Schritt-für-Schritt Anleitung für bedingungslose Überzeugung direkt nach Hause zu holen! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565574 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lose Weight for the Last Time: Brain-Based Solutions for Permanent Weight Loss Author: Katrina Ubell Narrator: Katrina Ubell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The missing piece to the most sought-after health goal, How to Lose Weight for the Last Time offers brain-based solutions for dropping pounds and keeping them off without suffering or sacrifice. As a pediatrician, Katrina Ubell, MD, always struggled with her weight--she was either 40 pounds overweight, or struggling to lose that weight. Although she'd regularly counsel parents on the importance of keeping their kids healthy and fostering good eating habits, Dr. Ubell, as a busy professional, was never able to do the same for herself. Like everyone else, she tried many different diets and programs, but would always regain the weight.  In 2015, Dr. Ubell "cracked the code" for making weight loss permanent, and developed a program targeted at busy physicians like herself who often de-prioritize their own wellness. As a weight loss coach, Dr. Ubell has helped over 1,000 busy physicians and professionals find and stay at a healthy weight with her brain-based program, and is now ready to bring this program to the general public.  Dr. Ubell's program doesn't involve any unrealistic diets, plans, special foods, supplements, or even rigorous exercise protocols; instead, she uses a deep understanding of the brain and behavior patterns to get results. Through her work, she has been able to uncover and speak into the universal obstacles that stand in our way of losing and keeping off weight. Katrina Ubell Tue, 20 Sep 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565574 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lose Weight for the Last Time: Brain-Based Solutions for Permanent Weight Loss Author: Katrina Ubell Narrator: Katrina Ubell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The missing piece to the most sought-after health goal, How to Lose Weight for the Last Time offers brain-based solutions for dropping pounds and keeping them off without suffering or sacrifice. As a pediatrician, Katrina Ubell, MD, always struggled with her weight--she was either 40 pounds overweight, or struggling to lose that weight. Although she'd regularly counsel parents on the importance of keeping their kids healthy and fostering good eating habits, Dr. Ubell, as a busy professional, was never able to do the same for herself. Like everyone else, she tried many different diets and programs, but would always regain the weight.  In 2015, Dr. Ubell "cracked the code" for making weight loss permanent, and developed a program targeted at busy physicians like herself who often de-prioritize their own wellness. As a weight loss coach, Dr. Ubell has helped over 1,000 busy physicians and professionals find and stay at a healthy weight with her brain-based program, and is now ready to bring this program to the general public.  Dr. Ubell's program doesn't involve any unrealistic diets, plans, special foods, supplements, or even rigorous exercise protocols; instead, she uses a deep understanding of the brain and behavior patterns to get results. Through her work, she has been able to uncover and speak into the universal obstacles that stand in our way of losing and keeping off weight. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lose Weight for the Last Time: Brain-Based Solutions for Permanent Weight Loss Author: Katrina Ubell Narrator: Katrina Ubell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The missing piece to the most sought-after health goal, How to Lose Weight for the Last Time offers brain-based solutions for dropping pounds and keeping them off without suffering or sacrifice. As a pediatrician, Katrina Ubell, MD, always struggled with her weight--she was either 40 pounds overweight, or struggling to lose that weight. Although she'd regularly counsel parents on the importance of keeping their kids healthy and fostering good eating habits, Dr. Ubell, as a busy professional, was never able to do the same for herself. Like everyone else, she tried many different diets and programs, but would always regain the weight.  In 2015, Dr. Ubell "cracked the code" for making weight loss permanent, and developed a program targeted at busy physicians like herself who often de-prioritize their own wellness. As a weight loss coach, Dr. Ubell has helped over 1,000 busy physicians and professionals find and stay at a healthy weight with her brain-based program, and is now ready to bring this program to the general public.  Dr. Ubell's program doesn't involve any unrealistic diets, plans, special foods, supplements, or even rigorous exercise protocols; instead, she uses a deep understanding of the brain and behavior patterns to get results. Through her work, she has been able to uncover and speak into the universal obstacles that stand in our way of losing and keeping off weight. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565565 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ritual: How Seemingly Senseless Acts Make Life Worth Living Author: Dimitris Xygalatas Narrator: Neil Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A pioneering anthropologist takes readers on a journey through the rich tapestry of human ritual—showing how and why our most irrational behaviors are a key driver of our success. “Important . . . and a true delight to read.” (Paul Bloom, author of Against Empathy)   Ritual is one of the oldest, and certainly most enigmatic, threads in the history of human culture. It presents a profound paradox: people ascribe the utmost importance to their rituals, but few can explain why they are so important. Apparently pointless ceremonies pervade every documented society, from handshakes to hexes, hazings to parades. Before we ever learned to farm, we were gathering in giant stone temples to perform elaborate rites and ceremonies. And yet, though rituals exist in every culture and can persist nearly unchanged for centuries, their logic has remained a mystery—until now.   In Ritual, pathfinding scientist Dimitris Xygalatas leads us on an enlightening tour through this shadowy realm of human behavior. Armed with cutting-edge technology and drawing on discoveries from a wide range of disciplines, he presents a powerful new perspective on our place in the world. In birthday parties and coronations, in silent prayer, in fire-walks and terrifying rites of passage, in all the bewildering variety of human life, Ritual reveals the deep and subtle mechanisms that bind us together. Dimitris Xygalatas Tue, 13 Sep 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565565 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ritual: How Seemingly Senseless Acts Make Life Worth Living Author: Dimitris Xygalatas Narrator: Neil Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A pioneering anthropologist takes readers on a journey through the rich tapestry of human ritual—showing how and why our most irrational behaviors are a key driver of our success. “Important . . . and a true delight to read.” (Paul Bloom, author of Against Empathy)   Ritual is one of the oldest, and certainly most enigmatic, threads in the history of human culture. It presents a profound paradox: people ascribe the utmost importance to their rituals, but few can explain why they are so important. Apparently pointless ceremonies pervade every documented society, from handshakes to hexes, hazings to parades. Before we ever learned to farm, we were gathering in giant stone temples to perform elaborate rites and ceremonies. And yet, though rituals exist in every culture and can persist nearly unchanged for centuries, their logic has remained a mystery—until now.   In Ritual, pathfinding scientist Dimitris Xygalatas leads us on an enlightening tour through this shadowy realm of human behavior. Armed with cutting-edge technology and drawing on discoveries from a wide range of disciplines, he presents a powerful new perspective on our place in the world. In birthday parties and coronations, in silent prayer, in fire-walks and terrifying rites of passage, in all the bewildering variety of human life, Ritual reveals the deep and subtle mechanisms that bind us together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ritual: How Seemingly Senseless Acts Make Life Worth Living Author: Dimitris Xygalatas Narrator: Neil Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A pioneering anthropologist takes readers on a journey through the rich tapestry of human ritual—showing how and why our most irrational behaviors are a key driver of our success. “Important . . . and a true delight to read.” (Paul Bloom, author of Against Empathy)   Ritual is one of the oldest, and certainly most enigmatic, threads in the history of human culture. It presents a profound paradox: people ascribe the utmost importance to their rituals, but few can explain why they are so important. Apparently pointless ceremonies pervade every documented society, from handshakes to hexes, hazings to parades. Before we ever learned to farm, we were gathering in giant stone temples to perform elaborate rites and ceremonies. And yet, though rituals exist in every culture and can persist nearly unchanged for centuries, their logic has remained a mystery—until now.   In Ritual, pathfinding scientist Dimitris Xygalatas leads us on an enlightening tour through this shadowy realm of human behavior. Armed with cutting-edge technology and drawing on discoveries from a wide range of disciplines, he presents a powerful new perspective on our place in the world. In birthday parties and coronations, in silent prayer, in fire-walks and terrifying rites of passage, in all the bewildering variety of human life, Ritual reveals the deep and subtle mechanisms that bind us together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565539 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uniquely Human: Updated and Expanded: A Different Way of Seeing Autism Author: Barry M. Prizant Narrator: Barry M. Prizant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Autism Society of America’s Dr. Temple Grandin Award for the Outstanding Literary Work in Autism A groundbreaking book on autism, by one of the world’s leading experts, who portrays autism as a unique way of being human—this is “required reading....Breathtakingly simple and profoundly positive” (Chicago Tribune). Autism therapy typically focuses on ridding individuals of “autistic” symptoms such as difficulties interacting socially, problems in communicating, sensory challenges, and repetitive behavior patterns. Now Dr. Barry M. Prizant offers a new and compelling paradigm: the most successful approaches to autism don’t aim at fixing a person by eliminating symptoms, but rather seeking to understand the individual’s experience and what underlies the behavior. “A must-read for anyone touched by autism... Dr. Prizant’s Uniquely Human is a crucial step in promoting better understanding and a more humane approach” (Associated Press). Instead of classifying “autistic” behaviors as signs of pathology, Dr. Prizant sees them as part of a range of strategies to cope with a world that feels chaotic and overwhelming. Rather than curb these behaviors, it’s better to enhance abilities, build on strengths, and offer supports that will lead to more desirable behavior and a better quality of life. “A remarkable approach to autism....A truly impactful, necessary book” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), Uniquely Human offers inspiration and practical advice drawn from Dr. Prizant’s four-decade career. It conveys a deep respect for people with autism and their own unique qualities. Filled with humanity and wisdom, Uniquely Human “should reassure parents and caregivers of kids with autism and any other disability that their kids are not broken, but, indeed, special” (Booklist, starred review). Barry M. Prizant Tue, 19 Apr 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565539 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uniquely Human: Updated and Expanded: A Different Way of Seeing Autism Author: Barry M. Prizant Narrator: Barry M. Prizant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Autism Society of America’s Dr. Temple Grandin Award for the Outstanding Literary Work in Autism A groundbreaking book on autism, by one of the world’s leading experts, who portrays autism as a unique way of being human—this is “required reading....Breathtakingly simple and profoundly positive” (Chicago Tribune). Autism therapy typically focuses on ridding individuals of “autistic” symptoms such as difficulties interacting socially, problems in communicating, sensory challenges, and repetitive behavior patterns. Now Dr. Barry M. Prizant offers a new and compelling paradigm: the most successful approaches to autism don’t aim at fixing a person by eliminating symptoms, but rather seeking to understand the individual’s experience and what underlies the behavior. “A must-read for anyone touched by autism... Dr. Prizant’s Uniquely Human is a crucial step in promoting better understanding and a more humane approach” (Associated Press). Instead of classifying “autistic” behaviors as signs of pathology, Dr. Prizant sees them as part of a range of strategies to cope with a world that feels chaotic and overwhelming. Rather than curb these behaviors, it’s better to enhance abilities, build on strengths, and offer supports that will lead to more desirable behavior and a better quality of life. “A remarkable approach to autism....A truly impactful, necessary book” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), Uniquely Human offers inspiration and practical advice drawn from Dr. Prizant’s four-decade career. It conveys a deep respect for people with autism and their own unique qualities. Filled with humanity and wisdom, Uniquely Human “should reassure parents and caregivers of kids with autism and any other disability that their kids are not broken, but, indeed, special” (Booklist, starred review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uniquely Human: Updated and Expanded: A Different Way of Seeing Autism Author: Barry M. Prizant Narrator: Barry M. Prizant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Autism Society of America’s Dr. Temple Grandin Award for the Outstanding Literary Work in Autism A groundbreaking book on autism, by one of the world’s leading experts, who portrays autism as a unique way of being human—this is “required reading....Breathtakingly simple and profoundly positive” (Chicago Tribune). Autism therapy typically focuses on ridding individuals of “autistic” symptoms such as difficulties interacting socially, problems in communicating, sensory challenges, and repetitive behavior patterns. Now Dr. Barry M. Prizant offers a new and compelling paradigm: the most successful approaches to autism don’t aim at fixing a person by eliminating symptoms, but rather seeking to understand the individual’s experience and what underlies the behavior. “A must-read for anyone touched by autism... Dr. Prizant’s Uniquely Human is a crucial step in promoting better understanding and a more humane approach” (Associated Press). Instead of classifying “autistic” behaviors as signs of pathology, Dr. Prizant sees them as part of a range of strategies to cope with a world that feels chaotic and overwhelming. Rather than curb these behaviors, it’s better to enhance abilities, build on strengths, and offer supports that will lead to more desirable behavior and a better quality of life. “A remarkable approach to autism....A truly impactful, necessary book” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), Uniquely Human offers inspiration and practical advice drawn from Dr. Prizant’s four-decade career. It conveys a deep respect for people with autism and their own unique qualities. Filled with humanity and wisdom, Uniquely Human “should reassure parents and caregivers of kids with autism and any other disability that their kids are not broken, but, indeed, special” (Booklist, starred review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565406 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Affirmative Hypnose: Angst vor Krankheiten & Infektionen überwinden: Bewährte Anwendung, um deine Ängste vor Krankheiten dauerhaft loszulassen Author: Tanja Kohl Narrator: Tanja Kohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie du binnen 4 Wochen deine Angst vor Krankheiten und Infektionen vollständig besiegst, selbst wenn jeder bisherige Versuch fehlschlug. Du hast ständig Angst vor Infektionen? Du befürchtest bei jeder Grippewelle krank zu werden? Die Corona-Pandemie treibt dich in den Wahnsinn? Du desinfizierst beinahe alles, wäschst dir ständig die Hände und siehst überall nur Viren und Bakterien? Dann wird es Zeit, deine übertriebene Angst vor Krankheiten zu überwinden, damit du deine Freiheit wieder voll und ganz genießen kannst. Mit dem Hypnoseprogramm 'Loslassen deiner Angst vor Infektionen' hilft dir die zertifizierte NLP-Hypnose-Therapeutin Tanja Kohl, eine völlig neue Einstellung zu deinem Körper und seiner Umgebung zu finden. In einer leichten Trance startest du eine Reise zu deinen Ängsten und wirst dir deiner erstaunlichen Selbstheilungskrafte und Widerstandsfähigkeit bewusst. Du lernst, deinem Körper und dir selbst wieder mehr zu vertrauen, und legst deine Ängste ab, um dich wieder gelassen und gesund zu fühlen. Erlebe wie du Deine Ängste ein für alle Mal in den Griff kriegst. **** 'Angst liegt nie in den Dingen selbst, sondern darin, wie man sie betrachtet.' – Anthony de Mello **** Du lernst Schritt für Schritt, wie du: • Deine Angst vor Krankheiten und Infektionen zeitnah überwindest. • Angstbesetzte Situationen meisterst, die du bisher gemieden hast. • Ängstlichen und sich aufdrängenden Krankheitsgedanken ein Ende setzt. • Dein gesundes Vertrauen in deine Selbstheilungskräfte zurückgewinnst und dein Leben mit größerer Leichtigkeit lebst. WAS DU BEKOMMST: 1. Einleitung (8 Minuten) 2. Selbsthypnose-Anwendung: Angst vor Infektionen loslassen (16 Minuten) NLP-Hypnose-Therapeutin Tanja Kohl hat bereits unzähligen Menschen bei der Bewältigung ihrer Ängste geholfen; ob Geschäftsführer, TV-Persönlichkeiten, Verkäuferinnen oder Eltern. Sie hat hunderten von Menschen beigebracht, wie sie ihre Panik vor Infektionen überwinden können. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt solltest du das Programm an mindestens 30 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich anhören. Bewährt haben sich die Nutzung am frühen Morgen, während der Mittagspause und vor dem abendlichen Einschlafen. Kaufe dieses Hörbuch JETZT, damit du deine Ängste vor Infektionen in nur 4 Wochen besiegst und deinen inneren Frieden findest. Tanja Kohl Sun, 15 Aug 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565406 thebookvoice.com 0:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Affirmative Hypnose: Angst vor Krankheiten & Infektionen überwinden: Bewährte Anwendung, um deine Ängste vor Krankheiten dauerhaft loszulassen Author: Tanja Kohl Narrator: Tanja Kohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie du binnen 4 Wochen deine Angst vor Krankheiten und Infektionen vollständig besiegst, selbst wenn jeder bisherige Versuch fehlschlug. Du hast ständig Angst vor Infektionen? Du befürchtest bei jeder Grippewelle krank zu werden? Die Corona-Pandemie treibt dich in den Wahnsinn? Du desinfizierst beinahe alles, wäschst dir ständig die Hände und siehst überall nur Viren und Bakterien? Dann wird es Zeit, deine übertriebene Angst vor Krankheiten zu überwinden, damit du deine Freiheit wieder voll und ganz genießen kannst. Mit dem Hypnoseprogramm 'Loslassen deiner Angst vor Infektionen' hilft dir die zertifizierte NLP-Hypnose-Therapeutin Tanja Kohl, eine völlig neue Einstellung zu deinem Körper und seiner Umgebung zu finden. In einer leichten Trance startest du eine Reise zu deinen Ängsten und wirst dir deiner erstaunlichen Selbstheilungskrafte und Widerstandsfähigkeit bewusst. Du lernst, deinem Körper und dir selbst wieder mehr zu vertrauen, und legst deine Ängste ab, um dich wieder gelassen und gesund zu fühlen. Erlebe wie du Deine Ängste ein für alle Mal in den Griff kriegst. **** 'Angst liegt nie in den Dingen selbst, sondern darin, wie man sie betrachtet.' – Anthony de Mello **** Du lernst Schritt für Schritt, wie du: • Deine Angst vor Krankheiten und Infektionen zeitnah überwindest. • Angstbesetzte Situationen meisterst, die du bisher gemieden hast. • Ängstlichen und sich aufdrängenden Krankheitsgedanken ein Ende setzt. • Dein gesundes Vertrauen in deine Selbstheilungskräfte zurückgewinnst und dein Leben mit größerer Leichtigkeit lebst. WAS DU BEKOMMST: 1. Einleitung (8 Minuten) 2. Selbsthypnose-Anwendung: Angst vor Infektionen loslassen (16 Minuten) NLP-Hypnose-Therapeutin Tanja Kohl hat bereits unzähligen Menschen bei der Bewältigung ihrer Ängste geholfen; ob Geschäftsführer, TV-Persönlichkeiten, Verkäuferinnen oder Eltern. Sie hat hunderten von Menschen beigebracht, wie sie ihre Panik vor Infektionen überwinden können. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt solltest du das Programm an mindestens 30 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich anhören. Bewährt haben sich die Nutzung am frühen Morgen, während der Mittagspause und vor dem abendlichen Einschlafen. Kaufe dieses Hörbuch JETZT, damit du deine Ängste vor Infektionen in nur 4 Wochen besiegst und deinen inneren Frieden findest. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Affirmative Hypnose: Angst vor Krankheiten & Infektionen überwinden: Bewährte Anwendung, um deine Ängste vor Krankheiten dauerhaft loszulassen Author: Tanja Kohl Narrator: Tanja Kohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wie du binnen 4 Wochen deine Angst vor Krankheiten und Infektionen vollständig besiegst, selbst wenn jeder bisherige Versuch fehlschlug. Du hast ständig Angst vor Infektionen? Du befürchtest bei jeder Grippewelle krank zu werden? Die Corona-Pandemie treibt dich in den Wahnsinn? Du desinfizierst beinahe alles, wäschst dir ständig die Hände und siehst überall nur Viren und Bakterien? Dann wird es Zeit, deine übertriebene Angst vor Krankheiten zu überwinden, damit du deine Freiheit wieder voll und ganz genießen kannst. Mit dem Hypnoseprogramm 'Loslassen deiner Angst vor Infektionen' hilft dir die zertifizierte NLP-Hypnose-Therapeutin Tanja Kohl, eine völlig neue Einstellung zu deinem Körper und seiner Umgebung zu finden. In einer leichten Trance startest du eine Reise zu deinen Ängsten und wirst dir deiner erstaunlichen Selbstheilungskrafte und Widerstandsfähigkeit bewusst. Du lernst, deinem Körper und dir selbst wieder mehr zu vertrauen, und legst deine Ängste ab, um dich wieder gelassen und gesund zu fühlen. Erlebe wie du Deine Ängste ein für alle Mal in den Griff kriegst. **** 'Angst liegt nie in den Dingen selbst, sondern darin, wie man sie betrachtet.' – Anthony de Mello **** Du lernst Schritt für Schritt, wie du: • Deine Angst vor Krankheiten und Infektionen zeitnah überwindest. • Angstbesetzte Situationen meisterst, die du bisher gemieden hast. • Ängstlichen und sich aufdrängenden Krankheitsgedanken ein Ende setzt. • Dein gesundes Vertrauen in deine Selbstheilungskräfte zurückgewinnst und dein Leben mit größerer Leichtigkeit lebst. WAS DU BEKOMMST: 1. Einleitung (8 Minuten) 2. Selbsthypnose-Anwendung: Angst vor Infektionen loslassen (16 Minuten) NLP-Hypnose-Therapeutin Tanja Kohl hat bereits unzähligen Menschen bei der Bewältigung ihrer Ängste geholfen; ob Geschäftsführer, TV-Persönlichkeiten, Verkäuferinnen oder Eltern. Sie hat hunderten von Menschen beigebracht, wie sie ihre Panik vor Infektionen überwinden können. Für den bestmöglichen Effekt solltest du das Programm an mindestens 30 Tagen in Folge einmal täglich anhören. Bewährt haben sich die Nutzung am frühen Morgen, während der Mittagspause und vor dem abendlichen Einschlafen. Kaufe dieses Hörbuch JETZT, damit du deine Ängste vor Infektionen in nur 4 Wochen besiegst und deinen inneren Frieden findest. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565213 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El chico a quien criaron como perro: Y otras historias del cuaderno de un psiquiatra infantil Author: Lucía Barahona (translator), Bruce D. Perry, M.D., Ph.D., Maia Szalavitz Narrator: Alan Bochm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Este cuaderno de atrocidades, con el que no habrá capítulo donde el lector no se sienta zarandeado, es en realidad una crónica de la inocencia interrumpida; un estudio del cerebro infantil y de cómo ciertas situaciones creadas por los adultos que rodean al niño, pueden convertir a este en una máquina sin sentimientos, en un obseso sexual, en una víctima de la anorexia, en un desconfiado o en una mente irreparable.'—Luna Miguel ¿Qué pasa cuando se traumatiza un cerebro joven? ¿Cómo afecta la mente de un niño el terror, el abuso o la desgracia? El psiquiatra infantil Bruce Perry ha ayudado a muchos a superar horrores inimaginables: niños supervivientes de genocidios o testigos de homicidio, adolescentes secuestrados o víctimas de violencia familiar. Mediante la observación del trauma a través de la lente científica, Perry nos revela la asombrosa capacidad del cerebro para curarse. Combinando las historias de casos inolvidables con sus propias estrategias de rehabilitación, el autor explica lo que ocurre exactamente en el cerebro de un niño expuesto a un estrés extremo, y propone diferentes medidas para aliviar el dolor y ayudarle a crecer como un adulto sano. Las cosas más simples –el entorno, el afecto, el lenguaje, el contacto, etc.– pueden influir profundamente, para bien o para mal, en un cerebro en desarrollo. En este interesante documento, Bruce Perry demuestra que solo cuando entendamos la ciencia de la mente podremos tener la esperanza de curar el espíritu de casi cualquier niño, incluso el más afectado. 'Mediante la exposición de cada historia clínica y las aplicaciones del «tratamiento neurosecuencial», Perry y Szalavitz ofrecen una demostración fascinante de cómo las sinergias entre los avances en neurociencia y la psicología consiguen mejorías sorprendentes en pacientes que se consideran casos perdidos.'—El Cultural Lucía Barahona (translator), Bruce D. Perry, M.D., Ph.D., Maia Szalavitz Wed, 27 Apr 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565213 thebookvoice.com 12:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El chico a quien criaron como perro: Y otras historias del cuaderno de un psiquiatra infantil Author: Lucía Barahona (translator), Bruce D. Perry, M.D., Ph.D., Maia Szalavitz Narrator: Alan Bochm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Este cuaderno de atrocidades, con el que no habrá capítulo donde el lector no se sienta zarandeado, es en realidad una crónica de la inocencia interrumpida; un estudio del cerebro infantil y de cómo ciertas situaciones creadas por los adultos que rodean al niño, pueden convertir a este en una máquina sin sentimientos, en un obseso sexual, en una víctima de la anorexia, en un desconfiado o en una mente irreparable.'—Luna Miguel ¿Qué pasa cuando se traumatiza un cerebro joven? ¿Cómo afecta la mente de un niño el terror, el abuso o la desgracia? El psiquiatra infantil Bruce Perry ha ayudado a muchos a superar horrores inimaginables: niños supervivientes de genocidios o testigos de homicidio, adolescentes secuestrados o víctimas de violencia familiar. Mediante la observación del trauma a través de la lente científica, Perry nos revela la asombrosa capacidad del cerebro para curarse. Combinando las historias de casos inolvidables con sus propias estrategias de rehabilitación, el autor explica lo que ocurre exactamente en el cerebro de un niño expuesto a un estrés extremo, y propone diferentes medidas para aliviar el dolor y ayudarle a crecer como un adulto sano. Las cosas más simples –el entorno, el afecto, el lenguaje, el contacto, etc.– pueden influir profundamente, para bien o para mal, en un cerebro en desarrollo. En este interesante documento, Bruce Perry demuestra que solo cuando entendamos la ciencia de la mente podremos tener la esperanza de curar el espíritu de casi cualquier niño, incluso el más afectado. 'Mediante la exposición de cada historia clínica y las aplicaciones del «tratamiento neurosecuencial», Perry y Szalavitz ofrecen una demostración fascinante de cómo las sinergias entre los avances en neurociencia y la psicología consiguen mejorías sorprendentes en pacientes que se consideran casos perdidos.'—El Cultural Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El chico a quien criaron como perro: Y otras historias del cuaderno de un psiquiatra infantil Author: Lucía Barahona (translator), Bruce D. Perry, M.D., Ph.D., Maia Szalavitz Narrator: Alan Bochm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 27, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Este cuaderno de atrocidades, con el que no habrá capítulo donde el lector no se sienta zarandeado, es en realidad una crónica de la inocencia interrumpida; un estudio del cerebro infantil y de cómo ciertas situaciones creadas por los adultos que rodean al niño, pueden convertir a este en una máquina sin sentimientos, en un obseso sexual, en una víctima de la anorexia, en un desconfiado o en una mente irreparable.'—Luna Miguel ¿Qué pasa cuando se traumatiza un cerebro joven? ¿Cómo afecta la mente de un niño el terror, el abuso o la desgracia? El psiquiatra infantil Bruce Perry ha ayudado a muchos a superar horrores inimaginables: niños supervivientes de genocidios o testigos de homicidio, adolescentes secuestrados o víctimas de violencia familiar. Mediante la observación del trauma a través de la lente científica, Perry nos revela la asombrosa capacidad del cerebro para curarse. Combinando las historias de casos inolvidables con sus propias estrategias de rehabilitación, el autor explica lo que ocurre exactamente en el cerebro de un niño expuesto a un estrés extremo, y propone diferentes medidas para aliviar el dolor y ayudarle a crecer como un adulto sano. Las cosas más simples –el entorno, el afecto, el lenguaje, el contacto, etc.– pueden influir profundamente, para bien o para mal, en un cerebro en desarrollo. En este interesante documento, Bruce Perry demuestra que solo cuando entendamos la ciencia de la mente podremos tener la esperanza de curar el espíritu de casi cualquier niño, incluso el más afectado. 'Mediante la exposición de cada historia clínica y las aplicaciones del «tratamiento neurosecuencial», Perry y Szalavitz ofrecen una demostración fascinante de cómo las sinergias entre los avances en neurociencia y la psicología consiguen mejorías sorprendentes en pacientes que se consideran casos perdidos.'—El Cultural https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Hindi] - Mata-Pita Aur Bachcho Ka Vyavhar (S) - Hindi Audio Book Author: Dada Bhagwan Narrator: Dada Bhagwan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said that parenting is the most important role in life, as well as the one for which there is the least amount of preparation! It is only natural to wonder how to be a good parent, to seek parenting advice, or to inquire into how to discipline children. Parenting teenagers requires the strongest parenting skills – and an almost endless supply of parenting tips. In the Audio book 'Generation gap', Gnani Purush (embodiment of Self knowledge) Dada Bhagwan offers one of the most unique and best parenting Audio books among the myriad of spiritual Audio books available. Dadashri offers spiritual behavior modification techniques in support of good parenting and living for love in one's family relationships. For anyone facing child behavior problems, undertaking teen parenting, or simply seeking a positive parenting program, this Audio book will prove an invaluable resource. Dada Bhagwan Thu, 03 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565181 thebookvoice.com 3:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Hindi] - Mata-Pita Aur Bachcho Ka Vyavhar (S) - Hindi Audio Book Author: Dada Bhagwan Narrator: Dada Bhagwan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said that parenting is the most important role in life, as well as the one for which there is the least amount of preparation! It is only natural to wonder how to be a good parent, to seek parenting advice, or to inquire into how to discipline children. Parenting teenagers requires the strongest parenting skills – and an almost endless supply of parenting tips. In the Audio book 'Generation gap', Gnani Purush (embodiment of Self knowledge) Dada Bhagwan offers one of the most unique and best parenting Audio books among the myriad of spiritual Audio books available. Dadashri offers spiritual behavior modification techniques in support of good parenting and living for love in one's family relationships. For anyone facing child behavior problems, undertaking teen parenting, or simply seeking a positive parenting program, this Audio book will prove an invaluable resource. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Hindi] - Mata-Pita Aur Bachcho Ka Vyavhar (S) - Hindi Audio Book Author: Dada Bhagwan Narrator: Dada Bhagwan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It is said that parenting is the most important role in life, as well as the one for which there is the least amount of preparation! It is only natural to wonder how to be a good parent, to seek parenting advice, or to inquire into how to discipline children. Parenting teenagers requires the strongest parenting skills – and an almost endless supply of parenting tips. In the Audio book 'Generation gap', Gnani Purush (embodiment of Self knowledge) Dada Bhagwan offers one of the most unique and best parenting Audio books among the myriad of spiritual Audio books available. Dadashri offers spiritual behavior modification techniques in support of good parenting and living for love in one's family relationships. For anyone facing child behavior problems, undertaking teen parenting, or simply seeking a positive parenting program, this Audio book will prove an invaluable resource. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565170 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Psychology of Sexual Interactions: 19 Things You Didn’t Know About Other People’s Sex Lives Author: Dianne Tice, Roy Baumeister Narrator: Dianne Tice, Roy Baumeister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join leading social psychologists Roy Baumeister and Dianne Tice to discover what decades of data reveal about human sexuality.  In this compelling audio series, renowned human behavior experts Roy Baumeister and Dianne Tice unravel the mysteries surrounding one of humanity’s most talked about but least understood forms of social interaction: sex. Playing the objective role of alien scientists observing human beings from outer space, they find patterns, puzzles, and paradoxes in how we make sexual decisions.  Drawing on social psychology and even economics, they find new insights into age-old questions, such as: - Do men really want to have sex more than women? - Who is actually having lots of sex, and why? - How has the internet changed sexual behavior? - Why have so many societies tried to stifle female sexuality?  In 19 eye-opening lectures, Drs. Tice and Baumeister delve into fascinating facts and findings to analyze human sexuality as a form of social interaction. While their discussions are strongly based in data about how mostly normal people make sexual decisions, they also explore larger issues about our sexual nature and motivations. This masterful audio course will answer all the questions you were afraid to ask and help you better understand human sexuality from a scientific vantage. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Dianne Tice, Roy Baumeister Mon, 20 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565170 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Psychology of Sexual Interactions: 19 Things You Didn’t Know About Other People’s Sex Lives Author: Dianne Tice, Roy Baumeister Narrator: Dianne Tice, Roy Baumeister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join leading social psychologists Roy Baumeister and Dianne Tice to discover what decades of data reveal about human sexuality.  In this compelling audio series, renowned human behavior experts Roy Baumeister and Dianne Tice unravel the mysteries surrounding one of humanity’s most talked about but least understood forms of social interaction: sex. Playing the objective role of alien scientists observing human beings from outer space, they find patterns, puzzles, and paradoxes in how we make sexual decisions.  Drawing on social psychology and even economics, they find new insights into age-old questions, such as: - Do men really want to have sex more than women? - Who is actually having lots of sex, and why? - How has the internet changed sexual behavior? - Why have so many societies tried to stifle female sexuality?  In 19 eye-opening lectures, Drs. Tice and Baumeister delve into fascinating facts and findings to analyze human sexuality as a form of social interaction. While their discussions are strongly based in data about how mostly normal people make sexual decisions, they also explore larger issues about our sexual nature and motivations. This masterful audio course will answer all the questions you were afraid to ask and help you better understand human sexuality from a scientific vantage. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Psychology of Sexual Interactions: 19 Things You Didn’t Know About Other People’s Sex Lives Author: Dianne Tice, Roy Baumeister Narrator: Dianne Tice, Roy Baumeister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join leading social psychologists Roy Baumeister and Dianne Tice to discover what decades of data reveal about human sexuality.  In this compelling audio series, renowned human behavior experts Roy Baumeister and Dianne Tice unravel the mysteries surrounding one of humanity’s most talked about but least understood forms of social interaction: sex. Playing the objective role of alien scientists observing human beings from outer space, they find patterns, puzzles, and paradoxes in how we make sexual decisions.  Drawing on social psychology and even economics, they find new insights into age-old questions, such as: - Do men really want to have sex more than women? - Who is actually having lots of sex, and why? - How has the internet changed sexual behavior? - Why have so many societies tried to stifle female sexuality?  In 19 eye-opening lectures, Drs. Tice and Baumeister delve into fascinating facts and findings to analyze human sexuality as a form of social interaction. While their discussions are strongly based in data about how mostly normal people make sexual decisions, they also explore larger issues about our sexual nature and motivations. This masterful audio course will answer all the questions you were afraid to ask and help you better understand human sexuality from a scientific vantage. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pocket Guide to Sensorimotor Psychotherapy in Context Author: Pat Ogden Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A guide to this groundbreaking somatic-cognitive approach to PTSD and attachment disturbances treatment. 'In this eye-opening new book, Pat Ogden, with her consultants, brilliantly charts the continuing evolution of her work. Based on a solid scientific understanding of human development, neuroscience, attachment, and body-mind connections, this book is filled with riveting case examples that illustrate the efficacy of Sensorimotor Psychotherapy.' —BESSEL A. VAN DER KOLK, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score Pat Ogden presents Sensorimotor Psychotherapy with an updated vision for her work that advocates for an anti-racist, anti-oppression lens throughout the book. Working closely with four consultants, a mix of Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Institute graduates, trainers, consultants, and sensorimotor psychotherapists, this book expands the current conception of sensorimotor psychotherapy. Numerous composite cases with a variety of diverse clients bring the approach to life. This book will inspire practitioners to develop a deeper sensitivity to the issues and legacy of oppression and marginalization as they impact the field of psychology, as well as present topics of trauma and early attachment injuries, dissociation, dysregulation, and mindfulness through a sensorimotor psychotherapy lens. Pat Ogden Tue, 22 Mar 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565114 thebookvoice.com 18:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pocket Guide to Sensorimotor Psychotherapy in Context Author: Pat Ogden Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A guide to this groundbreaking somatic-cognitive approach to PTSD and attachment disturbances treatment. 'In this eye-opening new book, Pat Ogden, with her consultants, brilliantly charts the continuing evolution of her work. Based on a solid scientific understanding of human development, neuroscience, attachment, and body-mind connections, this book is filled with riveting case examples that illustrate the efficacy of Sensorimotor Psychotherapy.' —BESSEL A. VAN DER KOLK, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score Pat Ogden presents Sensorimotor Psychotherapy with an updated vision for her work that advocates for an anti-racist, anti-oppression lens throughout the book. Working closely with four consultants, a mix of Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Institute graduates, trainers, consultants, and sensorimotor psychotherapists, this book expands the current conception of sensorimotor psychotherapy. Numerous composite cases with a variety of diverse clients bring the approach to life. This book will inspire practitioners to develop a deeper sensitivity to the issues and legacy of oppression and marginalization as they impact the field of psychology, as well as present topics of trauma and early attachment injuries, dissociation, dysregulation, and mindfulness through a sensorimotor psychotherapy lens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pocket Guide to Sensorimotor Psychotherapy in Context Author: Pat Ogden Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A guide to this groundbreaking somatic-cognitive approach to PTSD and attachment disturbances treatment. 'In this eye-opening new book, Pat Ogden, with her consultants, brilliantly charts the continuing evolution of her work. Based on a solid scientific understanding of human development, neuroscience, attachment, and body-mind connections, this book is filled with riveting case examples that illustrate the efficacy of Sensorimotor Psychotherapy.' —BESSEL A. VAN DER KOLK, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score Pat Ogden presents Sensorimotor Psychotherapy with an updated vision for her work that advocates for an anti-racist, anti-oppression lens throughout the book. Working closely with four consultants, a mix of Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Institute graduates, trainers, consultants, and sensorimotor psychotherapists, this book expands the current conception of sensorimotor psychotherapy. Numerous composite cases with a variety of diverse clients bring the approach to life. This book will inspire practitioners to develop a deeper sensitivity to the issues and legacy of oppression and marginalization as they impact the field of psychology, as well as present topics of trauma and early attachment injuries, dissociation, dysregulation, and mindfulness through a sensorimotor psychotherapy lens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565105 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565105]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practitioner's Guide to the Science of Psychotherapy Author: Richard Hill, Matthew Dahlitz Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Establishing a new, scientifically validated foundation for current psychotherapeutic practice. The twenty-first-century psychotherapist can no longer be constrained by specific schools of practice or limited reservoirs of knowledge. But this new 'era of information' needs to be integrated and made manageable for every practitioner. This book helps therapists learn more about this new knowledge and how to apply it effectively. In this single-volume learning resource, Richard Hill and Matthew Dahlitz introduce practitioners to the many elements that create our psychology. From basic neuroscience to body-brain systems and genetic processes, therapists will discover how to become more 'response-able' to their clients. Topics include neurobiology, genetics, key therapeutic practices to treat anxiety, depression, trauma, and other disorders; memory; mirror neurons and empathy, and more. All are presented with case studies and treatment applications. Bonus material: This audiobook includes figures and tables in printable PDF format. Richard Hill, Matthew Dahlitz Tue, 08 Mar 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565105 thebookvoice.com 12:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565105]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practitioner's Guide to the Science of Psychotherapy Author: Richard Hill, Matthew Dahlitz Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Establishing a new, scientifically validated foundation for current psychotherapeutic practice. The twenty-first-century psychotherapist can no longer be constrained by specific schools of practice or limited reservoirs of knowledge. But this new 'era of information' needs to be integrated and made manageable for every practitioner. This book helps therapists learn more about this new knowledge and how to apply it effectively. In this single-volume learning resource, Richard Hill and Matthew Dahlitz introduce practitioners to the many elements that create our psychology. From basic neuroscience to body-brain systems and genetic processes, therapists will discover how to become more 'response-able' to their clients. Topics include neurobiology, genetics, key therapeutic practices to treat anxiety, depression, trauma, and other disorders; memory; mirror neurons and empathy, and more. All are presented with case studies and treatment applications. Bonus material: This audiobook includes figures and tables in printable PDF format. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565105]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Practitioner's Guide to the Science of Psychotherapy Author: Richard Hill, Matthew Dahlitz Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Establishing a new, scientifically validated foundation for current psychotherapeutic practice. The twenty-first-century psychotherapist can no longer be constrained by specific schools of practice or limited reservoirs of knowledge. But this new 'era of information' needs to be integrated and made manageable for every practitioner. This book helps therapists learn more about this new knowledge and how to apply it effectively. In this single-volume learning resource, Richard Hill and Matthew Dahlitz introduce practitioners to the many elements that create our psychology. From basic neuroscience to body-brain systems and genetic processes, therapists will discover how to become more 'response-able' to their clients. Topics include neurobiology, genetics, key therapeutic practices to treat anxiety, depression, trauma, and other disorders; memory; mirror neurons and empathy, and more. All are presented with case studies and treatment applications. Bonus material: This audiobook includes figures and tables in printable PDF format. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He: Understanding Masculine Psychology Author: Robert A. Johnson Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert A. Johnson's classic work exploring the differences between man and woman, female and male—newly reissued. What does it really mean to be a man? What are some of the landmarks along the road to mature masculinity? And what of the feminine components of a man's personality? Women have developed, over the centuries, considerable expertise in the technique of adapting to men, and for good reason, but that is not the same as truly understanding them. The transition from male childhood to real manhood is a complicated struggle, and explored in this book. As timely today as when it was first published, He provides a fascinating look into male identity and how female dynamics influence men. Robert A. Johnson Tue, 22 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565054 thebookvoice.com 1:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He: Understanding Masculine Psychology Author: Robert A. Johnson Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert A. Johnson's classic work exploring the differences between man and woman, female and male—newly reissued. What does it really mean to be a man? What are some of the landmarks along the road to mature masculinity? And what of the feminine components of a man's personality? Women have developed, over the centuries, considerable expertise in the technique of adapting to men, and for good reason, but that is not the same as truly understanding them. The transition from male childhood to real manhood is a complicated struggle, and explored in this book. As timely today as when it was first published, He provides a fascinating look into male identity and how female dynamics influence men. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He: Understanding Masculine Psychology Author: Robert A. Johnson Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert A. Johnson's classic work exploring the differences between man and woman, female and male—newly reissued. What does it really mean to be a man? What are some of the landmarks along the road to mature masculinity? And what of the feminine components of a man's personality? Women have developed, over the centuries, considerable expertise in the technique of adapting to men, and for good reason, but that is not the same as truly understanding them. The transition from male childhood to real manhood is a complicated struggle, and explored in this book. As timely today as when it was first published, He provides a fascinating look into male identity and how female dynamics influence men. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565040 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Journey Toward Wholeness: Enneagram Wisdom for Stress, Balance, and Transformation Author: Suzanne Stabile Narrator: Suzanne Stabile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In everything from health care and politics to technology and economics, we are experiencing feelings of loss, anger, and anxiety. In the Enneagram's wisdom, our number determines how we respond. We automatically move to another number when we're feeling stress and to yet another when we're feeling secure. Such moves may help us feel better temporarily but don't last. For those who want to dive deeper into Enneagram wisdom, expert teacher Suzanne Stabile opens the concept of three Centers of Intelligence: thinking, feeling, and doing. When we learn to manage these centers, each for its intended purpose, we open a path to reducing fear, improving relationships, growing spiritually, and finding wholeness. Drawing on the dynamic stability of the Enneagram, she explains each number's preferred and repressed Center of Intelligence and its role in helping us move toward internal balance. Using brief focused chapters, this book provides what we need to deal with the constant change and complexity of our world to achieve lasting transformation in our lives. Suzanne Stabile Tue, 01 Mar 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565040 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Journey Toward Wholeness: Enneagram Wisdom for Stress, Balance, and Transformation Author: Suzanne Stabile Narrator: Suzanne Stabile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In everything from health care and politics to technology and economics, we are experiencing feelings of loss, anger, and anxiety. In the Enneagram's wisdom, our number determines how we respond. We automatically move to another number when we're feeling stress and to yet another when we're feeling secure. Such moves may help us feel better temporarily but don't last. For those who want to dive deeper into Enneagram wisdom, expert teacher Suzanne Stabile opens the concept of three Centers of Intelligence: thinking, feeling, and doing. When we learn to manage these centers, each for its intended purpose, we open a path to reducing fear, improving relationships, growing spiritually, and finding wholeness. Drawing on the dynamic stability of the Enneagram, she explains each number's preferred and repressed Center of Intelligence and its role in helping us move toward internal balance. Using brief focused chapters, this book provides what we need to deal with the constant change and complexity of our world to achieve lasting transformation in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Journey Toward Wholeness: Enneagram Wisdom for Stress, Balance, and Transformation Author: Suzanne Stabile Narrator: Suzanne Stabile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In everything from health care and politics to technology and economics, we are experiencing feelings of loss, anger, and anxiety. In the Enneagram's wisdom, our number determines how we respond. We automatically move to another number when we're feeling stress and to yet another when we're feeling secure. Such moves may help us feel better temporarily but don't last. For those who want to dive deeper into Enneagram wisdom, expert teacher Suzanne Stabile opens the concept of three Centers of Intelligence: thinking, feeling, and doing. When we learn to manage these centers, each for its intended purpose, we open a path to reducing fear, improving relationships, growing spiritually, and finding wholeness. Drawing on the dynamic stability of the Enneagram, she explains each number's preferred and repressed Center of Intelligence and its role in helping us move toward internal balance. Using brief focused chapters, this book provides what we need to deal with the constant change and complexity of our world to achieve lasting transformation in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564882 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook of Emotions, Fourth Edition Author: Jeannette M. Haviland-Jones (editor), Michael Lewis (editor), Lisa Feldman Barrett (editor) Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon, Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 51 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Recognized as the definitive reference, this handbook brings together leading experts from multiple psychological subdisciplines to examine one of today's most dynamic areas of research. Coverage encompasses the biological and neuroscientific underpinnings of emotions, as well as developmental, social and personality, cognitive, and clinical perspectives. The volume probes how people understand, experience, express, and perceive affective phenomena and explores connections to behavior and health across the lifespan. Concluding chapters present cutting-edge work on a range of specific emotions. New to This Edition *Chapters on the mechanisms, processes, and influences that contribute to emotions (such as genetics, the brain, neuroendocrine processes, language, the senses of taste and smell). *Chapters on emotion in adolescence and older age, and in neurodegenerative dementias. *Chapters on facial expressions and emotional body language. *Chapters on stress, health, gratitude, love, and empathy. *Many new authors and topics; extensively revised with the latest theoretical and methodological innovations. A Choice Outstanding Academic Title Jeannette M. Haviland-Jones (editor), Michael Lewis (editor), Lisa Feldman Barrett (editor) Tue, 19 Jan 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564882 thebookvoice.com 51:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook of Emotions, Fourth Edition Author: Jeannette M. Haviland-Jones (editor), Michael Lewis (editor), Lisa Feldman Barrett (editor) Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon, Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 51 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Recognized as the definitive reference, this handbook brings together leading experts from multiple psychological subdisciplines to examine one of today's most dynamic areas of research. Coverage encompasses the biological and neuroscientific underpinnings of emotions, as well as developmental, social and personality, cognitive, and clinical perspectives. The volume probes how people understand, experience, express, and perceive affective phenomena and explores connections to behavior and health across the lifespan. Concluding chapters present cutting-edge work on a range of specific emotions. New to This Edition *Chapters on the mechanisms, processes, and influences that contribute to emotions (such as genetics, the brain, neuroendocrine processes, language, the senses of taste and smell). *Chapters on emotion in adolescence and older age, and in neurodegenerative dementias. *Chapters on facial expressions and emotional body language. *Chapters on stress, health, gratitude, love, and empathy. *Many new authors and topics; extensively revised with the latest theoretical and methodological innovations. A Choice Outstanding Academic Title Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Handbook of Emotions, Fourth Edition Author: Jeannette M. Haviland-Jones (editor), Michael Lewis (editor), Lisa Feldman Barrett (editor) Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon, Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 51 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Recognized as the definitive reference, this handbook brings together leading experts from multiple psychological subdisciplines to examine one of today's most dynamic areas of research. Coverage encompasses the biological and neuroscientific underpinnings of emotions, as well as developmental, social and personality, cognitive, and clinical perspectives. The volume probes how people understand, experience, express, and perceive affective phenomena and explores connections to behavior and health across the lifespan. Concluding chapters present cutting-edge work on a range of specific emotions. New to This Edition *Chapters on the mechanisms, processes, and influences that contribute to emotions (such as genetics, the brain, neuroendocrine processes, language, the senses of taste and smell). *Chapters on emotion in adolescence and older age, and in neurodegenerative dementias. *Chapters on facial expressions and emotional body language. *Chapters on stress, health, gratitude, love, and empathy. *Many new authors and topics; extensively revised with the latest theoretical and methodological innovations. A Choice Outstanding Academic Title https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564875 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troubled: The Failed Promise of America’s Behavioral Treatment Programs Author: Kenneth R. Rosen Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Editor’s Choice One of Newsweek’s Most Highly Anticipated Books of 2021 Named a Bustle Best Book of 2021 An award-winning journalist’s breathtaking mosaic of the tough-love industry and the young adults it inevitably fails. In the middle of the night, they are vanished. Each year thousands of young adults deemed out of control—suffering from depression, addiction, anxiety, and rage—are carted off against their will to remote wilderness programs and treatment facilities across the country. Desperate parents of these “troubled teens” fear it’s their only option. The private, largely unregulated behavioral boot camps break their children down, a damnation the children suffer forever. Acclaimed journalist Kenneth R. Rosen knows firsthand the brutal emotional, physical, and sexual abuse carried out at these programs. He lived it. In Troubled, Rosen unspools the stories of four graduates on their own scarred journeys through the programs into adulthood. Based on three years of reporting and more than one hundred interviews with other clients, their parents, psychologists, and health-care professionals, Troubled combines harrowing storytelling with investigative journalism to expose the disturbing truth about the massively profitable, sometimes fatal, grossly unchecked redirection industry. Not without hope, Troubled ultimately delivers an emotional, crucial tapestry of coming of age, neglect, exploitation, trauma, and fraught redemption. Kenneth R. Rosen Tue, 12 Jan 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564875 thebookvoice.com 5:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troubled: The Failed Promise of America’s Behavioral Treatment Programs Author: Kenneth R. Rosen Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Editor’s Choice One of Newsweek’s Most Highly Anticipated Books of 2021 Named a Bustle Best Book of 2021 An award-winning journalist’s breathtaking mosaic of the tough-love industry and the young adults it inevitably fails. In the middle of the night, they are vanished. Each year thousands of young adults deemed out of control—suffering from depression, addiction, anxiety, and rage—are carted off against their will to remote wilderness programs and treatment facilities across the country. Desperate parents of these “troubled teens” fear it’s their only option. The private, largely unregulated behavioral boot camps break their children down, a damnation the children suffer forever. Acclaimed journalist Kenneth R. Rosen knows firsthand the brutal emotional, physical, and sexual abuse carried out at these programs. He lived it. In Troubled, Rosen unspools the stories of four graduates on their own scarred journeys through the programs into adulthood. Based on three years of reporting and more than one hundred interviews with other clients, their parents, psychologists, and health-care professionals, Troubled combines harrowing storytelling with investigative journalism to expose the disturbing truth about the massively profitable, sometimes fatal, grossly unchecked redirection industry. Not without hope, Troubled ultimately delivers an emotional, crucial tapestry of coming of age, neglect, exploitation, trauma, and fraught redemption. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troubled: The Failed Promise of America’s Behavioral Treatment Programs Author: Kenneth R. Rosen Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Editor’s Choice One of Newsweek’s Most Highly Anticipated Books of 2021 Named a Bustle Best Book of 2021 An award-winning journalist’s breathtaking mosaic of the tough-love industry and the young adults it inevitably fails. In the middle of the night, they are vanished. Each year thousands of young adults deemed out of control—suffering from depression, addiction, anxiety, and rage—are carted off against their will to remote wilderness programs and treatment facilities across the country. Desperate parents of these “troubled teens” fear it’s their only option. The private, largely unregulated behavioral boot camps break their children down, a damnation the children suffer forever. Acclaimed journalist Kenneth R. Rosen knows firsthand the brutal emotional, physical, and sexual abuse carried out at these programs. He lived it. In Troubled, Rosen unspools the stories of four graduates on their own scarred journeys through the programs into adulthood. Based on three years of reporting and more than one hundred interviews with other clients, their parents, psychologists, and health-care professionals, Troubled combines harrowing storytelling with investigative journalism to expose the disturbing truth about the massively profitable, sometimes fatal, grossly unchecked redirection industry. Not without hope, Troubled ultimately delivers an emotional, crucial tapestry of coming of age, neglect, exploitation, trauma, and fraught redemption. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564832 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Discipline for Teenagers, Revised 3rd Edition: Empowering Your Teens and Yourself Through Kind and Firm Parenting Author: Lynn Lott, Jane Nelsen Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Positive Approach To Raising Happy, Healthy and Mature Teenagers Adolescence can be a time of great stress and turmoil—not only for kids going through it, but for their parents as well. It’s normal for teens to explore a new sense of freedom and to redefine the ways in which they relate to their parents, and that process can sometimes leave parents feeling powerless, alienated, or excluded from their children’s lives. These effects can be magnified even further in this modern age of social networks, cell phones, and constant digital distraction. This newly revised and updated edition of Positive Discipline for Teenagers shows parents how to build stronger bridges of communication with their children, break the destructive cycles of guilt and blame that occur in parent-teen power struggles, and work toward greater mutual respect with their adolescents. At the core of the Positive Discipline approach is the understanding that teens still need their parents, just in different ways—and by better understanding who their teens really are, parents can learn to encourage both their teens and themselves, and instill good judgment without being judgmental. The methods in this book work to build vital social and life skills through encouragement and empowerment—not punishment. Truly effective parenting is about connection before correction. Over the years, millions of parents have come to trust Jane Nelsen’s classic Positive Discipline series for its consistent, commonsense approach to raising happy, responsible kids. This new edition is filled with proven, effective methods for coping with such parenting challenges as:   -Fostering truly honest discussions with your teen -Helping your teen handle the online world  -Turning mistakes into opportunities -Keeping your sanity while raising your teen—and making sure your own teenage issues aren’t weighing you down -Teaching your teen how to pursue the goal that make them happy…and a few that make you happy too (like chores) -Making sure you’re on your teen’s side, and that they know that -Avoiding the pitfalls of excessive control and excessive permissiveness *Includes a downloadable PDF of charts from the book Lynn Lott, Jane Nelsen Tue, 05 Apr 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564832 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Discipline for Teenagers, Revised 3rd Edition: Empowering Your Teens and Yourself Through Kind and Firm Parenting Author: Lynn Lott, Jane Nelsen Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Positive Approach To Raising Happy, Healthy and Mature Teenagers Adolescence can be a time of great stress and turmoil—not only for kids going through it, but for their parents as well. It’s normal for teens to explore a new sense of freedom and to redefine the ways in which they relate to their parents, and that process can sometimes leave parents feeling powerless, alienated, or excluded from their children’s lives. These effects can be magnified even further in this modern age of social networks, cell phones, and constant digital distraction. This newly revised and updated edition of Positive Discipline for Teenagers shows parents how to build stronger bridges of communication with their children, break the destructive cycles of guilt and blame that occur in parent-teen power struggles, and work toward greater mutual respect with their adolescents. At the core of the Positive Discipline approach is the understanding that teens still need their parents, just in different ways—and by better understanding who their teens really are, parents can learn to encourage both their teens and themselves, and instill good judgment without being judgmental. The methods in this book work to build vital social and life skills through encouragement and empowerment—not punishment. Truly effective parenting is about connection before correction. Over the years, millions of parents have come to trust Jane Nelsen’s classic Positive Discipline series for its consistent, commonsense approach to raising happy, responsible kids. This new edition is filled with proven, effective methods for coping with such parenting challenges as:   -Fostering truly honest discussions with your teen -Helping your teen handle the online world  -Turning mistakes into opportunities -Keeping your sanity while raising your teen—and making sure your own teenage issues aren’t weighing you down -Teaching your teen how to pursue the goal that make them happy…and a few that make you happy too (like chores) -Making sure you’re on your teen’s side, and that they know that -Avoiding the pitfalls of excessive control and excessive permissiveness *Includes a downloadable PDF of charts from the book Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Discipline for Teenagers, Revised 3rd Edition: Empowering Your Teens and Yourself Through Kind and Firm Parenting Author: Lynn Lott, Jane Nelsen Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Positive Approach To Raising Happy, Healthy and Mature Teenagers Adolescence can be a time of great stress and turmoil—not only for kids going through it, but for their parents as well. It’s normal for teens to explore a new sense of freedom and to redefine the ways in which they relate to their parents, and that process can sometimes leave parents feeling powerless, alienated, or excluded from their children’s lives. These effects can be magnified even further in this modern age of social networks, cell phones, and constant digital distraction. This newly revised and updated edition of Positive Discipline for Teenagers shows parents how to build stronger bridges of communication with their children, break the destructive cycles of guilt and blame that occur in parent-teen power struggles, and work toward greater mutual respect with their adolescents. At the core of the Positive Discipline approach is the understanding that teens still need their parents, just in different ways—and by better understanding who their teens really are, parents can learn to encourage both their teens and themselves, and instill good judgment without being judgmental. The methods in this book work to build vital social and life skills through encouragement and empowerment—not punishment. Truly effective parenting is about connection before correction. Over the years, millions of parents have come to trust Jane Nelsen’s classic Positive Discipline series for its consistent, commonsense approach to raising happy, responsible kids. This new edition is filled with proven, effective methods for coping with such parenting challenges as:   -Fostering truly honest discussions with your teen -Helping your teen handle the online world  -Turning mistakes into opportunities -Keeping your sanity while raising your teen—and making sure your own teenage issues aren’t weighing you down -Teaching your teen how to pursue the goal that make them happy…and a few that make you happy too (like chores) -Making sure you’re on your teen’s side, and that they know that -Avoiding the pitfalls of excessive control and excessive permissiveness *Includes a downloadable PDF of charts from the book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odysseus in America: Combat Trauma and the Trials of Homecoming Author: Jonathan Shay Narrator: Senator Max Cleland, David Strathairn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this ambitious follow-up to Achilles in Vietnam, Dr. Jonathan Shay uses the Odyssey, the story of a soldier's homecoming, to illuminate the pitfalls that trap many veterans on the road back to civilian life. Seamlessly combining important psychological work and brilliant literary interpretation with an impassioned plea to renovate American military institutions, Shay deepens our understanding of both the combat veteran's experience and one of the world's greatest classics. In Achilles in Vietnam, Dr. Jonathan Shay used the story of the Iliad as a prism through which to examine how ancient and modern wars have battered the psychology of the men who fight. Now he turns his attention to the Odyssey, the story of a soldier's homecoming, to illuminate the real problems faced by combat veterans reentering civilian society. The Odyssey, Shay argues, offers explicit portrayals of behavior common among returning soldiers in our own culture: danger-seeking, womanizing, explosive violence, drug abuse, visitation by the dead, obsession, vagrancy and homelessness. Supporting his reading with examples from his fifteen-year practice treating Vietnam veterans, Shay shows how Odysseus's mistrustfulness, his lies, and his constant need to conceal his thoughts and emotions foreshadow the experiences of many of today's veterans. He also explains how veterans recover and advocates changes to American military practice that will protect future servicemen and servicewomen while increasing their fighting power. Throughout, Homer strengthens our understanding of what a combat veteran must overcome to return to and flourish in civilian life, just as the heartbreaking stories of the veterans Shay treats give us a new understanding of one of the world's greatest classics. Jonathan Shay Tue, 29 Mar 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564705 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odysseus in America: Combat Trauma and the Trials of Homecoming Author: Jonathan Shay Narrator: Senator Max Cleland, David Strathairn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this ambitious follow-up to Achilles in Vietnam, Dr. Jonathan Shay uses the Odyssey, the story of a soldier's homecoming, to illuminate the pitfalls that trap many veterans on the road back to civilian life. Seamlessly combining important psychological work and brilliant literary interpretation with an impassioned plea to renovate American military institutions, Shay deepens our understanding of both the combat veteran's experience and one of the world's greatest classics. In Achilles in Vietnam, Dr. Jonathan Shay used the story of the Iliad as a prism through which to examine how ancient and modern wars have battered the psychology of the men who fight. Now he turns his attention to the Odyssey, the story of a soldier's homecoming, to illuminate the real problems faced by combat veterans reentering civilian society. The Odyssey, Shay argues, offers explicit portrayals of behavior common among returning soldiers in our own culture: danger-seeking, womanizing, explosive violence, drug abuse, visitation by the dead, obsession, vagrancy and homelessness. Supporting his reading with examples from his fifteen-year practice treating Vietnam veterans, Shay shows how Odysseus's mistrustfulness, his lies, and his constant need to conceal his thoughts and emotions foreshadow the experiences of many of today's veterans. He also explains how veterans recover and advocates changes to American military practice that will protect future servicemen and servicewomen while increasing their fighting power. Throughout, Homer strengthens our understanding of what a combat veteran must overcome to return to and flourish in civilian life, just as the heartbreaking stories of the veterans Shay treats give us a new understanding of one of the world's greatest classics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Odysseus in America: Combat Trauma and the Trials of Homecoming Author: Jonathan Shay Narrator: Senator Max Cleland, David Strathairn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this ambitious follow-up to Achilles in Vietnam, Dr. Jonathan Shay uses the Odyssey, the story of a soldier's homecoming, to illuminate the pitfalls that trap many veterans on the road back to civilian life. Seamlessly combining important psychological work and brilliant literary interpretation with an impassioned plea to renovate American military institutions, Shay deepens our understanding of both the combat veteran's experience and one of the world's greatest classics. In Achilles in Vietnam, Dr. Jonathan Shay used the story of the Iliad as a prism through which to examine how ancient and modern wars have battered the psychology of the men who fight. Now he turns his attention to the Odyssey, the story of a soldier's homecoming, to illuminate the real problems faced by combat veterans reentering civilian society. The Odyssey, Shay argues, offers explicit portrayals of behavior common among returning soldiers in our own culture: danger-seeking, womanizing, explosive violence, drug abuse, visitation by the dead, obsession, vagrancy and homelessness. Supporting his reading with examples from his fifteen-year practice treating Vietnam veterans, Shay shows how Odysseus's mistrustfulness, his lies, and his constant need to conceal his thoughts and emotions foreshadow the experiences of many of today's veterans. He also explains how veterans recover and advocates changes to American military practice that will protect future servicemen and servicewomen while increasing their fighting power. Throughout, Homer strengthens our understanding of what a combat veteran must overcome to return to and flourish in civilian life, just as the heartbreaking stories of the veterans Shay treats give us a new understanding of one of the world's greatest classics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564540 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: LIT: Life Ignition Tools: Use Nature's Playbook to Energize Your Brain, Spark Ideas, and Ignite Action Author: Jeff Karp, Teresa Barker Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Radically simple experimental tools to help anyone tap into a high-energy brain state to fire up innovative potential and shape their lives with intention—by the founder of a Harvard biomedical engineering innovation lab. In an age of convenience and information overload, it’s easy to go through the motions, pressured, distracted, and seeking instant gratification rather than harnessing our potential for meaningful and impactful lives. When we’re accustomed to a low energy brain state and lulled by the comfort zone it creates, it’s difficult to rouse ourselves to act with intention and create the lives we truly want to lead.  In LIT, Jeff Karp, Ph.D., professor at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, and biotech innovator, helps us look to nature as a vital source of humankind’s best wisdom, most inspired action, and greatest good. Diagnosed with learning differences at a young age, he persisted through nearly insurmountable struggles with support from his mom in developing ways to achieve hyper-awareness and maximize decisions based on his curiosity, passion, creativity, and connection to nature. As a student at McGill University and at the University of Toronto, as a researcher at MIT, and as a professor at Harvard Medical School, he evolved these approaches into LIT (Life Ignition Tools) —and road-tested these tools daily in his own personal life and with his lab team to innovate medical discoveries inspired by the “problem solving” process they find throughout the natural world LIT teaches us to: turn inward and connect with what is truly important to us turn outward to act on that, connecting with others and different ways of knowing question assumptions—break out of habitual thinking and other patterns to discover what really serves you best navigate multiple streams of sensory input and manage information overload recognize manipulative messaging that can throw us off course explore, experiment and discover fresh approaches to old challenges intercept routine patterns to actively think and decide versus just jumping in with habitual responses LIT takes us off autopilot and helps us stay alert, present, and fully engaged in our lives.  Dr. Karp also shares insights from some of the world’s most accomplished people, including Nobel Prize winners, the founder of an Indigenous wellness center, a visionary photographer, a social justice activist, a five-time US memory champion, an Olympic medalist, a neurosurgeon who founded a center for compassion, and numerous professors, inventors, entrepreneurs, CEOs, and members of his laboratory—all creatives in their own ways. Using Dr. Karp’s principles, anyone can redirect their lives with energy, focus, creativity, motivation, intention, and impact to create the lives they truly want to lead. Learning to be lit is the ultimate renewable energy and is accessible to everyone, anytime, wherever you are. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Jeff Karp, Teresa Barker Tue, 09 Apr 2024 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564540 thebookvoice.com 11:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: LIT: Life Ignition Tools: Use Nature's Playbook to Energize Your Brain, Spark Ideas, and Ignite Action Author: Jeff Karp, Teresa Barker Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Radically simple experimental tools to help anyone tap into a high-energy brain state to fire up innovative potential and shape their lives with intention—by the founder of a Harvard biomedical engineering innovation lab. In an age of convenience and information overload, it’s easy to go through the motions, pressured, distracted, and seeking instant gratification rather than harnessing our potential for meaningful and impactful lives. When we’re accustomed to a low energy brain state and lulled by the comfort zone it creates, it’s difficult to rouse ourselves to act with intention and create the lives we truly want to lead.  In LIT, Jeff Karp, Ph.D., professor at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, and biotech innovator, helps us look to nature as a vital source of humankind’s best wisdom, most inspired action, and greatest good. Diagnosed with learning differences at a young age, he persisted through nearly insurmountable struggles with support from his mom in developing ways to achieve hyper-awareness and maximize decisions based on his curiosity, passion, creativity, and connection to nature. As a student at McGill University and at the University of Toronto, as a researcher at MIT, and as a professor at Harvard Medical School, he evolved these approaches into LIT (Life Ignition Tools) —and road-tested these tools daily in his own personal life and with his lab team to innovate medical discoveries inspired by the “problem solving” process they find throughout the natural world LIT teaches us to: turn inward and connect with what is truly important to us turn outward to act on that, connecting with others and different ways of knowing question assumptions—break out of habitual thinking and other patterns to discover what really serves you best navigate multiple streams of sensory input and manage information overload recognize manipulative messaging that can throw us off course explore, experiment and discover fresh approaches to old challenges intercept routine patterns to actively think and decide versus just jumping in with habitual responses LIT takes us off autopilot and helps us stay alert, present, and fully engaged in our lives.  Dr. Karp also shares insights from some of the world’s most accomplished people, including Nobel Prize winners, the founder of an Indigenous wellness center, a visionary photographer, a social justice activist, a five-time US memory champion, an Olympic medalist, a neurosurgeon who founded a center for compassion, and numerous professors, inventors, entrepreneurs, CEOs, and members of his laboratory—all creatives in their own ways. Using Dr. Karp’s principles, anyone can redirect their lives with energy, focus, creativity, motivation, intention, and impact to create the lives they truly want to lead. Learning to be lit is the ultimate renewable energy and is accessible to everyone, anytime, wherever you are. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: LIT: Life Ignition Tools: Use Nature's Playbook to Energize Your Brain, Spark Ideas, and Ignite Action Author: Jeff Karp, Teresa Barker Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Radically simple experimental tools to help anyone tap into a high-energy brain state to fire up innovative potential and shape their lives with intention—by the founder of a Harvard biomedical engineering innovation lab. In an age of convenience and information overload, it’s easy to go through the motions, pressured, distracted, and seeking instant gratification rather than harnessing our potential for meaningful and impactful lives. When we’re accustomed to a low energy brain state and lulled by the comfort zone it creates, it’s difficult to rouse ourselves to act with intention and create the lives we truly want to lead.  In LIT, Jeff Karp, Ph.D., professor at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, and biotech innovator, helps us look to nature as a vital source of humankind’s best wisdom, most inspired action, and greatest good. Diagnosed with learning differences at a young age, he persisted through nearly insurmountable struggles with support from his mom in developing ways to achieve hyper-awareness and maximize decisions based on his curiosity, passion, creativity, and connection to nature. As a student at McGill University and at the University of Toronto, as a researcher at MIT, and as a professor at Harvard Medical School, he evolved these approaches into LIT (Life Ignition Tools) —and road-tested these tools daily in his own personal life and with his lab team to innovate medical discoveries inspired by the “problem solving” process they find throughout the natural world LIT teaches us to: turn inward and connect with what is truly important to us turn outward to act on that, connecting with others and different ways of knowing question assumptions—break out of habitual thinking and other patterns to discover what really serves you best navigate multiple streams of sensory input and manage information overload recognize manipulative messaging that can throw us off course explore, experiment and discover fresh approaches to old challenges intercept routine patterns to actively think and decide versus just jumping in with habitual responses LIT takes us off autopilot and helps us stay alert, present, and fully engaged in our lives.  Dr. Karp also shares insights from some of the world’s most accomplished people, including Nobel Prize winners, the founder of an Indigenous wellness center, a visionary photographer, a social justice activist, a five-time US memory champion, an Olympic medalist, a neurosurgeon who founded a center for compassion, and numerous professors, inventors, entrepreneurs, CEOs, and members of his laboratory—all creatives in their own ways. Using Dr. Karp’s principles, anyone can redirect their lives with energy, focus, creativity, motivation, intention, and impact to create the lives they truly want to lead. Learning to be lit is the ultimate renewable energy and is accessible to everyone, anytime, wherever you are. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Constelações muito além das Familiares: introdução à Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal Author: Milton Menezes Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As chamadas Constelações Familiares, criadas pelo alemão Bert Hellinger, têm sido utilizadas no mundo todo como recurso terapêutico com resultados excelentes. Entretanto, muitos autores criticam o método, considerando-o incoerente com a visão sistêmica, cheio de intervenções prontas e engessadas. Com sua experiência de 33 anos em Desenvolvimento Humano utilizando a regressão e a Constelação, Milton Menezes pode constatar não só o potencial de outras escolas de Constelação, mas também a procedência das críticas que eram feitas. A partir daí, Milton Menezes desenvolveu seu método chamado de Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal, incluindo conceitos da regressão de memória, partes internas do psiquismo, bem como aplicações em empresas, resolução de conflitos, problemas de relacionamentos, dentre outros. Neste livro, você aprenderá sobre o método e encontrará inúmeros relatos de casos reais da sua experiência profissional que ilustram cada tópico. Alguns destes relatos são impressionantes e emocionantes. Além disto, para os Facilitadores em Constelação, apresenta cada uma das etapas da Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal, suas aplicações e fundamentos. Você vai se surpreender ao constatar que, neste tipo de Constelação, a origem do seu problema pode não estar na sua história familiar ou ancestral, como proposto por Hellinger. As origens podem estar na sua infância, numa suposta vida passada ou relacionadas à história da humanidade. Ou seja, uma Constelação muito além das Familiares. Milton Menezes Thu, 16 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564425 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Constelações muito além das Familiares: introdução à Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal Author: Milton Menezes Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As chamadas Constelações Familiares, criadas pelo alemão Bert Hellinger, têm sido utilizadas no mundo todo como recurso terapêutico com resultados excelentes. Entretanto, muitos autores criticam o método, considerando-o incoerente com a visão sistêmica, cheio de intervenções prontas e engessadas. Com sua experiência de 33 anos em Desenvolvimento Humano utilizando a regressão e a Constelação, Milton Menezes pode constatar não só o potencial de outras escolas de Constelação, mas também a procedência das críticas que eram feitas. A partir daí, Milton Menezes desenvolveu seu método chamado de Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal, incluindo conceitos da regressão de memória, partes internas do psiquismo, bem como aplicações em empresas, resolução de conflitos, problemas de relacionamentos, dentre outros. Neste livro, você aprenderá sobre o método e encontrará inúmeros relatos de casos reais da sua experiência profissional que ilustram cada tópico. Alguns destes relatos são impressionantes e emocionantes. Além disto, para os Facilitadores em Constelação, apresenta cada uma das etapas da Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal, suas aplicações e fundamentos. Você vai se surpreender ao constatar que, neste tipo de Constelação, a origem do seu problema pode não estar na sua história familiar ou ancestral, como proposto por Hellinger. As origens podem estar na sua infância, numa suposta vida passada ou relacionadas à história da humanidade. Ou seja, uma Constelação muito além das Familiares. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Constelações muito além das Familiares: introdução à Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal Author: Milton Menezes Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As chamadas Constelações Familiares, criadas pelo alemão Bert Hellinger, têm sido utilizadas no mundo todo como recurso terapêutico com resultados excelentes. Entretanto, muitos autores criticam o método, considerando-o incoerente com a visão sistêmica, cheio de intervenções prontas e engessadas. Com sua experiência de 33 anos em Desenvolvimento Humano utilizando a regressão e a Constelação, Milton Menezes pode constatar não só o potencial de outras escolas de Constelação, mas também a procedência das críticas que eram feitas. A partir daí, Milton Menezes desenvolveu seu método chamado de Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal, incluindo conceitos da regressão de memória, partes internas do psiquismo, bem como aplicações em empresas, resolução de conflitos, problemas de relacionamentos, dentre outros. Neste livro, você aprenderá sobre o método e encontrará inúmeros relatos de casos reais da sua experiência profissional que ilustram cada tópico. Alguns destes relatos são impressionantes e emocionantes. Além disto, para os Facilitadores em Constelação, apresenta cada uma das etapas da Constelação Sistêmica Transpessoal, suas aplicações e fundamentos. Você vai se surpreender ao constatar que, neste tipo de Constelação, a origem do seu problema pode não estar na sua história familiar ou ancestral, como proposto por Hellinger. As origens podem estar na sua infância, numa suposta vida passada ou relacionadas à história da humanidade. Ou seja, uma Constelação muito além das Familiares. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Red On Revolution: Strengthen, Sustain, Succeed Author: Mike Chadwick Narrator: Tom Stoltman, Luke Stoltman, Anthony Stazicker, Coach Mike Chadwick, Ant Middleton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 9, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An Original Audiobook Production by W. F. Howes, written and presented by Coach Mike Chadwick, a secret coach to the elite, explaining his revolutionary approach to success. - Do you have a challenge ahead that needs physical or mental strength? - Are you struggling to sustain the commitment required to achieve your goals? - Do you know what it takes for you, personally, to succeed at the highest levels? Coach Mike Chadwick is ready to help. Former Paratrooper Coach Mike tore up the British Army's century-old approach to physical development sending success rates soaring. He has since become a trainer of champions, a leader of leaders, the coach with the ear of the elite. Much of his work has been from the shadows: in essence as the Secret Coach. Until now. In The Red On Revolution, Coach Mike exposes countless fitness-industry myths and coaches you, personally, to succeed. Coach Mike cares greatly about your pathway to success and will teach you how to assess your current fitness levels, develop an individualised training plan and, despite your barriers, succeed in your goals. You will learn about the physical, psychosocial, and psychological principles of progress, recalibrating your attitude towards fitness, readiness, and mental strength. Join Mike and a powerful line-up of guests including Ant Middleton (SBS, explorer, entrepreneur), Simon Jeffries (mental resilience coach, Special Forces); Anthony ‘Staz' Stazicker (SBS, entrepreneur, explorer); the Stoltman Brothers (World's Strongest Man); Charlotte Spence (Crossfit Champion and Army's Strongest Woman), Scott Meenagh (Paralympian and former paratrooper), and Tom Aspinall (UFC heavyweight). Progress and success is different for every single person. By revealing the secrets of the strongest, Coach Mike will show you how you can reach your fitness goal and be ready for anything. Only one question remains: are you in? About Coach Mike Chadwick Former paratrooper Coach Mike Chadwick revolutionised the British Armed Forces' century-old approach to physical development delivering unprecedented pass rates for the Parachute Regiment's Pegasus-Company selection course. He has been awarded multiple times in his career including the Bredin Trophy (soldier who most enhances British Army in physical development) and a GOC commendation announced alongside the Queen's Birthday Honours list. Since his success in the military Coach Mike turned his singular attention to coaching the UK Special Forces, global Tactical Athlete community and elite sporting world–each with equally startling success. The Red On Revolution is his first book, sharing his principles for physical growth and announcing him as a figure at the forefront of the fitness and military market. An accompanying PDF is available with this audiobook. To download the PDF please visit www.wfhowes.co.uk/coachmike Please note: If you have a medical condition, illness, a history of injuries or are pregnant, you should always consult a medical professional before embarking on any new fitness plan. Mike Chadwick Thu, 09 Jun 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564292 thebookvoice.com 12:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Red On Revolution: Strengthen, Sustain, Succeed Author: Mike Chadwick Narrator: Tom Stoltman, Luke Stoltman, Anthony Stazicker, Coach Mike Chadwick, Ant Middleton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 9, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An Original Audiobook Production by W. F. Howes, written and presented by Coach Mike Chadwick, a secret coach to the elite, explaining his revolutionary approach to success. - Do you have a challenge ahead that needs physical or mental strength? - Are you struggling to sustain the commitment required to achieve your goals? - Do you know what it takes for you, personally, to succeed at the highest levels? Coach Mike Chadwick is ready to help. Former Paratrooper Coach Mike tore up the British Army's century-old approach to physical development sending success rates soaring. He has since become a trainer of champions, a leader of leaders, the coach with the ear of the elite. Much of his work has been from the shadows: in essence as the Secret Coach. Until now. In The Red On Revolution, Coach Mike exposes countless fitness-industry myths and coaches you, personally, to succeed. Coach Mike cares greatly about your pathway to success and will teach you how to assess your current fitness levels, develop an individualised training plan and, despite your barriers, succeed in your goals. You will learn about the physical, psychosocial, and psychological principles of progress, recalibrating your attitude towards fitness, readiness, and mental strength. Join Mike and a powerful line-up of guests including Ant Middleton (SBS, explorer, entrepreneur), Simon Jeffries (mental resilience coach, Special Forces); Anthony ‘Staz' Stazicker (SBS, entrepreneur, explorer); the Stoltman Brothers (World's Strongest Man); Charlotte Spence (Crossfit Champion and Army's Strongest Woman), Scott Meenagh (Paralympian and former paratrooper), and Tom Aspinall (UFC heavyweight). Progress and success is different for every single person. By revealing the secrets of the strongest, Coach Mike will show you how you can reach your fitness goal and be ready for anything. Only one question remains: are you in? About Coach Mike Chadwick Former paratrooper Coach Mike Chadwick revolutionised the British Armed Forces' century-old approach to physical development delivering unprecedented pass rates for the Parachute Regiment's Pegasus-Company selection course. He has been awarded multiple times in his career including the Bredin Trophy (soldier who most enhances British Army in physical development) and a GOC commendation announced alongside the Queen's Birthday Honours list. Since his success in the military Coach Mike turned his singular attention to coaching the UK Special Forces, global Tactical Athlete community and elite sporting world–each with equally startling success. The Red On Revolution is his first book, sharing his principles for physical growth and announcing him as a figure at the forefront of the fitness and military market. An accompanying PDF is available with this audiobook. To download the PDF please visit www.wfhowes.co.uk/coachmike Please note: If you have a medical condition, illness, a history of injuries or are pregnant, you should always consult a medical professional before embarking on any new fitness plan. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Red On Revolution: Strengthen, Sustain, Succeed Author: Mike Chadwick Narrator: Tom Stoltman, Luke Stoltman, Anthony Stazicker, Coach Mike Chadwick, Ant Middleton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 9, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An Original Audiobook Production by W. F. Howes, written and presented by Coach Mike Chadwick, a secret coach to the elite, explaining his revolutionary approach to success. - Do you have a challenge ahead that needs physical or mental strength? - Are you struggling to sustain the commitment required to achieve your goals? - Do you know what it takes for you, personally, to succeed at the highest levels? Coach Mike Chadwick is ready to help. Former Paratrooper Coach Mike tore up the British Army's century-old approach to physical development sending success rates soaring. He has since become a trainer of champions, a leader of leaders, the coach with the ear of the elite. Much of his work has been from the shadows: in essence as the Secret Coach. Until now. In The Red On Revolution, Coach Mike exposes countless fitness-industry myths and coaches you, personally, to succeed. Coach Mike cares greatly about your pathway to success and will teach you how to assess your current fitness levels, develop an individualised training plan and, despite your barriers, succeed in your goals. You will learn about the physical, psychosocial, and psychological principles of progress, recalibrating your attitude towards fitness, readiness, and mental strength. Join Mike and a powerful line-up of guests including Ant Middleton (SBS, explorer, entrepreneur), Simon Jeffries (mental resilience coach, Special Forces); Anthony ‘Staz' Stazicker (SBS, entrepreneur, explorer); the Stoltman Brothers (World's Strongest Man); Charlotte Spence (Crossfit Champion and Army's Strongest Woman), Scott Meenagh (Paralympian and former paratrooper), and Tom Aspinall (UFC heavyweight). Progress and success is different for every single person. By revealing the secrets of the strongest, Coach Mike will show you how you can reach your fitness goal and be ready for anything. Only one question remains: are you in? About Coach Mike Chadwick Former paratrooper Coach Mike Chadwick revolutionised the British Armed Forces' century-old approach to physical development delivering unprecedented pass rates for the Parachute Regiment's Pegasus-Company selection course. He has been awarded multiple times in his career including the Bredin Trophy (soldier who most enhances British Army in physical development) and a GOC commendation announced alongside the Queen's Birthday Honours list. Since his success in the military Coach Mike turned his singular attention to coaching the UK Special Forces, global Tactical Athlete community and elite sporting world–each with equally startling success. The Red On Revolution is his first book, sharing his principles for physical growth and announcing him as a figure at the forefront of the fitness and military market. An accompanying PDF is available with this audiobook. To download the PDF please visit www.wfhowes.co.uk/coachmike Please note: If you have a medical condition, illness, a history of injuries or are pregnant, you should always consult a medical professional before embarking on any new fitness plan. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563755 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - IL POTERE DELLA PSICOLOGIA: Come sfruttare a tuo vantaggio le migliori tecniche della psicologia e della manipolazione mentale, leggere gli altri con facilità, influenzarli e conquistarli all'istante Author: David Campbell Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Come aumentare la propria produttività, diventare più felici ed influenzare gli altri con le conoscenze fondamentali della psicologia Vuoi ottenere una comprensione delle basi della psicologia che vada oltre la cultura generale? Vuoi capire come funziona la nostra psiche e come puoi sfruttarla a tuo vantaggio? Vuoi scoprire di più sugli effetti psicologici e come cambiare la tua vita in senso positivo? Allora hai trovato il libro che fa al caso tuo! Difficilmente un altro manuale sarà in grado di svelarti in maniera così completa i diversi ambiti della psicologia umana e come poter mettere in pratica le nozioni appena acquisite per poter diventare una persona più felice, equilibrata e di successo! - Immergiti nell'entusiasmante storia della psicologia e scopri come la scienza si è trasformata negli ultimi secoli! - Acquisisci un enorme sapere proveniente da diversi ambiti della psicologia - Psicologia biologica, come neuropsicologia e psicofarmacologia - Psicologia della personalità - Psicologia sociale - Psicologia clinica - Psicologia applicata, come psicologia del lavoro e delle organizzazioni - e tanto altro! - Scopri 16 interessanti effetti psicologici come l'effetto farfalla oppure l'effetto placebo ed impara come utilizzare queste conoscenze nella vita di tutti i giorni! - Sfrutta queste conoscenze e - proteggiti in maniera efficace dalla manipolazione mentale e sfruttala al tuo vantaggio - porta avanti relazioni più felici ed appaganti - ottieni subito maggior successo in ambito lavorativo - imponi i tuoi desideri con maggior facilità Questo libro ti offre dei contenuti facilmente accessibili ed entusiasmanti conoscenze scientifiche senza gerghi incomprensibili. Qui la psicologia viene spiegata in maniera molto semplice, così da poter essere usata da tutti! Assicurati ora il tuo esemplare, impara tutte le tecniche, metodi e principi della psicologia e sfrutta fin da subito gli effetti della psicologia a tuo vantaggio! David Campbell Mon, 13 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563755 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - IL POTERE DELLA PSICOLOGIA: Come sfruttare a tuo vantaggio le migliori tecniche della psicologia e della manipolazione mentale, leggere gli altri con facilità, influenzarli e conquistarli all'istante Author: David Campbell Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Come aumentare la propria produttività, diventare più felici ed influenzare gli altri con le conoscenze fondamentali della psicologia Vuoi ottenere una comprensione delle basi della psicologia che vada oltre la cultura generale? Vuoi capire come funziona la nostra psiche e come puoi sfruttarla a tuo vantaggio? Vuoi scoprire di più sugli effetti psicologici e come cambiare la tua vita in senso positivo? Allora hai trovato il libro che fa al caso tuo! Difficilmente un altro manuale sarà in grado di svelarti in maniera così completa i diversi ambiti della psicologia umana e come poter mettere in pratica le nozioni appena acquisite per poter diventare una persona più felice, equilibrata e di successo! - Immergiti nell'entusiasmante storia della psicologia e scopri come la scienza si è trasformata negli ultimi secoli! - Acquisisci un enorme sapere proveniente da diversi ambiti della psicologia - Psicologia biologica, come neuropsicologia e psicofarmacologia - Psicologia della personalità - Psicologia sociale - Psicologia clinica - Psicologia applicata, come psicologia del lavoro e delle organizzazioni - e tanto altro! - Scopri 16 interessanti effetti psicologici come l'effetto farfalla oppure l'effetto placebo ed impara come utilizzare queste conoscenze nella vita di tutti i giorni! - Sfrutta queste conoscenze e - proteggiti in maniera efficace dalla manipolazione mentale e sfruttala al tuo vantaggio - porta avanti relazioni più felici ed appaganti - ottieni subito maggior successo in ambito lavorativo - imponi i tuoi desideri con maggior facilità Questo libro ti offre dei contenuti facilmente accessibili ed entusiasmanti conoscenze scientifiche senza gerghi incomprensibili. Qui la psicologia viene spiegata in maniera molto semplice, così da poter essere usata da tutti! Assicurati ora il tuo esemplare, impara tutte le tecniche, metodi e principi della psicologia e sfrutta fin da subito gli effetti della psicologia a tuo vantaggio! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - IL POTERE DELLA PSICOLOGIA: Come sfruttare a tuo vantaggio le migliori tecniche della psicologia e della manipolazione mentale, leggere gli altri con facilità, influenzarli e conquistarli all'istante Author: David Campbell Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Come aumentare la propria produttività, diventare più felici ed influenzare gli altri con le conoscenze fondamentali della psicologia Vuoi ottenere una comprensione delle basi della psicologia che vada oltre la cultura generale? Vuoi capire come funziona la nostra psiche e come puoi sfruttarla a tuo vantaggio? Vuoi scoprire di più sugli effetti psicologici e come cambiare la tua vita in senso positivo? Allora hai trovato il libro che fa al caso tuo! Difficilmente un altro manuale sarà in grado di svelarti in maniera così completa i diversi ambiti della psicologia umana e come poter mettere in pratica le nozioni appena acquisite per poter diventare una persona più felice, equilibrata e di successo! - Immergiti nell'entusiasmante storia della psicologia e scopri come la scienza si è trasformata negli ultimi secoli! - Acquisisci un enorme sapere proveniente da diversi ambiti della psicologia - Psicologia biologica, come neuropsicologia e psicofarmacologia - Psicologia della personalità - Psicologia sociale - Psicologia clinica - Psicologia applicata, come psicologia del lavoro e delle organizzazioni - e tanto altro! - Scopri 16 interessanti effetti psicologici come l'effetto farfalla oppure l'effetto placebo ed impara come utilizzare queste conoscenze nella vita di tutti i giorni! - Sfrutta queste conoscenze e - proteggiti in maniera efficace dalla manipolazione mentale e sfruttala al tuo vantaggio - porta avanti relazioni più felici ed appaganti - ottieni subito maggior successo in ambito lavorativo - imponi i tuoi desideri con maggior facilità Questo libro ti offre dei contenuti facilmente accessibili ed entusiasmanti conoscenze scientifiche senza gerghi incomprensibili. Qui la psicologia viene spiegata in maniera molto semplice, così da poter essere usata da tutti! Assicurati ora il tuo esemplare, impara tutte le tecniche, metodi e principi della psicologia e sfrutta fin da subito gli effetti della psicologia a tuo vantaggio! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563742 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Repentance and Repair: Making Amends in an Unapologetic World Author: Danya Ruttenberg Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARDS in Contemporary Jewish Life & Practice Myra H. Kraft Memorial Award A crucial new lens on repentance, atonement, forgiveness, and repair from harm—from personal transgressions to our culture's most painful and unresolved issues. American culture focuses on letting go of grudges and redemption narratives instead of the perpetrator’s obligations or recompense for harmed parties. As survivor communities have pointed out, these emphases have too often only caused more harm. But Danya Ruttenberg knew there was a better model, rooted in the work of the medieval philosopher Maimonides. For Maimonides, upon whose work Ruttenberg elaborates, forgiveness is much less important than the repair work to which the person who caused harm is obligated. The word traditionally translated as repentance really means something more like return, and in this book, returning is a restoration, as much as is possible, to the victim, and, for the perpetrator of harm, a coming back, in humility and intentionality, to behaving as the person we might like to believe we are. Maimonides laid out five steps: naming and owning harm; starting to change/transformation; restitution and accepting consequences; apology; and making different choices. Applying this lens to both our personal relationships and some of the most significant and painful issues of our day, including systemic racism and the legacy of enslavement, sexual violence and harassment in the wake of #MeToo, and Native American land rights, On Repentance and Repair helps us envision a way forward. Rooted in traditional Jewish concepts while doggedly accessible and available to people from any, or no, religious background, On Repentance and Repair is a book for anyone who cares about creating a country and culture that is more whole than the one in which we live, and for anyone who has been hurt or who is struggling to take responsibility for their mistakes. Danya Ruttenberg Tue, 13 Sep 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563742 thebookvoice.com 9:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Repentance and Repair: Making Amends in an Unapologetic World Author: Danya Ruttenberg Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARDS in Contemporary Jewish Life & Practice Myra H. Kraft Memorial Award A crucial new lens on repentance, atonement, forgiveness, and repair from harm—from personal transgressions to our culture's most painful and unresolved issues. American culture focuses on letting go of grudges and redemption narratives instead of the perpetrator’s obligations or recompense for harmed parties. As survivor communities have pointed out, these emphases have too often only caused more harm. But Danya Ruttenberg knew there was a better model, rooted in the work of the medieval philosopher Maimonides. For Maimonides, upon whose work Ruttenberg elaborates, forgiveness is much less important than the repair work to which the person who caused harm is obligated. The word traditionally translated as repentance really means something more like return, and in this book, returning is a restoration, as much as is possible, to the victim, and, for the perpetrator of harm, a coming back, in humility and intentionality, to behaving as the person we might like to believe we are. Maimonides laid out five steps: naming and owning harm; starting to change/transformation; restitution and accepting consequences; apology; and making different choices. Applying this lens to both our personal relationships and some of the most significant and painful issues of our day, including systemic racism and the legacy of enslavement, sexual violence and harassment in the wake of #MeToo, and Native American land rights, On Repentance and Repair helps us envision a way forward. Rooted in traditional Jewish concepts while doggedly accessible and available to people from any, or no, religious background, On Repentance and Repair is a book for anyone who cares about creating a country and culture that is more whole than the one in which we live, and for anyone who has been hurt or who is struggling to take responsibility for their mistakes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Repentance and Repair: Making Amends in an Unapologetic World Author: Danya Ruttenberg Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Winner NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARDS in Contemporary Jewish Life & Practice Myra H. Kraft Memorial Award A crucial new lens on repentance, atonement, forgiveness, and repair from harm—from personal transgressions to our culture's most painful and unresolved issues. American culture focuses on letting go of grudges and redemption narratives instead of the perpetrator’s obligations or recompense for harmed parties. As survivor communities have pointed out, these emphases have too often only caused more harm. But Danya Ruttenberg knew there was a better model, rooted in the work of the medieval philosopher Maimonides. For Maimonides, upon whose work Ruttenberg elaborates, forgiveness is much less important than the repair work to which the person who caused harm is obligated. The word traditionally translated as repentance really means something more like return, and in this book, returning is a restoration, as much as is possible, to the victim, and, for the perpetrator of harm, a coming back, in humility and intentionality, to behaving as the person we might like to believe we are. Maimonides laid out five steps: naming and owning harm; starting to change/transformation; restitution and accepting consequences; apology; and making different choices. Applying this lens to both our personal relationships and some of the most significant and painful issues of our day, including systemic racism and the legacy of enslavement, sexual violence and harassment in the wake of #MeToo, and Native American land rights, On Repentance and Repair helps us envision a way forward. Rooted in traditional Jewish concepts while doggedly accessible and available to people from any, or no, religious background, On Repentance and Repair is a book for anyone who cares about creating a country and culture that is more whole than the one in which we live, and for anyone who has been hurt or who is struggling to take responsibility for their mistakes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Morirse de vergüenza: El miedo a la mirada del otro Author: Boris Cyrulnik Narrator: Marc Lobato Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Morirse de vergüenza nos desvela los secretos de la vergüenza al tiempo que nos ofrece algunas claves para desactivar y superar este sentimiento que tanto condiciona nuestras vidas. La vergüenza es uno de los sentimientos más comunes y más complejos del ser humano. Es una representación mental que toma forma cuando entendemos que también existe el mundo del otro y comenzamos a notar su mirada y a vernos reflejados en ella, pues como decía Charles Darwin «es el pensar lo que los otros piensan sobre nosotros lo que nos hace enrojecer». Basándose en los descubrimientos más recientes de la neurociencia y la psicología Boris Cyrulnik cuestiona la esencia de la vergüenza y explica las razones por las que aparece. Estudia su biología y su psicología, su naturaleza en los animales, en el niño y en el adolescente, su relevancia en el ámbito sexual o familiar, y sus efectos en los supervivientes de grandes masacres o crímenes de guerra. Reseñas: «Boris Cyrulnik es de esas personas que ayudan a vivir [...] En Morirse de vergüenza, un ensayo claro y revelador, el autor analiza este sentimiento, un veneno que mina la existencia.» Le Soir «Cyrulnik arroja luz con el acierto del maestro vocacional.» El Periódico de Catalunya Boris Cyrulnik Thu, 16 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563623 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Morirse de vergüenza: El miedo a la mirada del otro Author: Boris Cyrulnik Narrator: Marc Lobato Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Morirse de vergüenza nos desvela los secretos de la vergüenza al tiempo que nos ofrece algunas claves para desactivar y superar este sentimiento que tanto condiciona nuestras vidas. La vergüenza es uno de los sentimientos más comunes y más complejos del ser humano. Es una representación mental que toma forma cuando entendemos que también existe el mundo del otro y comenzamos a notar su mirada y a vernos reflejados en ella, pues como decía Charles Darwin «es el pensar lo que los otros piensan sobre nosotros lo que nos hace enrojecer». Basándose en los descubrimientos más recientes de la neurociencia y la psicología Boris Cyrulnik cuestiona la esencia de la vergüenza y explica las razones por las que aparece. Estudia su biología y su psicología, su naturaleza en los animales, en el niño y en el adolescente, su relevancia en el ámbito sexual o familiar, y sus efectos en los supervivientes de grandes masacres o crímenes de guerra. Reseñas: «Boris Cyrulnik es de esas personas que ayudan a vivir [...] En Morirse de vergüenza, un ensayo claro y revelador, el autor analiza este sentimiento, un veneno que mina la existencia.» Le Soir «Cyrulnik arroja luz con el acierto del maestro vocacional.» El Periódico de Catalunya Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Morirse de vergüenza: El miedo a la mirada del otro Author: Boris Cyrulnik Narrator: Marc Lobato Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Morirse de vergüenza nos desvela los secretos de la vergüenza al tiempo que nos ofrece algunas claves para desactivar y superar este sentimiento que tanto condiciona nuestras vidas. La vergüenza es uno de los sentimientos más comunes y más complejos del ser humano. Es una representación mental que toma forma cuando entendemos que también existe el mundo del otro y comenzamos a notar su mirada y a vernos reflejados en ella, pues como decía Charles Darwin «es el pensar lo que los otros piensan sobre nosotros lo que nos hace enrojecer». Basándose en los descubrimientos más recientes de la neurociencia y la psicología Boris Cyrulnik cuestiona la esencia de la vergüenza y explica las razones por las que aparece. Estudia su biología y su psicología, su naturaleza en los animales, en el niño y en el adolescente, su relevancia en el ámbito sexual o familiar, y sus efectos en los supervivientes de grandes masacres o crímenes de guerra. Reseñas: «Boris Cyrulnik es de esas personas que ayudan a vivir [...] En Morirse de vergüenza, un ensayo claro y revelador, el autor analiza este sentimiento, un veneno que mina la existencia.» Le Soir «Cyrulnik arroja luz con el acierto del maestro vocacional.» El Periódico de Catalunya https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563600 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Inside: A Guide to Becoming the Parent You Want to Be Author: Becky Kennedy Narrator: Becky Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER An Instant Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Indie Bestseller “This book is for any parent who has ever struggled under the substantial weight of caregiving—which is to say, all of us. Good Inside is not only a wise and practical guide to raising resilient, emotionally healthy kids, it’s also a supportive resource for overwhelmed parents who need more compassion and less stress. Dr. Becky is the smart, thoughtful, in-the-trenches parenting expert we’ve been waiting for!”—Eve Rodsky, New York Times bestselling author of Fair Play and Find Your Unicorn Space Dr. Becky Kennedy, wildly popular parenting expert and creator of @drbeckyatgoodinside, shares her groundbreaking approach to raising kids and offers practical strategies for parenting in a way that feels good. Over the past several years, Dr. Becky Kennedy—known to her followers as “Dr. Becky”—has been sparking a parenting revolution. Millions of parents, tired of following advice that either doesn’t work or simply doesn’t feel good, have embraced Dr. Becky’s empowering and effective approach, a model that prioritizes connecting with our kids over correcting them. Parents have long been sold a model of childrearing that simply doesn’t work. From reward charts to time outs, many popular parenting approaches are based on shaping behavior, not raising humans. These techniques don’t build the skills kids need for life, or account for their complex emotional needs. Add to that parents’ complicated relationships with their own upbringings, and it’s easy to see why so many caretakers feel lost, burned out, and worried they’re failing their kids. In Good Inside, Dr. Becky shares her parenting philosophy, complete with actionable strategies, that will help parents move from uncertainty and self-blame to confidence and sturdy leadership. Offering perspective-shifting parenting principles and troubleshooting for specific scenarios—including sibling rivalry, separation anxiety, tantrums, and more—Good Inside is a comprehensive resource for a generation of parents looking for a new way to raise their kids while still setting them up for a lifetime of self-regulation, confidence, and resilience. Becky Kennedy Tue, 13 Sep 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563600 thebookvoice.com 9:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Inside: A Guide to Becoming the Parent You Want to Be Author: Becky Kennedy Narrator: Becky Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER An Instant Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Indie Bestseller “This book is for any parent who has ever struggled under the substantial weight of caregiving—which is to say, all of us. Good Inside is not only a wise and practical guide to raising resilient, emotionally healthy kids, it’s also a supportive resource for overwhelmed parents who need more compassion and less stress. Dr. Becky is the smart, thoughtful, in-the-trenches parenting expert we’ve been waiting for!”—Eve Rodsky, New York Times bestselling author of Fair Play and Find Your Unicorn Space Dr. Becky Kennedy, wildly popular parenting expert and creator of @drbeckyatgoodinside, shares her groundbreaking approach to raising kids and offers practical strategies for parenting in a way that feels good. Over the past several years, Dr. Becky Kennedy—known to her followers as “Dr. Becky”—has been sparking a parenting revolution. Millions of parents, tired of following advice that either doesn’t work or simply doesn’t feel good, have embraced Dr. Becky’s empowering and effective approach, a model that prioritizes connecting with our kids over correcting them. Parents have long been sold a model of childrearing that simply doesn’t work. From reward charts to time outs, many popular parenting approaches are based on shaping behavior, not raising humans. These techniques don’t build the skills kids need for life, or account for their complex emotional needs. Add to that parents’ complicated relationships with their own upbringings, and it’s easy to see why so many caretakers feel lost, burned out, and worried they’re failing their kids. In Good Inside, Dr. Becky shares her parenting philosophy, complete with actionable strategies, that will help parents move from uncertainty and self-blame to confidence and sturdy leadership. Offering perspective-shifting parenting principles and troubleshooting for specific scenarios—including sibling rivalry, separation anxiety, tantrums, and more—Good Inside is a comprehensive resource for a generation of parents looking for a new way to raise their kids while still setting them up for a lifetime of self-regulation, confidence, and resilience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Inside: A Guide to Becoming the Parent You Want to Be Author: Becky Kennedy Narrator: Becky Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER An Instant Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Indie Bestseller “This book is for any parent who has ever struggled under the substantial weight of caregiving—which is to say, all of us. Good Inside is not only a wise and practical guide to raising resilient, emotionally healthy kids, it’s also a supportive resource for overwhelmed parents who need more compassion and less stress. Dr. Becky is the smart, thoughtful, in-the-trenches parenting expert we’ve been waiting for!”—Eve Rodsky, New York Times bestselling author of Fair Play and Find Your Unicorn Space Dr. Becky Kennedy, wildly popular parenting expert and creator of @drbeckyatgoodinside, shares her groundbreaking approach to raising kids and offers practical strategies for parenting in a way that feels good. Over the past several years, Dr. Becky Kennedy—known to her followers as “Dr. Becky”—has been sparking a parenting revolution. Millions of parents, tired of following advice that either doesn’t work or simply doesn’t feel good, have embraced Dr. Becky’s empowering and effective approach, a model that prioritizes connecting with our kids over correcting them. Parents have long been sold a model of childrearing that simply doesn’t work. From reward charts to time outs, many popular parenting approaches are based on shaping behavior, not raising humans. These techniques don’t build the skills kids need for life, or account for their complex emotional needs. Add to that parents’ complicated relationships with their own upbringings, and it’s easy to see why so many caretakers feel lost, burned out, and worried they’re failing their kids. In Good Inside, Dr. Becky shares her parenting philosophy, complete with actionable strategies, that will help parents move from uncertainty and self-blame to confidence and sturdy leadership. Offering perspective-shifting parenting principles and troubleshooting for specific scenarios—including sibling rivalry, separation anxiety, tantrums, and more—Good Inside is a comprehensive resource for a generation of parents looking for a new way to raise their kids while still setting them up for a lifetime of self-regulation, confidence, and resilience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563479 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Negative Gedanken loswerden & Grübeln stoppen: Wie Sie sich von negativen Denkmustern lossagen, innere Blockaden auflösen und positives Denken etablieren - inkl. Techniken zur Selbsthypnose Author: Mareike Grenz Narrator: Sandra Pohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wir alle kennen sie: die Zeiten, in denen wir das Gefühl haben, dass uns alles über den Kopf wächst, wir für unsere Probleme einfach keine Lösung finden, einfach alles 'Mist' ist. Auslöser dafür sind verschiedenste Belastungen. Sie können uns in Grübeleien versinken lassen, uns überfordern und möglicherweise schon zu körperlichen Symptomen führen. Manchmal wünschen wir uns, ein bestimmtes Ziel zu erreichen, z.B. eine Prüfung zu bestehen, ertappen uns aber immer wieder dabei, wie wir den Zeitpunkt verschieben. Wir stehen uns selbst im Weg, blockieren uns. Das Konstrukt unserer Gedankenwelt entscheidet nicht nur darüber, wer wir sind, sondern auch, wie wir uns fühlen und was wir im Leben erreichen. Nicht umsonst sagt man, dass schlechte Laune ein Denkfehler ist. Das glaubst du nicht? Auf den folgenden Seiten wirst du erfahren, woher negative Gedanken kommen, welche Folgen sie haben und wie du sie beseitigen kannst. Du wirst beim Lesen erkennen, wie du dich selbst durch Grübeleien blockierst und anhand praktischer Übungen erlernst du, wie du Gedankenkreise unterbrechen bzw. negative Gedanken in positive umwandeln kannst. Das erwartet Sie: - Du bist, was du denkst! - Innere Blockaden lösen - Die Macht der Gedanken - Gewohnheiten ändern - BONUS: Selbsthypnose - und vieles mehr... Mareike Grenz Mon, 06 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563479 thebookvoice.com 2:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Negative Gedanken loswerden & Grübeln stoppen: Wie Sie sich von negativen Denkmustern lossagen, innere Blockaden auflösen und positives Denken etablieren - inkl. Techniken zur Selbsthypnose Author: Mareike Grenz Narrator: Sandra Pohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wir alle kennen sie: die Zeiten, in denen wir das Gefühl haben, dass uns alles über den Kopf wächst, wir für unsere Probleme einfach keine Lösung finden, einfach alles 'Mist' ist. Auslöser dafür sind verschiedenste Belastungen. Sie können uns in Grübeleien versinken lassen, uns überfordern und möglicherweise schon zu körperlichen Symptomen führen. Manchmal wünschen wir uns, ein bestimmtes Ziel zu erreichen, z.B. eine Prüfung zu bestehen, ertappen uns aber immer wieder dabei, wie wir den Zeitpunkt verschieben. Wir stehen uns selbst im Weg, blockieren uns. Das Konstrukt unserer Gedankenwelt entscheidet nicht nur darüber, wer wir sind, sondern auch, wie wir uns fühlen und was wir im Leben erreichen. Nicht umsonst sagt man, dass schlechte Laune ein Denkfehler ist. Das glaubst du nicht? Auf den folgenden Seiten wirst du erfahren, woher negative Gedanken kommen, welche Folgen sie haben und wie du sie beseitigen kannst. Du wirst beim Lesen erkennen, wie du dich selbst durch Grübeleien blockierst und anhand praktischer Übungen erlernst du, wie du Gedankenkreise unterbrechen bzw. negative Gedanken in positive umwandeln kannst. Das erwartet Sie: - Du bist, was du denkst! - Innere Blockaden lösen - Die Macht der Gedanken - Gewohnheiten ändern - BONUS: Selbsthypnose - und vieles mehr... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Negative Gedanken loswerden & Grübeln stoppen: Wie Sie sich von negativen Denkmustern lossagen, innere Blockaden auflösen und positives Denken etablieren - inkl. Techniken zur Selbsthypnose Author: Mareike Grenz Narrator: Sandra Pohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wir alle kennen sie: die Zeiten, in denen wir das Gefühl haben, dass uns alles über den Kopf wächst, wir für unsere Probleme einfach keine Lösung finden, einfach alles 'Mist' ist. Auslöser dafür sind verschiedenste Belastungen. Sie können uns in Grübeleien versinken lassen, uns überfordern und möglicherweise schon zu körperlichen Symptomen führen. Manchmal wünschen wir uns, ein bestimmtes Ziel zu erreichen, z.B. eine Prüfung zu bestehen, ertappen uns aber immer wieder dabei, wie wir den Zeitpunkt verschieben. Wir stehen uns selbst im Weg, blockieren uns. Das Konstrukt unserer Gedankenwelt entscheidet nicht nur darüber, wer wir sind, sondern auch, wie wir uns fühlen und was wir im Leben erreichen. Nicht umsonst sagt man, dass schlechte Laune ein Denkfehler ist. Das glaubst du nicht? Auf den folgenden Seiten wirst du erfahren, woher negative Gedanken kommen, welche Folgen sie haben und wie du sie beseitigen kannst. Du wirst beim Lesen erkennen, wie du dich selbst durch Grübeleien blockierst und anhand praktischer Übungen erlernst du, wie du Gedankenkreise unterbrechen bzw. negative Gedanken in positive umwandeln kannst. Das erwartet Sie: - Du bist, was du denkst! - Innere Blockaden lösen - Die Macht der Gedanken - Gewohnheiten ändern - BONUS: Selbsthypnose - und vieles mehr... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kreativität - Die unsichtbare Dirigentin: Eine fantastische Reise durch die Welt des menschlichen Schöpfergeistes Author: Franziska Lauter Narrator: Franziska Lauter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In den Sprecherrollen: Das Bo, Fatoni, Galv, Marti Fischer, MC Fitti, Doktor Allwissend, Curly, Markus Kavka, Porky, Onkel, Livia Matthes, Babette Conrady, Vokalmatador, Jaques Tabaques, MiMi Müller-Westernhagen, Babett Richter, Michael Wecker, Anne Löhr, Björn Krass, Thomas Matussek, Oliver Bulas, Lucas Kazzer, Stefan Matussek und 'Fran'. Was zeichnet die Persönlichkeit kreativer Menschen aus? Wie funktioniert das kreative Gehirn? Dieses Hörspiel entführt uns zunächst in ein unbekanntes Zimmer mit einem einsamen Klavier, dann in die Stadt der Kreativen und schließlich in das dort beheimatete Forschungszentrum für Kreativität. Wir nehmen an einer Kreativitätstestung von Rappern teil, besuchen eine Neurobibliothek voller klingender Hirnhologramme und begeben uns (in geschrumpfter Form!) auf die Besichtigung eines besonders kreativen Gehirns. Auf unserem Weg durch die Gemäuer dieses Oberstübchens begegnen wir unter anderem den Türstehern des Thalamus, Herrn Hippocampus in seiner Gedächtnisbibliothek und Fräulein Schreck in der Amygdala. Wir fahren mit modernen Segways den Neocortex entlang und landen letztlich im Kreativzimmer des Gehirns, inmitten des sogenannten Ruhezustandsnetzwerks. Dort geschieht etwas Unerwartetes... Diese spannende und sehr humorvolle Entdeckungsreise lässt uns dem Rätsel der Kreativität auf sehr hohem fachlichem Niveau auf die Spur kommen. Neben einer Einführung in die Kreativitätsforschung erklärt das Hörspiel die Ergebnisse der Persönlichkeitsforschung, der Kognitionswissenschaften und der Hirnforschung bezüglich der Kreativität. Die Autorin Franziska Lauter ist Diplom-Psychologin sowie erfolgreiche Musikproduzentin. Zu den Themenbereichen Persönlichkeitspsychologie und Hirnforschung der Kreativität ist sie an verschiedenen deutschen Hochschulen Gastdozentin. Auch das Sound Design dieses Hörspiels stammt aus ihrer Hand. Mehr Informationen sowie begleitende Videovorlesungen zum Hörspiel findest du unter dieunsichtbaredirigentin(.de). Franziska Lauter Wed, 16 Jun 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563436 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kreativität - Die unsichtbare Dirigentin: Eine fantastische Reise durch die Welt des menschlichen Schöpfergeistes Author: Franziska Lauter Narrator: Franziska Lauter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In den Sprecherrollen: Das Bo, Fatoni, Galv, Marti Fischer, MC Fitti, Doktor Allwissend, Curly, Markus Kavka, Porky, Onkel, Livia Matthes, Babette Conrady, Vokalmatador, Jaques Tabaques, MiMi Müller-Westernhagen, Babett Richter, Michael Wecker, Anne Löhr, Björn Krass, Thomas Matussek, Oliver Bulas, Lucas Kazzer, Stefan Matussek und 'Fran'. Was zeichnet die Persönlichkeit kreativer Menschen aus? Wie funktioniert das kreative Gehirn? Dieses Hörspiel entführt uns zunächst in ein unbekanntes Zimmer mit einem einsamen Klavier, dann in die Stadt der Kreativen und schließlich in das dort beheimatete Forschungszentrum für Kreativität. Wir nehmen an einer Kreativitätstestung von Rappern teil, besuchen eine Neurobibliothek voller klingender Hirnhologramme und begeben uns (in geschrumpfter Form!) auf die Besichtigung eines besonders kreativen Gehirns. Auf unserem Weg durch die Gemäuer dieses Oberstübchens begegnen wir unter anderem den Türstehern des Thalamus, Herrn Hippocampus in seiner Gedächtnisbibliothek und Fräulein Schreck in der Amygdala. Wir fahren mit modernen Segways den Neocortex entlang und landen letztlich im Kreativzimmer des Gehirns, inmitten des sogenannten Ruhezustandsnetzwerks. Dort geschieht etwas Unerwartetes... Diese spannende und sehr humorvolle Entdeckungsreise lässt uns dem Rätsel der Kreativität auf sehr hohem fachlichem Niveau auf die Spur kommen. Neben einer Einführung in die Kreativitätsforschung erklärt das Hörspiel die Ergebnisse der Persönlichkeitsforschung, der Kognitionswissenschaften und der Hirnforschung bezüglich der Kreativität. Die Autorin Franziska Lauter ist Diplom-Psychologin sowie erfolgreiche Musikproduzentin. Zu den Themenbereichen Persönlichkeitspsychologie und Hirnforschung der Kreativität ist sie an verschiedenen deutschen Hochschulen Gastdozentin. Auch das Sound Design dieses Hörspiels stammt aus ihrer Hand. Mehr Informationen sowie begleitende Videovorlesungen zum Hörspiel findest du unter dieunsichtbaredirigentin(.de). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kreativität - Die unsichtbare Dirigentin: Eine fantastische Reise durch die Welt des menschlichen Schöpfergeistes Author: Franziska Lauter Narrator: Franziska Lauter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In den Sprecherrollen: Das Bo, Fatoni, Galv, Marti Fischer, MC Fitti, Doktor Allwissend, Curly, Markus Kavka, Porky, Onkel, Livia Matthes, Babette Conrady, Vokalmatador, Jaques Tabaques, MiMi Müller-Westernhagen, Babett Richter, Michael Wecker, Anne Löhr, Björn Krass, Thomas Matussek, Oliver Bulas, Lucas Kazzer, Stefan Matussek und 'Fran'. Was zeichnet die Persönlichkeit kreativer Menschen aus? Wie funktioniert das kreative Gehirn? Dieses Hörspiel entführt uns zunächst in ein unbekanntes Zimmer mit einem einsamen Klavier, dann in die Stadt der Kreativen und schließlich in das dort beheimatete Forschungszentrum für Kreativität. Wir nehmen an einer Kreativitätstestung von Rappern teil, besuchen eine Neurobibliothek voller klingender Hirnhologramme und begeben uns (in geschrumpfter Form!) auf die Besichtigung eines besonders kreativen Gehirns. Auf unserem Weg durch die Gemäuer dieses Oberstübchens begegnen wir unter anderem den Türstehern des Thalamus, Herrn Hippocampus in seiner Gedächtnisbibliothek und Fräulein Schreck in der Amygdala. Wir fahren mit modernen Segways den Neocortex entlang und landen letztlich im Kreativzimmer des Gehirns, inmitten des sogenannten Ruhezustandsnetzwerks. Dort geschieht etwas Unerwartetes... Diese spannende und sehr humorvolle Entdeckungsreise lässt uns dem Rätsel der Kreativität auf sehr hohem fachlichem Niveau auf die Spur kommen. Neben einer Einführung in die Kreativitätsforschung erklärt das Hörspiel die Ergebnisse der Persönlichkeitsforschung, der Kognitionswissenschaften und der Hirnforschung bezüglich der Kreativität. Die Autorin Franziska Lauter ist Diplom-Psychologin sowie erfolgreiche Musikproduzentin. Zu den Themenbereichen Persönlichkeitspsychologie und Hirnforschung der Kreativität ist sie an verschiedenen deutschen Hochschulen Gastdozentin. Auch das Sound Design dieses Hörspiels stammt aus ihrer Hand. Mehr Informationen sowie begleitende Videovorlesungen zum Hörspiel findest du unter dieunsichtbaredirigentin(.de). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - FrauenMACHT!: Die besten Wege, zu überzeugen und erfolgreich zu sein Author: Marion Knaths Narrator: Katja Amberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Strukturen in Organisationen und Unternehmen sind immer noch stark von Männern geprägt. Wie man sich in diesem Umfeld als Frau erfolgreich verhält, ohne sich verbiegen zu müssen, schildert die renommierte Führungskräftetrainerin Marion Knaths. Sie war selbst leitende Angestellte eines Konzerns. Mit Esprit und Verve gibt sie ihre langjährige Erfahrung anhand vieler Beispiele aus dem Arbeitsalltag weiter. Immer mit Humor und immer mit dem Ziel, den Einfluss von Frauen auf die Spielregeln zu vergrößern. Marion Knaths Thu, 16 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563412 thebookvoice.com 3:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - FrauenMACHT!: Die besten Wege, zu überzeugen und erfolgreich zu sein Author: Marion Knaths Narrator: Katja Amberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Strukturen in Organisationen und Unternehmen sind immer noch stark von Männern geprägt. Wie man sich in diesem Umfeld als Frau erfolgreich verhält, ohne sich verbiegen zu müssen, schildert die renommierte Führungskräftetrainerin Marion Knaths. Sie war selbst leitende Angestellte eines Konzerns. Mit Esprit und Verve gibt sie ihre langjährige Erfahrung anhand vieler Beispiele aus dem Arbeitsalltag weiter. Immer mit Humor und immer mit dem Ziel, den Einfluss von Frauen auf die Spielregeln zu vergrößern. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - FrauenMACHT!: Die besten Wege, zu überzeugen und erfolgreich zu sein Author: Marion Knaths Narrator: Katja Amberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Strukturen in Organisationen und Unternehmen sind immer noch stark von Männern geprägt. Wie man sich in diesem Umfeld als Frau erfolgreich verhält, ohne sich verbiegen zu müssen, schildert die renommierte Führungskräftetrainerin Marion Knaths. Sie war selbst leitende Angestellte eines Konzerns. Mit Esprit und Verve gibt sie ihre langjährige Erfahrung anhand vieler Beispiele aus dem Arbeitsalltag weiter. Immer mit Humor und immer mit dem Ziel, den Einfluss von Frauen auf die Spielregeln zu vergrößern. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563393 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calming the Stress Monster: How to manage stress in your life before it starts managing you! Author: Benjamin C. James Narrator: Andrew Parrella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stress is crippling. If you let it, stress can easily worm its way into all parts of your life, making it hard to be productive. All too quickly, your mind floods with feelings of worry, doubt, and anxiety. The worst part is that it can happen almost instantly. One minute you are calm, cool, and collected, smashing your to-do list out and living your best life.Then suddenly you get thrown a curve ball and within five minutes you are moving around agitated. Your head is spinning and you don’t have a clue what to do next. Living like this from day to day can be extremely tiresome and overwhelming. It can lead to many negative outcomes, such as a lack of productivity and a lack of motivation. So let’s make sure that you never get attacked by the stress monster again. Calming the Stress Monster is the perfect book to help you manage stress in your life before it begins to manage you! It will provide you with everything you need to understand what is happening when stress attacks you. That includes the signs that you may find difficult expressing or explaining to other people in a calm manner. This book will help break down the signs and symptoms of stress, and how it can impact you in an emotional and physical way. It will also highlight relaxation techniques that you can use to help keep your mind calm and productive. If you struggle with the stress monster visiting you all too often, then this book is an absolute must-listen for you! Isn’t it time that you took your life back into your own hands and banished the stress monster for good? You're damn right it is! Grab a copy of Calming the Stress Monster today and turn your life around! Benjamin C. James Wed, 01 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563393 thebookvoice.com 3:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calming the Stress Monster: How to manage stress in your life before it starts managing you! Author: Benjamin C. James Narrator: Andrew Parrella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stress is crippling. If you let it, stress can easily worm its way into all parts of your life, making it hard to be productive. All too quickly, your mind floods with feelings of worry, doubt, and anxiety. The worst part is that it can happen almost instantly. One minute you are calm, cool, and collected, smashing your to-do list out and living your best life.Then suddenly you get thrown a curve ball and within five minutes you are moving around agitated. Your head is spinning and you don’t have a clue what to do next. Living like this from day to day can be extremely tiresome and overwhelming. It can lead to many negative outcomes, such as a lack of productivity and a lack of motivation. So let’s make sure that you never get attacked by the stress monster again. Calming the Stress Monster is the perfect book to help you manage stress in your life before it begins to manage you! It will provide you with everything you need to understand what is happening when stress attacks you. That includes the signs that you may find difficult expressing or explaining to other people in a calm manner. This book will help break down the signs and symptoms of stress, and how it can impact you in an emotional and physical way. It will also highlight relaxation techniques that you can use to help keep your mind calm and productive. If you struggle with the stress monster visiting you all too often, then this book is an absolute must-listen for you! Isn’t it time that you took your life back into your own hands and banished the stress monster for good? You're damn right it is! Grab a copy of Calming the Stress Monster today and turn your life around! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calming the Stress Monster: How to manage stress in your life before it starts managing you! Author: Benjamin C. James Narrator: Andrew Parrella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stress is crippling. If you let it, stress can easily worm its way into all parts of your life, making it hard to be productive. All too quickly, your mind floods with feelings of worry, doubt, and anxiety. The worst part is that it can happen almost instantly. One minute you are calm, cool, and collected, smashing your to-do list out and living your best life.Then suddenly you get thrown a curve ball and within five minutes you are moving around agitated. Your head is spinning and you don’t have a clue what to do next. Living like this from day to day can be extremely tiresome and overwhelming. It can lead to many negative outcomes, such as a lack of productivity and a lack of motivation. So let’s make sure that you never get attacked by the stress monster again. Calming the Stress Monster is the perfect book to help you manage stress in your life before it begins to manage you! It will provide you with everything you need to understand what is happening when stress attacks you. That includes the signs that you may find difficult expressing or explaining to other people in a calm manner. This book will help break down the signs and symptoms of stress, and how it can impact you in an emotional and physical way. It will also highlight relaxation techniques that you can use to help keep your mind calm and productive. If you struggle with the stress monster visiting you all too often, then this book is an absolute must-listen for you! Isn’t it time that you took your life back into your own hands and banished the stress monster for good? You're damn right it is! Grab a copy of Calming the Stress Monster today and turn your life around! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game On: Reinventing Organizational Culture with Gamification Author: Arthur Carmazzi Narrator: Sara Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Definition of Work Gamification: “The Systematic facilitation of helping team members combine measurement, motivational psychology, and basic fun in existing or improved Work Processes or Activities, with the objective of fostering desired behaviors and results”. Game On shares research, case studies and step by step processes that will take you on a fun journey of culture evolution success while impacting your teams’ innovation and lives. And with Pandemic ready strategies, you can easily start getting results immediately WHAT EXPERTS SAY 'The reinvention of organizational culture to build positive lasting change where people enjoy work, find meaning and purpose in work, and support others to do the same. But GAME ON, takes it a step further so that we not only cultivate a happier more productive work environment but also a fun one.' Dr Marshall Goldsmith, New York Times best selling author of 'MOJO' and 'What Got You Here Won't Get You There' 'A revolution in Culture Change, Arthur’s Gamification research make it easy and fun to achieve visible engagement and innovation in a short time, and with the step by step virtual implementation, this is a must get book for current times. A must read!' Chester Elton, Best-Selling author of 'All In' and 'Leading With Gratitude' “Game On is a timely book, providing proven tools and techniques to make working together more fun. This is vital in the world today, when new learning, greater joy, and better collaboration are keys to your success.” Ron Kaufman, New York Times bestselling author of 'Uplifting Service' 'This book is a 'game changer' in the new normal, it expands on the emotional and motivational foundations of passion at work with practical and fun strategies that can truly redefine an organizational culture.' Arthur Carmazzi Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394 thebookvoice.com 3:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game On: Reinventing Organizational Culture with Gamification Author: Arthur Carmazzi Narrator: Sara Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Definition of Work Gamification: “The Systematic facilitation of helping team members combine measurement, motivational psychology, and basic fun in existing or improved Work Processes or Activities, with the objective of fostering desired behaviors and results”. Game On shares research, case studies and step by step processes that will take you on a fun journey of culture evolution success while impacting your teams’ innovation and lives. And with Pandemic ready strategies, you can easily start getting results immediately WHAT EXPERTS SAY 'The reinvention of organizational culture to build positive lasting change where people enjoy work, find meaning and purpose in work, and support others to do the same. But GAME ON, takes it a step further so that we not only cultivate a happier more productive work environment but also a fun one.' Dr Marshall Goldsmith, New York Times best selling author of 'MOJO' and 'What Got You Here Won't Get You There' 'A revolution in Culture Change, Arthur’s Gamification research make it easy and fun to achieve visible engagement and innovation in a short time, and with the step by step virtual implementation, this is a must get book for current times. A must read!' Chester Elton, Best-Selling author of 'All In' and 'Leading With Gratitude' “Game On is a timely book, providing proven tools and techniques to make working together more fun. This is vital in the world today, when new learning, greater joy, and better collaboration are keys to your success.” Ron Kaufman, New York Times bestselling author of 'Uplifting Service' 'This book is a 'game changer' in the new normal, it expands on the emotional and motivational foundations of passion at work with practical and fun strategies that can truly redefine an organizational culture.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game On: Reinventing Organizational Culture with Gamification Author: Arthur Carmazzi Narrator: Sara Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Definition of Work Gamification: “The Systematic facilitation of helping team members combine measurement, motivational psychology, and basic fun in existing or improved Work Processes or Activities, with the objective of fostering desired behaviors and results”. Game On shares research, case studies and step by step processes that will take you on a fun journey of culture evolution success while impacting your teams’ innovation and lives. And with Pandemic ready strategies, you can easily start getting results immediately WHAT EXPERTS SAY 'The reinvention of organizational culture to build positive lasting change where people enjoy work, find meaning and purpose in work, and support others to do the same. But GAME ON, takes it a step further so that we not only cultivate a happier more productive work environment but also a fun one.' Dr Marshall Goldsmith, New York Times best selling author of 'MOJO' and 'What Got You Here Won't Get You There' 'A revolution in Culture Change, Arthur’s Gamification research make it easy and fun to achieve visible engagement and innovation in a short time, and with the step by step virtual implementation, this is a must get book for current times. A must read!' Chester Elton, Best-Selling author of 'All In' and 'Leading With Gratitude' “Game On is a timely book, providing proven tools and techniques to make working together more fun. This is vital in the world today, when new learning, greater joy, and better collaboration are keys to your success.” Ron Kaufman, New York Times bestselling author of 'Uplifting Service' 'This book is a 'game changer' in the new normal, it expands on the emotional and motivational foundations of passion at work with practical and fun strategies that can truly redefine an organizational culture.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disinformation: The Nature of Facts and Lies in the Post-Truth Era Author: Donald A. Barclay Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Disinformation: The Nature of Facts and Lies in the Post-Truth Era cannot cure all the ills of a post-truth world, but by demonstrating how the emergence of digital technology into everyday life has knitted together a number of seemingly loosely related forces—historical, psychological, economic, and cultural—to create the post-truth culture, Disinformation will help you better understand how we got to where we now are, see how we can move beyond a culture in which facts are too easily dismissed, and develop a few highly practical skills for separating truth from lies. Unlike the far-too-numerous one-sided, politically ideological treatments of the post-truth culture, Disinformation does not seek to point the finger of blame at any individuals or groups; instead, its focus is on how a number of disparate forces have influenced human behaviors during a time when all of humanity is struggling to better understand and more effectively control (for better or worse) challenging new technologies that are straining the limits of human intellectual and emotional capacity. Donald A. Barclay Tue, 15 Mar 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563349 thebookvoice.com 11:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disinformation: The Nature of Facts and Lies in the Post-Truth Era Author: Donald A. Barclay Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Disinformation: The Nature of Facts and Lies in the Post-Truth Era cannot cure all the ills of a post-truth world, but by demonstrating how the emergence of digital technology into everyday life has knitted together a number of seemingly loosely related forces—historical, psychological, economic, and cultural—to create the post-truth culture, Disinformation will help you better understand how we got to where we now are, see how we can move beyond a culture in which facts are too easily dismissed, and develop a few highly practical skills for separating truth from lies. Unlike the far-too-numerous one-sided, politically ideological treatments of the post-truth culture, Disinformation does not seek to point the finger of blame at any individuals or groups; instead, its focus is on how a number of disparate forces have influenced human behaviors during a time when all of humanity is struggling to better understand and more effectively control (for better or worse) challenging new technologies that are straining the limits of human intellectual and emotional capacity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disinformation: The Nature of Facts and Lies in the Post-Truth Era Author: Donald A. Barclay Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Disinformation: The Nature of Facts and Lies in the Post-Truth Era cannot cure all the ills of a post-truth world, but by demonstrating how the emergence of digital technology into everyday life has knitted together a number of seemingly loosely related forces—historical, psychological, economic, and cultural—to create the post-truth culture, Disinformation will help you better understand how we got to where we now are, see how we can move beyond a culture in which facts are too easily dismissed, and develop a few highly practical skills for separating truth from lies. Unlike the far-too-numerous one-sided, politically ideological treatments of the post-truth culture, Disinformation does not seek to point the finger of blame at any individuals or groups; instead, its focus is on how a number of disparate forces have influenced human behaviors during a time when all of humanity is struggling to better understand and more effectively control (for better or worse) challenging new technologies that are straining the limits of human intellectual and emotional capacity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563336 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polyvagal Theory and the Developing Child: Systems of Care for Strengthening Kids, Families, and Communities Author: George S. Thompson, Marilyn R. Sanders Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How sustained disruptions to children's safety have physical, behavioral, and mental health impact that follow them into adulthood. At its heart, polyvagal theory describes how the brain's unconscious sense of safety or danger impacts our emotions and behaviors. In this powerful book, pediatrician and neonatologist Marilyn R. Sanders and child psychiatrist George S. Thompson offer listeners both a meditation on caregiving and a call to action for physicians, educators, and mental health providers. When children don't have safe relationships, or emotional, medical, or physical traumas punctuate their lives, their ability to love, trust, and thrive is damaged. Children who have multiple relationship disruptions may have physical, behavioral, or mental health concerns that follow them into adulthood. By attending to the lessons of polyvagal theory—that adult caregivers must be aware of children's unconscious processing of sensory information—the authors show how professionals can play a critical role in establishing a sense of safety even in the face of dangerous, and sometimes incomprehensibly scary, situations. George S. Thompson, Marilyn R. Sanders Tue, 10 May 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563336 thebookvoice.com 9:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polyvagal Theory and the Developing Child: Systems of Care for Strengthening Kids, Families, and Communities Author: George S. Thompson, Marilyn R. Sanders Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How sustained disruptions to children's safety have physical, behavioral, and mental health impact that follow them into adulthood. At its heart, polyvagal theory describes how the brain's unconscious sense of safety or danger impacts our emotions and behaviors. In this powerful book, pediatrician and neonatologist Marilyn R. Sanders and child psychiatrist George S. Thompson offer listeners both a meditation on caregiving and a call to action for physicians, educators, and mental health providers. When children don't have safe relationships, or emotional, medical, or physical traumas punctuate their lives, their ability to love, trust, and thrive is damaged. Children who have multiple relationship disruptions may have physical, behavioral, or mental health concerns that follow them into adulthood. By attending to the lessons of polyvagal theory—that adult caregivers must be aware of children's unconscious processing of sensory information—the authors show how professionals can play a critical role in establishing a sense of safety even in the face of dangerous, and sometimes incomprehensibly scary, situations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polyvagal Theory and the Developing Child: Systems of Care for Strengthening Kids, Families, and Communities Author: George S. Thompson, Marilyn R. Sanders Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How sustained disruptions to children's safety have physical, behavioral, and mental health impact that follow them into adulthood. At its heart, polyvagal theory describes how the brain's unconscious sense of safety or danger impacts our emotions and behaviors. In this powerful book, pediatrician and neonatologist Marilyn R. Sanders and child psychiatrist George S. Thompson offer listeners both a meditation on caregiving and a call to action for physicians, educators, and mental health providers. When children don't have safe relationships, or emotional, medical, or physical traumas punctuate their lives, their ability to love, trust, and thrive is damaged. Children who have multiple relationship disruptions may have physical, behavioral, or mental health concerns that follow them into adulthood. By attending to the lessons of polyvagal theory—that adult caregivers must be aware of children's unconscious processing of sensory information—the authors show how professionals can play a critical role in establishing a sense of safety even in the face of dangerous, and sometimes incomprehensibly scary, situations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563071 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit: The Power of Knowing When to Walk Away Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Learn when to grit, and when to quit We are often told that the secret to success is hard work, determination, and hours of practice. But in a fast-changing world, what if the really crucial skill is knowing when to stick at something and when to change track and walk away? Quit makes the under-appreciated case for quitting and also shows you how to get really good at it. Drawing on stories from elite athletes to Everest climbers, comedians to musicians, Annie Duke (who left a successful poker career) explains why learning to quit well is often crucial to success. She provides clear strategies for working out when to cut your losses from a business product that isn't working, a relationship turned toxic, or a career that won't take you where you want to go. You'll learn how to spot the blocks to good quitting behaviour -- escalation commitment, desire for certainty and the status quo bias -- and also how to use tools like quitting contracts, flexible goal-setting and premortems to help you quit cleanly and confidently. Whether you're facing a make-or-break business decision, a life-altering personal choice or simply wanting to take more control of your life, Quit provides a toolkit for change to help you make the best next move. © Annie Duke 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Annie Duke Tue, 04 Oct 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563071 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit: The Power of Knowing When to Walk Away Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Learn when to grit, and when to quit We are often told that the secret to success is hard work, determination, and hours of practice. But in a fast-changing world, what if the really crucial skill is knowing when to stick at something and when to change track and walk away? Quit makes the under-appreciated case for quitting and also shows you how to get really good at it. Drawing on stories from elite athletes to Everest climbers, comedians to musicians, Annie Duke (who left a successful poker career) explains why learning to quit well is often crucial to success. She provides clear strategies for working out when to cut your losses from a business product that isn't working, a relationship turned toxic, or a career that won't take you where you want to go. You'll learn how to spot the blocks to good quitting behaviour -- escalation commitment, desire for certainty and the status quo bias -- and also how to use tools like quitting contracts, flexible goal-setting and premortems to help you quit cleanly and confidently. Whether you're facing a make-or-break business decision, a life-altering personal choice or simply wanting to take more control of your life, Quit provides a toolkit for change to help you make the best next move. © Annie Duke 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit: The Power of Knowing When to Walk Away Author: Annie Duke Narrator: Annie Duke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Learn when to grit, and when to quit We are often told that the secret to success is hard work, determination, and hours of practice. But in a fast-changing world, what if the really crucial skill is knowing when to stick at something and when to change track and walk away? Quit makes the under-appreciated case for quitting and also shows you how to get really good at it. Drawing on stories from elite athletes to Everest climbers, comedians to musicians, Annie Duke (who left a successful poker career) explains why learning to quit well is often crucial to success. She provides clear strategies for working out when to cut your losses from a business product that isn't working, a relationship turned toxic, or a career that won't take you where you want to go. You'll learn how to spot the blocks to good quitting behaviour -- escalation commitment, desire for certainty and the status quo bias -- and also how to use tools like quitting contracts, flexible goal-setting and premortems to help you quit cleanly and confidently. Whether you're facing a make-or-break business decision, a life-altering personal choice or simply wanting to take more control of your life, Quit provides a toolkit for change to help you make the best next move. © Annie Duke 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weg mit der Angst - denke positiv: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei Ängste loszulassen! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du deine Ängste loszulassen. Du verstehst dass Angst ein Schutzmechanismus ist, und dass du jederzeit die Kontrolle über deine Gedanken hast. Es wird eine Technik verankert, mit der du Ängste sinnbildlich aus dir heraus waschen kannst. Du lernst negative Gedanken und Bilder abzustellen! Es gelingt dir ab heute, aufkommende negative Bilder und Gedanken zu löschen! Dein Positiv-Wasserfall wird dabei helfen! Wäre das nicht schön? Ergänzend führen neue und positive Glaubenssätze dazu, dass du positiv und mutig in die Zukunft gehst. ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563054 thebookvoice.com 0:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weg mit der Angst - denke positiv: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei Ängste loszulassen! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du deine Ängste loszulassen. Du verstehst dass Angst ein Schutzmechanismus ist, und dass du jederzeit die Kontrolle über deine Gedanken hast. Es wird eine Technik verankert, mit der du Ängste sinnbildlich aus dir heraus waschen kannst. Du lernst negative Gedanken und Bilder abzustellen! Es gelingt dir ab heute, aufkommende negative Bilder und Gedanken zu löschen! Dein Positiv-Wasserfall wird dabei helfen! Wäre das nicht schön? Ergänzend führen neue und positive Glaubenssätze dazu, dass du positiv und mutig in die Zukunft gehst. ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weg mit der Angst - denke positiv: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei Ängste loszulassen! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du deine Ängste loszulassen. Du verstehst dass Angst ein Schutzmechanismus ist, und dass du jederzeit die Kontrolle über deine Gedanken hast. Es wird eine Technik verankert, mit der du Ängste sinnbildlich aus dir heraus waschen kannst. Du lernst negative Gedanken und Bilder abzustellen! Es gelingt dir ab heute, aufkommende negative Bilder und Gedanken zu löschen! Dein Positiv-Wasserfall wird dabei helfen! Wäre das nicht schön? Ergänzend führen neue und positive Glaubenssätze dazu, dass du positiv und mutig in die Zukunft gehst. ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563056 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - perfekte Performance im Wettkampf abrufen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei immer deine perfekte Performance abrufen zu können In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du die optimale Zone deiner Leistungsfähigkeiten abzurufen. Dies wird mit Hilfe dieser Hypnose ganz einfach für dich. Sozusagen auf Knopfdruck lieferst du immer deine TOP Performance ab. Es wird die Fähigkeit verankert, augenblicklich die TOP Leistungsfähigkeit (auch FLOW Zustand genannt) abzurufen. Negative Glaubenssätze und Blockaden werden aufgelöst. In einer Progression (Zukunftsarbeit) erlebst du bereits in der Hypnose selbst, wie es sein wird im FLOW – im Zustand optimaler Performance zu sein. Diese Hypnose ist sowohl im sportlichen Kontext als auch für andere Wettkampf Situationen geeignet. © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563056 thebookvoice.com 0:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - perfekte Performance im Wettkampf abrufen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei immer deine perfekte Performance abrufen zu können In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du die optimale Zone deiner Leistungsfähigkeiten abzurufen. Dies wird mit Hilfe dieser Hypnose ganz einfach für dich. Sozusagen auf Knopfdruck lieferst du immer deine TOP Performance ab. Es wird die Fähigkeit verankert, augenblicklich die TOP Leistungsfähigkeit (auch FLOW Zustand genannt) abzurufen. Negative Glaubenssätze und Blockaden werden aufgelöst. In einer Progression (Zukunftsarbeit) erlebst du bereits in der Hypnose selbst, wie es sein wird im FLOW – im Zustand optimaler Performance zu sein. Diese Hypnose ist sowohl im sportlichen Kontext als auch für andere Wettkampf Situationen geeignet. © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - perfekte Performance im Wettkampf abrufen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei immer deine perfekte Performance abrufen zu können In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du die optimale Zone deiner Leistungsfähigkeiten abzurufen. Dies wird mit Hilfe dieser Hypnose ganz einfach für dich. Sozusagen auf Knopfdruck lieferst du immer deine TOP Performance ab. Es wird die Fähigkeit verankert, augenblicklich die TOP Leistungsfähigkeit (auch FLOW Zustand genannt) abzurufen. Negative Glaubenssätze und Blockaden werden aufgelöst. In einer Progression (Zukunftsarbeit) erlebst du bereits in der Hypnose selbst, wie es sein wird im FLOW – im Zustand optimaler Performance zu sein. Diese Hypnose ist sowohl im sportlichen Kontext als auch für andere Wettkampf Situationen geeignet. © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563051 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stop der Trägheit: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose macht einen aktiven und motivierten Menschen aus dir! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du deine Trägheit loslassen. Negative Muster und Gewohnheiten werden aufgelöst – Blockaden werden beseitigt. Ab heute gibt es keine Ausreden mehr – du wirst aktiv! Als wichtiger Schlüssel wirst du in der Hypnose dein WARUM finden. Dieser innere Treiber wird dafür sorgen, dass Erfolg einfach für dich wird! Mach einen aktiven und motivierten Menschen aus dir! Ab heute beginnst du zu gehen, du beginnst aktiv zu werden! Es darf einfach sein – auch für dich! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563051 thebookvoice.com 0:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stop der Trägheit: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose macht einen aktiven und motivierten Menschen aus dir! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du deine Trägheit loslassen. Negative Muster und Gewohnheiten werden aufgelöst – Blockaden werden beseitigt. Ab heute gibt es keine Ausreden mehr – du wirst aktiv! Als wichtiger Schlüssel wirst du in der Hypnose dein WARUM finden. Dieser innere Treiber wird dafür sorgen, dass Erfolg einfach für dich wird! Mach einen aktiven und motivierten Menschen aus dir! Ab heute beginnst du zu gehen, du beginnst aktiv zu werden! Es darf einfach sein – auch für dich! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stop der Trägheit: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose macht einen aktiven und motivierten Menschen aus dir! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du deine Trägheit loslassen. Negative Muster und Gewohnheiten werden aufgelöst – Blockaden werden beseitigt. Ab heute gibt es keine Ausreden mehr – du wirst aktiv! Als wichtiger Schlüssel wirst du in der Hypnose dein WARUM finden. Dieser innere Treiber wird dafür sorgen, dass Erfolg einfach für dich wird! Mach einen aktiven und motivierten Menschen aus dir! Ab heute beginnst du zu gehen, du beginnst aktiv zu werden! Es darf einfach sein – auch für dich! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entspanne dich: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei zu entspannen! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wird eine Entspannungstechnik verankert. Mit Hilfe dieser Technik fällt es dir ab jetzt leicht, dich jederzeit zu entspannen. Blockaden, die bisher dazu geführt haben, dass du dich nicht entspannen kannst – die werden aufgelöst. Wenn du in Zukunft Anspannung oder Stress verspürst, dann wird es einfach sein dich augenblicklich wieder zu entspannen! Ergänzend werden starke Glaubenssätze verankert, die Entspannung in dein Leben bringen! Es darf einfach sein – es wird einfach sein! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563052 thebookvoice.com 0:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entspanne dich: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei zu entspannen! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wird eine Entspannungstechnik verankert. Mit Hilfe dieser Technik fällt es dir ab jetzt leicht, dich jederzeit zu entspannen. Blockaden, die bisher dazu geführt haben, dass du dich nicht entspannen kannst – die werden aufgelöst. Wenn du in Zukunft Anspannung oder Stress verspürst, dann wird es einfach sein dich augenblicklich wieder zu entspannen! Ergänzend werden starke Glaubenssätze verankert, die Entspannung in dein Leben bringen! Es darf einfach sein – es wird einfach sein! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Entspanne dich: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei zu entspannen! In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wird eine Entspannungstechnik verankert. Mit Hilfe dieser Technik fällt es dir ab jetzt leicht, dich jederzeit zu entspannen. Blockaden, die bisher dazu geführt haben, dass du dich nicht entspannen kannst – die werden aufgelöst. Wenn du in Zukunft Anspannung oder Stress verspürst, dann wird es einfach sein dich augenblicklich wieder zu entspannen! Ergänzend werden starke Glaubenssätze verankert, die Entspannung in dein Leben bringen! Es darf einfach sein – es wird einfach sein! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563053 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - STOP den Süßigkeiten: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei deinen Heißhunger auf Süßigkeiten loszulassen. In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lässt du die Lust auf Süßigkeiten los! Dein Unterbewusstsein lernt dass du ganz leicht darauf verzichten kannst! Auch die Gewohnheit zu Süßigkeiten zu greifen wird aufgelöst. Zusätzlich fällt es dir ab heute leicht, gesunde Alternativen zu finden. Dein Unterbewusstsein wird es leicht machen für dich. Es löst negative Muster und Gewohnheiten auf. Dein Wille, die Süßigkeiten weg zu lassen wird maximal groß! Neue starke Glaubenssätze machen es zusätzlich noch einfacher für dich! So wird es einfach für dich. So wird auch das Abnehmen ganz einfach! Freu dich darauf! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563053 thebookvoice.com 0:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - STOP den Süßigkeiten: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei deinen Heißhunger auf Süßigkeiten loszulassen. In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lässt du die Lust auf Süßigkeiten los! Dein Unterbewusstsein lernt dass du ganz leicht darauf verzichten kannst! Auch die Gewohnheit zu Süßigkeiten zu greifen wird aufgelöst. Zusätzlich fällt es dir ab heute leicht, gesunde Alternativen zu finden. Dein Unterbewusstsein wird es leicht machen für dich. Es löst negative Muster und Gewohnheiten auf. Dein Wille, die Süßigkeiten weg zu lassen wird maximal groß! Neue starke Glaubenssätze machen es zusätzlich noch einfacher für dich! So wird es einfach für dich. So wird auch das Abnehmen ganz einfach! Freu dich darauf! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - STOP den Süßigkeiten: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei deinen Heißhunger auf Süßigkeiten loszulassen. In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lässt du die Lust auf Süßigkeiten los! Dein Unterbewusstsein lernt dass du ganz leicht darauf verzichten kannst! Auch die Gewohnheit zu Süßigkeiten zu greifen wird aufgelöst. Zusätzlich fällt es dir ab heute leicht, gesunde Alternativen zu finden. Dein Unterbewusstsein wird es leicht machen für dich. Es löst negative Muster und Gewohnheiten auf. Dein Wille, die Süßigkeiten weg zu lassen wird maximal groß! Neue starke Glaubenssätze machen es zusätzlich noch einfacher für dich! So wird es einfach für dich. So wird auch das Abnehmen ganz einfach! Freu dich darauf! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlaf wie ein Baby - tief und fest: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei tief und fest zu schlafen! Dank dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du zu tiefem und festem Schlaf finden, so wie du das als Baby gekonnt hast. Du lernst wieder tiefen und festen Schlaf zu erleben. Die Fähigkeit tief und fest zu schlafen wird reaktiviert, und dein Unterbewusstsein wird dir dabei helfen! Bestehende Blockaden oder störende Muster werden aufgelöst, und du lernst auch was du tun darfst um ein wunderbares Einschlaf-Ritual zu finden. Wunderbarer Schlaf wird wieder einfach für dich – er wird Realität für dich. © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2020 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563048 thebookvoice.com 0:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlaf wie ein Baby - tief und fest: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei tief und fest zu schlafen! Dank dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du zu tiefem und festem Schlaf finden, so wie du das als Baby gekonnt hast. Du lernst wieder tiefen und festen Schlaf zu erleben. Die Fähigkeit tief und fest zu schlafen wird reaktiviert, und dein Unterbewusstsein wird dir dabei helfen! Bestehende Blockaden oder störende Muster werden aufgelöst, und du lernst auch was du tun darfst um ein wunderbares Einschlaf-Ritual zu finden. Wunderbarer Schlaf wird wieder einfach für dich – er wird Realität für dich. © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2020 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schlaf wie ein Baby - tief und fest: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei tief und fest zu schlafen! Dank dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du zu tiefem und festem Schlaf finden, so wie du das als Baby gekonnt hast. Du lernst wieder tiefen und festen Schlaf zu erleben. Die Fähigkeit tief und fest zu schlafen wird reaktiviert, und dein Unterbewusstsein wird dir dabei helfen! Bestehende Blockaden oder störende Muster werden aufgelöst, und du lernst auch was du tun darfst um ein wunderbares Einschlaf-Ritual zu finden. Wunderbarer Schlaf wird wieder einfach für dich – er wird Realität für dich. © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2020 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563049 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Freiheit von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose befreit dich von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du frei von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden. Angst ist ein Versuch deines Unterbewusstseins dich zu schützen. Wenn sie aber über das natürliche Maß hinaus geht, dann wird sie zur Last. Lege diesen Mantel der Angst ab. Du findest dank dieser Hypnose Liebe und Vertrauen in dir. Dein Unterbewusstsein hilft dir dabei – es löst alle vorhandenen Blockaden und Ängste auf! Die Angst ist weg – Liebe und Vertrauen gehen an ihre Stelle. Du magst dich selbst – und andere Menschen mögen dich weil sie spüren dass du dich selbst magst! Du bist frei von dieser Angst! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563049 thebookvoice.com 0:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Freiheit von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose befreit dich von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du frei von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden. Angst ist ein Versuch deines Unterbewusstseins dich zu schützen. Wenn sie aber über das natürliche Maß hinaus geht, dann wird sie zur Last. Lege diesen Mantel der Angst ab. Du findest dank dieser Hypnose Liebe und Vertrauen in dir. Dein Unterbewusstsein hilft dir dabei – es löst alle vorhandenen Blockaden und Ängste auf! Die Angst ist weg – Liebe und Vertrauen gehen an ihre Stelle. Du magst dich selbst – und andere Menschen mögen dich weil sie spüren dass du dich selbst magst! Du bist frei von dieser Angst! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Freiheit von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose befreit dich von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel wirst du frei von der Angst nicht gemocht zu werden. Angst ist ein Versuch deines Unterbewusstseins dich zu schützen. Wenn sie aber über das natürliche Maß hinaus geht, dann wird sie zur Last. Lege diesen Mantel der Angst ab. Du findest dank dieser Hypnose Liebe und Vertrauen in dir. Dein Unterbewusstsein hilft dir dabei – es löst alle vorhandenen Blockaden und Ängste auf! Die Angst ist weg – Liebe und Vertrauen gehen an ihre Stelle. Du magst dich selbst – und andere Menschen mögen dich weil sie spüren dass du dich selbst magst! Du bist frei von dieser Angst! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563050 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Traurigkeit loslassen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir Traurigkeit loszulassen In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du Traurigkeit loszulassen. Traurigkeit ist etwas ganz Normales – aber ab einem gewissen Maß gefährlich und nicht gut für dich! Du lernst mit Traurigkeit umzugehen, und das Maß der Traurigkeit zu erkennen. Dein Unterbewusstsein wird dir helfen mit der Traurigkeit klar zu kommen und sie wenn es an der Zeit ist loszulassen. Wäre es nicht schön den Mantel der Traurigkeit abzulegen? Du entscheidest dich dafür glücklich und frei zu werden! Du entscheidest dich dafür die Traurigkeit loszulassen! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563050 thebookvoice.com 0:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Traurigkeit loslassen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir Traurigkeit loszulassen In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du Traurigkeit loszulassen. Traurigkeit ist etwas ganz Normales – aber ab einem gewissen Maß gefährlich und nicht gut für dich! Du lernst mit Traurigkeit umzugehen, und das Maß der Traurigkeit zu erkennen. Dein Unterbewusstsein wird dir helfen mit der Traurigkeit klar zu kommen und sie wenn es an der Zeit ist loszulassen. Wäre es nicht schön den Mantel der Traurigkeit abzulegen? Du entscheidest dich dafür glücklich und frei zu werden! Du entscheidest dich dafür die Traurigkeit loszulassen! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Traurigkeit loslassen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir Traurigkeit loszulassen In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du Traurigkeit loszulassen. Traurigkeit ist etwas ganz Normales – aber ab einem gewissen Maß gefährlich und nicht gut für dich! Du lernst mit Traurigkeit umzugehen, und das Maß der Traurigkeit zu erkennen. Dein Unterbewusstsein wird dir helfen mit der Traurigkeit klar zu kommen und sie wenn es an der Zeit ist loszulassen. Wäre es nicht schön den Mantel der Traurigkeit abzulegen? Du entscheidest dich dafür glücklich und frei zu werden! Du entscheidest dich dafür die Traurigkeit loszulassen! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bleib dran beim Abnehmen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei beim Abnehmen konsequent dran zu bleiben Dank dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel fällt es dir leicht die Dinge zu tun die dir beim Abnehmen helfen. Es fällt dir immer leichter zu erkennen, wie du dein Abnehmziel erreichen kannst, und wie du deinen Wunschkörper dauerhaft behältst. Ab heute fällt es dir immer leichter konsequent dran zu bleiben! Alte negative und ungesunde Gewohnheiten werden aufgelöst, sie haben keine Chance mehr! Ab heute bilden sich neue und gesunde Gewohnheiten, die dir helfen dein Abnehmziel zu erreichen! Du bleibst konsequent dran beim Abnehmen! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563046 thebookvoice.com 0:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bleib dran beim Abnehmen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei beim Abnehmen konsequent dran zu bleiben Dank dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel fällt es dir leicht die Dinge zu tun die dir beim Abnehmen helfen. Es fällt dir immer leichter zu erkennen, wie du dein Abnehmziel erreichen kannst, und wie du deinen Wunschkörper dauerhaft behältst. Ab heute fällt es dir immer leichter konsequent dran zu bleiben! Alte negative und ungesunde Gewohnheiten werden aufgelöst, sie haben keine Chance mehr! Ab heute bilden sich neue und gesunde Gewohnheiten, die dir helfen dein Abnehmziel zu erreichen! Du bleibst konsequent dran beim Abnehmen! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bleib dran beim Abnehmen: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei beim Abnehmen konsequent dran zu bleiben Dank dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel fällt es dir leicht die Dinge zu tun die dir beim Abnehmen helfen. Es fällt dir immer leichter zu erkennen, wie du dein Abnehmziel erreichen kannst, und wie du deinen Wunschkörper dauerhaft behältst. Ab heute fällt es dir immer leichter konsequent dran zu bleiben! Alte negative und ungesunde Gewohnheiten werden aufgelöst, sie haben keine Chance mehr! Ab heute bilden sich neue und gesunde Gewohnheiten, die dir helfen dein Abnehmziel zu erreichen! Du bleibst konsequent dran beim Abnehmen! © Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel 2021 ********** Über den Autor und Herausgeber: Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563047 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Körper ist mein bester Freund: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei abzunehmen, indem du lernst auf deinen Körper zu achten In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du auf deinen Körper zu achten! Dein guter Freund ist immer für dich da, und ab heute kümmerst auch du dich gut um ihn. Ab heute nimmst du die Zeichen deines Körpers wahr…du achtest auf ihn. Du sorgst für gesunde Ernährung und ausreichend Bewegung. Ab heute wird das wichtig für dich. Aber du nimmst deinen Körper auch an genau so wie er ist – und du wirst lernen ihn zu lieben! Aus dieser Achtung und Liebe heraus, wirst du dich aber immer besser um deinen Körper kümmern. Über den Autor und Herausgeber Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Christian Blümel Wed, 08 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563047 thebookvoice.com 0:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Körper ist mein bester Freund: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei abzunehmen, indem du lernst auf deinen Körper zu achten In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du auf deinen Körper zu achten! Dein guter Freund ist immer für dich da, und ab heute kümmerst auch du dich gut um ihn. Ab heute nimmst du die Zeichen deines Körpers wahr…du achtest auf ihn. Du sorgst für gesunde Ernährung und ausreichend Bewegung. Ab heute wird das wichtig für dich. Aber du nimmst deinen Körper auch an genau so wie er ist – und du wirst lernen ihn zu lieben! Aus dieser Achtung und Liebe heraus, wirst du dich aber immer besser um deinen Körper kümmern. Über den Autor und Herausgeber Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mein Körper ist mein bester Freund: Hypnose Author: Christian Blümel Narrator: Christian Blümel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Zum Inhalt dieser Audio Hypnose: Diese Hypnose hilft dir dabei abzunehmen, indem du lernst auf deinen Körper zu achten In dieser Audio-Hypnose von Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel lernst du auf deinen Körper zu achten! Dein guter Freund ist immer für dich da, und ab heute kümmerst auch du dich gut um ihn. Ab heute nimmst du die Zeichen deines Körpers wahr…du achtest auf ihn. Du sorgst für gesunde Ernährung und ausreichend Bewegung. Ab heute wird das wichtig für dich. Aber du nimmst deinen Körper auch an genau so wie er ist – und du wirst lernen ihn zu lieben! Aus dieser Achtung und Liebe heraus, wirst du dich aber immer besser um deinen Körper kümmern. Über den Autor und Herausgeber Hypnomentalcoach Christian Blümel ist diplomierter Hypnosetrainer und Hypnosecoach und arbeitet seit 2013 als Hypnotiseur. Er ist bekannt aus dem österreichischen TV und stellt das größte Angebot von Audio-Hypnosen im deutschsprachigen Raum zur Verfügung! Audio Hypnosen sind die effizienteste Möglichkeit um persönliche Ziele zu erreichen und / oder schädliche oder negative Glaubenssätze oder Verhaltensweisen loszulassen. Die Vorteile für dich (im Vergleich zu einer Sitzung bei einem Hypnotiseur) sind - sofort verfügbar - im Verhältnis sehr kostengünstig - du kannst die erworbene Audio-Hypnose beliebig oft und lange nutzen - durch die regelmäßige Nutzung wird die Wirkung massiv verstärkt - dein Unterbewusstsein kann das Gehörte so immer besser umsetzen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del sufrimiento al crecimiento Author: Shulamit Graber Narrator: Karina Govela Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: No es lo que te pasa, sino lo que haces con lo que te pasa. Después de una vivencia traumática únicamente hay dos caminos: o permites que ese dolor te consuma o te fortaleces a partir de ese evento para resignificar tu experiencia y darle un sentido. La experiencia vital de todo ser humano implica pasar por momentos duros, unos más que otros. Cuando un evento traumático sucede, no siempre tenemos las herramientas para poder resignificar nuestra vida, pero eso no se traduce a que no podamos hacerlo. Podemos convertir nuestras crisis y traumas en oportunidades de crecimiento si logramos encontrarles un sentido. Shulamit Graber es una experta en el tema. A partir de un doloroso secuestro, y como psicoterapeuta familiar, ha desarrollado un método para que después de algún suceso que nos sacuda -cualquiera que éste sea- podamos darle un nuevo valor a nuestra existencia. Del sufrimiento al crecimiento es un libro íntimo, fuerte y sabio en el que la autora, además de contarnos su experiencia, nos ofrece oportunidades. Como ella misma dice: «Nadie sana siendo la misma persona, la sanación es un viaje de transformación». Shulamit Graber Thu, 16 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562955 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del sufrimiento al crecimiento Author: Shulamit Graber Narrator: Karina Govela Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: No es lo que te pasa, sino lo que haces con lo que te pasa. Después de una vivencia traumática únicamente hay dos caminos: o permites que ese dolor te consuma o te fortaleces a partir de ese evento para resignificar tu experiencia y darle un sentido. La experiencia vital de todo ser humano implica pasar por momentos duros, unos más que otros. Cuando un evento traumático sucede, no siempre tenemos las herramientas para poder resignificar nuestra vida, pero eso no se traduce a que no podamos hacerlo. Podemos convertir nuestras crisis y traumas en oportunidades de crecimiento si logramos encontrarles un sentido. Shulamit Graber es una experta en el tema. A partir de un doloroso secuestro, y como psicoterapeuta familiar, ha desarrollado un método para que después de algún suceso que nos sacuda -cualquiera que éste sea- podamos darle un nuevo valor a nuestra existencia. Del sufrimiento al crecimiento es un libro íntimo, fuerte y sabio en el que la autora, además de contarnos su experiencia, nos ofrece oportunidades. Como ella misma dice: «Nadie sana siendo la misma persona, la sanación es un viaje de transformación». Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Del sufrimiento al crecimiento Author: Shulamit Graber Narrator: Karina Govela Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: No es lo que te pasa, sino lo que haces con lo que te pasa. Después de una vivencia traumática únicamente hay dos caminos: o permites que ese dolor te consuma o te fortaleces a partir de ese evento para resignificar tu experiencia y darle un sentido. La experiencia vital de todo ser humano implica pasar por momentos duros, unos más que otros. Cuando un evento traumático sucede, no siempre tenemos las herramientas para poder resignificar nuestra vida, pero eso no se traduce a que no podamos hacerlo. Podemos convertir nuestras crisis y traumas en oportunidades de crecimiento si logramos encontrarles un sentido. Shulamit Graber es una experta en el tema. A partir de un doloroso secuestro, y como psicoterapeuta familiar, ha desarrollado un método para que después de algún suceso que nos sacuda -cualquiera que éste sea- podamos darle un nuevo valor a nuestra existencia. Del sufrimiento al crecimiento es un libro íntimo, fuerte y sabio en el que la autora, además de contarnos su experiencia, nos ofrece oportunidades. Como ella misma dice: «Nadie sana siendo la misma persona, la sanación es un viaje de transformación». https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562797 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562797]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie und Manipulation – reading people: Menschen lesen & Psychologie im Alltag nutzen für mehr Erfolg. Das wahrscheinlich letzte Psychologie Buch, das Sie lesen werden Author: Athina Crane Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anna hatte einen neuen Job angeboten bekommen, die Stelle als Personalleiterin. Sie nahm ihn ohne zu zögern an. Doch nach kurzer Zeit stellte sie fest, dass sie vollkommen überfordert war. Kollegen zu überzeugen, sich nicht manipulieren zu lassen und Mitarbeiter zu führen - das alles war für sie neu. Dann traf sie ihre frühere Schulfreundin nach langer Zeit wieder. Sie kannte sich im Bereich der Psychologie sehr gut aus und so ließ Anna es sich nicht nehmen, sich von ihrer guten Freundin ein komplettes Wochenende lang zu schulen. Dadurch verstand Anna schnell, dass viele Bausteine in kurzer Zeit erlernbar sind und zu mehr Glück und Erfolg führen. In diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie, welche konkreten Strategien und Tipps Anna zur Hand bekam und wie diese auch Ihr berufliches sowie privates Leben auf ein neues Level heben können. Wie kann man sich vor unfairen Manipulateuren schützen? Vor Manipulationsversuchen schützen kann man sich nur, wenn man die psychologischen Mechanismen versteht und durchschaut. Meist hat es erhebliche Nachteile, wenn man sich nicht mit diesen Dingen beschäftigt. Stress, zwischenmenschliche Probleme und Ärger sind vorprogrammiert. Das Wissen um die Psychologie und Manipulation bringt auf der einen Seite mehr Ruhe, Gelassenheit und oft auch ein kleines Schmunzeln mit sich. Auf der anderen Seite können Sie mit einfachen Techniken andere Menschen überzeugen und für sich gewinnen. Was Sie in diesem Buch erwartet: Dieser umfassende Ratgeber unterstützt Sie dabei, die Hintergründe zu verstehen, warum Menschen sind wie sie sind. Die Autorin Athina Crane verrät darin zahlreiche bewährte Methoden und veranschaulicht diese an unterhaltsamen und praktischen Beispielen. Sie lernen die Grundlagen der Psychologie & Kommunikation kennen und anwenden. Das wird Ihnen in vielen Alltagssituationen, im Beruf und in Beziehungen helfen. Außerdem verstehen Sie, was in anderen Menschen vorgeht und wie Sie souverän agieren können, um stets die Oberhand zu gewinnen. Athina Crane Mon, 06 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562797 thebookvoice.com 3:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562797]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie und Manipulation – reading people: Menschen lesen & Psychologie im Alltag nutzen für mehr Erfolg. Das wahrscheinlich letzte Psychologie Buch, das Sie lesen werden Author: Athina Crane Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anna hatte einen neuen Job angeboten bekommen, die Stelle als Personalleiterin. Sie nahm ihn ohne zu zögern an. Doch nach kurzer Zeit stellte sie fest, dass sie vollkommen überfordert war. Kollegen zu überzeugen, sich nicht manipulieren zu lassen und Mitarbeiter zu führen - das alles war für sie neu. Dann traf sie ihre frühere Schulfreundin nach langer Zeit wieder. Sie kannte sich im Bereich der Psychologie sehr gut aus und so ließ Anna es sich nicht nehmen, sich von ihrer guten Freundin ein komplettes Wochenende lang zu schulen. Dadurch verstand Anna schnell, dass viele Bausteine in kurzer Zeit erlernbar sind und zu mehr Glück und Erfolg führen. In diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie, welche konkreten Strategien und Tipps Anna zur Hand bekam und wie diese auch Ihr berufliches sowie privates Leben auf ein neues Level heben können. Wie kann man sich vor unfairen Manipulateuren schützen? Vor Manipulationsversuchen schützen kann man sich nur, wenn man die psychologischen Mechanismen versteht und durchschaut. Meist hat es erhebliche Nachteile, wenn man sich nicht mit diesen Dingen beschäftigt. Stress, zwischenmenschliche Probleme und Ärger sind vorprogrammiert. Das Wissen um die Psychologie und Manipulation bringt auf der einen Seite mehr Ruhe, Gelassenheit und oft auch ein kleines Schmunzeln mit sich. Auf der anderen Seite können Sie mit einfachen Techniken andere Menschen überzeugen und für sich gewinnen. Was Sie in diesem Buch erwartet: Dieser umfassende Ratgeber unterstützt Sie dabei, die Hintergründe zu verstehen, warum Menschen sind wie sie sind. Die Autorin Athina Crane verrät darin zahlreiche bewährte Methoden und veranschaulicht diese an unterhaltsamen und praktischen Beispielen. Sie lernen die Grundlagen der Psychologie & Kommunikation kennen und anwenden. Das wird Ihnen in vielen Alltagssituationen, im Beruf und in Beziehungen helfen. Außerdem verstehen Sie, was in anderen Menschen vorgeht und wie Sie souverän agieren können, um stets die Oberhand zu gewinnen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562797]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie und Manipulation – reading people: Menschen lesen & Psychologie im Alltag nutzen für mehr Erfolg. Das wahrscheinlich letzte Psychologie Buch, das Sie lesen werden Author: Athina Crane Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anna hatte einen neuen Job angeboten bekommen, die Stelle als Personalleiterin. Sie nahm ihn ohne zu zögern an. Doch nach kurzer Zeit stellte sie fest, dass sie vollkommen überfordert war. Kollegen zu überzeugen, sich nicht manipulieren zu lassen und Mitarbeiter zu führen - das alles war für sie neu. Dann traf sie ihre frühere Schulfreundin nach langer Zeit wieder. Sie kannte sich im Bereich der Psychologie sehr gut aus und so ließ Anna es sich nicht nehmen, sich von ihrer guten Freundin ein komplettes Wochenende lang zu schulen. Dadurch verstand Anna schnell, dass viele Bausteine in kurzer Zeit erlernbar sind und zu mehr Glück und Erfolg führen. In diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie, welche konkreten Strategien und Tipps Anna zur Hand bekam und wie diese auch Ihr berufliches sowie privates Leben auf ein neues Level heben können. Wie kann man sich vor unfairen Manipulateuren schützen? Vor Manipulationsversuchen schützen kann man sich nur, wenn man die psychologischen Mechanismen versteht und durchschaut. Meist hat es erhebliche Nachteile, wenn man sich nicht mit diesen Dingen beschäftigt. Stress, zwischenmenschliche Probleme und Ärger sind vorprogrammiert. Das Wissen um die Psychologie und Manipulation bringt auf der einen Seite mehr Ruhe, Gelassenheit und oft auch ein kleines Schmunzeln mit sich. Auf der anderen Seite können Sie mit einfachen Techniken andere Menschen überzeugen und für sich gewinnen. Was Sie in diesem Buch erwartet: Dieser umfassende Ratgeber unterstützt Sie dabei, die Hintergründe zu verstehen, warum Menschen sind wie sie sind. Die Autorin Athina Crane verrät darin zahlreiche bewährte Methoden und veranschaulicht diese an unterhaltsamen und praktischen Beispielen. Sie lernen die Grundlagen der Psychologie & Kommunikation kennen und anwenden. Das wird Ihnen in vielen Alltagssituationen, im Beruf und in Beziehungen helfen. Außerdem verstehen Sie, was in anderen Menschen vorgeht und wie Sie souverän agieren können, um stets die Oberhand zu gewinnen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562795 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie für Anfänger – raise your mind: Wie Sie Menschen lesen & überzeugen. Die Grundlagen der Psychologie verstehen für mehr Erfolg im Leben (inkl. psychologische Effekte) Author: Matthias Döring-Menzel Narrator: Lucas Blasius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die enorme Kraft der Psychologie wird oft unterschätzt. Doch wer sie versteht und gezielt zu seinem eigenen Vorteil einsetzt, der wird schnell den gewünschten Erfolg, egal ob privat oder beruflich, erreichen. Menschen lesen und überzeugen ist eine Kunst! Eine Kunst, die auch Sie erlernen können. Tauchen Sie jetzt ein in die spannende Welt der Psychologie. Getreu dem Motto 'RAISE YOUR MIND' erfahren Sie in diesem Ratgeber, mit welchen Methoden, Tipps und Übungen es Ihnen gelingt, die Psychologie zu verstehen und endlich das erfolgreiche Leben zu führen, das Sie verdienen. Weshalb es wichtig ist, das eigene Unterbewusstsein zu entschlüsseln Warum tun Menschen, was sie tun? Warum funktionieren sie in Gruppen oft anders? Diese und viele andere Geheimnisse verrät Ihnen die Psychologie. Nur wenn Sie wissen, weshalb der Mensch tickt, wie er tickt, werden Sie in der Lage sein, sich selbst und andere zu verstehen. Ganz egal, ob Sie das neue Wissen für Ihren Alltag oder Beruf anwenden, es gibt kaum eine Situation, in der es nicht hilfreich ist, die Wirkungsweise des Unterbewusstseins zu begreifen. Freuen Sie sich auf eine spannende Einführung in die Psychologie und lassen Sie sich entführen in verborgene Bereiche der menschlichen Seele. Was Sie in diesem Buch erwartet Dieser Ratgeber erklärt Ihnen die Grundlagen der Psychologie, damit Sie sich selbst und andere besser verstehen können. Ihnen werden 40 unglaubliche psychologische Effekte aufgezeigt, die uns alle tagtäglich begegnen. Darüber hinaus erfahren Sie, wie Sie Menschen lesen und Ihre Persönlichkeit analysieren sowie stärken, unter anderem mithilfe des BIG FIVE Modells. Selbstverständlich werden Sie auch in der Lage sein, die Kraft des Unterbewusstseins und der Positiven Psychologie zu nutzen, um negative Gedanken zu stoppen und endlich erfolgreicher zu werden. Nutzen Sie ab sofort die unglaubliche Macht der Psychologie und erfahren Sie, wie Sie Menschen lesen können. Matthias Döring-Menzel Mon, 06 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562795 thebookvoice.com 2:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie für Anfänger – raise your mind: Wie Sie Menschen lesen & überzeugen. Die Grundlagen der Psychologie verstehen für mehr Erfolg im Leben (inkl. psychologische Effekte) Author: Matthias Döring-Menzel Narrator: Lucas Blasius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die enorme Kraft der Psychologie wird oft unterschätzt. Doch wer sie versteht und gezielt zu seinem eigenen Vorteil einsetzt, der wird schnell den gewünschten Erfolg, egal ob privat oder beruflich, erreichen. Menschen lesen und überzeugen ist eine Kunst! Eine Kunst, die auch Sie erlernen können. Tauchen Sie jetzt ein in die spannende Welt der Psychologie. Getreu dem Motto 'RAISE YOUR MIND' erfahren Sie in diesem Ratgeber, mit welchen Methoden, Tipps und Übungen es Ihnen gelingt, die Psychologie zu verstehen und endlich das erfolgreiche Leben zu führen, das Sie verdienen. Weshalb es wichtig ist, das eigene Unterbewusstsein zu entschlüsseln Warum tun Menschen, was sie tun? Warum funktionieren sie in Gruppen oft anders? Diese und viele andere Geheimnisse verrät Ihnen die Psychologie. Nur wenn Sie wissen, weshalb der Mensch tickt, wie er tickt, werden Sie in der Lage sein, sich selbst und andere zu verstehen. Ganz egal, ob Sie das neue Wissen für Ihren Alltag oder Beruf anwenden, es gibt kaum eine Situation, in der es nicht hilfreich ist, die Wirkungsweise des Unterbewusstseins zu begreifen. Freuen Sie sich auf eine spannende Einführung in die Psychologie und lassen Sie sich entführen in verborgene Bereiche der menschlichen Seele. Was Sie in diesem Buch erwartet Dieser Ratgeber erklärt Ihnen die Grundlagen der Psychologie, damit Sie sich selbst und andere besser verstehen können. Ihnen werden 40 unglaubliche psychologische Effekte aufgezeigt, die uns alle tagtäglich begegnen. Darüber hinaus erfahren Sie, wie Sie Menschen lesen und Ihre Persönlichkeit analysieren sowie stärken, unter anderem mithilfe des BIG FIVE Modells. Selbstverständlich werden Sie auch in der Lage sein, die Kraft des Unterbewusstseins und der Positiven Psychologie zu nutzen, um negative Gedanken zu stoppen und endlich erfolgreicher zu werden. Nutzen Sie ab sofort die unglaubliche Macht der Psychologie und erfahren Sie, wie Sie Menschen lesen können. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychologie für Anfänger – raise your mind: Wie Sie Menschen lesen & überzeugen. Die Grundlagen der Psychologie verstehen für mehr Erfolg im Leben (inkl. psychologische Effekte) Author: Matthias Döring-Menzel Narrator: Lucas Blasius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die enorme Kraft der Psychologie wird oft unterschätzt. Doch wer sie versteht und gezielt zu seinem eigenen Vorteil einsetzt, der wird schnell den gewünschten Erfolg, egal ob privat oder beruflich, erreichen. Menschen lesen und überzeugen ist eine Kunst! Eine Kunst, die auch Sie erlernen können. Tauchen Sie jetzt ein in die spannende Welt der Psychologie. Getreu dem Motto 'RAISE YOUR MIND' erfahren Sie in diesem Ratgeber, mit welchen Methoden, Tipps und Übungen es Ihnen gelingt, die Psychologie zu verstehen und endlich das erfolgreiche Leben zu führen, das Sie verdienen. Weshalb es wichtig ist, das eigene Unterbewusstsein zu entschlüsseln Warum tun Menschen, was sie tun? Warum funktionieren sie in Gruppen oft anders? Diese und viele andere Geheimnisse verrät Ihnen die Psychologie. Nur wenn Sie wissen, weshalb der Mensch tickt, wie er tickt, werden Sie in der Lage sein, sich selbst und andere zu verstehen. Ganz egal, ob Sie das neue Wissen für Ihren Alltag oder Beruf anwenden, es gibt kaum eine Situation, in der es nicht hilfreich ist, die Wirkungsweise des Unterbewusstseins zu begreifen. Freuen Sie sich auf eine spannende Einführung in die Psychologie und lassen Sie sich entführen in verborgene Bereiche der menschlichen Seele. Was Sie in diesem Buch erwartet Dieser Ratgeber erklärt Ihnen die Grundlagen der Psychologie, damit Sie sich selbst und andere besser verstehen können. Ihnen werden 40 unglaubliche psychologische Effekte aufgezeigt, die uns alle tagtäglich begegnen. Darüber hinaus erfahren Sie, wie Sie Menschen lesen und Ihre Persönlichkeit analysieren sowie stärken, unter anderem mithilfe des BIG FIVE Modells. Selbstverständlich werden Sie auch in der Lage sein, die Kraft des Unterbewusstseins und der Positiven Psychologie zu nutzen, um negative Gedanken zu stoppen und endlich erfolgreicher zu werden. Nutzen Sie ab sofort die unglaubliche Macht der Psychologie und erfahren Sie, wie Sie Menschen lesen können. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562595 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562595]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Have More Influence Than You Think: How We Underestimate Our Power of Persuasion, and Why It Matters Author: Vanessa Bohns Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An original investigation of our hidden power to persuade, and how to wield it wisely. If you’ve ever felt ineffective, invisible, or inarticulate, chances are you weren’t actually any of those things. Those feelings may instead have been the result of a lack of awareness we all seem to have for how our words, actions, and even our mere presence affect other people. In You Have More Influence Than You Think social psychologist Vanessa Bohns draws from her original research to illustrate why we fail to recognize the influence we have, and how that lack of awareness can lead us to miss opportunities or accidentally misuse our power. Weaving together compelling stories with cutting edge science, Bohns answers the questions we all want to know (but may be afraid to ask): How much did she take to heart what I said earlier? Do they know they can push back on my suggestions? Did he notice whether I was there today? Will they agree to help me if I ask? Whether attending a meeting, sharing a post online, or mustering the nerve to ask for a favor, we often assume our actions, input, and requests will be overlooked or rejected. Bohns and her work demonstrate that people see us, listen to us, and agree to do things for us much more than we realize—for better, and worse. You Have More Influence Than You Think offers science-based strategies for observing the effect we have on others, reconsidering our fear of rejection, and even, sometimes, pulling back to use our influence less. It is a call to stop searching for ways to gain influence you don’t have and to start recognizing the influence you don’t realize you already have. Vanessa Bohns Tue, 07 Sep 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562595 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562595]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Have More Influence Than You Think: How We Underestimate Our Power of Persuasion, and Why It Matters Author: Vanessa Bohns Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An original investigation of our hidden power to persuade, and how to wield it wisely. If you’ve ever felt ineffective, invisible, or inarticulate, chances are you weren’t actually any of those things. Those feelings may instead have been the result of a lack of awareness we all seem to have for how our words, actions, and even our mere presence affect other people. In You Have More Influence Than You Think social psychologist Vanessa Bohns draws from her original research to illustrate why we fail to recognize the influence we have, and how that lack of awareness can lead us to miss opportunities or accidentally misuse our power. Weaving together compelling stories with cutting edge science, Bohns answers the questions we all want to know (but may be afraid to ask): How much did she take to heart what I said earlier? Do they know they can push back on my suggestions? Did he notice whether I was there today? Will they agree to help me if I ask? Whether attending a meeting, sharing a post online, or mustering the nerve to ask for a favor, we often assume our actions, input, and requests will be overlooked or rejected. Bohns and her work demonstrate that people see us, listen to us, and agree to do things for us much more than we realize—for better, and worse. You Have More Influence Than You Think offers science-based strategies for observing the effect we have on others, reconsidering our fear of rejection, and even, sometimes, pulling back to use our influence less. It is a call to stop searching for ways to gain influence you don’t have and to start recognizing the influence you don’t realize you already have. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562595]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Have More Influence Than You Think: How We Underestimate Our Power of Persuasion, and Why It Matters Author: Vanessa Bohns Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An original investigation of our hidden power to persuade, and how to wield it wisely. If you’ve ever felt ineffective, invisible, or inarticulate, chances are you weren’t actually any of those things. Those feelings may instead have been the result of a lack of awareness we all seem to have for how our words, actions, and even our mere presence affect other people. In You Have More Influence Than You Think social psychologist Vanessa Bohns draws from her original research to illustrate why we fail to recognize the influence we have, and how that lack of awareness can lead us to miss opportunities or accidentally misuse our power. Weaving together compelling stories with cutting edge science, Bohns answers the questions we all want to know (but may be afraid to ask): How much did she take to heart what I said earlier? Do they know they can push back on my suggestions? Did he notice whether I was there today? Will they agree to help me if I ask? Whether attending a meeting, sharing a post online, or mustering the nerve to ask for a favor, we often assume our actions, input, and requests will be overlooked or rejected. Bohns and her work demonstrate that people see us, listen to us, and agree to do things for us much more than we realize—for better, and worse. You Have More Influence Than You Think offers science-based strategies for observing the effect we have on others, reconsidering our fear of rejection, and even, sometimes, pulling back to use our influence less. It is a call to stop searching for ways to gain influence you don’t have and to start recognizing the influence you don’t realize you already have. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562544 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Me, It's You: Break the Blame Cycle. Relationship Better. Author: Vanessa Bennett, John Kim Narrator: Vanessa Bennett, John Kim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Two therapists analyze their own relationship to help untangle the common and frustrating barriers many individuals face on the road to a happy, loving, rewarding partnership. Many of the clients who end up in our respective therapist offices thought they were doing relationships right—avoiding the white picket fence, focusing on careers and experiences over babies and legally-binding documents, choosing someone after they “found themselves” first. However, like clockwork, around their early to mid-thirties, these clients show up at our door. Why? For the first time, they realize that they dislike their relationship and are frustrated by their partner but know that another break-up won’t fix things. They recognize a pattern of relationship misery that has them finally looking in the mirror asking, how do you make a relationship last? It took us many relationships, our own inner self journey (which we’re still on), therapy, therapy school, and helping thousands of people with their relationships, to learn to have better ones ourselves. Vanessa woke up at 31, after ending an engagement and moving to Los Angeles. John thought he woke up at 35 after his divorce. But he didn’t truly wake up until he was pushing 40.  In It’s Not Me, It’s You, John and Vanessa dissect their own relationship to help readers figure out theirs: what their relationships were like in the past, what traumas they carried into the new relationship, and how they work on growing together to foster a healthy and long-term bond. The surprising truth is falling in love is more about you than your partner. It’s more about challenge and growth than comfort and ease, and roots don’t grow from wishful thinking—they grow in the soil of communication, curiosity, patience, and understanding. It’s Not Me, It’s You is for anyone looking for real advice on relationships that takes both sides into account and discusses relationships with the honesty and clarity we all need. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Vanessa Bennett, John Kim Tue, 06 Sep 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562544 thebookvoice.com 6:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Me, It's You: Break the Blame Cycle. Relationship Better. Author: Vanessa Bennett, John Kim Narrator: Vanessa Bennett, John Kim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Two therapists analyze their own relationship to help untangle the common and frustrating barriers many individuals face on the road to a happy, loving, rewarding partnership. Many of the clients who end up in our respective therapist offices thought they were doing relationships right—avoiding the white picket fence, focusing on careers and experiences over babies and legally-binding documents, choosing someone after they “found themselves” first. However, like clockwork, around their early to mid-thirties, these clients show up at our door. Why? For the first time, they realize that they dislike their relationship and are frustrated by their partner but know that another break-up won’t fix things. They recognize a pattern of relationship misery that has them finally looking in the mirror asking, how do you make a relationship last? It took us many relationships, our own inner self journey (which we’re still on), therapy, therapy school, and helping thousands of people with their relationships, to learn to have better ones ourselves. Vanessa woke up at 31, after ending an engagement and moving to Los Angeles. John thought he woke up at 35 after his divorce. But he didn’t truly wake up until he was pushing 40.  In It’s Not Me, It’s You, John and Vanessa dissect their own relationship to help readers figure out theirs: what their relationships were like in the past, what traumas they carried into the new relationship, and how they work on growing together to foster a healthy and long-term bond. The surprising truth is falling in love is more about you than your partner. It’s more about challenge and growth than comfort and ease, and roots don’t grow from wishful thinking—they grow in the soil of communication, curiosity, patience, and understanding. It’s Not Me, It’s You is for anyone looking for real advice on relationships that takes both sides into account and discusses relationships with the honesty and clarity we all need. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Me, It's You: Break the Blame Cycle. Relationship Better. Author: Vanessa Bennett, John Kim Narrator: Vanessa Bennett, John Kim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Two therapists analyze their own relationship to help untangle the common and frustrating barriers many individuals face on the road to a happy, loving, rewarding partnership. Many of the clients who end up in our respective therapist offices thought they were doing relationships right—avoiding the white picket fence, focusing on careers and experiences over babies and legally-binding documents, choosing someone after they “found themselves” first. However, like clockwork, around their early to mid-thirties, these clients show up at our door. Why? For the first time, they realize that they dislike their relationship and are frustrated by their partner but know that another break-up won’t fix things. They recognize a pattern of relationship misery that has them finally looking in the mirror asking, how do you make a relationship last? It took us many relationships, our own inner self journey (which we’re still on), therapy, therapy school, and helping thousands of people with their relationships, to learn to have better ones ourselves. Vanessa woke up at 31, after ending an engagement and moving to Los Angeles. John thought he woke up at 35 after his divorce. But he didn’t truly wake up until he was pushing 40.  In It’s Not Me, It’s You, John and Vanessa dissect their own relationship to help readers figure out theirs: what their relationships were like in the past, what traumas they carried into the new relationship, and how they work on growing together to foster a healthy and long-term bond. The surprising truth is falling in love is more about you than your partner. It’s more about challenge and growth than comfort and ease, and roots don’t grow from wishful thinking—they grow in the soil of communication, curiosity, patience, and understanding. It’s Not Me, It’s You is for anyone looking for real advice on relationships that takes both sides into account and discusses relationships with the honesty and clarity we all need. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562409 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Reboot: New Treatments for Healing Depression Author: Michael Henry Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychiatrist and Director of the Bipolar Clinic and Research Program at Massachusetts General looks at the three new alternate—deemed miraculous—treatments for depression: ECT, Ketamine, and TMS.   Depression affects eleven million people in the United States alone and 300 million people worldwide. It ruins lives, careers, families, and love of life.  We often think of pharmaceutical treatments at the best way to treat depression, but the truth is that they don't work for everyone or they lose their efficacy for a third to half of all people with clinical depression. But help is on the way in the form of three alternative treatments coming to the forefront: electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), ketamine, and transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS). Curing people of depression is Dr. Michael Henry's life's work. As one of the foremost doctors in ECT, Dr. Henry sets out to show readers that these three treatments, which are fraught with stereotypes and mystery, are actually miraculous--and proven to be so. Often, they can serve as a "brain reboot" to get trusted medications to start working again. While these are not treatments you can do yourself‑‑nor are they always easy to obtain‑‑Dr. Henry sheds light where is little, offers sufferers options, and looks to the future of depression treatment.   Brain Reboot provides a balanced, evidence‑based humanized guide to these three treatments. It also focuses on the practical steps people need to take to get these treatments, as well as how family and friends can support someone undergoing treatment, and discusses emerging technology that is complementary to treatment. Michael Henry Tue, 29 Nov 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562409 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Reboot: New Treatments for Healing Depression Author: Michael Henry Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychiatrist and Director of the Bipolar Clinic and Research Program at Massachusetts General looks at the three new alternate—deemed miraculous—treatments for depression: ECT, Ketamine, and TMS.   Depression affects eleven million people in the United States alone and 300 million people worldwide. It ruins lives, careers, families, and love of life.  We often think of pharmaceutical treatments at the best way to treat depression, but the truth is that they don't work for everyone or they lose their efficacy for a third to half of all people with clinical depression. But help is on the way in the form of three alternative treatments coming to the forefront: electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), ketamine, and transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS). Curing people of depression is Dr. Michael Henry's life's work. As one of the foremost doctors in ECT, Dr. Henry sets out to show readers that these three treatments, which are fraught with stereotypes and mystery, are actually miraculous--and proven to be so. Often, they can serve as a "brain reboot" to get trusted medications to start working again. While these are not treatments you can do yourself‑‑nor are they always easy to obtain‑‑Dr. Henry sheds light where is little, offers sufferers options, and looks to the future of depression treatment.   Brain Reboot provides a balanced, evidence‑based humanized guide to these three treatments. It also focuses on the practical steps people need to take to get these treatments, as well as how family and friends can support someone undergoing treatment, and discusses emerging technology that is complementary to treatment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Reboot: New Treatments for Healing Depression Author: Michael Henry Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychiatrist and Director of the Bipolar Clinic and Research Program at Massachusetts General looks at the three new alternate—deemed miraculous—treatments for depression: ECT, Ketamine, and TMS.   Depression affects eleven million people in the United States alone and 300 million people worldwide. It ruins lives, careers, families, and love of life.  We often think of pharmaceutical treatments at the best way to treat depression, but the truth is that they don't work for everyone or they lose their efficacy for a third to half of all people with clinical depression. But help is on the way in the form of three alternative treatments coming to the forefront: electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), ketamine, and transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS). Curing people of depression is Dr. Michael Henry's life's work. As one of the foremost doctors in ECT, Dr. Henry sets out to show readers that these three treatments, which are fraught with stereotypes and mystery, are actually miraculous--and proven to be so. Often, they can serve as a "brain reboot" to get trusted medications to start working again. While these are not treatments you can do yourself‑‑nor are they always easy to obtain‑‑Dr. Henry sheds light where is little, offers sufferers options, and looks to the future of depression treatment.   Brain Reboot provides a balanced, evidence‑based humanized guide to these three treatments. It also focuses on the practical steps people need to take to get these treatments, as well as how family and friends can support someone undergoing treatment, and discusses emerging technology that is complementary to treatment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Deshaciendo errores: Kahneman, Tversky y la amistad que nos enseñó cómo funciona la mente Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Mario De Candia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Michael Lewis examina en este brillante libro cómo la amistad entre David Kahneman y Amos Tversky revolucionó radicalmente nuestra manera de entender el funcionamiento de la mente humana. Hace más de cuarenta años, una serie de experimentos totalmente originales de dos jóvenes psicólogos, Daniel Kahneman y Amos Tversky, desmontaron todas las suposiciones existentes respecto al funcionamiento de la mente humana y la toma de decisiones. Deshaciendo errores es el maravilloso relato de la colaboración de estos dos hombres de ciencia que bien podrían ser grandes figuras literarias. Héroes académicos y bélicos -ambos tuvieron una importante carrera militar- sus investigaciones estuvieron profundamente ligadas a sus experiencias vitales. Tversky era un personaje brillante, con un magnetismo inusual, confiado y extrovertido; Kahneman, un fugitivo de la represión nazi durante su infancia, era un introvertido que se cuestionaba todo lo que le rodeaba. Su relación fue tan cercana, que resulta imposible saber de qué mente surgieron qué ideas: son de lejos el dúo más fascinante de la historia de la psicología conductiva. En su estilo habitual, Lewis nos ofrece un libro magistral sobre un tema pionero, explorado a través de las personalidades de dos asombrosos individuos tan fundamentalmente opuestos que sorprende que llegasen a ser amigos, tan siquiera colegas, pero que en el proceso cambiaron radicalmente la manera de entender cómo pensamos y por qué nos equivocamos tan fácilmente. Reseña: «Michael Lewis es el mejor contador de historia de nuestra generación.» Malcolm Gladwell Michael Lewis Thu, 09 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562277 thebookvoice.com 12:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Deshaciendo errores: Kahneman, Tversky y la amistad que nos enseñó cómo funciona la mente Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Mario De Candia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Michael Lewis examina en este brillante libro cómo la amistad entre David Kahneman y Amos Tversky revolucionó radicalmente nuestra manera de entender el funcionamiento de la mente humana. Hace más de cuarenta años, una serie de experimentos totalmente originales de dos jóvenes psicólogos, Daniel Kahneman y Amos Tversky, desmontaron todas las suposiciones existentes respecto al funcionamiento de la mente humana y la toma de decisiones. Deshaciendo errores es el maravilloso relato de la colaboración de estos dos hombres de ciencia que bien podrían ser grandes figuras literarias. Héroes académicos y bélicos -ambos tuvieron una importante carrera militar- sus investigaciones estuvieron profundamente ligadas a sus experiencias vitales. Tversky era un personaje brillante, con un magnetismo inusual, confiado y extrovertido; Kahneman, un fugitivo de la represión nazi durante su infancia, era un introvertido que se cuestionaba todo lo que le rodeaba. Su relación fue tan cercana, que resulta imposible saber de qué mente surgieron qué ideas: son de lejos el dúo más fascinante de la historia de la psicología conductiva. En su estilo habitual, Lewis nos ofrece un libro magistral sobre un tema pionero, explorado a través de las personalidades de dos asombrosos individuos tan fundamentalmente opuestos que sorprende que llegasen a ser amigos, tan siquiera colegas, pero que en el proceso cambiaron radicalmente la manera de entender cómo pensamos y por qué nos equivocamos tan fácilmente. Reseña: «Michael Lewis es el mejor contador de historia de nuestra generación.» Malcolm Gladwell Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Deshaciendo errores: Kahneman, Tversky y la amistad que nos enseñó cómo funciona la mente Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Mario De Candia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Michael Lewis examina en este brillante libro cómo la amistad entre David Kahneman y Amos Tversky revolucionó radicalmente nuestra manera de entender el funcionamiento de la mente humana. Hace más de cuarenta años, una serie de experimentos totalmente originales de dos jóvenes psicólogos, Daniel Kahneman y Amos Tversky, desmontaron todas las suposiciones existentes respecto al funcionamiento de la mente humana y la toma de decisiones. Deshaciendo errores es el maravilloso relato de la colaboración de estos dos hombres de ciencia que bien podrían ser grandes figuras literarias. Héroes académicos y bélicos -ambos tuvieron una importante carrera militar- sus investigaciones estuvieron profundamente ligadas a sus experiencias vitales. Tversky era un personaje brillante, con un magnetismo inusual, confiado y extrovertido; Kahneman, un fugitivo de la represión nazi durante su infancia, era un introvertido que se cuestionaba todo lo que le rodeaba. Su relación fue tan cercana, que resulta imposible saber de qué mente surgieron qué ideas: son de lejos el dúo más fascinante de la historia de la psicología conductiva. En su estilo habitual, Lewis nos ofrece un libro magistral sobre un tema pionero, explorado a través de las personalidades de dos asombrosos individuos tan fundamentalmente opuestos que sorprende que llegasen a ser amigos, tan siquiera colegas, pero que en el proceso cambiaron radicalmente la manera de entender cómo pensamos y por qué nos equivocamos tan fácilmente. Reseña: «Michael Lewis es el mejor contador de historia de nuestra generación.» Malcolm Gladwell https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562249 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562249]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sé amable con el autismo: Manual de navegación para todos Author: Alexia Rattazzi Narrator: Victoria Espinola Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La doctora Alexia Ratazzi, especialista en autismo, propone un camino diferente y posible para abordar una de las condiciones más complejas y difíciles de diagnosticar y de tratar. Uno de cada cincuenta y nueve niñxs tiene alguna condición dentro del espectro autista (CEA). Pero ¿qué es el autismo? ¿Cómo se diagnostica? ¿Se puede prevenir? ¿Qué rol tiene la Salud Pública? La doctora Alexia Rattazzi aborda cada una de estas preguntas (y muchas más) para explicarnos porqué el autismo no es una enfermedad, sino una condición. Cuándo es necesario brindar apoyo y cuál es la forma de contención que las personas más cercanas pueden proporcionar. Sé amable con el autismo no solo ofrece definiciones y abordajes, también demuestra la importancia de la calidad humana cuando se trata de acompañar a personas con CEA y propone herramientas para navegar en las aguas de la diversidad. Los valores, las creencias y los mitos forman parte de la sociedad que habitamos y, en este sentido, las personas pueden ser un instrumento transformador de la realidad de otros. Actos tan sencillos como sonreír, ser pacientes y creer en el potencial del otro pueden cambiar el presente y el futuro de cualquier persona, tenga o no una discapacidad. Este libro es una invitación a cambiar la mirada sobre el autismo y un estímulo para transformar el mundo en un lugar más inclusivo para todxs. Alexia Rattazzi Thu, 09 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562249 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562249]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sé amable con el autismo: Manual de navegación para todos Author: Alexia Rattazzi Narrator: Victoria Espinola Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La doctora Alexia Ratazzi, especialista en autismo, propone un camino diferente y posible para abordar una de las condiciones más complejas y difíciles de diagnosticar y de tratar. Uno de cada cincuenta y nueve niñxs tiene alguna condición dentro del espectro autista (CEA). Pero ¿qué es el autismo? ¿Cómo se diagnostica? ¿Se puede prevenir? ¿Qué rol tiene la Salud Pública? La doctora Alexia Rattazzi aborda cada una de estas preguntas (y muchas más) para explicarnos porqué el autismo no es una enfermedad, sino una condición. Cuándo es necesario brindar apoyo y cuál es la forma de contención que las personas más cercanas pueden proporcionar. Sé amable con el autismo no solo ofrece definiciones y abordajes, también demuestra la importancia de la calidad humana cuando se trata de acompañar a personas con CEA y propone herramientas para navegar en las aguas de la diversidad. Los valores, las creencias y los mitos forman parte de la sociedad que habitamos y, en este sentido, las personas pueden ser un instrumento transformador de la realidad de otros. Actos tan sencillos como sonreír, ser pacientes y creer en el potencial del otro pueden cambiar el presente y el futuro de cualquier persona, tenga o no una discapacidad. Este libro es una invitación a cambiar la mirada sobre el autismo y un estímulo para transformar el mundo en un lugar más inclusivo para todxs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562249]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sé amable con el autismo: Manual de navegación para todos Author: Alexia Rattazzi Narrator: Victoria Espinola Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La doctora Alexia Ratazzi, especialista en autismo, propone un camino diferente y posible para abordar una de las condiciones más complejas y difíciles de diagnosticar y de tratar. Uno de cada cincuenta y nueve niñxs tiene alguna condición dentro del espectro autista (CEA). Pero ¿qué es el autismo? ¿Cómo se diagnostica? ¿Se puede prevenir? ¿Qué rol tiene la Salud Pública? La doctora Alexia Rattazzi aborda cada una de estas preguntas (y muchas más) para explicarnos porqué el autismo no es una enfermedad, sino una condición. Cuándo es necesario brindar apoyo y cuál es la forma de contención que las personas más cercanas pueden proporcionar. Sé amable con el autismo no solo ofrece definiciones y abordajes, también demuestra la importancia de la calidad humana cuando se trata de acompañar a personas con CEA y propone herramientas para navegar en las aguas de la diversidad. Los valores, las creencias y los mitos forman parte de la sociedad que habitamos y, en este sentido, las personas pueden ser un instrumento transformador de la realidad de otros. Actos tan sencillos como sonreír, ser pacientes y creer en el potencial del otro pueden cambiar el presente y el futuro de cualquier persona, tenga o no una discapacidad. Este libro es una invitación a cambiar la mirada sobre el autismo y un estímulo para transformar el mundo en un lugar más inclusivo para todxs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562238 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - NLP für Anfänger: Mit einfacher Psychologie, Manipulationstechniken und der richtigen Körpersprache Schritt für Schritt zu mehr Erfolg Author: Boris Lehmann Narrator: Sebastian Cohrs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sie wollen lernen, effektiv andere Menschen zu manipulieren? Dieses Buch möchte Ihnen dabei Ratgeber, Nachschlagewerk und Begleiter sein. Oft denken Menschen, andere zu manipulieren sei etwas Schlechtes. Dabei muss das nicht der Fall sein. Überlegen Sie sich vorab, ob Sie die Person zu etwas zwingen wollen, das dieser nicht guttut. Wenn Sie diese Frage mit Nein beantworten können, was spricht dann gegen die Anwendung von Manipulationstechniken? Wir alle manipulieren unbewusst ständig andere Menschen und werden ebenso durch andere unbewusst manipuliert. Menschen, die gut manipulieren können, haben nur gelernt, diesen Vorgang bewusst durchzuführen. Oft können wir dadurch sogar einbeziehen, was der andere möchte. Manipulationstechniken können Ihnen also zu einem ethischeren Umgang mit Ihren Mitmenschen verhelfen. Das erwartet Sie: -Was ist NLP? -NLP-Techniken und Strategien -Manipulationstechniken -Was bedeutet die Körpersprache? -BONUS: Mindset-Tagebuch -und vieles mehr ... Boris Lehmann Wed, 01 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562238 thebookvoice.com 1:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - NLP für Anfänger: Mit einfacher Psychologie, Manipulationstechniken und der richtigen Körpersprache Schritt für Schritt zu mehr Erfolg Author: Boris Lehmann Narrator: Sebastian Cohrs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sie wollen lernen, effektiv andere Menschen zu manipulieren? Dieses Buch möchte Ihnen dabei Ratgeber, Nachschlagewerk und Begleiter sein. Oft denken Menschen, andere zu manipulieren sei etwas Schlechtes. Dabei muss das nicht der Fall sein. Überlegen Sie sich vorab, ob Sie die Person zu etwas zwingen wollen, das dieser nicht guttut. Wenn Sie diese Frage mit Nein beantworten können, was spricht dann gegen die Anwendung von Manipulationstechniken? Wir alle manipulieren unbewusst ständig andere Menschen und werden ebenso durch andere unbewusst manipuliert. Menschen, die gut manipulieren können, haben nur gelernt, diesen Vorgang bewusst durchzuführen. Oft können wir dadurch sogar einbeziehen, was der andere möchte. Manipulationstechniken können Ihnen also zu einem ethischeren Umgang mit Ihren Mitmenschen verhelfen. Das erwartet Sie: -Was ist NLP? -NLP-Techniken und Strategien -Manipulationstechniken -Was bedeutet die Körpersprache? -BONUS: Mindset-Tagebuch -und vieles mehr ... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - NLP für Anfänger: Mit einfacher Psychologie, Manipulationstechniken und der richtigen Körpersprache Schritt für Schritt zu mehr Erfolg Author: Boris Lehmann Narrator: Sebastian Cohrs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sie wollen lernen, effektiv andere Menschen zu manipulieren? Dieses Buch möchte Ihnen dabei Ratgeber, Nachschlagewerk und Begleiter sein. Oft denken Menschen, andere zu manipulieren sei etwas Schlechtes. Dabei muss das nicht der Fall sein. Überlegen Sie sich vorab, ob Sie die Person zu etwas zwingen wollen, das dieser nicht guttut. Wenn Sie diese Frage mit Nein beantworten können, was spricht dann gegen die Anwendung von Manipulationstechniken? Wir alle manipulieren unbewusst ständig andere Menschen und werden ebenso durch andere unbewusst manipuliert. Menschen, die gut manipulieren können, haben nur gelernt, diesen Vorgang bewusst durchzuführen. Oft können wir dadurch sogar einbeziehen, was der andere möchte. Manipulationstechniken können Ihnen also zu einem ethischeren Umgang mit Ihren Mitmenschen verhelfen. Das erwartet Sie: -Was ist NLP? -NLP-Techniken und Strategien -Manipulationstechniken -Was bedeutet die Körpersprache? -BONUS: Mindset-Tagebuch -und vieles mehr ... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562196 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - LES TECHNIQUES DE MANIPULATION - Le pouvoir de la manipulation: Comment analyser les gens autour de vous et utiliser des méthodes judicieuses issues de la psychologie pour les gagner à votre cause Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vous voulez utiliser des astuces psychologiques pour communiquer de manière ciblée? Voulez-vous vous protéger de la manipulation par les médias ou d'autres personnes? Voulez-vous utiliser l'art de la rhétorique manipulatrice pour mieux réussir? Devenez maître de la persuasion grâce à ce livre! La manipulation est l'outil le plus puissant de la communication. Grâce à un langage corporel et une rhétorique ciblés, vous pouvez captiver l'attention de votre interlocuteur avec vos propres idées. En dégageant de la confiance en soi, vous remporterez des débats, trouverez des solutions simples avec les parties en conflit et paraîtrez toujours calme. Et ce n'est pas tout: charmez la personne de vos rêves en un clin d'œil avec un charisme incomparable, pour qu'on se souvienne de vous! Voilà comment vos rêves deviendront réels: Savoir reconnaître la manipulation et s'en protéger - Influencer le subconscient par une rhétorique et un langage corporel forts - Laisser des impressions durables dans les discours et les conversations en ayant une attitude souveraine - Réaliser vos objectifs le plus vite possible - Persuader d'autres personnes de vos intérêts et de vos idées Les possibilités d'application de vos nouvelles compétences sont infinies : - Se faire des amis et rencontrer des gens plus rapidement - Inciter votre patron à vous accorder une augmentation de salaire - Éviter les conflits avec votre partenaire et créer des liens sociaux plus harmonieux - Et bien plus encore! La manipulation se produit tous les jours. Mais vous pouvez décider maintenant si vous voulez en profiter ou vous laisser influencer. Simplifiez votre quotidien grâce à des techniques de manipulation bien précises - vous aurez moins de stress dans votre vie privée et une réussite professionnelle plus rapide! Appuyez sur 'Acheter cet article' pour obtenir le guide simple, étape par étape, de la persuasion sans condition, directement chez vous! Justus Kronfeld Wed, 01 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562196 thebookvoice.com 2:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - LES TECHNIQUES DE MANIPULATION - Le pouvoir de la manipulation: Comment analyser les gens autour de vous et utiliser des méthodes judicieuses issues de la psychologie pour les gagner à votre cause Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vous voulez utiliser des astuces psychologiques pour communiquer de manière ciblée? Voulez-vous vous protéger de la manipulation par les médias ou d'autres personnes? Voulez-vous utiliser l'art de la rhétorique manipulatrice pour mieux réussir? Devenez maître de la persuasion grâce à ce livre! La manipulation est l'outil le plus puissant de la communication. Grâce à un langage corporel et une rhétorique ciblés, vous pouvez captiver l'attention de votre interlocuteur avec vos propres idées. En dégageant de la confiance en soi, vous remporterez des débats, trouverez des solutions simples avec les parties en conflit et paraîtrez toujours calme. Et ce n'est pas tout: charmez la personne de vos rêves en un clin d'œil avec un charisme incomparable, pour qu'on se souvienne de vous! Voilà comment vos rêves deviendront réels: Savoir reconnaître la manipulation et s'en protéger - Influencer le subconscient par une rhétorique et un langage corporel forts - Laisser des impressions durables dans les discours et les conversations en ayant une attitude souveraine - Réaliser vos objectifs le plus vite possible - Persuader d'autres personnes de vos intérêts et de vos idées Les possibilités d'application de vos nouvelles compétences sont infinies : - Se faire des amis et rencontrer des gens plus rapidement - Inciter votre patron à vous accorder une augmentation de salaire - Éviter les conflits avec votre partenaire et créer des liens sociaux plus harmonieux - Et bien plus encore! La manipulation se produit tous les jours. Mais vous pouvez décider maintenant si vous voulez en profiter ou vous laisser influencer. Simplifiez votre quotidien grâce à des techniques de manipulation bien précises - vous aurez moins de stress dans votre vie privée et une réussite professionnelle plus rapide! Appuyez sur 'Acheter cet article' pour obtenir le guide simple, étape par étape, de la persuasion sans condition, directement chez vous! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - LES TECHNIQUES DE MANIPULATION - Le pouvoir de la manipulation: Comment analyser les gens autour de vous et utiliser des méthodes judicieuses issues de la psychologie pour les gagner à votre cause Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vous voulez utiliser des astuces psychologiques pour communiquer de manière ciblée? Voulez-vous vous protéger de la manipulation par les médias ou d'autres personnes? Voulez-vous utiliser l'art de la rhétorique manipulatrice pour mieux réussir? Devenez maître de la persuasion grâce à ce livre! La manipulation est l'outil le plus puissant de la communication. Grâce à un langage corporel et une rhétorique ciblés, vous pouvez captiver l'attention de votre interlocuteur avec vos propres idées. En dégageant de la confiance en soi, vous remporterez des débats, trouverez des solutions simples avec les parties en conflit et paraîtrez toujours calme. Et ce n'est pas tout: charmez la personne de vos rêves en un clin d'œil avec un charisme incomparable, pour qu'on se souvienne de vous! Voilà comment vos rêves deviendront réels: Savoir reconnaître la manipulation et s'en protéger - Influencer le subconscient par une rhétorique et un langage corporel forts - Laisser des impressions durables dans les discours et les conversations en ayant une attitude souveraine - Réaliser vos objectifs le plus vite possible - Persuader d'autres personnes de vos intérêts et de vos idées Les possibilités d'application de vos nouvelles compétences sont infinies : - Se faire des amis et rencontrer des gens plus rapidement - Inciter votre patron à vous accorder une augmentation de salaire - Éviter les conflits avec votre partenaire et créer des liens sociaux plus harmonieux - Et bien plus encore! La manipulation se produit tous les jours. Mais vous pouvez décider maintenant si vous voulez en profiter ou vous laisser influencer. Simplifiez votre quotidien grâce à des techniques de manipulation bien précises - vous aurez moins de stress dans votre vie privée et une réussite professionnelle plus rapide! Appuyez sur 'Acheter cet article' pour obtenir le guide simple, étape par étape, de la persuasion sans condition, directement chez vous! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562198 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - LA PUISSANCE DE LA PSYCHOLOGIE: Utiliser la psychologie et les techniques de manipulation à son avantage, maîtriser l'analyse comportementale et apprendre à influencer son entourage Author: David Campbell Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Augmenter sa productivité, devenir plus heureux et influencer son entourage avec les notions de base de la psychologie Vous souhaitez comprendre les bases de la psychologie et dépasser les simples croyances populaires ? Vous voulez apprendre comment notre esprit fonctionne et comment utiliser ces principes à votre avantage ? Vous voulez en savoir plus sur les effets psychologiques et découvrir comment ils pourraient améliorer votre vie ? Dans ce cas, vous venez de trouver exactement le bon livre ! Il vous sera très difficile de trouver un autre ouvrage détaillant de façon aussi complète les différents éléments de la psychologie humaine et qui vous montre comment utiliser ces connaissances en pratique afin de devenir plus heureux, mieux réussir dans vos projets et avoir une vie équilibrée. - Plonger dans l'histoire passionnante de la psychologie et découvrez les avancées majeures de la science pendant les derniers siècles ! - Appropriez-vous un véritable trésor de connaissances issues des différents domaines de la psychologie - La biopsychologie, comme la neuropsychologie et la psychopharmacologie - La psychologie de la personnalité - La psychologie sociale - La psychologie clinique - Et bien plus encore ! - Découvrez 16 effets psychologiques intéressants, comme l'effet papillon ou l'effet placebo et apprenez à les utiliser au quotidien ! - Profitez de ces connaissances et - Protégez-vous efficacement des tentatives de manipulation psychologique et utiliser les techniques de manipulation à votre propre avantage - Améliorez la qualité de vos relations Ce livre vous offre un contenu facile à comprendre basé sur des recherches scientifiques et sans charabia ! Les concepts de la psychologie sont expliqués de façon facile et utilisable par absolument tout le monde. Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre exemplaire, et apprenez toutes les techniques, méthodes et principes de la psychologie et utilisez les effets psychologiques à votre propre avantage ! David Campbell Wed, 01 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562198 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - LA PUISSANCE DE LA PSYCHOLOGIE: Utiliser la psychologie et les techniques de manipulation à son avantage, maîtriser l'analyse comportementale et apprendre à influencer son entourage Author: David Campbell Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Augmenter sa productivité, devenir plus heureux et influencer son entourage avec les notions de base de la psychologie Vous souhaitez comprendre les bases de la psychologie et dépasser les simples croyances populaires ? Vous voulez apprendre comment notre esprit fonctionne et comment utiliser ces principes à votre avantage ? Vous voulez en savoir plus sur les effets psychologiques et découvrir comment ils pourraient améliorer votre vie ? Dans ce cas, vous venez de trouver exactement le bon livre ! Il vous sera très difficile de trouver un autre ouvrage détaillant de façon aussi complète les différents éléments de la psychologie humaine et qui vous montre comment utiliser ces connaissances en pratique afin de devenir plus heureux, mieux réussir dans vos projets et avoir une vie équilibrée. - Plonger dans l'histoire passionnante de la psychologie et découvrez les avancées majeures de la science pendant les derniers siècles ! - Appropriez-vous un véritable trésor de connaissances issues des différents domaines de la psychologie - La biopsychologie, comme la neuropsychologie et la psychopharmacologie - La psychologie de la personnalité - La psychologie sociale - La psychologie clinique - Et bien plus encore ! - Découvrez 16 effets psychologiques intéressants, comme l'effet papillon ou l'effet placebo et apprenez à les utiliser au quotidien ! - Profitez de ces connaissances et - Protégez-vous efficacement des tentatives de manipulation psychologique et utiliser les techniques de manipulation à votre propre avantage - Améliorez la qualité de vos relations Ce livre vous offre un contenu facile à comprendre basé sur des recherches scientifiques et sans charabia ! Les concepts de la psychologie sont expliqués de façon facile et utilisable par absolument tout le monde. Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre exemplaire, et apprenez toutes les techniques, méthodes et principes de la psychologie et utilisez les effets psychologiques à votre propre avantage ! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - LA PUISSANCE DE LA PSYCHOLOGIE: Utiliser la psychologie et les techniques de manipulation à son avantage, maîtriser l'analyse comportementale et apprendre à influencer son entourage Author: David Campbell Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Augmenter sa productivité, devenir plus heureux et influencer son entourage avec les notions de base de la psychologie Vous souhaitez comprendre les bases de la psychologie et dépasser les simples croyances populaires ? Vous voulez apprendre comment notre esprit fonctionne et comment utiliser ces principes à votre avantage ? Vous voulez en savoir plus sur les effets psychologiques et découvrir comment ils pourraient améliorer votre vie ? Dans ce cas, vous venez de trouver exactement le bon livre ! Il vous sera très difficile de trouver un autre ouvrage détaillant de façon aussi complète les différents éléments de la psychologie humaine et qui vous montre comment utiliser ces connaissances en pratique afin de devenir plus heureux, mieux réussir dans vos projets et avoir une vie équilibrée. - Plonger dans l'histoire passionnante de la psychologie et découvrez les avancées majeures de la science pendant les derniers siècles ! - Appropriez-vous un véritable trésor de connaissances issues des différents domaines de la psychologie - La biopsychologie, comme la neuropsychologie et la psychopharmacologie - La psychologie de la personnalité - La psychologie sociale - La psychologie clinique - Et bien plus encore ! - Découvrez 16 effets psychologiques intéressants, comme l'effet papillon ou l'effet placebo et apprenez à les utiliser au quotidien ! - Profitez de ces connaissances et - Protégez-vous efficacement des tentatives de manipulation psychologique et utiliser les techniques de manipulation à votre propre avantage - Améliorez la qualité de vos relations Ce livre vous offre un contenu facile à comprendre basé sur des recherches scientifiques et sans charabia ! Les concepts de la psychologie sont expliqués de façon facile et utilisable par absolument tout le monde. Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre exemplaire, et apprenez toutes les techniques, méthodes et principes de la psychologie et utilisez les effets psychologiques à votre propre avantage ! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562090 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Armut verstehen - Eine kognitive Annäherung (Ungekürzt) Author: Ruby K. Payne Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein bahnbrechender Bestseller. Weltweit mehr als 1,8 Millionen verkaufte Exemplare. Menschen in Armut sehen sich Herausforderungen gegenüber, die den Menschen der Mittelschicht oder der Oberschicht praktisch unbekannt sind. Die Realität, arm zu sein, bringt eine Überlebensmentalität hervor und lenkt die Aufmerksamkeit von den Möglichkeiten ab, die von allen anderen als gegeben angesehen werden. Wenn Sie mit Menschen in Armut zusammenarbeiten, wird es von unschätzbarem Wert sein, zu verstehen, wie sehr sich ihre Welt von Ihrer unterscheidet. Ruby K. Payne hat jahrelang in Schulen und Schulbezirken gearbeitet und weiß daher aus erster Hand, dass Lehrer neben der Theorie auch handfeste, anwendbare Strategien brauchen. Ganz gleich, ob Sie ein Pädagoge sind oder nicht - dieses bahnbrechende Hörbuch bietet Ihnen praktische Unterstützung und Anleitung, um Ihre Effektivität in der Arbeit mit verschiedenen Menschen zu verbessern. Dieses Hörbuch kann Ihnen helfen, Menschen aus armen Schichten besser zu verstehen und einen positiven Einfluss auf ihre Chancen im Leben zu nehmen, indem es: - die nötigen Mittel und Ressourcen für Bildung ausmacht; - Interventionsstrategien bietet; - die intergenerationelle Zusammenarbeit verbessert; - das Denken generationenübergreifender Armut erklärt. Ruby K. Payne, Ph.D., ist Pädagogin, international gefragte Rednerin, Bestsellerautorin und Gründerin und Präsidentin von aha! Process, Inc. Original title: A Framework for Understanding Poverty. A Cognitive Approach Ruby K. Payne Tue, 03 Aug 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562090 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Armut verstehen - Eine kognitive Annäherung (Ungekürzt) Author: Ruby K. Payne Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein bahnbrechender Bestseller. Weltweit mehr als 1,8 Millionen verkaufte Exemplare. Menschen in Armut sehen sich Herausforderungen gegenüber, die den Menschen der Mittelschicht oder der Oberschicht praktisch unbekannt sind. Die Realität, arm zu sein, bringt eine Überlebensmentalität hervor und lenkt die Aufmerksamkeit von den Möglichkeiten ab, die von allen anderen als gegeben angesehen werden. Wenn Sie mit Menschen in Armut zusammenarbeiten, wird es von unschätzbarem Wert sein, zu verstehen, wie sehr sich ihre Welt von Ihrer unterscheidet. Ruby K. Payne hat jahrelang in Schulen und Schulbezirken gearbeitet und weiß daher aus erster Hand, dass Lehrer neben der Theorie auch handfeste, anwendbare Strategien brauchen. Ganz gleich, ob Sie ein Pädagoge sind oder nicht - dieses bahnbrechende Hörbuch bietet Ihnen praktische Unterstützung und Anleitung, um Ihre Effektivität in der Arbeit mit verschiedenen Menschen zu verbessern. Dieses Hörbuch kann Ihnen helfen, Menschen aus armen Schichten besser zu verstehen und einen positiven Einfluss auf ihre Chancen im Leben zu nehmen, indem es: - die nötigen Mittel und Ressourcen für Bildung ausmacht; - Interventionsstrategien bietet; - die intergenerationelle Zusammenarbeit verbessert; - das Denken generationenübergreifender Armut erklärt. Ruby K. Payne, Ph.D., ist Pädagogin, international gefragte Rednerin, Bestsellerautorin und Gründerin und Präsidentin von aha! Process, Inc. Original title: A Framework for Understanding Poverty. A Cognitive Approach Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Armut verstehen - Eine kognitive Annäherung (Ungekürzt) Author: Ruby K. Payne Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein bahnbrechender Bestseller. Weltweit mehr als 1,8 Millionen verkaufte Exemplare. Menschen in Armut sehen sich Herausforderungen gegenüber, die den Menschen der Mittelschicht oder der Oberschicht praktisch unbekannt sind. Die Realität, arm zu sein, bringt eine Überlebensmentalität hervor und lenkt die Aufmerksamkeit von den Möglichkeiten ab, die von allen anderen als gegeben angesehen werden. Wenn Sie mit Menschen in Armut zusammenarbeiten, wird es von unschätzbarem Wert sein, zu verstehen, wie sehr sich ihre Welt von Ihrer unterscheidet. Ruby K. Payne hat jahrelang in Schulen und Schulbezirken gearbeitet und weiß daher aus erster Hand, dass Lehrer neben der Theorie auch handfeste, anwendbare Strategien brauchen. Ganz gleich, ob Sie ein Pädagoge sind oder nicht - dieses bahnbrechende Hörbuch bietet Ihnen praktische Unterstützung und Anleitung, um Ihre Effektivität in der Arbeit mit verschiedenen Menschen zu verbessern. Dieses Hörbuch kann Ihnen helfen, Menschen aus armen Schichten besser zu verstehen und einen positiven Einfluss auf ihre Chancen im Leben zu nehmen, indem es: - die nötigen Mittel und Ressourcen für Bildung ausmacht; - Interventionsstrategien bietet; - die intergenerationelle Zusammenarbeit verbessert; - das Denken generationenübergreifender Armut erklärt. Ruby K. Payne, Ph.D., ist Pädagogin, international gefragte Rednerin, Bestsellerautorin und Gründerin und Präsidentin von aha! Process, Inc. Original title: A Framework for Understanding Poverty. A Cognitive Approach https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561434 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Depresión Author: Jesús Ramírez-Bermúdez Narrator: Diego Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es una profunda tristeza, mezclada con miedo y dolor emocional, que roba la energía, el sueño y la concentración; parece que la felicidad está prohibida y que no hay rutas para seguir... Se llama «depresión mayor», y es la noche más oscura. La ciencia conoce muchísimo sobre la depresión. Sabe, por ejemplo, que la genética y las enfermedades pueden desencadenarla, pero también la violencia y la desprotección social. El estrés, las pérdidas, las separaciones familiares, la pobreza, el abuso sexual y el maltrato infantil pueden afectar la salud mental y la armonía de nuestro cuerpo. Pero la ciencia sabe también que hay vías para salir adelante. Desde la psicoterapia y el deporte hasta los medicamentos, hay opciones cuya efectividad es analizada con rigor en esta obra. La psiquiatría clínica, las neurociencias, la psicología y la investigación social tienen mucho que decir. Esta obra relata la larga historia de la depresión, desmonta los mitos que la rodean, presenta datos verificados a partir de los estudios más recientes y explora, ante todo, los caminos para atravesar la noche más oscura. Jesús Ramírez-Bermúdez Thu, 09 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561434 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Depresión Author: Jesús Ramírez-Bermúdez Narrator: Diego Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es una profunda tristeza, mezclada con miedo y dolor emocional, que roba la energía, el sueño y la concentración; parece que la felicidad está prohibida y que no hay rutas para seguir... Se llama «depresión mayor», y es la noche más oscura. La ciencia conoce muchísimo sobre la depresión. Sabe, por ejemplo, que la genética y las enfermedades pueden desencadenarla, pero también la violencia y la desprotección social. El estrés, las pérdidas, las separaciones familiares, la pobreza, el abuso sexual y el maltrato infantil pueden afectar la salud mental y la armonía de nuestro cuerpo. Pero la ciencia sabe también que hay vías para salir adelante. Desde la psicoterapia y el deporte hasta los medicamentos, hay opciones cuya efectividad es analizada con rigor en esta obra. La psiquiatría clínica, las neurociencias, la psicología y la investigación social tienen mucho que decir. Esta obra relata la larga historia de la depresión, desmonta los mitos que la rodean, presenta datos verificados a partir de los estudios más recientes y explora, ante todo, los caminos para atravesar la noche más oscura. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Depresión Author: Jesús Ramírez-Bermúdez Narrator: Diego Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es una profunda tristeza, mezclada con miedo y dolor emocional, que roba la energía, el sueño y la concentración; parece que la felicidad está prohibida y que no hay rutas para seguir... Se llama «depresión mayor», y es la noche más oscura. La ciencia conoce muchísimo sobre la depresión. Sabe, por ejemplo, que la genética y las enfermedades pueden desencadenarla, pero también la violencia y la desprotección social. El estrés, las pérdidas, las separaciones familiares, la pobreza, el abuso sexual y el maltrato infantil pueden afectar la salud mental y la armonía de nuestro cuerpo. Pero la ciencia sabe también que hay vías para salir adelante. Desde la psicoterapia y el deporte hasta los medicamentos, hay opciones cuya efectividad es analizada con rigor en esta obra. La psiquiatría clínica, las neurociencias, la psicología y la investigación social tienen mucho que decir. Esta obra relata la larga historia de la depresión, desmonta los mitos que la rodean, presenta datos verificados a partir de los estudios más recientes y explora, ante todo, los caminos para atravesar la noche más oscura. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560385 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560385]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelics and Psychotherapy: The Healing Potential of Expanded States Author: Tbd Narrator: Erica B. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Examines the therapeutic potential of expanded states, underground psychedelic psychotherapy, harm reduction, new approaches for healing individual and collective trauma, and training considerations • Addresses challenging psychedelic experiences, spiritual emergencies, and the central importance of the therapeutic relationship • Details the use of cannabis as a psychedelic tool, spiritual exploration with LSD, micro-dosing with Iboga, and MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for PTSD Exploring the latest developments in the flourishing field of modern psychedelic psycho-therapy, this book shares practical experiences and insights from both elders and newer research voices in the psychedelic research and clinical communities. The contributors examine new findings on safe and skillful work with psychedelic and expanded states for therapeutic, personal, and spiritual growth. They explain the dual process of opening and healing. They explore new approaches for individual inner work as well as for the healing of ancestral and collective trauma. They examine the power of expanded states for reparative attachment work and offer insights on the integration process through the lens of Holotropic Breathwork. The contributors also examine the use of cannabis as a psychedelic tool, spiritual exploration with LSD, microdosing with Iboga, treating depression with psilocybin, and MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for PTSD. Revealing diverse ways of working with psychedelics in terms of set, setting, and type of substance, the book concludes with discussions of ethics and professional development for those working in the field as well as explores considerations for training the next generation of psychedelic therapists. Tbd Tue, 04 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560385 thebookvoice.com 13:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560385]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelics and Psychotherapy: The Healing Potential of Expanded States Author: Tbd Narrator: Erica B. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Examines the therapeutic potential of expanded states, underground psychedelic psychotherapy, harm reduction, new approaches for healing individual and collective trauma, and training considerations • Addresses challenging psychedelic experiences, spiritual emergencies, and the central importance of the therapeutic relationship • Details the use of cannabis as a psychedelic tool, spiritual exploration with LSD, micro-dosing with Iboga, and MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for PTSD Exploring the latest developments in the flourishing field of modern psychedelic psycho-therapy, this book shares practical experiences and insights from both elders and newer research voices in the psychedelic research and clinical communities. The contributors examine new findings on safe and skillful work with psychedelic and expanded states for therapeutic, personal, and spiritual growth. They explain the dual process of opening and healing. They explore new approaches for individual inner work as well as for the healing of ancestral and collective trauma. They examine the power of expanded states for reparative attachment work and offer insights on the integration process through the lens of Holotropic Breathwork. The contributors also examine the use of cannabis as a psychedelic tool, spiritual exploration with LSD, microdosing with Iboga, treating depression with psilocybin, and MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for PTSD. Revealing diverse ways of working with psychedelics in terms of set, setting, and type of substance, the book concludes with discussions of ethics and professional development for those working in the field as well as explores considerations for training the next generation of psychedelic therapists. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560385]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelics and Psychotherapy: The Healing Potential of Expanded States Author: Tbd Narrator: Erica B. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Examines the therapeutic potential of expanded states, underground psychedelic psychotherapy, harm reduction, new approaches for healing individual and collective trauma, and training considerations • Addresses challenging psychedelic experiences, spiritual emergencies, and the central importance of the therapeutic relationship • Details the use of cannabis as a psychedelic tool, spiritual exploration with LSD, micro-dosing with Iboga, and MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for PTSD Exploring the latest developments in the flourishing field of modern psychedelic psycho-therapy, this book shares practical experiences and insights from both elders and newer research voices in the psychedelic research and clinical communities. The contributors examine new findings on safe and skillful work with psychedelic and expanded states for therapeutic, personal, and spiritual growth. They explain the dual process of opening and healing. They explore new approaches for individual inner work as well as for the healing of ancestral and collective trauma. They examine the power of expanded states for reparative attachment work and offer insights on the integration process through the lens of Holotropic Breathwork. The contributors also examine the use of cannabis as a psychedelic tool, spiritual exploration with LSD, microdosing with Iboga, treating depression with psilocybin, and MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for PTSD. Revealing diverse ways of working with psychedelics in terms of set, setting, and type of substance, the book concludes with discussions of ethics and professional development for those working in the field as well as explores considerations for training the next generation of psychedelic therapists. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560183 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560183]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Se débarrasser à jamais des troubles anxieux et des crises d'angoisse - Diminuer stress et anxiété avec la psychologie positive: Libérer vos blocages intérieurs et améliorer votre qualité de vie Author: Annika Ebenstein Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Est-ce que vous souffrez souvent de crises d'angoisse, qui diminuent grandement vos facultés et vous handicapent dans votre quotidien ? Est-ce que ces crises influencent de façon négative votre qualité de vie et votre joie de vivre ? Souhaitez-vous que vos émotions négatives arrêtent enfin de gouverner votre vie ? Dans ce cas, ce livre peut vous offrir une toute nouvelle qualité de vie ! Combattez vos peurs une bonne fois pour toutes avec l'aide de techniques efficaces issues de la psychologie positive ! Que vous soyez victime d'une phobie des maladies (hypocondrie), d'une peur de la séparation, d'une phobie sociale ou d'une peur de l'abandon, ce livre vous donnera les stratégies nécessaires pour vaincre ces troubles et ne plus jamais les laisser influencer votre vie ! - Reconnaissez les éléments déclenchant vos crises d'angoisse, avant même qu'ils ne puissent vous influencer - Comprenez et libérez-vous de vos blocages intérieurs et traumatismes de l'enfance pour surmonter vos peurs de façon durable - Libérez-vous de vos émotions négatives sur le long terme et développez une attitude plus optimiste - Accédez à un espace de calme intérieur avec des techniques de relaxation et de pleine conscience - Devenez de jour en jour plus confiant en l'avenir, sûr de vous et apaisé et laissez vos soucis et vos insécurités devenir de simples mauvais souvenirs La peur est une réaction de protection issue de l'évolution, qui visait à nous protéger de dangers potentiellement mortels et nous permettre ainsi de survivre. Mais des peurs trop marquées peuvent nous limiter, mettre en danger notre esprit et poser de véritables risques existentiels ! N'attendez pas une minute de plus et procurez-vous ce livre dès maintenant. Déclarez enfin la guerre à vos peurs et angoisses ! Annika Ebenstein Mon, 22 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560183 thebookvoice.com 3:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560183]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Se débarrasser à jamais des troubles anxieux et des crises d'angoisse - Diminuer stress et anxiété avec la psychologie positive: Libérer vos blocages intérieurs et améliorer votre qualité de vie Author: Annika Ebenstein Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Est-ce que vous souffrez souvent de crises d'angoisse, qui diminuent grandement vos facultés et vous handicapent dans votre quotidien ? Est-ce que ces crises influencent de façon négative votre qualité de vie et votre joie de vivre ? Souhaitez-vous que vos émotions négatives arrêtent enfin de gouverner votre vie ? Dans ce cas, ce livre peut vous offrir une toute nouvelle qualité de vie ! Combattez vos peurs une bonne fois pour toutes avec l'aide de techniques efficaces issues de la psychologie positive ! Que vous soyez victime d'une phobie des maladies (hypocondrie), d'une peur de la séparation, d'une phobie sociale ou d'une peur de l'abandon, ce livre vous donnera les stratégies nécessaires pour vaincre ces troubles et ne plus jamais les laisser influencer votre vie ! - Reconnaissez les éléments déclenchant vos crises d'angoisse, avant même qu'ils ne puissent vous influencer - Comprenez et libérez-vous de vos blocages intérieurs et traumatismes de l'enfance pour surmonter vos peurs de façon durable - Libérez-vous de vos émotions négatives sur le long terme et développez une attitude plus optimiste - Accédez à un espace de calme intérieur avec des techniques de relaxation et de pleine conscience - Devenez de jour en jour plus confiant en l'avenir, sûr de vous et apaisé et laissez vos soucis et vos insécurités devenir de simples mauvais souvenirs La peur est une réaction de protection issue de l'évolution, qui visait à nous protéger de dangers potentiellement mortels et nous permettre ainsi de survivre. Mais des peurs trop marquées peuvent nous limiter, mettre en danger notre esprit et poser de véritables risques existentiels ! N'attendez pas une minute de plus et procurez-vous ce livre dès maintenant. Déclarez enfin la guerre à vos peurs et angoisses ! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560183]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Se débarrasser à jamais des troubles anxieux et des crises d'angoisse - Diminuer stress et anxiété avec la psychologie positive: Libérer vos blocages intérieurs et améliorer votre qualité de vie Author: Annika Ebenstein Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Est-ce que vous souffrez souvent de crises d'angoisse, qui diminuent grandement vos facultés et vous handicapent dans votre quotidien ? Est-ce que ces crises influencent de façon négative votre qualité de vie et votre joie de vivre ? Souhaitez-vous que vos émotions négatives arrêtent enfin de gouverner votre vie ? Dans ce cas, ce livre peut vous offrir une toute nouvelle qualité de vie ! Combattez vos peurs une bonne fois pour toutes avec l'aide de techniques efficaces issues de la psychologie positive ! Que vous soyez victime d'une phobie des maladies (hypocondrie), d'une peur de la séparation, d'une phobie sociale ou d'une peur de l'abandon, ce livre vous donnera les stratégies nécessaires pour vaincre ces troubles et ne plus jamais les laisser influencer votre vie ! - Reconnaissez les éléments déclenchant vos crises d'angoisse, avant même qu'ils ne puissent vous influencer - Comprenez et libérez-vous de vos blocages intérieurs et traumatismes de l'enfance pour surmonter vos peurs de façon durable - Libérez-vous de vos émotions négatives sur le long terme et développez une attitude plus optimiste - Accédez à un espace de calme intérieur avec des techniques de relaxation et de pleine conscience - Devenez de jour en jour plus confiant en l'avenir, sûr de vous et apaisé et laissez vos soucis et vos insécurités devenir de simples mauvais souvenirs La peur est une réaction de protection issue de l'évolution, qui visait à nous protéger de dangers potentiellement mortels et nous permettre ainsi de survivre. Mais des peurs trop marquées peuvent nous limiter, mettre en danger notre esprit et poser de véritables risques existentiels ! N'attendez pas une minute de plus et procurez-vous ce livre dès maintenant. Déclarez enfin la guerre à vos peurs et angoisses ! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560180 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bring dich um!: Hass und Gewalt in unserer Gesellschaft Author: Nahlah Saimeh Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein Mann rast mit dem Lkw in eine Menschenmenge, eine Schülerin legt in ihrem Zimmer ein Waffenarsenal an, ein Altenpfleger tötet seine Patienten. Woher kommt der Hass? Nahlah Saimeh weiß, dass aus scheinbar »normalen« Menschen Mörder werden können, dass die Anlage zur Gewalt in jedem steckt, und was das für eine immer brutaler werdende Gesellschaft bedeutet. Als forensische Psychiaterin kennt die Autorin die verschiedensten Arten von Gewalt. In faszinierenden Fallbeispielen spannt sie den Bogen von Gewalt im sozialen Umfeld bis zu Gewalt und Terror im öffentlichen Raum und regt jeden dazu an, sich zu fragen, wo er selbst steht. Nahlah Saimeh Mon, 29 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560180 thebookvoice.com 7:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bring dich um!: Hass und Gewalt in unserer Gesellschaft Author: Nahlah Saimeh Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein Mann rast mit dem Lkw in eine Menschenmenge, eine Schülerin legt in ihrem Zimmer ein Waffenarsenal an, ein Altenpfleger tötet seine Patienten. Woher kommt der Hass? Nahlah Saimeh weiß, dass aus scheinbar »normalen« Menschen Mörder werden können, dass die Anlage zur Gewalt in jedem steckt, und was das für eine immer brutaler werdende Gesellschaft bedeutet. Als forensische Psychiaterin kennt die Autorin die verschiedensten Arten von Gewalt. In faszinierenden Fallbeispielen spannt sie den Bogen von Gewalt im sozialen Umfeld bis zu Gewalt und Terror im öffentlichen Raum und regt jeden dazu an, sich zu fragen, wo er selbst steht. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bring dich um!: Hass und Gewalt in unserer Gesellschaft Author: Nahlah Saimeh Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein Mann rast mit dem Lkw in eine Menschenmenge, eine Schülerin legt in ihrem Zimmer ein Waffenarsenal an, ein Altenpfleger tötet seine Patienten. Woher kommt der Hass? Nahlah Saimeh weiß, dass aus scheinbar »normalen« Menschen Mörder werden können, dass die Anlage zur Gewalt in jedem steckt, und was das für eine immer brutaler werdende Gesellschaft bedeutet. Als forensische Psychiaterin kennt die Autorin die verschiedensten Arten von Gewalt. In faszinierenden Fallbeispielen spannt sie den Bogen von Gewalt im sozialen Umfeld bis zu Gewalt und Terror im öffentlichen Raum und regt jeden dazu an, sich zu fragen, wo er selbst steht. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - L'ART DE LA MANIPULATION - Décoder votre entourage: Devenez dès maintenant un maître de la psychologie, reconnaissez les techniques de manipulation facilement et utilisez-les à votre avantage Author: David Campbell Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vous n'en pouvez plus que les gens autour de vous parviennent par des moyens détournés à vous faire faire tout ce qu'ils souhaitent ? Vous voulez enfin renverser la situation et passer de la position du pantin manipulable à celle de celui qui tire les ficelles ? Vous souhaitez que, à partir de maintenant, chaque négociation, discussion ou conflit finissent par aller dans votre sens ? Dans ce cas, ce livre vous donnera une clé universelle très puissante : des techniques de manipulation efficaces, qui vous permettront à l'avenir d'obtenir tout ce que vous voulez – contre toutes les résistances initiales ! La manipulation est une technique aussi vieille que l'humanité elle-même. Manipuler, c'est exercer son influence sur une autre personne. Que ce soit positif ou négatif, la manipulation est présente en permanence dans notre quotidien, même si on ne s'en rend que rarement compte. Les compliments de votre supérieur ? Ils annoncent probablement une tâche pénible pour vous. Le silence pesant de votre partenaire ? Il souhaite probablement que vous cédiez, alors même qu'il sait que vous avez raison. Vous êtes manipulé en permanence et partout – et malheureusement souvent à votre détriment. Mais maintenant, tout cela est fini ! Ce livre ouvrira vos yeux aux techniques de manipulation les plus subtiles et aux jeux de pouvoir de votre entourage. Il vous permettra de déceler rapidement toute tentative de manipulation et d'y résister de façon efficace ! De plus, les conseils d'expert qu'il vous offrira s'appuient sur des recherches scientifiques qui vous permettront de devenir vous-même un manipulateur redoutable. Reprenez maintenant le contrôle de votre vie et atteignez chacun de vos objectifs élégamment et sans effort ! N'attendez pas plus longtemps ! Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre coach de manipulation pour vous permettre d'obtenir la reconnaissance de votre entourage et une grande satisfaction personnelle. Devenez un véritable maître de la manipulation ! David Campbell Mon, 22 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560181 thebookvoice.com 2:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - L'ART DE LA MANIPULATION - Décoder votre entourage: Devenez dès maintenant un maître de la psychologie, reconnaissez les techniques de manipulation facilement et utilisez-les à votre avantage Author: David Campbell Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vous n'en pouvez plus que les gens autour de vous parviennent par des moyens détournés à vous faire faire tout ce qu'ils souhaitent ? Vous voulez enfin renverser la situation et passer de la position du pantin manipulable à celle de celui qui tire les ficelles ? Vous souhaitez que, à partir de maintenant, chaque négociation, discussion ou conflit finissent par aller dans votre sens ? Dans ce cas, ce livre vous donnera une clé universelle très puissante : des techniques de manipulation efficaces, qui vous permettront à l'avenir d'obtenir tout ce que vous voulez – contre toutes les résistances initiales ! La manipulation est une technique aussi vieille que l'humanité elle-même. Manipuler, c'est exercer son influence sur une autre personne. Que ce soit positif ou négatif, la manipulation est présente en permanence dans notre quotidien, même si on ne s'en rend que rarement compte. Les compliments de votre supérieur ? Ils annoncent probablement une tâche pénible pour vous. Le silence pesant de votre partenaire ? Il souhaite probablement que vous cédiez, alors même qu'il sait que vous avez raison. Vous êtes manipulé en permanence et partout – et malheureusement souvent à votre détriment. Mais maintenant, tout cela est fini ! Ce livre ouvrira vos yeux aux techniques de manipulation les plus subtiles et aux jeux de pouvoir de votre entourage. Il vous permettra de déceler rapidement toute tentative de manipulation et d'y résister de façon efficace ! De plus, les conseils d'expert qu'il vous offrira s'appuient sur des recherches scientifiques qui vous permettront de devenir vous-même un manipulateur redoutable. Reprenez maintenant le contrôle de votre vie et atteignez chacun de vos objectifs élégamment et sans effort ! N'attendez pas plus longtemps ! Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre coach de manipulation pour vous permettre d'obtenir la reconnaissance de votre entourage et une grande satisfaction personnelle. Devenez un véritable maître de la manipulation ! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - L'ART DE LA MANIPULATION - Décoder votre entourage: Devenez dès maintenant un maître de la psychologie, reconnaissez les techniques de manipulation facilement et utilisez-les à votre avantage Author: David Campbell Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vous n'en pouvez plus que les gens autour de vous parviennent par des moyens détournés à vous faire faire tout ce qu'ils souhaitent ? Vous voulez enfin renverser la situation et passer de la position du pantin manipulable à celle de celui qui tire les ficelles ? Vous souhaitez que, à partir de maintenant, chaque négociation, discussion ou conflit finissent par aller dans votre sens ? Dans ce cas, ce livre vous donnera une clé universelle très puissante : des techniques de manipulation efficaces, qui vous permettront à l'avenir d'obtenir tout ce que vous voulez – contre toutes les résistances initiales ! La manipulation est une technique aussi vieille que l'humanité elle-même. Manipuler, c'est exercer son influence sur une autre personne. Que ce soit positif ou négatif, la manipulation est présente en permanence dans notre quotidien, même si on ne s'en rend que rarement compte. Les compliments de votre supérieur ? Ils annoncent probablement une tâche pénible pour vous. Le silence pesant de votre partenaire ? Il souhaite probablement que vous cédiez, alors même qu'il sait que vous avez raison. Vous êtes manipulé en permanence et partout – et malheureusement souvent à votre détriment. Mais maintenant, tout cela est fini ! Ce livre ouvrira vos yeux aux techniques de manipulation les plus subtiles et aux jeux de pouvoir de votre entourage. Il vous permettra de déceler rapidement toute tentative de manipulation et d'y résister de façon efficace ! De plus, les conseils d'expert qu'il vous offrira s'appuient sur des recherches scientifiques qui vous permettront de devenir vous-même un manipulateur redoutable. Reprenez maintenant le contrôle de votre vie et atteignez chacun de vos objectifs élégamment et sans effort ! N'attendez pas plus longtemps ! Procurez-vous dès maintenant votre coach de manipulation pour vous permettre d'obtenir la reconnaissance de votre entourage et une grande satisfaction personnelle. Devenez un véritable maître de la manipulation ! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560110 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Gesetze der menschlichen Natur - The Laws of Human Nature: Mit einzigartigen Strategien wie Sie menschliches Denken und Handeln entschlüsseln Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Greene versteht es auf meisterhafte Weise, Weisheit und Philosophie der alten Denker für Millionen von Lesern auf der Suche nach Wissen, Macht und Selbstvervollkommnung zugänglich zu machen. In seinem neuen Buch ist er dem wichtigsten Thema überhaupt auf der Spur: Der Entschlüsselung menschlicher Antriebe und Motivationen, auch derer, die uns selbst nicht bewusst sind. Der Mensch ist ein Gesellschaftstier. Sein Leben hängt von der Beziehung zu Seinesgleichen ab. Zu wissen, warum wir tun, was wir tun, gibt uns ein weit wirksameres Werkzeug an die Hand als all unsere Talente es könnten. Ausgehend von den Ideen und Beispielen von Perikles, Queen Elizabeth I, Martin Luther King Jr und vielen anderen zeigt Greene, wie wir einerseits von unseren eigenen Emotionen unabhängig werden und Selbstbeherrschung lernen und andererseits Empathie anderen gegenüber entwickeln können, um hinter ihre Masken zu blicken. Die Gesetze der menschlichen Natur  bietet dem Leser nicht zuletzt einzigartige Strategien, um im professionellen und privaten Bereich eigene Ziele zu erreichen und zu verteidigen. Robert A. Greene Thu, 25 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560110 thebookvoice.com 34:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Gesetze der menschlichen Natur - The Laws of Human Nature: Mit einzigartigen Strategien wie Sie menschliches Denken und Handeln entschlüsseln Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Greene versteht es auf meisterhafte Weise, Weisheit und Philosophie der alten Denker für Millionen von Lesern auf der Suche nach Wissen, Macht und Selbstvervollkommnung zugänglich zu machen. In seinem neuen Buch ist er dem wichtigsten Thema überhaupt auf der Spur: Der Entschlüsselung menschlicher Antriebe und Motivationen, auch derer, die uns selbst nicht bewusst sind. Der Mensch ist ein Gesellschaftstier. Sein Leben hängt von der Beziehung zu Seinesgleichen ab. Zu wissen, warum wir tun, was wir tun, gibt uns ein weit wirksameres Werkzeug an die Hand als all unsere Talente es könnten. Ausgehend von den Ideen und Beispielen von Perikles, Queen Elizabeth I, Martin Luther King Jr und vielen anderen zeigt Greene, wie wir einerseits von unseren eigenen Emotionen unabhängig werden und Selbstbeherrschung lernen und andererseits Empathie anderen gegenüber entwickeln können, um hinter ihre Masken zu blicken. Die Gesetze der menschlichen Natur  bietet dem Leser nicht zuletzt einzigartige Strategien, um im professionellen und privaten Bereich eigene Ziele zu erreichen und zu verteidigen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Gesetze der menschlichen Natur - The Laws of Human Nature: Mit einzigartigen Strategien wie Sie menschliches Denken und Handeln entschlüsseln Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Markus Böker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Robert Greene versteht es auf meisterhafte Weise, Weisheit und Philosophie der alten Denker für Millionen von Lesern auf der Suche nach Wissen, Macht und Selbstvervollkommnung zugänglich zu machen. In seinem neuen Buch ist er dem wichtigsten Thema überhaupt auf der Spur: Der Entschlüsselung menschlicher Antriebe und Motivationen, auch derer, die uns selbst nicht bewusst sind. Der Mensch ist ein Gesellschaftstier. Sein Leben hängt von der Beziehung zu Seinesgleichen ab. Zu wissen, warum wir tun, was wir tun, gibt uns ein weit wirksameres Werkzeug an die Hand als all unsere Talente es könnten. Ausgehend von den Ideen und Beispielen von Perikles, Queen Elizabeth I, Martin Luther King Jr und vielen anderen zeigt Greene, wie wir einerseits von unseren eigenen Emotionen unabhängig werden und Selbstbeherrschung lernen und andererseits Empathie anderen gegenüber entwickeln können, um hinter ihre Masken zu blicken. Die Gesetze der menschlichen Natur  bietet dem Leser nicht zuletzt einzigartige Strategien, um im professionellen und privaten Bereich eigene Ziele zu erreichen und zu verteidigen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560102 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aktionstabletts für Kinder von 2-6 Jahren: Die 70 besten Lerntabletts für Krippe, Kindergarten und Vorschule zur Förderung der Konzentration und Feinmotorik - Spielerisch zu großen Lernerfolgen Author: Lisa Malua Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wollen Sie Ihrem Liebling ein eigenverantwortliches und erfolgreiches Leben ermöglichen, indem Sie es spielerisch dabei unterstützen, selbstständig und selbstbewusst zu werden? Möchten Sie Ihr Kind bestmöglich zum Lernen und Entdecken motivieren, ohne es zu unter Druck zu setzen? Würden Sie gerne die freie Persönlichkeitsentfaltung Ihres Kindes fördern? Dann ist dieser Ratgeber wie für Sie gemacht! Dieses praxisnahe Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie mit dem reformpädagogischen Konzept der Aktionstabletts die Konzentration, Lernfähigkeit und die persönliche Entfaltung Ihres Kindes auf spielerische Art und Weise und mit wenig Aufwand fördern! Mit über 70 einfach und schnell herzustellenden Tabletts aus den verschiedensten Themenbereichen werden Sie Ihrem Kind zu einem selbstbestimmten Leben verhelfen! - Erfahren Sie, warum die Sinneswahrnehmung für die Entwicklung Ihres Kindes so wichtig ist und was Sie vor dem Einsatz der Tabletts alles wissen sollten! - Von der Krippe bis zum Vorschulalter: Fördern Sie durch über 70 lustige und spannende Lernspiele wichtige Fähigkeiten Ihres Kindes, wie beispielsweise - Feinmotorik - logisches Denken - kreatives Gestalten - Konzentration - Sprachentwicklung - Ermöglichen Sie Ihrem Kind Freiraum zum selbstständigen Ausprobieren, Experimentieren, Verstehen und Gestalten – ohne Druck und strenge Vorgaben! - Unterstützen Sie mit den smarten Lernmethoden die selbstbewusste Persönlichkeitsentfaltung und den langfristigen Bildungserfolg Ihres Kindes! Mit den pädagogisch wertvollen Aktionstabletts motivieren Sie Ihren Liebling dazu, auf eigene Faust seinen/ihren Horizont zu erweitern, kreative Lösungsstrategien zu entwickeln und von ganz alleine zu individuellen Höchstleistungen aufzulaufen. Sichern Sie sich noch heute diesen umfassenden Ratgeber, unterstützen Sie spielend leicht und effektiv die autonome Persönlichkeitsentwicklung Ihres Kindes und ermöglichen Sie ihm die Zukunft, die es verdient! Lisa Malua Mon, 22 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560102 thebookvoice.com 4:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aktionstabletts für Kinder von 2-6 Jahren: Die 70 besten Lerntabletts für Krippe, Kindergarten und Vorschule zur Förderung der Konzentration und Feinmotorik - Spielerisch zu großen Lernerfolgen Author: Lisa Malua Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wollen Sie Ihrem Liebling ein eigenverantwortliches und erfolgreiches Leben ermöglichen, indem Sie es spielerisch dabei unterstützen, selbstständig und selbstbewusst zu werden? Möchten Sie Ihr Kind bestmöglich zum Lernen und Entdecken motivieren, ohne es zu unter Druck zu setzen? Würden Sie gerne die freie Persönlichkeitsentfaltung Ihres Kindes fördern? Dann ist dieser Ratgeber wie für Sie gemacht! Dieses praxisnahe Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie mit dem reformpädagogischen Konzept der Aktionstabletts die Konzentration, Lernfähigkeit und die persönliche Entfaltung Ihres Kindes auf spielerische Art und Weise und mit wenig Aufwand fördern! Mit über 70 einfach und schnell herzustellenden Tabletts aus den verschiedensten Themenbereichen werden Sie Ihrem Kind zu einem selbstbestimmten Leben verhelfen! - Erfahren Sie, warum die Sinneswahrnehmung für die Entwicklung Ihres Kindes so wichtig ist und was Sie vor dem Einsatz der Tabletts alles wissen sollten! - Von der Krippe bis zum Vorschulalter: Fördern Sie durch über 70 lustige und spannende Lernspiele wichtige Fähigkeiten Ihres Kindes, wie beispielsweise - Feinmotorik - logisches Denken - kreatives Gestalten - Konzentration - Sprachentwicklung - Ermöglichen Sie Ihrem Kind Freiraum zum selbstständigen Ausprobieren, Experimentieren, Verstehen und Gestalten – ohne Druck und strenge Vorgaben! - Unterstützen Sie mit den smarten Lernmethoden die selbstbewusste Persönlichkeitsentfaltung und den langfristigen Bildungserfolg Ihres Kindes! Mit den pädagogisch wertvollen Aktionstabletts motivieren Sie Ihren Liebling dazu, auf eigene Faust seinen/ihren Horizont zu erweitern, kreative Lösungsstrategien zu entwickeln und von ganz alleine zu individuellen Höchstleistungen aufzulaufen. Sichern Sie sich noch heute diesen umfassenden Ratgeber, unterstützen Sie spielend leicht und effektiv die autonome Persönlichkeitsentwicklung Ihres Kindes und ermöglichen Sie ihm die Zukunft, die es verdient! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aktionstabletts für Kinder von 2-6 Jahren: Die 70 besten Lerntabletts für Krippe, Kindergarten und Vorschule zur Förderung der Konzentration und Feinmotorik - Spielerisch zu großen Lernerfolgen Author: Lisa Malua Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wollen Sie Ihrem Liebling ein eigenverantwortliches und erfolgreiches Leben ermöglichen, indem Sie es spielerisch dabei unterstützen, selbstständig und selbstbewusst zu werden? Möchten Sie Ihr Kind bestmöglich zum Lernen und Entdecken motivieren, ohne es zu unter Druck zu setzen? Würden Sie gerne die freie Persönlichkeitsentfaltung Ihres Kindes fördern? Dann ist dieser Ratgeber wie für Sie gemacht! Dieses praxisnahe Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie mit dem reformpädagogischen Konzept der Aktionstabletts die Konzentration, Lernfähigkeit und die persönliche Entfaltung Ihres Kindes auf spielerische Art und Weise und mit wenig Aufwand fördern! Mit über 70 einfach und schnell herzustellenden Tabletts aus den verschiedensten Themenbereichen werden Sie Ihrem Kind zu einem selbstbestimmten Leben verhelfen! - Erfahren Sie, warum die Sinneswahrnehmung für die Entwicklung Ihres Kindes so wichtig ist und was Sie vor dem Einsatz der Tabletts alles wissen sollten! - Von der Krippe bis zum Vorschulalter: Fördern Sie durch über 70 lustige und spannende Lernspiele wichtige Fähigkeiten Ihres Kindes, wie beispielsweise - Feinmotorik - logisches Denken - kreatives Gestalten - Konzentration - Sprachentwicklung - Ermöglichen Sie Ihrem Kind Freiraum zum selbstständigen Ausprobieren, Experimentieren, Verstehen und Gestalten – ohne Druck und strenge Vorgaben! - Unterstützen Sie mit den smarten Lernmethoden die selbstbewusste Persönlichkeitsentfaltung und den langfristigen Bildungserfolg Ihres Kindes! Mit den pädagogisch wertvollen Aktionstabletts motivieren Sie Ihren Liebling dazu, auf eigene Faust seinen/ihren Horizont zu erweitern, kreative Lösungsstrategien zu entwickeln und von ganz alleine zu individuellen Höchstleistungen aufzulaufen. Sichern Sie sich noch heute diesen umfassenden Ratgeber, unterstützen Sie spielend leicht und effektiv die autonome Persönlichkeitsentwicklung Ihres Kindes und ermöglichen Sie ihm die Zukunft, die es verdient! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aktionstabletts für Kinder von 2-6 Jahren: 70 weitere geniale Lerntabletts für Krippe, Kindergarten und Vorschule zur Förderung der Konzentration und Feinmotorik - Spielerisch zu großen Lernerfolgen Author: Lisa Malua Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Möchten Sie Ihr Kind bestmöglich zum Lernen und Entdecken motivieren, ohne es zu unter Druck zu setzen? Würden Sie gerne die Konzentration, Abstraktionsfähigkeit und Feinmotorik Ihres Kindes fördern und ihm Buchstaben und Zahlen spielerisch beibringen? Wollen Sie Ihrem Liebling ein eigenverantwortliches Leben ermöglichen, indem Sie es dabei unterstützen, selbstständig und selbstbewusst zu werden? Dann ist dieser Ratgeber wie für Sie gemacht! Dieses praxisnahe Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie mit dem reformpädagogischen Konzept der Aktionstabletts die Konzentration, Lernfähigkeit und die persönliche Entfaltung Ihres Kindes auf zwanglose Art und Weise und mit wenig Aufwand fördern! Mit über 70 einfach und schnell herzustellenden Tabletts aus unterschiedlichen Themenbereichen werden Sie Ihr Kind optimal auf die Schule vorbereiten und Ihm zu einem selbstbestimmten Leben verhelfen. - Erfahren Sie, was Sie vor dem Einsatz der Tabletts alles wissen müssen und welche Rahmenbedingungen geschaffen werden sollten! - Von der Krippe bis zum Vorschulalter: Fördern Sie durch über 70 lustige und spannende Lernspiele zu verschiedenen Themen das logische Denken und die Kreativität Ihres Kindes - Ermöglichen Sie Ihrem Kind Freiraum zum selbstständigen Ausprobieren, Experimentieren, Verstehen und Gestalten – ohne Druck und strenge Vorgaben! - Unterstützen Sie mit den smarten Lernmethoden die selbstbewusste Persönlichkeitsentfaltung, die Sprachentwicklung und den langfristigen Bildungserfolg Ihres Kindes! Mit den pädagogisch wertvollen Aktionstabletts motivieren Sie Ihren Liebling dazu, auf eigene Faust seinen/ihren Horizont zu erweitern, kreative Lösungsstrategien zu entwickeln und von ganz alleine zu individuellen Höchstleistungen aufzulaufen. Sichern Sie sich noch heute diesen umfassenden Ratgeber, unterstützen Sie spielend leicht und effektiv die autonome Persönlichkeitsentwicklung Ihres Kindes und ermöglichen Sie ihm die Zukunft, die es verdient! Lisa Malua Mon, 22 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560098 thebookvoice.com 2:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aktionstabletts für Kinder von 2-6 Jahren: 70 weitere geniale Lerntabletts für Krippe, Kindergarten und Vorschule zur Förderung der Konzentration und Feinmotorik - Spielerisch zu großen Lernerfolgen Author: Lisa Malua Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Möchten Sie Ihr Kind bestmöglich zum Lernen und Entdecken motivieren, ohne es zu unter Druck zu setzen? Würden Sie gerne die Konzentration, Abstraktionsfähigkeit und Feinmotorik Ihres Kindes fördern und ihm Buchstaben und Zahlen spielerisch beibringen? Wollen Sie Ihrem Liebling ein eigenverantwortliches Leben ermöglichen, indem Sie es dabei unterstützen, selbstständig und selbstbewusst zu werden? Dann ist dieser Ratgeber wie für Sie gemacht! Dieses praxisnahe Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie mit dem reformpädagogischen Konzept der Aktionstabletts die Konzentration, Lernfähigkeit und die persönliche Entfaltung Ihres Kindes auf zwanglose Art und Weise und mit wenig Aufwand fördern! Mit über 70 einfach und schnell herzustellenden Tabletts aus unterschiedlichen Themenbereichen werden Sie Ihr Kind optimal auf die Schule vorbereiten und Ihm zu einem selbstbestimmten Leben verhelfen. - Erfahren Sie, was Sie vor dem Einsatz der Tabletts alles wissen müssen und welche Rahmenbedingungen geschaffen werden sollten! - Von der Krippe bis zum Vorschulalter: Fördern Sie durch über 70 lustige und spannende Lernspiele zu verschiedenen Themen das logische Denken und die Kreativität Ihres Kindes - Ermöglichen Sie Ihrem Kind Freiraum zum selbstständigen Ausprobieren, Experimentieren, Verstehen und Gestalten – ohne Druck und strenge Vorgaben! - Unterstützen Sie mit den smarten Lernmethoden die selbstbewusste Persönlichkeitsentfaltung, die Sprachentwicklung und den langfristigen Bildungserfolg Ihres Kindes! Mit den pädagogisch wertvollen Aktionstabletts motivieren Sie Ihren Liebling dazu, auf eigene Faust seinen/ihren Horizont zu erweitern, kreative Lösungsstrategien zu entwickeln und von ganz alleine zu individuellen Höchstleistungen aufzulaufen. Sichern Sie sich noch heute diesen umfassenden Ratgeber, unterstützen Sie spielend leicht und effektiv die autonome Persönlichkeitsentwicklung Ihres Kindes und ermöglichen Sie ihm die Zukunft, die es verdient! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aktionstabletts für Kinder von 2-6 Jahren: 70 weitere geniale Lerntabletts für Krippe, Kindergarten und Vorschule zur Förderung der Konzentration und Feinmotorik - Spielerisch zu großen Lernerfolgen Author: Lisa Malua Narrator: Torben Sterner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 22, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Möchten Sie Ihr Kind bestmöglich zum Lernen und Entdecken motivieren, ohne es zu unter Druck zu setzen? Würden Sie gerne die Konzentration, Abstraktionsfähigkeit und Feinmotorik Ihres Kindes fördern und ihm Buchstaben und Zahlen spielerisch beibringen? Wollen Sie Ihrem Liebling ein eigenverantwortliches Leben ermöglichen, indem Sie es dabei unterstützen, selbstständig und selbstbewusst zu werden? Dann ist dieser Ratgeber wie für Sie gemacht! Dieses praxisnahe Buch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie mit dem reformpädagogischen Konzept der Aktionstabletts die Konzentration, Lernfähigkeit und die persönliche Entfaltung Ihres Kindes auf zwanglose Art und Weise und mit wenig Aufwand fördern! Mit über 70 einfach und schnell herzustellenden Tabletts aus unterschiedlichen Themenbereichen werden Sie Ihr Kind optimal auf die Schule vorbereiten und Ihm zu einem selbstbestimmten Leben verhelfen. - Erfahren Sie, was Sie vor dem Einsatz der Tabletts alles wissen müssen und welche Rahmenbedingungen geschaffen werden sollten! - Von der Krippe bis zum Vorschulalter: Fördern Sie durch über 70 lustige und spannende Lernspiele zu verschiedenen Themen das logische Denken und die Kreativität Ihres Kindes - Ermöglichen Sie Ihrem Kind Freiraum zum selbstständigen Ausprobieren, Experimentieren, Verstehen und Gestalten – ohne Druck und strenge Vorgaben! - Unterstützen Sie mit den smarten Lernmethoden die selbstbewusste Persönlichkeitsentfaltung, die Sprachentwicklung und den langfristigen Bildungserfolg Ihres Kindes! Mit den pädagogisch wertvollen Aktionstabletts motivieren Sie Ihren Liebling dazu, auf eigene Faust seinen/ihren Horizont zu erweitern, kreative Lösungsstrategien zu entwickeln und von ganz alleine zu individuellen Höchstleistungen aufzulaufen. Sichern Sie sich noch heute diesen umfassenden Ratgeber, unterstützen Sie spielend leicht und effektiv die autonome Persönlichkeitsentwicklung Ihres Kindes und ermöglichen Sie ihm die Zukunft, die es verdient! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Folly of Fools: The Logic of Deceit and Self-Deception in Human Life Author: Robert Trivers Narrator: Chris Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Whether it's in a cockpit at takeoff or the planning of an offensive war, a romantic relationship or a dispute at the office, there are many opportunities to lie and self-deceive—but deceit and self-deception carry the costs of being alienated from reality and can lead to disaster. So why does deception play such a prominent role in our everyday lives? In short, why do we deceive? In his bold new work, prominent biological theorist Robert Trivers unflinchingly argues that self-deception evolved in the service of deceit—the better to fool others. We do it for biological reasons—in order to help us survive and procreate. From viruses mimicking host behavior to humans misremembering (sometimes intentionally) the details of a quarrel, science has proven that the deceptive one can always outwit the masses. But we undertake this deception at our own peril. The Folly of Fools is an ambitious investigation into the evolutionary logic of lying and the costs of leaving it unchecked. Robert Trivers Mon, 31 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560028 thebookvoice.com 17:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Folly of Fools: The Logic of Deceit and Self-Deception in Human Life Author: Robert Trivers Narrator: Chris Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Whether it's in a cockpit at takeoff or the planning of an offensive war, a romantic relationship or a dispute at the office, there are many opportunities to lie and self-deceive—but deceit and self-deception carry the costs of being alienated from reality and can lead to disaster. So why does deception play such a prominent role in our everyday lives? In short, why do we deceive? In his bold new work, prominent biological theorist Robert Trivers unflinchingly argues that self-deception evolved in the service of deceit—the better to fool others. We do it for biological reasons—in order to help us survive and procreate. From viruses mimicking host behavior to humans misremembering (sometimes intentionally) the details of a quarrel, science has proven that the deceptive one can always outwit the masses. But we undertake this deception at our own peril. The Folly of Fools is an ambitious investigation into the evolutionary logic of lying and the costs of leaving it unchecked. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Folly of Fools: The Logic of Deceit and Self-Deception in Human Life Author: Robert Trivers Narrator: Chris Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Whether it's in a cockpit at takeoff or the planning of an offensive war, a romantic relationship or a dispute at the office, there are many opportunities to lie and self-deceive—but deceit and self-deception carry the costs of being alienated from reality and can lead to disaster. So why does deception play such a prominent role in our everyday lives? In short, why do we deceive? In his bold new work, prominent biological theorist Robert Trivers unflinchingly argues that self-deception evolved in the service of deceit—the better to fool others. We do it for biological reasons—in order to help us survive and procreate. From viruses mimicking host behavior to humans misremembering (sometimes intentionally) the details of a quarrel, science has proven that the deceptive one can always outwit the masses. But we undertake this deception at our own peril. The Folly of Fools is an ambitious investigation into the evolutionary logic of lying and the costs of leaving it unchecked. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Compassionate Leadership: How to Do Hard Things in a Human Way Author: Rasmus Hougaard, Jacqueline Carter Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As a leader, how do you balance compassion for your people with effectiveness in getting the job done? A global pandemic, Depression-level unemployment, civil and political unrest—it feels as if the world as we know it is faltering. Through it all, our spirit is being tested. Now more than ever, it's imperative for leaders to demonstrate compassion. Compassion in leadership improves collaboration, raises levels of trust, and enhances loyalty. Studies also find that compassionate leaders are perceived as stronger and more competent. But, as founder of Potential Project Rasmus Hougaard and long-time coauthor Jacqueline Carter show in this essential book, most leaders overlook a key leadership truth: compassion on its own is not enough. Being an effective leader often requires giving tough feedback, making hard decisions that disappoint people, and, in some cases, laying people off. Showing compassion in leadership can't come at the expense of wisdom and effectiveness. You need both, and this book shows you how to strike the right balance. With rich stories and examples based on data from 15,000 leaders in more than 5,000 companies, as well as practical tools and advice, Compassionate Leadership is your indispensable guide to doing the hard work of leadership in a human way. Rasmus Hougaard, Jacqueline Carter Mon, 28 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559947 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Compassionate Leadership: How to Do Hard Things in a Human Way Author: Rasmus Hougaard, Jacqueline Carter Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As a leader, how do you balance compassion for your people with effectiveness in getting the job done? A global pandemic, Depression-level unemployment, civil and political unrest—it feels as if the world as we know it is faltering. Through it all, our spirit is being tested. Now more than ever, it's imperative for leaders to demonstrate compassion. Compassion in leadership improves collaboration, raises levels of trust, and enhances loyalty. Studies also find that compassionate leaders are perceived as stronger and more competent. But, as founder of Potential Project Rasmus Hougaard and long-time coauthor Jacqueline Carter show in this essential book, most leaders overlook a key leadership truth: compassion on its own is not enough. Being an effective leader often requires giving tough feedback, making hard decisions that disappoint people, and, in some cases, laying people off. Showing compassion in leadership can't come at the expense of wisdom and effectiveness. You need both, and this book shows you how to strike the right balance. With rich stories and examples based on data from 15,000 leaders in more than 5,000 companies, as well as practical tools and advice, Compassionate Leadership is your indispensable guide to doing the hard work of leadership in a human way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Compassionate Leadership: How to Do Hard Things in a Human Way Author: Rasmus Hougaard, Jacqueline Carter Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As a leader, how do you balance compassion for your people with effectiveness in getting the job done? A global pandemic, Depression-level unemployment, civil and political unrest—it feels as if the world as we know it is faltering. Through it all, our spirit is being tested. Now more than ever, it's imperative for leaders to demonstrate compassion. Compassion in leadership improves collaboration, raises levels of trust, and enhances loyalty. Studies also find that compassionate leaders are perceived as stronger and more competent. But, as founder of Potential Project Rasmus Hougaard and long-time coauthor Jacqueline Carter show in this essential book, most leaders overlook a key leadership truth: compassion on its own is not enough. Being an effective leader often requires giving tough feedback, making hard decisions that disappoint people, and, in some cases, laying people off. Showing compassion in leadership can't come at the expense of wisdom and effectiveness. You need both, and this book shows you how to strike the right balance. With rich stories and examples based on data from 15,000 leaders in more than 5,000 companies, as well as practical tools and advice, Compassionate Leadership is your indispensable guide to doing the hard work of leadership in a human way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Earthquake: Your Journey from Setback to Breakthrough Author: Vince Poscente Narrator: Vince Poscente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Personal catastrophes are like an earthquake: they leave us too shaken to know what to do next, afraid that every step we take might spark another upheaval. But we can learn to resist our human instinct to hide from challenges. In this entertaining modern-day fable, Vince Poscente introduces us to the well-intentioned, conscious ant and the habitually fearful, subconscious elephant as seismic destruction changes their world and ultimately forces them to leave their oasis. What Adir the ant and Elgo the elephant learn—and what you'll learn by journeying with them—is that the linear path they used to reach the oasis in The Ant and the Elephant does not work in the chaos after an earthquake. How can they breakthrough and thrive after a life-altering setback? The answer lies in the 'Solution Loop,' a tool that teaches them to use collaboration, curiosity, and creativity to: reframe dark times as illuminating experiences; resist the impulse to go it alone; find fresh perspectives; and eek a path where you can enjoy the journey. The methodology is told using the time-honored method of a parable. Offering prescriptive advice, and based on Poscente's study of practices like decoding human behavior, the neuroscience of performance, and interpersonal dysfunction around fear, The Earthquake is a must-listen. Vince Poscente Mon, 28 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559946 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Earthquake: Your Journey from Setback to Breakthrough Author: Vince Poscente Narrator: Vince Poscente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Personal catastrophes are like an earthquake: they leave us too shaken to know what to do next, afraid that every step we take might spark another upheaval. But we can learn to resist our human instinct to hide from challenges. In this entertaining modern-day fable, Vince Poscente introduces us to the well-intentioned, conscious ant and the habitually fearful, subconscious elephant as seismic destruction changes their world and ultimately forces them to leave their oasis. What Adir the ant and Elgo the elephant learn—and what you'll learn by journeying with them—is that the linear path they used to reach the oasis in The Ant and the Elephant does not work in the chaos after an earthquake. How can they breakthrough and thrive after a life-altering setback? The answer lies in the 'Solution Loop,' a tool that teaches them to use collaboration, curiosity, and creativity to: reframe dark times as illuminating experiences; resist the impulse to go it alone; find fresh perspectives; and eek a path where you can enjoy the journey. The methodology is told using the time-honored method of a parable. Offering prescriptive advice, and based on Poscente's study of practices like decoding human behavior, the neuroscience of performance, and interpersonal dysfunction around fear, The Earthquake is a must-listen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Earthquake: Your Journey from Setback to Breakthrough Author: Vince Poscente Narrator: Vince Poscente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Personal catastrophes are like an earthquake: they leave us too shaken to know what to do next, afraid that every step we take might spark another upheaval. But we can learn to resist our human instinct to hide from challenges. In this entertaining modern-day fable, Vince Poscente introduces us to the well-intentioned, conscious ant and the habitually fearful, subconscious elephant as seismic destruction changes their world and ultimately forces them to leave their oasis. What Adir the ant and Elgo the elephant learn—and what you'll learn by journeying with them—is that the linear path they used to reach the oasis in The Ant and the Elephant does not work in the chaos after an earthquake. How can they breakthrough and thrive after a life-altering setback? The answer lies in the 'Solution Loop,' a tool that teaches them to use collaboration, curiosity, and creativity to: reframe dark times as illuminating experiences; resist the impulse to go it alone; find fresh perspectives; and eek a path where you can enjoy the journey. The methodology is told using the time-honored method of a parable. Offering prescriptive advice, and based on Poscente's study of practices like decoding human behavior, the neuroscience of performance, and interpersonal dysfunction around fear, The Earthquake is a must-listen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ser bom não é ser bonzinho: Como a comunicação não violenta e a arte do palhaço podem te ajudar a identificar e expressar as suas necessidades de maneira clara e autêntica – e evitar julgamentos, como o deste título Author: Claudio Thebas Narrator: Sérgio Mastropasqua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: O novo livro de Cláudio Thebas, co-autor do best-seller O palhaço e o psicanalista Você já sofreu por não saber como dizer algo difícil para alguém? Quantas vezes, diante da necessidade de uma conversa desconfortável, você se calou com medo de magoar o outro, acabando por ferir a si mesmo? Neste livro, Cláudio Thebas costura sua experiência como palhaço, professor de Escuta e de palhaços de hospital, com os conceitos da Comunicação Não Violenta e nos oferece caminhos para que sejamos capazes de identificar, acolher e enfrentar os medos e barreiras de comunicação que nos impedem de sermos autênticos e sinceros como gostaríamos. Alguns temas abordados: ser pacífico não é ser passivo. A diferença entre franqueza e sinceridade. Vulnerabilidade como potência de conexão. Compreender não é concordar. Os quatro tempos da Comunicação Não Violenta. Reagir não é revidar. O poder da escuta. Como evitar os vícios violentos de linguagem... "Este livro nos ensina a meditar sobre pequenas diferenças e a elaborar a força decisiva do modo de criar estado, mundo e universos de palavras." - CHRISTIAN DUNKER, PSICANALISTA  "Ele traz nesta obra distinções importantes de conceitos do campo da escuta, jogos que todos nós podemos testar para sentir a CNV na prática e, ainda mais interessante: ele compartilha histórias humanas e emocionantes com o leitor." - CAROLINA NALON, MEDIADORA DE CONFLITOS, PALHAÇA E ETERNA APRENDIZ DA CNV Claudio Thebas Wed, 03 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559282 thebookvoice.com 5:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ser bom não é ser bonzinho: Como a comunicação não violenta e a arte do palhaço podem te ajudar a identificar e expressar as suas necessidades de maneira clara e autêntica – e evitar julgamentos, como o deste título Author: Claudio Thebas Narrator: Sérgio Mastropasqua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: O novo livro de Cláudio Thebas, co-autor do best-seller O palhaço e o psicanalista Você já sofreu por não saber como dizer algo difícil para alguém? Quantas vezes, diante da necessidade de uma conversa desconfortável, você se calou com medo de magoar o outro, acabando por ferir a si mesmo? Neste livro, Cláudio Thebas costura sua experiência como palhaço, professor de Escuta e de palhaços de hospital, com os conceitos da Comunicação Não Violenta e nos oferece caminhos para que sejamos capazes de identificar, acolher e enfrentar os medos e barreiras de comunicação que nos impedem de sermos autênticos e sinceros como gostaríamos. Alguns temas abordados: ser pacífico não é ser passivo. A diferença entre franqueza e sinceridade. Vulnerabilidade como potência de conexão. Compreender não é concordar. Os quatro tempos da Comunicação Não Violenta. Reagir não é revidar. O poder da escuta. Como evitar os vícios violentos de linguagem... "Este livro nos ensina a meditar sobre pequenas diferenças e a elaborar a força decisiva do modo de criar estado, mundo e universos de palavras." - CHRISTIAN DUNKER, PSICANALISTA  "Ele traz nesta obra distinções importantes de conceitos do campo da escuta, jogos que todos nós podemos testar para sentir a CNV na prática e, ainda mais interessante: ele compartilha histórias humanas e emocionantes com o leitor." - CAROLINA NALON, MEDIADORA DE CONFLITOS, PALHAÇA E ETERNA APRENDIZ DA CNV Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ser bom não é ser bonzinho: Como a comunicação não violenta e a arte do palhaço podem te ajudar a identificar e expressar as suas necessidades de maneira clara e autêntica – e evitar julgamentos, como o deste título Author: Claudio Thebas Narrator: Sérgio Mastropasqua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: O novo livro de Cláudio Thebas, co-autor do best-seller O palhaço e o psicanalista Você já sofreu por não saber como dizer algo difícil para alguém? Quantas vezes, diante da necessidade de uma conversa desconfortável, você se calou com medo de magoar o outro, acabando por ferir a si mesmo? Neste livro, Cláudio Thebas costura sua experiência como palhaço, professor de Escuta e de palhaços de hospital, com os conceitos da Comunicação Não Violenta e nos oferece caminhos para que sejamos capazes de identificar, acolher e enfrentar os medos e barreiras de comunicação que nos impedem de sermos autênticos e sinceros como gostaríamos. Alguns temas abordados: ser pacífico não é ser passivo. A diferença entre franqueza e sinceridade. Vulnerabilidade como potência de conexão. Compreender não é concordar. Os quatro tempos da Comunicação Não Violenta. Reagir não é revidar. O poder da escuta. Como evitar os vícios violentos de linguagem... "Este livro nos ensina a meditar sobre pequenas diferenças e a elaborar a força decisiva do modo de criar estado, mundo e universos de palavras." - CHRISTIAN DUNKER, PSICANALISTA  "Ele traz nesta obra distinções importantes de conceitos do campo da escuta, jogos que todos nós podemos testar para sentir a CNV na prática e, ainda mais interessante: ele compartilha histórias humanas e emocionantes com o leitor." - CAROLINA NALON, MEDIADORA DE CONFLITOS, PALHAÇA E ETERNA APRENDIZ DA CNV https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559177 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Consciousness 4th edition Author: Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A new revised edition of the classic study takes a fresh look at human consciousness and an exciting new view of the untapped potential of the human mind. What is consciousness and why do we need to know? In this new fourth edition of his revolutionary study, Robert Ornstein reexamines what is known about consciousness and why this understanding is so important at this time of enormous challenge, change and potential. He begins with an exploration of how the human brain evolved as a complex system for limiting what we “pick up” from the vast external environment to just the information we need to survive. We fill in the gaps with “unconscious inferences” — assumptions, categorizations, expectations and habituations that allow us to operate in the world, but that limit our perception of what is, and what is possible. Going beyond the theory that creative impulses originate in the right side of the brain and rational impulses in the left, he shows how a synthesis of these two functions can bring about “a more complete science of human consciousness with an extended conception of our own capabilities.” Ornstein proposes that education at all levels should now include learning and teaching about our human nature — the nature of the person being taught. Offering far more than scholarly discourse, he enriches his presentation with thought-provoking illustrations and traditional teachings stories that bring the science to life, giving readers a first-hand taste of what such education might be like. Only with the development of self-knowledge and the cultivation of a comprehensive, expanded consciousness, he says, will humanity be able to perceive and take the “selfless” steps necessary to solve our collective problems. This new edition comes at a time when on a global scale we need this type of thinking more than ever. Robert Ornstein Tue, 16 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559177 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Consciousness 4th edition Author: Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A new revised edition of the classic study takes a fresh look at human consciousness and an exciting new view of the untapped potential of the human mind. What is consciousness and why do we need to know? In this new fourth edition of his revolutionary study, Robert Ornstein reexamines what is known about consciousness and why this understanding is so important at this time of enormous challenge, change and potential. He begins with an exploration of how the human brain evolved as a complex system for limiting what we “pick up” from the vast external environment to just the information we need to survive. We fill in the gaps with “unconscious inferences” — assumptions, categorizations, expectations and habituations that allow us to operate in the world, but that limit our perception of what is, and what is possible. Going beyond the theory that creative impulses originate in the right side of the brain and rational impulses in the left, he shows how a synthesis of these two functions can bring about “a more complete science of human consciousness with an extended conception of our own capabilities.” Ornstein proposes that education at all levels should now include learning and teaching about our human nature — the nature of the person being taught. Offering far more than scholarly discourse, he enriches his presentation with thought-provoking illustrations and traditional teachings stories that bring the science to life, giving readers a first-hand taste of what such education might be like. Only with the development of self-knowledge and the cultivation of a comprehensive, expanded consciousness, he says, will humanity be able to perceive and take the “selfless” steps necessary to solve our collective problems. This new edition comes at a time when on a global scale we need this type of thinking more than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Consciousness 4th edition Author: Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A new revised edition of the classic study takes a fresh look at human consciousness and an exciting new view of the untapped potential of the human mind. What is consciousness and why do we need to know? In this new fourth edition of his revolutionary study, Robert Ornstein reexamines what is known about consciousness and why this understanding is so important at this time of enormous challenge, change and potential. He begins with an exploration of how the human brain evolved as a complex system for limiting what we “pick up” from the vast external environment to just the information we need to survive. We fill in the gaps with “unconscious inferences” — assumptions, categorizations, expectations and habituations that allow us to operate in the world, but that limit our perception of what is, and what is possible. Going beyond the theory that creative impulses originate in the right side of the brain and rational impulses in the left, he shows how a synthesis of these two functions can bring about “a more complete science of human consciousness with an extended conception of our own capabilities.” Ornstein proposes that education at all levels should now include learning and teaching about our human nature — the nature of the person being taught. Offering far more than scholarly discourse, he enriches his presentation with thought-provoking illustrations and traditional teachings stories that bring the science to life, giving readers a first-hand taste of what such education might be like. Only with the development of self-knowledge and the cultivation of a comprehensive, expanded consciousness, he says, will humanity be able to perceive and take the “selfless” steps necessary to solve our collective problems. This new edition comes at a time when on a global scale we need this type of thinking more than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559171 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forgive to Live: How Forgiveness Can Save Your Life, 10th Anniversary Edition Author: Steve Halliday, Dr. Dick Tibbits, Ph.D. Narrator: Doug Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anger kills...every day...through a host of ailments such as depression, stress, broken relationships and heart disease. Yet its victims often never know what hit them. Though there’s no quick fix for this silent killer, Dr. Dick Tibbits’ groundbreaking research reveals a solution: forgiveness. In celebration of its 10th anniversary, this revised and updated edition of Dick Tibbits’ powerful book shows you how to forgive insight by insight, step by step in a workable plan that can effectively reduce your anger, improve your health and put you in charge of your life again, no matter how deep your hurts. In this book you will: • Come to a new understanding of what causes you pain. • Discover what forgiveness does and doesn’t mean. • Take steps to reframe your grievance story (yes, you have one). • Stop giving control of your life to people from your past. • Understand the difference between guilt and shame. • Get your life and maybe even your health back. • Find the freedom, peace, and strength you've never had. By learning the 10 Principles of Forgiveness you’ll come to realize, as thousands of others have, that Forgive to Live is not just a dream it’s a way of life that can actually save your life! Dr. Dick Tibbits has worked in the field of behavior and spiritual health for over forty years. He is a licensed professional mental health counselor, an ordained minister, a certified clinical pastoral educator, as well as an author and sought after speaker. Currently, he is an executive coach for hospital leaders and a performance coach to some of the world’s premier motorsports racers. He holds a doctorate in psychotherapy from Andover-Newton Theological School as well as an M.Div. degree from Andrews University. Steve Halliday, Dr. Dick Tibbits, Ph.D. Thu, 23 Sep 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559171 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forgive to Live: How Forgiveness Can Save Your Life, 10th Anniversary Edition Author: Steve Halliday, Dr. Dick Tibbits, Ph.D. Narrator: Doug Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anger kills...every day...through a host of ailments such as depression, stress, broken relationships and heart disease. Yet its victims often never know what hit them. Though there’s no quick fix for this silent killer, Dr. Dick Tibbits’ groundbreaking research reveals a solution: forgiveness. In celebration of its 10th anniversary, this revised and updated edition of Dick Tibbits’ powerful book shows you how to forgive insight by insight, step by step in a workable plan that can effectively reduce your anger, improve your health and put you in charge of your life again, no matter how deep your hurts. In this book you will: • Come to a new understanding of what causes you pain. • Discover what forgiveness does and doesn’t mean. • Take steps to reframe your grievance story (yes, you have one). • Stop giving control of your life to people from your past. • Understand the difference between guilt and shame. • Get your life and maybe even your health back. • Find the freedom, peace, and strength you've never had. By learning the 10 Principles of Forgiveness you’ll come to realize, as thousands of others have, that Forgive to Live is not just a dream it’s a way of life that can actually save your life! Dr. Dick Tibbits has worked in the field of behavior and spiritual health for over forty years. He is a licensed professional mental health counselor, an ordained minister, a certified clinical pastoral educator, as well as an author and sought after speaker. Currently, he is an executive coach for hospital leaders and a performance coach to some of the world’s premier motorsports racers. He holds a doctorate in psychotherapy from Andover-Newton Theological School as well as an M.Div. degree from Andrews University. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forgive to Live: How Forgiveness Can Save Your Life, 10th Anniversary Edition Author: Steve Halliday, Dr. Dick Tibbits, Ph.D. Narrator: Doug Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anger kills...every day...through a host of ailments such as depression, stress, broken relationships and heart disease. Yet its victims often never know what hit them. Though there’s no quick fix for this silent killer, Dr. Dick Tibbits’ groundbreaking research reveals a solution: forgiveness. In celebration of its 10th anniversary, this revised and updated edition of Dick Tibbits’ powerful book shows you how to forgive insight by insight, step by step in a workable plan that can effectively reduce your anger, improve your health and put you in charge of your life again, no matter how deep your hurts. In this book you will: • Come to a new understanding of what causes you pain. • Discover what forgiveness does and doesn’t mean. • Take steps to reframe your grievance story (yes, you have one). • Stop giving control of your life to people from your past. • Understand the difference between guilt and shame. • Get your life and maybe even your health back. • Find the freedom, peace, and strength you've never had. By learning the 10 Principles of Forgiveness you’ll come to realize, as thousands of others have, that Forgive to Live is not just a dream it’s a way of life that can actually save your life! Dr. Dick Tibbits has worked in the field of behavior and spiritual health for over forty years. He is a licensed professional mental health counselor, an ordained minister, a certified clinical pastoral educator, as well as an author and sought after speaker. Currently, he is an executive coach for hospital leaders and a performance coach to some of the world’s premier motorsports racers. He holds a doctorate in psychotherapy from Andover-Newton Theological School as well as an M.Div. degree from Andrews University. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559125 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empower Your Gratitude: Discover How Living With Gratitude Can Empower and Change Your Life Author: Mavis Humphry Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empower Your Gratitude: Discover How Living With Gratitude Can Empower and Change Your Life Gratitude is a powerful emotion that can provide you with a number of benefits and can really transform your life for the better. Most people do not appreciate the power that gratitude has and you will be far ahead of the curve reading this guide and applying the techniques in it to develop your attitude of gratitude. In this audiobook, you will learn what gratitude is and why it is so powerful. Making the transition to a gratitude-based life is going to require knowledge, application, and persistence. It is not an overnight miracle but you can get started immediately after you have read this guide. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -The Simple Act of saying “Thanks” -Gratitude goes back a long way -A Sense of Belonging -The Gratitude Emotion -Believe that Gratitude creates Abundance -The Benefits of a Gratitude Mindset -Developing Habits for Gratitude -And many more! This audiobook will teach you how gratitude can bring abundance to your life. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Mavis Humphry Wed, 10 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559125 thebookvoice.com 0:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empower Your Gratitude: Discover How Living With Gratitude Can Empower and Change Your Life Author: Mavis Humphry Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empower Your Gratitude: Discover How Living With Gratitude Can Empower and Change Your Life Gratitude is a powerful emotion that can provide you with a number of benefits and can really transform your life for the better. Most people do not appreciate the power that gratitude has and you will be far ahead of the curve reading this guide and applying the techniques in it to develop your attitude of gratitude. In this audiobook, you will learn what gratitude is and why it is so powerful. Making the transition to a gratitude-based life is going to require knowledge, application, and persistence. It is not an overnight miracle but you can get started immediately after you have read this guide. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -The Simple Act of saying “Thanks” -Gratitude goes back a long way -A Sense of Belonging -The Gratitude Emotion -Believe that Gratitude creates Abundance -The Benefits of a Gratitude Mindset -Developing Habits for Gratitude -And many more! This audiobook will teach you how gratitude can bring abundance to your life. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empower Your Gratitude: Discover How Living With Gratitude Can Empower and Change Your Life Author: Mavis Humphry Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empower Your Gratitude: Discover How Living With Gratitude Can Empower and Change Your Life Gratitude is a powerful emotion that can provide you with a number of benefits and can really transform your life for the better. Most people do not appreciate the power that gratitude has and you will be far ahead of the curve reading this guide and applying the techniques in it to develop your attitude of gratitude. In this audiobook, you will learn what gratitude is and why it is so powerful. Making the transition to a gratitude-based life is going to require knowledge, application, and persistence. It is not an overnight miracle but you can get started immediately after you have read this guide. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -The Simple Act of saying “Thanks” -Gratitude goes back a long way -A Sense of Belonging -The Gratitude Emotion -Believe that Gratitude creates Abundance -The Benefits of a Gratitude Mindset -Developing Habits for Gratitude -And many more! This audiobook will teach you how gratitude can bring abundance to your life. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559111 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Age Code Author: Becca Levy Narrator: Courtney Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Just changing the way you think about getting older can add 7.6 years to your life. Esteemed Yale professor Dr Becca Levy is the world's leading expert and pioneer in the field of ageing. Now she shares the secrets to a healthy and vibrant long life in this powerful and authoritative book. Part polemic, part practical As Old As You Think offers offers stunning revelations and scientifically-proven advice on how to age well and live longer. First revealing the surprising impact our biases around ageing have on the ageing process, Dr Levy then sets out what we can do as individuals to help ourselves age well using her simple ABC method. She then tackles head on the question of how to start shifting Western cultural ideas around getting older. Positive, surprising and full of powerful, practical advice, As Old As You Think will dismantle commonly held assumptions about how we age and leave readers looking forward to - and no longer fearing - what the future holds. © Becca Levy 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Becca Levy Thu, 14 Apr 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559111 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Age Code Author: Becca Levy Narrator: Courtney Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Just changing the way you think about getting older can add 7.6 years to your life. Esteemed Yale professor Dr Becca Levy is the world's leading expert and pioneer in the field of ageing. Now she shares the secrets to a healthy and vibrant long life in this powerful and authoritative book. Part polemic, part practical As Old As You Think offers offers stunning revelations and scientifically-proven advice on how to age well and live longer. First revealing the surprising impact our biases around ageing have on the ageing process, Dr Levy then sets out what we can do as individuals to help ourselves age well using her simple ABC method. She then tackles head on the question of how to start shifting Western cultural ideas around getting older. Positive, surprising and full of powerful, practical advice, As Old As You Think will dismantle commonly held assumptions about how we age and leave readers looking forward to - and no longer fearing - what the future holds. © Becca Levy 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Age Code Author: Becca Levy Narrator: Courtney Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 14, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Just changing the way you think about getting older can add 7.6 years to your life. Esteemed Yale professor Dr Becca Levy is the world's leading expert and pioneer in the field of ageing. Now she shares the secrets to a healthy and vibrant long life in this powerful and authoritative book. Part polemic, part practical As Old As You Think offers offers stunning revelations and scientifically-proven advice on how to age well and live longer. First revealing the surprising impact our biases around ageing have on the ageing process, Dr Levy then sets out what we can do as individuals to help ourselves age well using her simple ABC method. She then tackles head on the question of how to start shifting Western cultural ideas around getting older. Positive, surprising and full of powerful, practical advice, As Old As You Think will dismantle commonly held assumptions about how we age and leave readers looking forward to - and no longer fearing - what the future holds. © Becca Levy 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Neurociencia para (nunca) cambiar de opinión Author: Pedro Bekinschtein Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este libro intenta recorrer algunos de los mecanismos psicológicos y cognitivos involucrados en la resistencia al cambio de visión. Las preguntas irán desde cómo nuestras expectativas y creencias afectan la manera en la que percibimos el mundo hasta si existen bases biológicas que expliquen las diferencias en ideología política. Somos capaces de discutir por las cosas más banales y las más profundas como, por ejemplo, si son mejores los perros o los gatos, si es mejor el invierno o el verano, si la marihuana debe ser legal o no, si pinot noir o cabernet, si paridad de género o meritocracia, si es más rico el helado de agua o el de crema, si el alma existe o si es una creación de las religiones, y así podría hacer un libro entero sobre las grietas. (Y sobre cuánto nos gusta tener razón.) Probablemente la mayoría tenga una opinión sobre muchos de esos temas. Estos juicios crecen como malezas sobre nuestro suelo fértil de creencias y van ocupando la capacidad de decidir según las evidencias. Las opiniones no se llevan muy bien con las evidencias cuando estas no coinciden. Este libro intenta recorrer algunos de los mecanismos psicológicos y cognitivos involucrados en la resistencia al cambio de visión. Las preguntas irán desde cómo nuestras expectativas y convicciones afectan la manera en la que percibimos el mundo y recordamos las experiencias colectivas hasta si existen bases biológicas que expliquen las diferencias en las ideologías políticas. Pedro Bekinschtein, doctor en biología, se cuestiona, por ejemplo, si nuestras decisiones a la hora de votar representantes están basadas en sus propuestas o en aspectos más misteriosos e indescifrables que ocurren fuera de nuestra conciencia. En estas páginas vibrantes que encastran a la perfección ciencia y actualidad, nos invita a descubrir qué nos pasa cuando no podemos cambiar de opinión, lo que él llama 'la necedad del cerebro'. Pedro Bekinschtein Tue, 30 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558998 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Neurociencia para (nunca) cambiar de opinión Author: Pedro Bekinschtein Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este libro intenta recorrer algunos de los mecanismos psicológicos y cognitivos involucrados en la resistencia al cambio de visión. Las preguntas irán desde cómo nuestras expectativas y creencias afectan la manera en la que percibimos el mundo hasta si existen bases biológicas que expliquen las diferencias en ideología política. Somos capaces de discutir por las cosas más banales y las más profundas como, por ejemplo, si son mejores los perros o los gatos, si es mejor el invierno o el verano, si la marihuana debe ser legal o no, si pinot noir o cabernet, si paridad de género o meritocracia, si es más rico el helado de agua o el de crema, si el alma existe o si es una creación de las religiones, y así podría hacer un libro entero sobre las grietas. (Y sobre cuánto nos gusta tener razón.) Probablemente la mayoría tenga una opinión sobre muchos de esos temas. Estos juicios crecen como malezas sobre nuestro suelo fértil de creencias y van ocupando la capacidad de decidir según las evidencias. Las opiniones no se llevan muy bien con las evidencias cuando estas no coinciden. Este libro intenta recorrer algunos de los mecanismos psicológicos y cognitivos involucrados en la resistencia al cambio de visión. Las preguntas irán desde cómo nuestras expectativas y convicciones afectan la manera en la que percibimos el mundo y recordamos las experiencias colectivas hasta si existen bases biológicas que expliquen las diferencias en las ideologías políticas. Pedro Bekinschtein, doctor en biología, se cuestiona, por ejemplo, si nuestras decisiones a la hora de votar representantes están basadas en sus propuestas o en aspectos más misteriosos e indescifrables que ocurren fuera de nuestra conciencia. En estas páginas vibrantes que encastran a la perfección ciencia y actualidad, nos invita a descubrir qué nos pasa cuando no podemos cambiar de opinión, lo que él llama 'la necedad del cerebro'. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Neurociencia para (nunca) cambiar de opinión Author: Pedro Bekinschtein Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este libro intenta recorrer algunos de los mecanismos psicológicos y cognitivos involucrados en la resistencia al cambio de visión. Las preguntas irán desde cómo nuestras expectativas y creencias afectan la manera en la que percibimos el mundo hasta si existen bases biológicas que expliquen las diferencias en ideología política. Somos capaces de discutir por las cosas más banales y las más profundas como, por ejemplo, si son mejores los perros o los gatos, si es mejor el invierno o el verano, si la marihuana debe ser legal o no, si pinot noir o cabernet, si paridad de género o meritocracia, si es más rico el helado de agua o el de crema, si el alma existe o si es una creación de las religiones, y así podría hacer un libro entero sobre las grietas. (Y sobre cuánto nos gusta tener razón.) Probablemente la mayoría tenga una opinión sobre muchos de esos temas. Estos juicios crecen como malezas sobre nuestro suelo fértil de creencias y van ocupando la capacidad de decidir según las evidencias. Las opiniones no se llevan muy bien con las evidencias cuando estas no coinciden. Este libro intenta recorrer algunos de los mecanismos psicológicos y cognitivos involucrados en la resistencia al cambio de visión. Las preguntas irán desde cómo nuestras expectativas y convicciones afectan la manera en la que percibimos el mundo y recordamos las experiencias colectivas hasta si existen bases biológicas que expliquen las diferencias en las ideologías políticas. Pedro Bekinschtein, doctor en biología, se cuestiona, por ejemplo, si nuestras decisiones a la hora de votar representantes están basadas en sus propuestas o en aspectos más misteriosos e indescifrables que ocurren fuera de nuestra conciencia. En estas páginas vibrantes que encastran a la perfección ciencia y actualidad, nos invita a descubrir qué nos pasa cuando no podemos cambiar de opinión, lo que él llama 'la necedad del cerebro'. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558965 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transforming Trauma with Jiu-Jitsu: A Guide for Survivors, Therapists, and Jiu-Jitsu Practitioners to Facilitate Embodied Recovery Author: Anna Pirkl, Jamie Marich Narrator: Marissa Ghavami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Heal from trauma and PTSD with the martial art of jiu-jitsu--written for survivors, mental health therapists, and trauma-informed martial arts instructors. This groundbreaking book introduces jiu-jitsu as a powerful embodied modality for trauma survivors in recovery, and includes 10 grounding practices, self-defense techniques, and 30 instructional photos.   Unhealed trauma--from “little t” traumas to complex PTSD--leaves a lasting imprint on the bodies and minds of survivors. And in the aftermath of trauma, many people experience shifts in how they feel, connect with others, and interact with the world at large. This embodied, whole-person approach will help you heal the wounds of traumatic stress and how it shows up within yourself and your relationships, from disembodiment and numbness to anger, fear, anxiety, confusion, and dissociation. As part of a martial arts trauma recovery program, you’ll learn about:    • Trauma, embodiment, and the transformative power of jiu-jitsu    • Self-defense skills that can help survivors of violence define boundaries and feel safe, secure, powerful, and at home in their bodies     • Creating a welcoming, responsive practice space as a studio owner    • Integrating jiu-jitsu practice into a safe, accessible recovery protocol for survivors--and how therapists can recommend them to clients or build them into a treatment plan   Written for trauma survivors, mental health clinicians, and martial arts practitioners and studio owners who want to create a safe, empowering, and trauma-sensitive space, Transforming Trauma with Jiu-Jitsu is a unique and vital guide to healing trauma’s invisible wounds. Anna Pirkl, Jamie Marich Tue, 12 Apr 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558965 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transforming Trauma with Jiu-Jitsu: A Guide for Survivors, Therapists, and Jiu-Jitsu Practitioners to Facilitate Embodied Recovery Author: Anna Pirkl, Jamie Marich Narrator: Marissa Ghavami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Heal from trauma and PTSD with the martial art of jiu-jitsu--written for survivors, mental health therapists, and trauma-informed martial arts instructors. This groundbreaking book introduces jiu-jitsu as a powerful embodied modality for trauma survivors in recovery, and includes 10 grounding practices, self-defense techniques, and 30 instructional photos.   Unhealed trauma--from “little t” traumas to complex PTSD--leaves a lasting imprint on the bodies and minds of survivors. And in the aftermath of trauma, many people experience shifts in how they feel, connect with others, and interact with the world at large. This embodied, whole-person approach will help you heal the wounds of traumatic stress and how it shows up within yourself and your relationships, from disembodiment and numbness to anger, fear, anxiety, confusion, and dissociation. As part of a martial arts trauma recovery program, you’ll learn about:    • Trauma, embodiment, and the transformative power of jiu-jitsu    • Self-defense skills that can help survivors of violence define boundaries and feel safe, secure, powerful, and at home in their bodies     • Creating a welcoming, responsive practice space as a studio owner    • Integrating jiu-jitsu practice into a safe, accessible recovery protocol for survivors--and how therapists can recommend them to clients or build them into a treatment plan   Written for trauma survivors, mental health clinicians, and martial arts practitioners and studio owners who want to create a safe, empowering, and trauma-sensitive space, Transforming Trauma with Jiu-Jitsu is a unique and vital guide to healing trauma’s invisible wounds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transforming Trauma with Jiu-Jitsu: A Guide for Survivors, Therapists, and Jiu-Jitsu Practitioners to Facilitate Embodied Recovery Author: Anna Pirkl, Jamie Marich Narrator: Marissa Ghavami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Heal from trauma and PTSD with the martial art of jiu-jitsu--written for survivors, mental health therapists, and trauma-informed martial arts instructors. This groundbreaking book introduces jiu-jitsu as a powerful embodied modality for trauma survivors in recovery, and includes 10 grounding practices, self-defense techniques, and 30 instructional photos.   Unhealed trauma--from “little t” traumas to complex PTSD--leaves a lasting imprint on the bodies and minds of survivors. And in the aftermath of trauma, many people experience shifts in how they feel, connect with others, and interact with the world at large. This embodied, whole-person approach will help you heal the wounds of traumatic stress and how it shows up within yourself and your relationships, from disembodiment and numbness to anger, fear, anxiety, confusion, and dissociation. As part of a martial arts trauma recovery program, you’ll learn about:    • Trauma, embodiment, and the transformative power of jiu-jitsu    • Self-defense skills that can help survivors of violence define boundaries and feel safe, secure, powerful, and at home in their bodies     • Creating a welcoming, responsive practice space as a studio owner    • Integrating jiu-jitsu practice into a safe, accessible recovery protocol for survivors--and how therapists can recommend them to clients or build them into a treatment plan   Written for trauma survivors, mental health clinicians, and martial arts practitioners and studio owners who want to create a safe, empowering, and trauma-sensitive space, Transforming Trauma with Jiu-Jitsu is a unique and vital guide to healing trauma’s invisible wounds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558951 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wounded Healer: The Pain and Joy of Caregiving Author: Omar Reda MD Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finding meaning in trauma work, as a traumatized healer yourself. The act of caregiving is physically exhausting and emotionally draining, yet caregivers describe it as rewarding and gratifying. Prolonged exposure to human suffering, however, is not without risks—caregivers report high rates of burnout and poor quality of life. Many care providers believe that their feelings do not matter; that they should ignore their pain, brush off their trauma, wipe away their tears, and just 'suck it up.' Here, Omar Reda—a Libyan-born American psychiatrist who as an emergency physician and trauma counselor provided care for medical staff caring for victims of trauma—calls upon other healers to break free from cycles of secrecy, toxic stress, and silent suffering so they can continue to empower and inspire those in their care. Filled with poignant first-person stories and clinical case studies, this book is an impassioned plea for psychosocial trauma care that prioritizes the health of both client and healer. Omar Reda MD Tue, 15 Mar 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558951 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wounded Healer: The Pain and Joy of Caregiving Author: Omar Reda MD Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finding meaning in trauma work, as a traumatized healer yourself. The act of caregiving is physically exhausting and emotionally draining, yet caregivers describe it as rewarding and gratifying. Prolonged exposure to human suffering, however, is not without risks—caregivers report high rates of burnout and poor quality of life. Many care providers believe that their feelings do not matter; that they should ignore their pain, brush off their trauma, wipe away their tears, and just 'suck it up.' Here, Omar Reda—a Libyan-born American psychiatrist who as an emergency physician and trauma counselor provided care for medical staff caring for victims of trauma—calls upon other healers to break free from cycles of secrecy, toxic stress, and silent suffering so they can continue to empower and inspire those in their care. Filled with poignant first-person stories and clinical case studies, this book is an impassioned plea for psychosocial trauma care that prioritizes the health of both client and healer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wounded Healer: The Pain and Joy of Caregiving Author: Omar Reda MD Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finding meaning in trauma work, as a traumatized healer yourself. The act of caregiving is physically exhausting and emotionally draining, yet caregivers describe it as rewarding and gratifying. Prolonged exposure to human suffering, however, is not without risks—caregivers report high rates of burnout and poor quality of life. Many care providers believe that their feelings do not matter; that they should ignore their pain, brush off their trauma, wipe away their tears, and just 'suck it up.' Here, Omar Reda—a Libyan-born American psychiatrist who as an emergency physician and trauma counselor provided care for medical staff caring for victims of trauma—calls upon other healers to break free from cycles of secrecy, toxic stress, and silent suffering so they can continue to empower and inspire those in their care. Filled with poignant first-person stories and clinical case studies, this book is an impassioned plea for psychosocial trauma care that prioritizes the health of both client and healer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558950 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denying to the Grave: Why We Ignore the Science That Will Save Us Author: Jack M. Gorman, Sara E. Gorman Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Denying to the Grave, Sara Gorman and Jack Gorman explore the psychology of health science denial. Using several examples as case studies, they propose six key principles that may lead people to reject 'accepted' health-related wisdom: the charismatic leader; fear of complexity; confirmation bias; fear of corporate and government conspiracies; causality and filling the ignorance gap; and the nature of risk prediction. This fully updated new edition of Denying to the Grave reviews the most recent research on health science denial, offering a new chapter on how the contemporary 'assault on science' waged by certain political administrations has eroded public trust in national health and science agencies. Also new to this edition is a chapter investigating the relationship between health crises and misinformation, and what happens to science denial amidst a global public health crisis. Finally, the book proposes a novel approach to counteracting misinformation and improving our ability to understand and accept scientific consensus. In an era in which trust in science has become more important, and yet more elusive, Denying to the Grave sheds light on why we often choose to ignore scientific evidence, pointing the way toward a new understanding of how science should be conveyed to the public in order to save lives with existing knowledge and technology. Jack M. Gorman, Sara E. Gorman Tue, 22 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558950 thebookvoice.com 17:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denying to the Grave: Why We Ignore the Science That Will Save Us Author: Jack M. Gorman, Sara E. Gorman Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Denying to the Grave, Sara Gorman and Jack Gorman explore the psychology of health science denial. Using several examples as case studies, they propose six key principles that may lead people to reject 'accepted' health-related wisdom: the charismatic leader; fear of complexity; confirmation bias; fear of corporate and government conspiracies; causality and filling the ignorance gap; and the nature of risk prediction. This fully updated new edition of Denying to the Grave reviews the most recent research on health science denial, offering a new chapter on how the contemporary 'assault on science' waged by certain political administrations has eroded public trust in national health and science agencies. Also new to this edition is a chapter investigating the relationship between health crises and misinformation, and what happens to science denial amidst a global public health crisis. Finally, the book proposes a novel approach to counteracting misinformation and improving our ability to understand and accept scientific consensus. In an era in which trust in science has become more important, and yet more elusive, Denying to the Grave sheds light on why we often choose to ignore scientific evidence, pointing the way toward a new understanding of how science should be conveyed to the public in order to save lives with existing knowledge and technology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denying to the Grave: Why We Ignore the Science That Will Save Us Author: Jack M. Gorman, Sara E. Gorman Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Denying to the Grave, Sara Gorman and Jack Gorman explore the psychology of health science denial. Using several examples as case studies, they propose six key principles that may lead people to reject 'accepted' health-related wisdom: the charismatic leader; fear of complexity; confirmation bias; fear of corporate and government conspiracies; causality and filling the ignorance gap; and the nature of risk prediction. This fully updated new edition of Denying to the Grave reviews the most recent research on health science denial, offering a new chapter on how the contemporary 'assault on science' waged by certain political administrations has eroded public trust in national health and science agencies. Also new to this edition is a chapter investigating the relationship between health crises and misinformation, and what happens to science denial amidst a global public health crisis. Finally, the book proposes a novel approach to counteracting misinformation and improving our ability to understand and accept scientific consensus. In an era in which trust in science has become more important, and yet more elusive, Denying to the Grave sheds light on why we often choose to ignore scientific evidence, pointing the way toward a new understanding of how science should be conveyed to the public in order to save lives with existing knowledge and technology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be More Human: How to transform your lifestyle for optimum health, happiness and vitality Author: Tony Riddle Narrator: Tony Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The ultimate guide to boosting your mental and physical health by reconnecting with the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, eat, sleep, breathe and move. The bright lights, late nights and constant hustle of our modern world have detached us from the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, connect and thrive. Be More Human will explore the importance of reconnecting with our natural state and help us learn how to meet our true needs and live more naturally. Tony Riddle (@thenaturallifestylist) will explore how the majority of us do not sit, breathe, eat, sleep or move as nature intended and so we're actively going against our biology. This book will help us all to reassess our habits and tap back into our natural rhythms and ways of being to optimise our mental and physical wellbeing, reduce stress, sit correctly, breathe better and improve our quality of sleep. Tony is committed to helping us reconnect with how we were built to live in a way that can be incorporated into our hectic, modern lifestyles. His expertise will make this a transformative, empowering and practical guide to getting back in tune with a happier, healthier self to discover physical, emotional, mental and spiritual strength and wellbeing. We can't all live in nature, but we can all live more naturally and learn how to thrive instead of just survive. © Tony Riddle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Tony Riddle Thu, 26 May 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be More Human: How to transform your lifestyle for optimum health, happiness and vitality Author: Tony Riddle Narrator: Tony Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The ultimate guide to boosting your mental and physical health by reconnecting with the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, eat, sleep, breathe and move. The bright lights, late nights and constant hustle of our modern world have detached us from the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, connect and thrive. Be More Human will explore the importance of reconnecting with our natural state and help us learn how to meet our true needs and live more naturally. Tony Riddle (@thenaturallifestylist) will explore how the majority of us do not sit, breathe, eat, sleep or move as nature intended and so we're actively going against our biology. This book will help us all to reassess our habits and tap back into our natural rhythms and ways of being to optimise our mental and physical wellbeing, reduce stress, sit correctly, breathe better and improve our quality of sleep. Tony is committed to helping us reconnect with how we were built to live in a way that can be incorporated into our hectic, modern lifestyles. His expertise will make this a transformative, empowering and practical guide to getting back in tune with a happier, healthier self to discover physical, emotional, mental and spiritual strength and wellbeing. We can't all live in nature, but we can all live more naturally and learn how to thrive instead of just survive. © Tony Riddle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be More Human: How to transform your lifestyle for optimum health, happiness and vitality Author: Tony Riddle Narrator: Tony Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The ultimate guide to boosting your mental and physical health by reconnecting with the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, eat, sleep, breathe and move. The bright lights, late nights and constant hustle of our modern world have detached us from the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, connect and thrive. Be More Human will explore the importance of reconnecting with our natural state and help us learn how to meet our true needs and live more naturally. Tony Riddle (@thenaturallifestylist) will explore how the majority of us do not sit, breathe, eat, sleep or move as nature intended and so we're actively going against our biology. This book will help us all to reassess our habits and tap back into our natural rhythms and ways of being to optimise our mental and physical wellbeing, reduce stress, sit correctly, breathe better and improve our quality of sleep. Tony is committed to helping us reconnect with how we were built to live in a way that can be incorporated into our hectic, modern lifestyles. His expertise will make this a transformative, empowering and practical guide to getting back in tune with a happier, healthier self to discover physical, emotional, mental and spiritual strength and wellbeing. We can't all live in nature, but we can all live more naturally and learn how to thrive instead of just survive. © Tony Riddle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558714 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindreader: The New Science of Deciphering What People Really Think, What They Really Want, and Who They Really Are Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tired of guessing what they’re really thinking? Read people in every situation—in person, on a screen, or in writing—using the new science of psycholinguistics, from a New York Times bestselling author and consultant to the FBI, CIA, and NSA.   “A treasure trove of concepts, ideas, and tools that we can all master to be safer and happier. It’s a must-read!”—Joe Navarro, author of Dangerous Personalities What did your boss mean in that email? Is your mechanic stretching the truth? Whether you’re engaged in a casual conversation or a high-stakes negotiation, it’s critical to understand the subtext of a situation. But with so much interaction happening on screens—via email, texts, or video chat—we are losing the ability to interpret expressions and cues. Furthermore, since many are now savvy about the meaning of body language, it’s become even harder to discern someone’s true thoughts or intentions. A leading lie-detection expert who instructs the FBI and other security agencies, noted psychotherapist David Lieberman, PhD, takes “people reading” to a whole new level. Drawing on the latest research in psycholinguistics—the cues embedded in spoken and written speech—he shows you how to apply his cutting-edge methods to countless everyday situations, including: • Detecting the messaging behind passive language, personal or impersonal descriptions, and level of detail. • Determining whether someone’s account of any incident is the truth or a work of fiction. • Finding out whether a potential hire, dating app match, or new babysitter is trustworthy or hiding something.   Nobody wants to be played a fool. Mindreader will help us identify who can be trusted, and who may be out to get us. David J. Lieberman Tue, 16 Aug 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558714 thebookvoice.com 6:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindreader: The New Science of Deciphering What People Really Think, What They Really Want, and Who They Really Are Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tired of guessing what they’re really thinking? Read people in every situation—in person, on a screen, or in writing—using the new science of psycholinguistics, from a New York Times bestselling author and consultant to the FBI, CIA, and NSA.   “A treasure trove of concepts, ideas, and tools that we can all master to be safer and happier. It’s a must-read!”—Joe Navarro, author of Dangerous Personalities What did your boss mean in that email? Is your mechanic stretching the truth? Whether you’re engaged in a casual conversation or a high-stakes negotiation, it’s critical to understand the subtext of a situation. But with so much interaction happening on screens—via email, texts, or video chat—we are losing the ability to interpret expressions and cues. Furthermore, since many are now savvy about the meaning of body language, it’s become even harder to discern someone’s true thoughts or intentions. A leading lie-detection expert who instructs the FBI and other security agencies, noted psychotherapist David Lieberman, PhD, takes “people reading” to a whole new level. Drawing on the latest research in psycholinguistics—the cues embedded in spoken and written speech—he shows you how to apply his cutting-edge methods to countless everyday situations, including: • Detecting the messaging behind passive language, personal or impersonal descriptions, and level of detail. • Determining whether someone’s account of any incident is the truth or a work of fiction. • Finding out whether a potential hire, dating app match, or new babysitter is trustworthy or hiding something.   Nobody wants to be played a fool. Mindreader will help us identify who can be trusted, and who may be out to get us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindreader: The New Science of Deciphering What People Really Think, What They Really Want, and Who They Really Are Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tired of guessing what they’re really thinking? Read people in every situation—in person, on a screen, or in writing—using the new science of psycholinguistics, from a New York Times bestselling author and consultant to the FBI, CIA, and NSA.   “A treasure trove of concepts, ideas, and tools that we can all master to be safer and happier. It’s a must-read!”—Joe Navarro, author of Dangerous Personalities What did your boss mean in that email? Is your mechanic stretching the truth? Whether you’re engaged in a casual conversation or a high-stakes negotiation, it’s critical to understand the subtext of a situation. But with so much interaction happening on screens—via email, texts, or video chat—we are losing the ability to interpret expressions and cues. Furthermore, since many are now savvy about the meaning of body language, it’s become even harder to discern someone’s true thoughts or intentions. A leading lie-detection expert who instructs the FBI and other security agencies, noted psychotherapist David Lieberman, PhD, takes “people reading” to a whole new level. Drawing on the latest research in psycholinguistics—the cues embedded in spoken and written speech—he shows you how to apply his cutting-edge methods to countless everyday situations, including: • Detecting the messaging behind passive language, personal or impersonal descriptions, and level of detail. • Determining whether someone’s account of any incident is the truth or a work of fiction. • Finding out whether a potential hire, dating app match, or new babysitter is trustworthy or hiding something.   Nobody wants to be played a fool. Mindreader will help us identify who can be trusted, and who may be out to get us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558710 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Giving Hope: Conversations with Children About Illness, Death, and Loss Author: Michael Schwartzman, Elena Lister Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The best and only resource you will ever need for helping any child understand and cope with illness, death, and loss Just as death is inevitable, talking about death is an inevitable part of parenting. Dr. Elena Lister and Dr. Michael Schwartzman offer us the way to have conversations with children that are as much about life as they are about death—conversations that anyone who parents, teaches, or counsels children can have.   Giving Hope is a must-have resource that expands our understanding of how to prepare for, initiate, and facilitate these personal and profound conversations. The approach is honest, practical, and compassionate and will benefit a grieving child both now and in the future. Giving Hope provides us with the tools to make our children’s experiences positive and life-affirming. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains an extensive list of resources from the book. Michael Schwartzman, Elena Lister Tue, 30 Aug 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558710 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Giving Hope: Conversations with Children About Illness, Death, and Loss Author: Michael Schwartzman, Elena Lister Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The best and only resource you will ever need for helping any child understand and cope with illness, death, and loss Just as death is inevitable, talking about death is an inevitable part of parenting. Dr. Elena Lister and Dr. Michael Schwartzman offer us the way to have conversations with children that are as much about life as they are about death—conversations that anyone who parents, teaches, or counsels children can have.   Giving Hope is a must-have resource that expands our understanding of how to prepare for, initiate, and facilitate these personal and profound conversations. The approach is honest, practical, and compassionate and will benefit a grieving child both now and in the future. Giving Hope provides us with the tools to make our children’s experiences positive and life-affirming. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains an extensive list of resources from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Giving Hope: Conversations with Children About Illness, Death, and Loss Author: Michael Schwartzman, Elena Lister Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The best and only resource you will ever need for helping any child understand and cope with illness, death, and loss Just as death is inevitable, talking about death is an inevitable part of parenting. Dr. Elena Lister and Dr. Michael Schwartzman offer us the way to have conversations with children that are as much about life as they are about death—conversations that anyone who parents, teaches, or counsels children can have.   Giving Hope is a must-have resource that expands our understanding of how to prepare for, initiate, and facilitate these personal and profound conversations. The approach is honest, practical, and compassionate and will benefit a grieving child both now and in the future. Giving Hope provides us with the tools to make our children’s experiences positive and life-affirming. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains an extensive list of resources from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558619 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los patitos feos: La resiliencia. Una infancia infeliz no determina la vida Author: Boris Cyrulnik Narrator: Juan Magraner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las claves para pasar de ser un patito feo a un hermoso cisne, libre de traumas y conflictos emocionales. Los patitos feos es un referente imprescindible en el campo de la psicología moderna. Resiliencia: dícese de la resistencia que ofrece un cuerpo a la rotura por golpe o de la capacidad humana de asumir con flexibilidad situaciones límite y sobreponerse a ellas. Tras superar una difícil infancia marcada por la muerte de sus padres en un campo de concentración nazi y su posterior paso por distintos orfanatos y centros de acogida, Boris Cyrulnik adoptó el concepto de «resiliencia» y lo aplicó al campo de la psicología infantil para demostrar y explicar cómo todo niño puede volver a empezar después de haber sufrido una experiencia traumática. Maria Callas o Georges Brassens son dos de los casos más célebres, pero hay muchos más ejemplos en las páginas de este libro que ponen de manifiesto que ninguna herida es un destino, que un niño traumatizado no está condenado a convertirse en un adulto fracasado y que alguien que ha sido maltratado en la infancia no tiene por qué convertirse en un futuro maltratador. Reseñas: «Una de las teorías más optimistas que ha visto la ciencia en los últimos decenios.» La Vanguardia «Fascinante y revelador.» The Guardian «Los niños maltratados tienen esperanza para Cyrulnik. Su vida puede no solo ser normal sino magnífica.» El Cultural, El Mundo Boris Cyrulnik Thu, 25 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558619 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los patitos feos: La resiliencia. Una infancia infeliz no determina la vida Author: Boris Cyrulnik Narrator: Juan Magraner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las claves para pasar de ser un patito feo a un hermoso cisne, libre de traumas y conflictos emocionales. Los patitos feos es un referente imprescindible en el campo de la psicología moderna. Resiliencia: dícese de la resistencia que ofrece un cuerpo a la rotura por golpe o de la capacidad humana de asumir con flexibilidad situaciones límite y sobreponerse a ellas. Tras superar una difícil infancia marcada por la muerte de sus padres en un campo de concentración nazi y su posterior paso por distintos orfanatos y centros de acogida, Boris Cyrulnik adoptó el concepto de «resiliencia» y lo aplicó al campo de la psicología infantil para demostrar y explicar cómo todo niño puede volver a empezar después de haber sufrido una experiencia traumática. Maria Callas o Georges Brassens son dos de los casos más célebres, pero hay muchos más ejemplos en las páginas de este libro que ponen de manifiesto que ninguna herida es un destino, que un niño traumatizado no está condenado a convertirse en un adulto fracasado y que alguien que ha sido maltratado en la infancia no tiene por qué convertirse en un futuro maltratador. Reseñas: «Una de las teorías más optimistas que ha visto la ciencia en los últimos decenios.» La Vanguardia «Fascinante y revelador.» The Guardian «Los niños maltratados tienen esperanza para Cyrulnik. Su vida puede no solo ser normal sino magnífica.» El Cultural, El Mundo Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los patitos feos: La resiliencia. Una infancia infeliz no determina la vida Author: Boris Cyrulnik Narrator: Juan Magraner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las claves para pasar de ser un patito feo a un hermoso cisne, libre de traumas y conflictos emocionales. Los patitos feos es un referente imprescindible en el campo de la psicología moderna. Resiliencia: dícese de la resistencia que ofrece un cuerpo a la rotura por golpe o de la capacidad humana de asumir con flexibilidad situaciones límite y sobreponerse a ellas. Tras superar una difícil infancia marcada por la muerte de sus padres en un campo de concentración nazi y su posterior paso por distintos orfanatos y centros de acogida, Boris Cyrulnik adoptó el concepto de «resiliencia» y lo aplicó al campo de la psicología infantil para demostrar y explicar cómo todo niño puede volver a empezar después de haber sufrido una experiencia traumática. Maria Callas o Georges Brassens son dos de los casos más célebres, pero hay muchos más ejemplos en las páginas de este libro que ponen de manifiesto que ninguna herida es un destino, que un niño traumatizado no está condenado a convertirse en un adulto fracasado y que alguien que ha sido maltratado en la infancia no tiene por qué convertirse en un futuro maltratador. Reseñas: «Una de las teorías más optimistas que ha visto la ciencia en los últimos decenios.» La Vanguardia «Fascinante y revelador.» The Guardian «Los niños maltratados tienen esperanza para Cyrulnik. Su vida puede no solo ser normal sino magnífica.» El Cultural, El Mundo https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Over Mood: Understanding Anxiety and Depression Author: Scientific American Narrator: Mack Sanderson, Lauren Ezzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 17, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety and depression are two of the most common conditions affecting mental health and overall quality of life, but there are tools for managing them. In this audiobook, we’ll explore how depression shows up in the brain, different manifestations of depression and anxiety, various talk therapies, technological innovations, lifestyle interventions, and more. Scientific American Tue, 17 Aug 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558143 thebookvoice.com 5:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Over Mood: Understanding Anxiety and Depression Author: Scientific American Narrator: Mack Sanderson, Lauren Ezzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 17, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety and depression are two of the most common conditions affecting mental health and overall quality of life, but there are tools for managing them. In this audiobook, we’ll explore how depression shows up in the brain, different manifestations of depression and anxiety, various talk therapies, technological innovations, lifestyle interventions, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Over Mood: Understanding Anxiety and Depression Author: Scientific American Narrator: Mack Sanderson, Lauren Ezzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 17, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety and depression are two of the most common conditions affecting mental health and overall quality of life, but there are tools for managing them. In this audiobook, we’ll explore how depression shows up in the brain, different manifestations of depression and anxiety, various talk therapies, technological innovations, lifestyle interventions, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558100 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Resilience Recipe: A Parent's Guide to Raising Fearless Kids in the Age of Anxiety Author: Muniya S. Khanna PhD, Philip C. Kendall PhD ABPP Narrator: Eleanor Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We live in an age of anxiety. Amidst climate change and natural disasters, a troubled economy, and one of the largest global pandemics in modern history—is it any wonder our kids are anxious and stressed out? Add in the pressures inherent in social media and consumerist culture, as well as the pressure of academic success, and you've got a recipe for disaster. The good news is that you can help your child manage anxiety and stress—no matter what life throws their way. This book will show you how. Written by two pioneering experts in child psychology and anxiety, The Resilience Recipe offers an evidence-based plan grounded in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help kids build emotional resilience and adaptability, worry less, and thrive—despite the stressors of modern life. With this guide, you'll learn to help kids feel more in control of their moods and emotions; cope with difficult experiences; and recognize the first signs of stress and anxiety in both their mind and body, so they can find quick relief. You'll also discover a wealth of tips and strategies to help you manage your own anxiety. Most importantly, you'll find a solid action plan to help your child feel strong and capable in the face of unprecedented challenges. Muniya S. Khanna PhD, Philip C. Kendall PhD ABPP Tue, 25 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558100 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Resilience Recipe: A Parent's Guide to Raising Fearless Kids in the Age of Anxiety Author: Muniya S. Khanna PhD, Philip C. Kendall PhD ABPP Narrator: Eleanor Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We live in an age of anxiety. Amidst climate change and natural disasters, a troubled economy, and one of the largest global pandemics in modern history—is it any wonder our kids are anxious and stressed out? Add in the pressures inherent in social media and consumerist culture, as well as the pressure of academic success, and you've got a recipe for disaster. The good news is that you can help your child manage anxiety and stress—no matter what life throws their way. This book will show you how. Written by two pioneering experts in child psychology and anxiety, The Resilience Recipe offers an evidence-based plan grounded in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help kids build emotional resilience and adaptability, worry less, and thrive—despite the stressors of modern life. With this guide, you'll learn to help kids feel more in control of their moods and emotions; cope with difficult experiences; and recognize the first signs of stress and anxiety in both their mind and body, so they can find quick relief. You'll also discover a wealth of tips and strategies to help you manage your own anxiety. Most importantly, you'll find a solid action plan to help your child feel strong and capable in the face of unprecedented challenges. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Resilience Recipe: A Parent's Guide to Raising Fearless Kids in the Age of Anxiety Author: Muniya S. Khanna PhD, Philip C. Kendall PhD ABPP Narrator: Eleanor Mccormick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We live in an age of anxiety. Amidst climate change and natural disasters, a troubled economy, and one of the largest global pandemics in modern history—is it any wonder our kids are anxious and stressed out? Add in the pressures inherent in social media and consumerist culture, as well as the pressure of academic success, and you've got a recipe for disaster. The good news is that you can help your child manage anxiety and stress—no matter what life throws their way. This book will show you how. Written by two pioneering experts in child psychology and anxiety, The Resilience Recipe offers an evidence-based plan grounded in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to help kids build emotional resilience and adaptability, worry less, and thrive—despite the stressors of modern life. With this guide, you'll learn to help kids feel more in control of their moods and emotions; cope with difficult experiences; and recognize the first signs of stress and anxiety in both their mind and body, so they can find quick relief. You'll also discover a wealth of tips and strategies to help you manage your own anxiety. Most importantly, you'll find a solid action plan to help your child feel strong and capable in the face of unprecedented challenges. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anchored: How to Befriend Your Nervous System Using Polyvagal Theory Author: Deb Dana LCSW Narrator: Deb Dana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An intense conversation, a spat with a partner, or even an obnoxious tweet—these situations aren't life-or-death, yet we often react as if they are. That's because our bodies treat most perceived threats the same way. Yet one approach has proven to be incredibly effective in training our nervous system to stop overreacting: Polyvagal Theory. In Anchored, expert teacher Deb Dana shares a down-to-earth presentation of Polyvagal Theory, then brings the science to life with practical, everyday ways to transform your relationship with your body. Using field-tested techniques, Dana helps you master the skills to become more aware of your nervous system moment to moment—and change the way you respond to the great and small challenges of life. Here, you'll explore: ● Polyvagal Theory—get to know the biology and function of your vagus nerve, the highway of the nervous system ● Befriending Your Nervous System—attune to what's going on in your body by developing your 'neuroception' ● Practices and guidance to gently shape your nervous system for greater resilience, intuition, safety, and wonder Deb Dana LCSW Tue, 08 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558094 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anchored: How to Befriend Your Nervous System Using Polyvagal Theory Author: Deb Dana LCSW Narrator: Deb Dana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An intense conversation, a spat with a partner, or even an obnoxious tweet—these situations aren't life-or-death, yet we often react as if they are. That's because our bodies treat most perceived threats the same way. Yet one approach has proven to be incredibly effective in training our nervous system to stop overreacting: Polyvagal Theory. In Anchored, expert teacher Deb Dana shares a down-to-earth presentation of Polyvagal Theory, then brings the science to life with practical, everyday ways to transform your relationship with your body. Using field-tested techniques, Dana helps you master the skills to become more aware of your nervous system moment to moment—and change the way you respond to the great and small challenges of life. Here, you'll explore: ● Polyvagal Theory—get to know the biology and function of your vagus nerve, the highway of the nervous system ● Befriending Your Nervous System—attune to what's going on in your body by developing your 'neuroception' ● Practices and guidance to gently shape your nervous system for greater resilience, intuition, safety, and wonder Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anchored: How to Befriend Your Nervous System Using Polyvagal Theory Author: Deb Dana LCSW Narrator: Deb Dana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An intense conversation, a spat with a partner, or even an obnoxious tweet—these situations aren't life-or-death, yet we often react as if they are. That's because our bodies treat most perceived threats the same way. Yet one approach has proven to be incredibly effective in training our nervous system to stop overreacting: Polyvagal Theory. In Anchored, expert teacher Deb Dana shares a down-to-earth presentation of Polyvagal Theory, then brings the science to life with practical, everyday ways to transform your relationship with your body. Using field-tested techniques, Dana helps you master the skills to become more aware of your nervous system moment to moment—and change the way you respond to the great and small challenges of life. Here, you'll explore: ● Polyvagal Theory—get to know the biology and function of your vagus nerve, the highway of the nervous system ● Befriending Your Nervous System—attune to what's going on in your body by developing your 'neuroception' ● Practices and guidance to gently shape your nervous system for greater resilience, intuition, safety, and wonder https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558091 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Formula: Discover Your Greater Self—and Revolutionize Your Life Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are You Ready to Discover Who You Truly Are? Healthful self-belief is the single greatest determinant of success. But so many of us lack it. In The Secret Formula, Joseph Murphy, author of the groundbreaking classic The Power of Your Subconscious Mind, reveals the hidden key to bolstering your sense of self: realizing the infinite powers of your mind. The simple, persuasive, and epic pieces assembled in this collection provide a spiritual and psychological blueprint—a 'secret formula'—to discovering the metaphysical power of your thoughts and your mind's connection to the highest creative principle of the universe. When you discover this esoteric truth, you will finally know and be able to live out who you really are. This collection, part of a new series called Joseph Murphy's Golden Lessons, is edited by popular voice of esoteric spirituality Mitch Horowitz. It includes Mitch's short bio of Murphy and a timeline of the teacher's life. 'Your subconscious is, in large measure, your destiny,' Mitch writes in his introduction. 'And your destiny can be shaped.' The methods in The Secret Formula show you how. Joseph Murphy Tue, 25 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558091 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Formula: Discover Your Greater Self—and Revolutionize Your Life Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are You Ready to Discover Who You Truly Are? Healthful self-belief is the single greatest determinant of success. But so many of us lack it. In The Secret Formula, Joseph Murphy, author of the groundbreaking classic The Power of Your Subconscious Mind, reveals the hidden key to bolstering your sense of self: realizing the infinite powers of your mind. The simple, persuasive, and epic pieces assembled in this collection provide a spiritual and psychological blueprint—a 'secret formula'—to discovering the metaphysical power of your thoughts and your mind's connection to the highest creative principle of the universe. When you discover this esoteric truth, you will finally know and be able to live out who you really are. This collection, part of a new series called Joseph Murphy's Golden Lessons, is edited by popular voice of esoteric spirituality Mitch Horowitz. It includes Mitch's short bio of Murphy and a timeline of the teacher's life. 'Your subconscious is, in large measure, your destiny,' Mitch writes in his introduction. 'And your destiny can be shaped.' The methods in The Secret Formula show you how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Formula: Discover Your Greater Self—and Revolutionize Your Life Author: Joseph Murphy Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are You Ready to Discover Who You Truly Are? Healthful self-belief is the single greatest determinant of success. But so many of us lack it. In The Secret Formula, Joseph Murphy, author of the groundbreaking classic The Power of Your Subconscious Mind, reveals the hidden key to bolstering your sense of self: realizing the infinite powers of your mind. The simple, persuasive, and epic pieces assembled in this collection provide a spiritual and psychological blueprint—a 'secret formula'—to discovering the metaphysical power of your thoughts and your mind's connection to the highest creative principle of the universe. When you discover this esoteric truth, you will finally know and be able to live out who you really are. This collection, part of a new series called Joseph Murphy's Golden Lessons, is edited by popular voice of esoteric spirituality Mitch Horowitz. It includes Mitch's short bio of Murphy and a timeline of the teacher's life. 'Your subconscious is, in large measure, your destiny,' Mitch writes in his introduction. 'And your destiny can be shaped.' The methods in The Secret Formula show you how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las brujas no se quejan: Un manual de sabiduría concentrada Author: Jean Shinoda Bolen Narrator: Diana Huicochea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La innovadora obra de Jean Shinoda Bolen que precede a este libro (en especial Las diosas de cada mujer) contribuyó a que una generación entera de mujeres tomara conciencia de su potencial y valía. En este nuevo texto, Las brujas no se quejan, el jocoso sentido del humor y la agudísima introspección de la doctora Bolen se alían para ofrecer a las mujeres trece cualidades que cultivar. Si nos comprometemos a llevar a cabo estos pequeños ejercicios, seremos más felices y, asimismo, aportaremos nuestro granito de arena para lograr que este mundo sea un lugar mejor. «Estas cualidades no se cultivan de la noche a la mañana», escribe Bolen. La etapa de la vejez es una época de «maduración» en la que las mujeres pueden consagrar su tiempo, energía y creatividad a lo que en realidad les importa. Jean Bolen nos obsequia con su proyecto: Las brujas no se quejan. Al contrario, las ancianas son atrevidas y confían en sus propios instintos. No imploran; en cambio, sí meditan. Eligen su camino con el corazón. Poseen la fiereza del que defiende lo que más le importa. Dicen la verdad con compasión. Escuchan su cuerpo, se reinventan a sí mismas en función de sus necesidades y saborean la parte positiva de sus vidas. No deje usted de recurrir a estos trece capítulos breves, en los buenos y en los malos momentos, sola o con otras personas... porque «las brujas juntas pueden cambiar el mundo». Jean Shinoda Bolen Mon, 15 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557878 thebookvoice.com 2:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las brujas no se quejan: Un manual de sabiduría concentrada Author: Jean Shinoda Bolen Narrator: Diana Huicochea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La innovadora obra de Jean Shinoda Bolen que precede a este libro (en especial Las diosas de cada mujer) contribuyó a que una generación entera de mujeres tomara conciencia de su potencial y valía. En este nuevo texto, Las brujas no se quejan, el jocoso sentido del humor y la agudísima introspección de la doctora Bolen se alían para ofrecer a las mujeres trece cualidades que cultivar. Si nos comprometemos a llevar a cabo estos pequeños ejercicios, seremos más felices y, asimismo, aportaremos nuestro granito de arena para lograr que este mundo sea un lugar mejor. «Estas cualidades no se cultivan de la noche a la mañana», escribe Bolen. La etapa de la vejez es una época de «maduración» en la que las mujeres pueden consagrar su tiempo, energía y creatividad a lo que en realidad les importa. Jean Bolen nos obsequia con su proyecto: Las brujas no se quejan. Al contrario, las ancianas son atrevidas y confían en sus propios instintos. No imploran; en cambio, sí meditan. Eligen su camino con el corazón. Poseen la fiereza del que defiende lo que más le importa. Dicen la verdad con compasión. Escuchan su cuerpo, se reinventan a sí mismas en función de sus necesidades y saborean la parte positiva de sus vidas. No deje usted de recurrir a estos trece capítulos breves, en los buenos y en los malos momentos, sola o con otras personas... porque «las brujas juntas pueden cambiar el mundo». Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las brujas no se quejan: Un manual de sabiduría concentrada Author: Jean Shinoda Bolen Narrator: Diana Huicochea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La innovadora obra de Jean Shinoda Bolen que precede a este libro (en especial Las diosas de cada mujer) contribuyó a que una generación entera de mujeres tomara conciencia de su potencial y valía. En este nuevo texto, Las brujas no se quejan, el jocoso sentido del humor y la agudísima introspección de la doctora Bolen se alían para ofrecer a las mujeres trece cualidades que cultivar. Si nos comprometemos a llevar a cabo estos pequeños ejercicios, seremos más felices y, asimismo, aportaremos nuestro granito de arena para lograr que este mundo sea un lugar mejor. «Estas cualidades no se cultivan de la noche a la mañana», escribe Bolen. La etapa de la vejez es una época de «maduración» en la que las mujeres pueden consagrar su tiempo, energía y creatividad a lo que en realidad les importa. Jean Bolen nos obsequia con su proyecto: Las brujas no se quejan. Al contrario, las ancianas son atrevidas y confían en sus propios instintos. No imploran; en cambio, sí meditan. Eligen su camino con el corazón. Poseen la fiereza del que defiende lo que más le importa. Dicen la verdad con compasión. Escuchan su cuerpo, se reinventan a sí mismas en función de sus necesidades y saborean la parte positiva de sus vidas. No deje usted de recurrir a estos trece capítulos breves, en los buenos y en los malos momentos, sola o con otras personas... porque «las brujas juntas pueden cambiar el mundo». https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557843 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 4: Understanding others: Loved ones to tricky ones Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones… We are social creatures, yet we often fear each other. We fear others’ opinions of us and long for acceptance. We struggle with how to navigate healthy relationships and survive unhealthy relationships. This book is about translating the complexities of human relationships  the healthy and the unhealthy  so that we are skilled, armed and confident with our people. This book is about learning to be empowered and healthy with others. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Dr Kirsten Hunter Thu, 04 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557843 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 4: Understanding others: Loved ones to tricky ones Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones… We are social creatures, yet we often fear each other. We fear others’ opinions of us and long for acceptance. We struggle with how to navigate healthy relationships and survive unhealthy relationships. This book is about translating the complexities of human relationships  the healthy and the unhealthy  so that we are skilled, armed and confident with our people. This book is about learning to be empowered and healthy with others. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 4: Understanding others: Loved ones to tricky ones Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones… We are social creatures, yet we often fear each other. We fear others’ opinions of us and long for acceptance. We struggle with how to navigate healthy relationships and survive unhealthy relationships. This book is about translating the complexities of human relationships  the healthy and the unhealthy  so that we are skilled, armed and confident with our people. This book is about learning to be empowered and healthy with others. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557839 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcome porn addiction in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop watching porn but you can’t? What if I tell you that this time it could be different? This hypnosis will guide you through a path of calmness where you will learn to let go of the temptations that you have in your life like porn addiction. During the next 30 days, you must listen to this hypnosis session and you will see the results in a near future. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to finally quit your porn addiction, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Third Eye Hypnosis Thu, 11 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557839 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcome porn addiction in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop watching porn but you can’t? What if I tell you that this time it could be different? This hypnosis will guide you through a path of calmness where you will learn to let go of the temptations that you have in your life like porn addiction. During the next 30 days, you must listen to this hypnosis session and you will see the results in a near future. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to finally quit your porn addiction, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcome porn addiction in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop watching porn but you can’t? What if I tell you that this time it could be different? This hypnosis will guide you through a path of calmness where you will learn to let go of the temptations that you have in your life like porn addiction. During the next 30 days, you must listen to this hypnosis session and you will see the results in a near future. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to finally quit your porn addiction, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557840 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become a magnet of positive things in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Aren't you tired of the same things happening to you again and again? Would you like to start attracting abundance to your life and start living a whole different life full of positiveness? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to become a magnet of positive things and have an abundant life full of wonderful things, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Third Eye Hypnosis Tue, 09 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557840 thebookvoice.com 4:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become a magnet of positive things in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Aren't you tired of the same things happening to you again and again? Would you like to start attracting abundance to your life and start living a whole different life full of positiveness? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to become a magnet of positive things and have an abundant life full of wonderful things, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become a magnet of positive things in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Aren't you tired of the same things happening to you again and again? Would you like to start attracting abundance to your life and start living a whole different life full of positiveness? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to become a magnet of positive things and have an abundant life full of wonderful things, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve your sex life in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you having problems in bed? Do you think that you are having bad performance in bed? Would you like to become great at sex and be an amazing lover? This hypnosis will guide you through a path of calmness where you will be able to improve significantly your performance in sex. During the next 30 days you must listen to this hypnosis session and you will see the results in a near future. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to improve in sex, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Third Eye Hypnosis Thu, 11 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557836 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve your sex life in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you having problems in bed? Do you think that you are having bad performance in bed? Would you like to become great at sex and be an amazing lover? This hypnosis will guide you through a path of calmness where you will be able to improve significantly your performance in sex. During the next 30 days you must listen to this hypnosis session and you will see the results in a near future. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to improve in sex, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve your sex life in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you having problems in bed? Do you think that you are having bad performance in bed? Would you like to become great at sex and be an amazing lover? This hypnosis will guide you through a path of calmness where you will be able to improve significantly your performance in sex. During the next 30 days you must listen to this hypnosis session and you will see the results in a near future. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to improve in sex, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557837 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit smoking in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop smoking but temptation wins you over? Would you like to find a way where you can finally beat temptation and stop smoking once and for all? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to stop smoking and start a new healthy lifestyle, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Third Eye Hypnosis Thu, 11 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557837 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit smoking in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop smoking but temptation wins you over? Would you like to find a way where you can finally beat temptation and stop smoking once and for all? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to stop smoking and start a new healthy lifestyle, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit smoking in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop smoking but temptation wins you over? Would you like to find a way where you can finally beat temptation and stop smoking once and for all? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to stop smoking and start a new healthy lifestyle, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit drinking in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop drinking but temptation wins you over? Would you like to find a way where you can finally beat temptation and stop drinking once and for all? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to stop drinking and start a new healthy lifestyle, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Third Eye Hypnosis Thu, 11 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557838 thebookvoice.com 4:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit drinking in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop drinking but temptation wins you over? Would you like to find a way where you can finally beat temptation and stop drinking once and for all? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to stop drinking and start a new healthy lifestyle, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quit drinking in 30 days: With sleep hypnosis and subliminal affirmations Author: Third Eye Hypnosis Narrator: Iraaj Majundar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you trying to stop drinking but temptation wins you over? Would you like to find a way where you can finally beat temptation and stop drinking once and for all? In this hypnosis, you will be guided through the path of peace and tranquility for 30 days that will help you achieve the thing that you desire the most. Is very important that you repeat this hypnosis session for at least 30 days so you can see results. How? With this hypnosis, you will enter a state of unconsciousness in which your mind will begin to focus its attention only on what is being ordered while you’re sleeping. With the help of subliminal affirmations and relaxing sounds, your body and mind will start working together in harmony so this hypnosis can help you in a subconscious way in order to achieve your most desired goals. If you’re ready to stop drinking and start a new healthy lifestyle, don’t wait any longer and buy this amazing hypnosis audiobook so you can achieve what you want while you are sleeping!! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557835 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 1: Control your consciousness: In the driver's seat Author: Dr. Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr. Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat… Are you your own worst enemy or your biggest resource? How can you navigate your day-to-day life without first learning to master your machinery: your mind? In easy conversational language, this book opens the door to your understanding of the complex interplay of your mind, your emotions and your behaviour. Take charge of your thoughts, your fears and the problem habits that keep tripping you up in life. This is a book of practical advice on how to improve your life. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Dr. Kirsten Hunter Thu, 04 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557835 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 1: Control your consciousness: In the driver's seat Author: Dr. Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr. Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat… Are you your own worst enemy or your biggest resource? How can you navigate your day-to-day life without first learning to master your machinery: your mind? In easy conversational language, this book opens the door to your understanding of the complex interplay of your mind, your emotions and your behaviour. Take charge of your thoughts, your fears and the problem habits that keep tripping you up in life. This is a book of practical advice on how to improve your life. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 1: Control your consciousness: In the driver's seat Author: Dr. Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr. Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat… Are you your own worst enemy or your biggest resource? How can you navigate your day-to-day life without first learning to master your machinery: your mind? In easy conversational language, this book opens the door to your understanding of the complex interplay of your mind, your emotions and your behaviour. Take charge of your thoughts, your fears and the problem habits that keep tripping you up in life. This is a book of practical advice on how to improve your life. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557829 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 2: Understanding myself: Be an expert Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert… This book is about you. It is about understanding the unique experiences that you have in your relationship with yourself, with your people and your world. This book is about untangling you and giving you choice. This is a relatable conversation where you can learn about yourself and put your life on a strong and healthy pathway. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Dr Kirsten Hunter Thu, 04 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557829 thebookvoice.com 3:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 2: Understanding myself: Be an expert Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert… This book is about you. It is about understanding the unique experiences that you have in your relationship with yourself, with your people and your world. This book is about untangling you and giving you choice. This is a relatable conversation where you can learn about yourself and put your life on a strong and healthy pathway. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 2: Understanding myself: Be an expert Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert… This book is about you. It is about understanding the unique experiences that you have in your relationship with yourself, with your people and your world. This book is about untangling you and giving you choice. This is a relatable conversation where you can learn about yourself and put your life on a strong and healthy pathway. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT: How to Overcome Depression and Anxiety and Develop Positive Thinking and Self Esteem Author: Philip Morra Narrator: Joss Fisher, Scott Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even if you’re relatively unfamiliar with psychology, chances are you’ve heard of cognitive-behavioral therapy, commonly known as CBT. It’s an extremely common type of talk therapy practiced around the world. If you’ve ever interacted with a mental health therapist, a counselor, or a psychiatry clinician in a professional setting, it’s likely you’ve participated in CBT. If you’ve ever heard friends or loved ones talk about how a mental health professional helped them identify unhelpful thoughts and patterns and behavior and alter them to more effectively work towards their goals, you’ve heard about the impacts of CBT. CBT is one of the most frequently used tools in the psychologist’s toolbox. Though it’s based on simple principles, it can have wildly positive outcomes when put into practice. In this article, we’ll explore what CBT is, how it works, and how you can apply its principles to improve your own life or the lives of your clients. What is CBT? Cognitive Distortions 9 Essential CBT Techniques and Tools Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Worksheets (PDFs) To Print and Use Some More CBT Interventions and Exercises A CBT Manual and Workbook for Your Own Practice and for Your Client 5 Final Cognitive Behavioral Activities Philip Morra Tue, 09 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557828 thebookvoice.com 3:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT: How to Overcome Depression and Anxiety and Develop Positive Thinking and Self Esteem Author: Philip Morra Narrator: Joss Fisher, Scott Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even if you’re relatively unfamiliar with psychology, chances are you’ve heard of cognitive-behavioral therapy, commonly known as CBT. It’s an extremely common type of talk therapy practiced around the world. If you’ve ever interacted with a mental health therapist, a counselor, or a psychiatry clinician in a professional setting, it’s likely you’ve participated in CBT. If you’ve ever heard friends or loved ones talk about how a mental health professional helped them identify unhelpful thoughts and patterns and behavior and alter them to more effectively work towards their goals, you’ve heard about the impacts of CBT. CBT is one of the most frequently used tools in the psychologist’s toolbox. Though it’s based on simple principles, it can have wildly positive outcomes when put into practice. In this article, we’ll explore what CBT is, how it works, and how you can apply its principles to improve your own life or the lives of your clients. What is CBT? Cognitive Distortions 9 Essential CBT Techniques and Tools Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Worksheets (PDFs) To Print and Use Some More CBT Interventions and Exercises A CBT Manual and Workbook for Your Own Practice and for Your Client 5 Final Cognitive Behavioral Activities Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT: How to Overcome Depression and Anxiety and Develop Positive Thinking and Self Esteem Author: Philip Morra Narrator: Joss Fisher, Scott Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even if you’re relatively unfamiliar with psychology, chances are you’ve heard of cognitive-behavioral therapy, commonly known as CBT. It’s an extremely common type of talk therapy practiced around the world. If you’ve ever interacted with a mental health therapist, a counselor, or a psychiatry clinician in a professional setting, it’s likely you’ve participated in CBT. If you’ve ever heard friends or loved ones talk about how a mental health professional helped them identify unhelpful thoughts and patterns and behavior and alter them to more effectively work towards their goals, you’ve heard about the impacts of CBT. CBT is one of the most frequently used tools in the psychologist’s toolbox. Though it’s based on simple principles, it can have wildly positive outcomes when put into practice. In this article, we’ll explore what CBT is, how it works, and how you can apply its principles to improve your own life or the lives of your clients. What is CBT? Cognitive Distortions 9 Essential CBT Techniques and Tools Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Worksheets (PDFs) To Print and Use Some More CBT Interventions and Exercises A CBT Manual and Workbook for Your Own Practice and for Your Client 5 Final Cognitive Behavioral Activities https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557825 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 5: Parenting: Love, pride, apprenticeship Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship… We often lament that we don’t get a manual for parenting. So here it is: the psychology of parenting. This book will help you understand the ‘whys’ of your child’s needs, creating the foundation for your parenting skills. This book outlines concrete skills that will increase your confidence as a parent, supporting you in taking this loving leadership role in your family. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Dr Kirsten Hunter Thu, 04 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557825 thebookvoice.com 2:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 5: Parenting: Love, pride, apprenticeship Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship… We often lament that we don’t get a manual for parenting. So here it is: the psychology of parenting. This book will help you understand the ‘whys’ of your child’s needs, creating the foundation for your parenting skills. This book outlines concrete skills that will increase your confidence as a parent, supporting you in taking this loving leadership role in your family. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 5: Parenting: Love, pride, apprenticeship Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship… We often lament that we don’t get a manual for parenting. So here it is: the psychology of parenting. This book will help you understand the ‘whys’ of your child’s needs, creating the foundation for your parenting skills. This book outlines concrete skills that will increase your confidence as a parent, supporting you in taking this loving leadership role in your family. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 6: Nailing being an adult: Have the skills Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills… This book takes you from surviving to thriving as an adult. With so many crucial issues covered, it will show you the common sense of healthy adulthood that is sadly not common knowledge. This book is the masterclass for being an adult. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Dr Kirsten Hunter Fri, 05 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557826 thebookvoice.com 2:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 6: Nailing being an adult: Have the skills Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills… This book takes you from surviving to thriving as an adult. With so many crucial issues covered, it will show you the common sense of healthy adulthood that is sadly not common knowledge. This book is the masterclass for being an adult. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 6: Nailing being an adult: Have the skills Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills… This book takes you from surviving to thriving as an adult. With so many crucial issues covered, it will show you the common sense of healthy adulthood that is sadly not common knowledge. This book is the masterclass for being an adult. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557817 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 3: Mindfulness and state of flow: Living with purpose and passion Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion… Are you diving into life? This book shows you how to experience life  literally. It is about being present, being engaged, finding meaning, and being passionate in your day-to-day life, moment to moment. You want to come alive? This is your book. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Dr Kirsten Hunter Thu, 04 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557817 thebookvoice.com 1:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 3: Mindfulness and state of flow: Living with purpose and passion Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion… Are you diving into life? This book shows you how to experience life  literally. It is about being present, being engaged, finding meaning, and being passionate in your day-to-day life, moment to moment. You want to come alive? This is your book. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Signposts for Living - A Psychological Manual for Being - Book 3: Mindfulness and state of flow: Living with purpose and passion Author: Dr Kirsten Hunter Narrator: Dr Kirsten Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A 6 book series; Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion… Are you diving into life? This book shows you how to experience life  literally. It is about being present, being engaged, finding meaning, and being passionate in your day-to-day life, moment to moment. You want to come alive? This is your book. The wisdom and knowledge of psychology is only drip fed to the public. The Signposts for Living series captures over 20 years of professional practice, giving everybody and anybody the capacity to live life with a smug joy. It is a brave and scary thing to take responsibility for your life choices. Covering 205 areas that you need to know, Signposts for Living is your manual for being. Book 1 Control your Consciousness - In the Driver’s Seat Book 2 Understanding Myself - Be an Expert Book 3 Mindfulness and State of Flow - Living with Purpose and Passion Book 4 Understanding Others - Loved Ones to Tricky Ones Book 5 Parenting - Love, Pride, Apprenticeship Book 6 Nailing Being an Adult - Have the Skills https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557794 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Better: Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation Author: Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation Narrator: Judy Lungu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Feeling Better is a positive - progressive Wellness technique that assists with Mental Health balancing, by removing or repairing issues that have caused Stress and Anxiety and in many cases, also reverses associated physical issues as well. Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation combines the Power of Hypnosis and Meditation together to cleanse your body, mind and spirit by utilizing the incredible benefits of the Earth’s Natural Vibrations to reverse or remove any imperfections like Stress & Anxiety that may have brought on occasional Depression in your life and help you to reverse those feelings and thoughts leaving you FEELING BETTER. Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation is:- - 100% safe - Non invasive - 100% Natural - with absolutely no adverse side effects You will only benefit from this technique, because your subconscious mind is always in control. This ONE TIME Investment will give you a LIFE TIME of Benefits. You will achieve the ability to Mentally Self Heal allowing your 7th Sense to work in harmony with The Earth's Vibrations to repair or remove feelings and thoughts that are creating Stress, Anxiety or Depression, leaving you with a renewed clear focus and balanced mindfulness. This technique (in many case), also helps with any associated physical issues as well a result of improving your mindset. Any physical pain that is associated with you feeling stressed or anxious will subside and be reversed back to the way they were before the stress or anxiety entered your life - leaving you FEELING BETTER and able to cope with any future issues that may arise in life 'Automatically' just like any other essential function of your mind and body. PLEASE NOTE: This Recording is not recommended for persons under 18 years of age or if you suffer from Epilepsy. Do not use under the influence of drugs or alcohol. © Copyright Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation Fri, 12 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557794 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Better: Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation Author: Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation Narrator: Judy Lungu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Feeling Better is a positive - progressive Wellness technique that assists with Mental Health balancing, by removing or repairing issues that have caused Stress and Anxiety and in many cases, also reverses associated physical issues as well. Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation combines the Power of Hypnosis and Meditation together to cleanse your body, mind and spirit by utilizing the incredible benefits of the Earth’s Natural Vibrations to reverse or remove any imperfections like Stress & Anxiety that may have brought on occasional Depression in your life and help you to reverse those feelings and thoughts leaving you FEELING BETTER. Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation is:- - 100% safe - Non invasive - 100% Natural - with absolutely no adverse side effects You will only benefit from this technique, because your subconscious mind is always in control. This ONE TIME Investment will give you a LIFE TIME of Benefits. You will achieve the ability to Mentally Self Heal allowing your 7th Sense to work in harmony with The Earth's Vibrations to repair or remove feelings and thoughts that are creating Stress, Anxiety or Depression, leaving you with a renewed clear focus and balanced mindfulness. This technique (in many case), also helps with any associated physical issues as well a result of improving your mindset. Any physical pain that is associated with you feeling stressed or anxious will subside and be reversed back to the way they were before the stress or anxiety entered your life - leaving you FEELING BETTER and able to cope with any future issues that may arise in life 'Automatically' just like any other essential function of your mind and body. PLEASE NOTE: This Recording is not recommended for persons under 18 years of age or if you suffer from Epilepsy. Do not use under the influence of drugs or alcohol. © Copyright Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Better: Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation Author: Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation Narrator: Judy Lungu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Feeling Better is a positive - progressive Wellness technique that assists with Mental Health balancing, by removing or repairing issues that have caused Stress and Anxiety and in many cases, also reverses associated physical issues as well. Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation combines the Power of Hypnosis and Meditation together to cleanse your body, mind and spirit by utilizing the incredible benefits of the Earth’s Natural Vibrations to reverse or remove any imperfections like Stress & Anxiety that may have brought on occasional Depression in your life and help you to reverse those feelings and thoughts leaving you FEELING BETTER. Vibration Health Hypnotic Meditation is:- - 100% safe - Non invasive - 100% Natural - with absolutely no adverse side effects You will only benefit from this technique, because your subconscious mind is always in control. This ONE TIME Investment will give you a LIFE TIME of Benefits. You will achieve the ability to Mentally Self Heal allowing your 7th Sense to work in harmony with The Earth's Vibrations to repair or remove feelings and thoughts that are creating Stress, Anxiety or Depression, leaving you with a renewed clear focus and balanced mindfulness. This technique (in many case), also helps with any associated physical issues as well a result of improving your mindset. Any physical pain that is associated with you feeling stressed or anxious will subside and be reversed back to the way they were before the stress or anxiety entered your life - leaving you FEELING BETTER and able to cope with any future issues that may arise in life 'Automatically' just like any other essential function of your mind and body. PLEASE NOTE: This Recording is not recommended for persons under 18 years of age or if you suffer from Epilepsy. Do not use under the influence of drugs or alcohol. © Copyright https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Romanian] - Hipnoză pentru renunțarea la fumat Author: Diana Botezan Narrator: Diana Botezan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dacă te gândeşti să renunţi la fumat, dar nu ai încredere că poţi reuşi acest lucru, sau dacă ai încercat să te laşi dar nu ai reuşit, poţi apela la hipnoză. Prin sugestiile hipnotice, se acţionează asupra minţii subconştiente, prin spargerea automatismului, prin folosirea puterii minţii pentru a controla corpul. Hipnoza este o stare profundă de relaxare în care mintea ta se poate concentra extrem de bine pe anumite aspecte inconştiente. În hipnoză se pot modifica anumite convingeri sau comportamente sau se pot obţine anumite reacţii fiziologice, cum ar fi relaxarea şi/sau activarea. Hipnoterapia se poate face şi acasă, nu doar în cabinetul unui psihoterapeut, prin intermediul unor înregistrări. Programul Hipnoză pentru renunțarea la fumat conține 6 înregistrări: Ce este hipnoza? Cum funcționează hipnoza? La ce este utilă hipnoza? Mituri și concepţii greşite despre hipnoză Instrucțiuni de utilizare a ședinței de hipnoză Şedinţa propriu-zisă de hipnoză de renunţare la fumat. Prin ascultarea acestei înregistrări în mod repetat: - vei dobândi mai mult autocontrol - vei fi mai conştient de fumat de fiecare dată când îţi aprinzi o ţigară - vei ignora din ce în ce mai mult impulsul de a fuma - fiecare ţigară pe care o fumezi îţi va oferi din ce în ce mai puţină plăcere Atenţie!!!!! Ascultă înregistrarea şedinţei de hipnoză doar într-un context confortabil, unde te poţi relaxa fără să fii deranjat, nu în timp ce mergi, conduci sau lucrezi! Diana Botezan Fri, 12 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557792 thebookvoice.com 0:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Romanian] - Hipnoză pentru renunțarea la fumat Author: Diana Botezan Narrator: Diana Botezan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dacă te gândeşti să renunţi la fumat, dar nu ai încredere că poţi reuşi acest lucru, sau dacă ai încercat să te laşi dar nu ai reuşit, poţi apela la hipnoză. Prin sugestiile hipnotice, se acţionează asupra minţii subconştiente, prin spargerea automatismului, prin folosirea puterii minţii pentru a controla corpul. Hipnoza este o stare profundă de relaxare în care mintea ta se poate concentra extrem de bine pe anumite aspecte inconştiente. În hipnoză se pot modifica anumite convingeri sau comportamente sau se pot obţine anumite reacţii fiziologice, cum ar fi relaxarea şi/sau activarea. Hipnoterapia se poate face şi acasă, nu doar în cabinetul unui psihoterapeut, prin intermediul unor înregistrări. Programul Hipnoză pentru renunțarea la fumat conține 6 înregistrări: Ce este hipnoza? Cum funcționează hipnoza? La ce este utilă hipnoza? Mituri și concepţii greşite despre hipnoză Instrucțiuni de utilizare a ședinței de hipnoză Şedinţa propriu-zisă de hipnoză de renunţare la fumat. Prin ascultarea acestei înregistrări în mod repetat: - vei dobândi mai mult autocontrol - vei fi mai conştient de fumat de fiecare dată când îţi aprinzi o ţigară - vei ignora din ce în ce mai mult impulsul de a fuma - fiecare ţigară pe care o fumezi îţi va oferi din ce în ce mai puţină plăcere Atenţie!!!!! Ascultă înregistrarea şedinţei de hipnoză doar într-un context confortabil, unde te poţi relaxa fără să fii deranjat, nu în timp ce mergi, conduci sau lucrezi! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Romanian] - Hipnoză pentru renunțarea la fumat Author: Diana Botezan Narrator: Diana Botezan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dacă te gândeşti să renunţi la fumat, dar nu ai încredere că poţi reuşi acest lucru, sau dacă ai încercat să te laşi dar nu ai reuşit, poţi apela la hipnoză. Prin sugestiile hipnotice, se acţionează asupra minţii subconştiente, prin spargerea automatismului, prin folosirea puterii minţii pentru a controla corpul. Hipnoza este o stare profundă de relaxare în care mintea ta se poate concentra extrem de bine pe anumite aspecte inconştiente. În hipnoză se pot modifica anumite convingeri sau comportamente sau se pot obţine anumite reacţii fiziologice, cum ar fi relaxarea şi/sau activarea. Hipnoterapia se poate face şi acasă, nu doar în cabinetul unui psihoterapeut, prin intermediul unor înregistrări. Programul Hipnoză pentru renunțarea la fumat conține 6 înregistrări: Ce este hipnoza? Cum funcționează hipnoza? La ce este utilă hipnoza? Mituri și concepţii greşite despre hipnoză Instrucțiuni de utilizare a ședinței de hipnoză Şedinţa propriu-zisă de hipnoză de renunţare la fumat. Prin ascultarea acestei înregistrări în mod repetat: - vei dobândi mai mult autocontrol - vei fi mai conştient de fumat de fiecare dată când îţi aprinzi o ţigară - vei ignora din ce în ce mai mult impulsul de a fuma - fiecare ţigară pe care o fumezi îţi va oferi din ce în ce mai puţină plăcere Atenţie!!!!! Ascultă înregistrarea şedinţei de hipnoză doar într-un context confortabil, unde te poţi relaxa fără să fii deranjat, nu în timp ce mergi, conduci sau lucrezi! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taming and Overcoming Anxiety: Powerful hypnotherapy recordings to help you to feel better fast. Author: Tony Leake Narrator: Tony Leake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety robs people of their quality of life. If you struggle with anxious thoughts or anxious feelings there it's time to take back control and these 2 powerful hypnotherapy recordings will help you to do that. Have you ever noticed that if your computer or phone or tablet is running slowly and sometimes the only thing that you need to do is to turn it off and off again? Have you ever wished that you could do that with your mind? If you have then the first recording, A Mindset Reset will help you to do just that. Then you'll find that the second recording Taking Control of Anxiety will help you to be in control of the way that you are feeling. I struggled with anxiety and debilitating panic attacks for many years. I know what it's like. Since overcoming my own struggles I've spent the last 10 years working as a hypnotherapist and anxiety coaching helping people from around the world to overcome this thing that we call anxiety. These are the exact same recordings that I developed for my clients and give them as the first steps to overcoming their difficulties. While the recordings are relaxing they are so much more than that. They use advanced recording techniques to bring you cutting edge hypnosis and deliver a real therapeutic intervention. I could use a lot of words to try to convince you how well that they work. Instead let me tell you what people tell me happens when they listen. They feel better! And that is what it's all about isn't it? Helping you to feel better fast. Because of the recording techniques used these recordings are not suitable for people with epilepsy or diagnosed mental health problems other than anxiety or mild depression. Tony Leake Wed, 10 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557791 thebookvoice.com 0:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taming and Overcoming Anxiety: Powerful hypnotherapy recordings to help you to feel better fast. Author: Tony Leake Narrator: Tony Leake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety robs people of their quality of life. If you struggle with anxious thoughts or anxious feelings there it's time to take back control and these 2 powerful hypnotherapy recordings will help you to do that. Have you ever noticed that if your computer or phone or tablet is running slowly and sometimes the only thing that you need to do is to turn it off and off again? Have you ever wished that you could do that with your mind? If you have then the first recording, A Mindset Reset will help you to do just that. Then you'll find that the second recording Taking Control of Anxiety will help you to be in control of the way that you are feeling. I struggled with anxiety and debilitating panic attacks for many years. I know what it's like. Since overcoming my own struggles I've spent the last 10 years working as a hypnotherapist and anxiety coaching helping people from around the world to overcome this thing that we call anxiety. These are the exact same recordings that I developed for my clients and give them as the first steps to overcoming their difficulties. While the recordings are relaxing they are so much more than that. They use advanced recording techniques to bring you cutting edge hypnosis and deliver a real therapeutic intervention. I could use a lot of words to try to convince you how well that they work. Instead let me tell you what people tell me happens when they listen. They feel better! And that is what it's all about isn't it? Helping you to feel better fast. Because of the recording techniques used these recordings are not suitable for people with epilepsy or diagnosed mental health problems other than anxiety or mild depression. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taming and Overcoming Anxiety: Powerful hypnotherapy recordings to help you to feel better fast. Author: Tony Leake Narrator: Tony Leake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Anxiety robs people of their quality of life. If you struggle with anxious thoughts or anxious feelings there it's time to take back control and these 2 powerful hypnotherapy recordings will help you to do that. Have you ever noticed that if your computer or phone or tablet is running slowly and sometimes the only thing that you need to do is to turn it off and off again? Have you ever wished that you could do that with your mind? If you have then the first recording, A Mindset Reset will help you to do just that. Then you'll find that the second recording Taking Control of Anxiety will help you to be in control of the way that you are feeling. I struggled with anxiety and debilitating panic attacks for many years. I know what it's like. Since overcoming my own struggles I've spent the last 10 years working as a hypnotherapist and anxiety coaching helping people from around the world to overcome this thing that we call anxiety. These are the exact same recordings that I developed for my clients and give them as the first steps to overcoming their difficulties. While the recordings are relaxing they are so much more than that. They use advanced recording techniques to bring you cutting edge hypnosis and deliver a real therapeutic intervention. I could use a lot of words to try to convince you how well that they work. Instead let me tell you what people tell me happens when they listen. They feel better! And that is what it's all about isn't it? Helping you to feel better fast. Because of the recording techniques used these recordings are not suitable for people with epilepsy or diagnosed mental health problems other than anxiety or mild depression. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557770 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hot and Unbothered: How to Think About, Talk About, and Have the Sex You Really Want Author: Yana Tallon-Hicks Narrator: Kristin Condon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed sex therapist’s practical, playful, and inclusive guide that teaches you how to discover your deepest sexual desires, communicate your wants and needs, define your boundaries, and have the sex you want. While popular culture is saturated with sex, the gap between informed sex education and satisfying sex is vast, and it often leaves LGBTQQ+ individuals out of the conversation entirely. Hot and Unbothered bridges that chasm, giving you explicit permission to talk about, think about, and achieve the pleasure you desire without shame or secrecy, no matter your sexual identity or gender. In Hot and Unbothered, Yana Tallon-Hicks provides a roadmap to empower yourself and improve your relationships, sharing the unique programs she developed for her therapy clients and workshops. She begins by shattering myths about “good sex,” which is seamless, satisfying—and nearly non-existent. Once you let go of unreachable ideals, you can start to truly identify your own unique desires and fears and build the safest space to fulfill your most pleasurable sexual experiences. Yana guides you to discover your own hang-ups and overcome barriers such as shame, secrecy, misinformation, low self-esteem, lack-of-motivation, and unhealthy relationship patterns. When the path to pleasure is cleared the fun begins! Yana helps you decide who you really are as a sexual being and how to set sexual goals. What do you want? What do you like? What have you yet to discover? And how do you want to explore? In answering these questions, you can establish and set your limits, clarify your needs, and communicate your desires to your current partner. Yana reminds you that whether your partner is a lifelong companion or a casual hook-up, your pleasure, comfort, and identity should always be supported. Yana unpacks common stumbling blocks, troubleshoots tricky conversations, and addresses potential backslides to ensure long-lasting success. Complete with worksheets and exercises, Hot and Unbothered will help you understand, pursue, and fulfill your sexual desires now, and for the rest of your life. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Yana Tallon-Hicks Tue, 16 Aug 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557770 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hot and Unbothered: How to Think About, Talk About, and Have the Sex You Really Want Author: Yana Tallon-Hicks Narrator: Kristin Condon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed sex therapist’s practical, playful, and inclusive guide that teaches you how to discover your deepest sexual desires, communicate your wants and needs, define your boundaries, and have the sex you want. While popular culture is saturated with sex, the gap between informed sex education and satisfying sex is vast, and it often leaves LGBTQQ+ individuals out of the conversation entirely. Hot and Unbothered bridges that chasm, giving you explicit permission to talk about, think about, and achieve the pleasure you desire without shame or secrecy, no matter your sexual identity or gender. In Hot and Unbothered, Yana Tallon-Hicks provides a roadmap to empower yourself and improve your relationships, sharing the unique programs she developed for her therapy clients and workshops. She begins by shattering myths about “good sex,” which is seamless, satisfying—and nearly non-existent. Once you let go of unreachable ideals, you can start to truly identify your own unique desires and fears and build the safest space to fulfill your most pleasurable sexual experiences. Yana guides you to discover your own hang-ups and overcome barriers such as shame, secrecy, misinformation, low self-esteem, lack-of-motivation, and unhealthy relationship patterns. When the path to pleasure is cleared the fun begins! Yana helps you decide who you really are as a sexual being and how to set sexual goals. What do you want? What do you like? What have you yet to discover? And how do you want to explore? In answering these questions, you can establish and set your limits, clarify your needs, and communicate your desires to your current partner. Yana reminds you that whether your partner is a lifelong companion or a casual hook-up, your pleasure, comfort, and identity should always be supported. Yana unpacks common stumbling blocks, troubleshoots tricky conversations, and addresses potential backslides to ensure long-lasting success. Complete with worksheets and exercises, Hot and Unbothered will help you understand, pursue, and fulfill your sexual desires now, and for the rest of your life. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hot and Unbothered: How to Think About, Talk About, and Have the Sex You Really Want Author: Yana Tallon-Hicks Narrator: Kristin Condon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed sex therapist’s practical, playful, and inclusive guide that teaches you how to discover your deepest sexual desires, communicate your wants and needs, define your boundaries, and have the sex you want. While popular culture is saturated with sex, the gap between informed sex education and satisfying sex is vast, and it often leaves LGBTQQ+ individuals out of the conversation entirely. Hot and Unbothered bridges that chasm, giving you explicit permission to talk about, think about, and achieve the pleasure you desire without shame or secrecy, no matter your sexual identity or gender. In Hot and Unbothered, Yana Tallon-Hicks provides a roadmap to empower yourself and improve your relationships, sharing the unique programs she developed for her therapy clients and workshops. She begins by shattering myths about “good sex,” which is seamless, satisfying—and nearly non-existent. Once you let go of unreachable ideals, you can start to truly identify your own unique desires and fears and build the safest space to fulfill your most pleasurable sexual experiences. Yana guides you to discover your own hang-ups and overcome barriers such as shame, secrecy, misinformation, low self-esteem, lack-of-motivation, and unhealthy relationship patterns. When the path to pleasure is cleared the fun begins! Yana helps you decide who you really are as a sexual being and how to set sexual goals. What do you want? What do you like? What have you yet to discover? And how do you want to explore? In answering these questions, you can establish and set your limits, clarify your needs, and communicate your desires to your current partner. Yana reminds you that whether your partner is a lifelong companion or a casual hook-up, your pleasure, comfort, and identity should always be supported. Yana unpacks common stumbling blocks, troubleshoots tricky conversations, and addresses potential backslides to ensure long-lasting success. Complete with worksheets and exercises, Hot and Unbothered will help you understand, pursue, and fulfill your sexual desires now, and for the rest of your life. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557755 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Escape from Hollywood: Unapologetic, Unfiltered, and Unashamed Author: Maitland Ward Narrator: Maitland Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrity memoir unlike any other, this is an empowering, sex-positive, behind-the-scenes look at both Hollywood and the porn industry. Perfect for fans of Pleasure Activism and How to Make Love Like a Porn Star. Maitland Ward got her start in acting as a teenager when she was cast in The Bold and the Beautiful, but it wasn’t until she joined the later seasons of the sitcom Boy Meets World that she got her first taste of fame. As the loveable co-ed Rachel McGuire, Ward soon found herself being typecast as the good girl next door and was repeatedly denied darker, more intriguing roles. So she made a career change—one that required her to turn away from the Disney universe—and eventually established herself as one of the most-respected actresses in the porn industry today. Now, Ward reveals the ups and downs of her fascinating career, including personal stories from her time on one of the most beloved shows of the 1990s, in this anything but a run-of-the-mill memoir. By showing Hollywood and triple-X stardom in a whole new light, she offers a fresh and stirring perspective on the sex industry and “champions the discovery of freedom in sexuality” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). Ultimately a story of hope and triumph, this is a sharp and provocative look at a former Disney princess who found her fairy tale in porn. Maitland Ward Tue, 06 Sep 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557755 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Escape from Hollywood: Unapologetic, Unfiltered, and Unashamed Author: Maitland Ward Narrator: Maitland Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrity memoir unlike any other, this is an empowering, sex-positive, behind-the-scenes look at both Hollywood and the porn industry. Perfect for fans of Pleasure Activism and How to Make Love Like a Porn Star. Maitland Ward got her start in acting as a teenager when she was cast in The Bold and the Beautiful, but it wasn’t until she joined the later seasons of the sitcom Boy Meets World that she got her first taste of fame. As the loveable co-ed Rachel McGuire, Ward soon found herself being typecast as the good girl next door and was repeatedly denied darker, more intriguing roles. So she made a career change—one that required her to turn away from the Disney universe—and eventually established herself as one of the most-respected actresses in the porn industry today. Now, Ward reveals the ups and downs of her fascinating career, including personal stories from her time on one of the most beloved shows of the 1990s, in this anything but a run-of-the-mill memoir. By showing Hollywood and triple-X stardom in a whole new light, she offers a fresh and stirring perspective on the sex industry and “champions the discovery of freedom in sexuality” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). Ultimately a story of hope and triumph, this is a sharp and provocative look at a former Disney princess who found her fairy tale in porn. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Escape from Hollywood: Unapologetic, Unfiltered, and Unashamed Author: Maitland Ward Narrator: Maitland Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrity memoir unlike any other, this is an empowering, sex-positive, behind-the-scenes look at both Hollywood and the porn industry. Perfect for fans of Pleasure Activism and How to Make Love Like a Porn Star. Maitland Ward got her start in acting as a teenager when she was cast in The Bold and the Beautiful, but it wasn’t until she joined the later seasons of the sitcom Boy Meets World that she got her first taste of fame. As the loveable co-ed Rachel McGuire, Ward soon found herself being typecast as the good girl next door and was repeatedly denied darker, more intriguing roles. So she made a career change—one that required her to turn away from the Disney universe—and eventually established herself as one of the most-respected actresses in the porn industry today. Now, Ward reveals the ups and downs of her fascinating career, including personal stories from her time on one of the most beloved shows of the 1990s, in this anything but a run-of-the-mill memoir. By showing Hollywood and triple-X stardom in a whole new light, she offers a fresh and stirring perspective on the sex industry and “champions the discovery of freedom in sexuality” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). Ultimately a story of hope and triumph, this is a sharp and provocative look at a former Disney princess who found her fairy tale in porn. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Keep House While Drowning: A Gentle Approach to Cleaning and Organizing Author: Kc Davis Narrator: Dr. Raquel Martin, Kc Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 31 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An NPR Best Book of 2022 USA TODAY Bestseller This revolutionary approach to cleaning and organizing helps free you from feeling ashamed or overwhelmed by a messy home. If you’re struggling to stay on top of your to-do list, you probably have a good reason: anxiety, fatigue, depression, ADHD, or lack of support. For therapist KC Davis, the birth of her second child triggered a stress-mess cycle. The more behind she felt, the less motivated she was to start. She didn’t fold a single piece of laundry for seven months. One life-changing realization restored her sanity—and the functionality of her home: You don’t work for your home; your home works for you. In other words, messiness is not a moral failing. A new sense of calm washed over her as she let go of the shame-based messaging that interpreted a pile of dirty laundry as “I can never keep up” and a chaotic kitchen as “I’m a bad mother.” Instead, she looked at unwashed clothes and thought, “I am alive,” and at stacks of dishes and thought, “I cooked my family dinner three nights in a row.” Building on this foundation of self-compassion, KC devised the powerful practical approach that has exploded in popularity through her TikTok account, @domesticblisters. The secret is to simplify your to-do list and to find creative workarounds that accommodate your limited time and energy. In this book, you’ll learn exactly how to customize your cleaning strategy and rebuild your relationship with your home, including: -How to see chores as kindnesses to your future self, not as a reflection of your worth -How to start by setting priorities -How to stagger tasks so you won’t procrastinate -How to clean in quick bursts within your existing daily routine -How to use creative shortcuts to transform a room from messy to functional With KC’s help, your home will feel like a sanctuary again. It will become a place to rest, even when things aren’t finished. You will move with ease, and peace and calm will edge out guilt, self-criticism, and endless checklists. They have no place here. Kc Davis Tue, 26 Apr 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752 thebookvoice.com 3:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Keep House While Drowning: A Gentle Approach to Cleaning and Organizing Author: Kc Davis Narrator: Dr. Raquel Martin, Kc Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 31 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An NPR Best Book of 2022 USA TODAY Bestseller This revolutionary approach to cleaning and organizing helps free you from feeling ashamed or overwhelmed by a messy home. If you’re struggling to stay on top of your to-do list, you probably have a good reason: anxiety, fatigue, depression, ADHD, or lack of support. For therapist KC Davis, the birth of her second child triggered a stress-mess cycle. The more behind she felt, the less motivated she was to start. She didn’t fold a single piece of laundry for seven months. One life-changing realization restored her sanity—and the functionality of her home: You don’t work for your home; your home works for you. In other words, messiness is not a moral failing. A new sense of calm washed over her as she let go of the shame-based messaging that interpreted a pile of dirty laundry as “I can never keep up” and a chaotic kitchen as “I’m a bad mother.” Instead, she looked at unwashed clothes and thought, “I am alive,” and at stacks of dishes and thought, “I cooked my family dinner three nights in a row.” Building on this foundation of self-compassion, KC devised the powerful practical approach that has exploded in popularity through her TikTok account, @domesticblisters. The secret is to simplify your to-do list and to find creative workarounds that accommodate your limited time and energy. In this book, you’ll learn exactly how to customize your cleaning strategy and rebuild your relationship with your home, including: -How to see chores as kindnesses to your future self, not as a reflection of your worth -How to start by setting priorities -How to stagger tasks so you won’t procrastinate -How to clean in quick bursts within your existing daily routine -How to use creative shortcuts to transform a room from messy to functional With KC’s help, your home will feel like a sanctuary again. It will become a place to rest, even when things aren’t finished. You will move with ease, and peace and calm will edge out guilt, self-criticism, and endless checklists. They have no place here. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Keep House While Drowning: A Gentle Approach to Cleaning and Organizing Author: Kc Davis Narrator: Dr. Raquel Martin, Kc Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 31 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An NPR Best Book of 2022 USA TODAY Bestseller This revolutionary approach to cleaning and organizing helps free you from feeling ashamed or overwhelmed by a messy home. If you’re struggling to stay on top of your to-do list, you probably have a good reason: anxiety, fatigue, depression, ADHD, or lack of support. For therapist KC Davis, the birth of her second child triggered a stress-mess cycle. The more behind she felt, the less motivated she was to start. She didn’t fold a single piece of laundry for seven months. One life-changing realization restored her sanity—and the functionality of her home: You don’t work for your home; your home works for you. In other words, messiness is not a moral failing. A new sense of calm washed over her as she let go of the shame-based messaging that interpreted a pile of dirty laundry as “I can never keep up” and a chaotic kitchen as “I’m a bad mother.” Instead, she looked at unwashed clothes and thought, “I am alive,” and at stacks of dishes and thought, “I cooked my family dinner three nights in a row.” Building on this foundation of self-compassion, KC devised the powerful practical approach that has exploded in popularity through her TikTok account, @domesticblisters. The secret is to simplify your to-do list and to find creative workarounds that accommodate your limited time and energy. In this book, you’ll learn exactly how to customize your cleaning strategy and rebuild your relationship with your home, including: -How to see chores as kindnesses to your future self, not as a reflection of your worth -How to start by setting priorities -How to stagger tasks so you won’t procrastinate -How to clean in quick bursts within your existing daily routine -How to use creative shortcuts to transform a room from messy to functional With KC’s help, your home will feel like a sanctuary again. It will become a place to rest, even when things aren’t finished. You will move with ease, and peace and calm will edge out guilt, self-criticism, and endless checklists. They have no place here. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Más Platón y menos Prozac Author: Lou Marinoff Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Un libro diferente que, con sencillez, nos acerca al pensamiento de grandes filósofos como Platón, Sócrates o Kant y demuestra que la filosofía puede ser una opción para lograr una vida más satisfactoria. ¿Puede la filosofía combatir los problemas y dificultades cotidianos? Esto es precisamente lo que propone Más Platón y menos Prozac: aplicar la filosofía a nuestro sistema de vida para alcanzar un mayor equilibrio interior. Se trata de considerar la filosofía como una forma de vida más que como una disciplina, idea que existe desde Sócrates. Más Platón y menos Prozac se inspira en los más importantes filósofos de la historia para enseñarnos a afrontar los principales y más habituales aspectos de la vida, el amor, la ética, prepararse para morir o simplemente enfrentarse a un cambio de trabajo. Lou Marinoff Thu, 18 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557633 thebookvoice.com 12:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Más Platón y menos Prozac Author: Lou Marinoff Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Un libro diferente que, con sencillez, nos acerca al pensamiento de grandes filósofos como Platón, Sócrates o Kant y demuestra que la filosofía puede ser una opción para lograr una vida más satisfactoria. ¿Puede la filosofía combatir los problemas y dificultades cotidianos? Esto es precisamente lo que propone Más Platón y menos Prozac: aplicar la filosofía a nuestro sistema de vida para alcanzar un mayor equilibrio interior. Se trata de considerar la filosofía como una forma de vida más que como una disciplina, idea que existe desde Sócrates. Más Platón y menos Prozac se inspira en los más importantes filósofos de la historia para enseñarnos a afrontar los principales y más habituales aspectos de la vida, el amor, la ética, prepararse para morir o simplemente enfrentarse a un cambio de trabajo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Más Platón y menos Prozac Author: Lou Marinoff Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Un libro diferente que, con sencillez, nos acerca al pensamiento de grandes filósofos como Platón, Sócrates o Kant y demuestra que la filosofía puede ser una opción para lograr una vida más satisfactoria. ¿Puede la filosofía combatir los problemas y dificultades cotidianos? Esto es precisamente lo que propone Más Platón y menos Prozac: aplicar la filosofía a nuestro sistema de vida para alcanzar un mayor equilibrio interior. Se trata de considerar la filosofía como una forma de vida más que como una disciplina, idea que existe desde Sócrates. Más Platón y menos Prozac se inspira en los más importantes filósofos de la historia para enseñarnos a afrontar los principales y más habituales aspectos de la vida, el amor, la ética, prepararse para morir o simplemente enfrentarse a un cambio de trabajo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Your Child Too Much: Raise Your Kids Without Overindulging, Overprotecting or Overcontrolling Author: Tim Clinton, Gary Sibcy Narrator: Sam Schott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Packed with 10 essential parenting strategies, Clinton and Sibcy help parents understand the strengths and weaknesses of parenting styles, and offer a proven method for raising healthy, happy, well-balanced kids. Accompanying charts and tables are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Tim Clinton, Gary Sibcy Tue, 15 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557343 thebookvoice.com 5:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Your Child Too Much: Raise Your Kids Without Overindulging, Overprotecting or Overcontrolling Author: Tim Clinton, Gary Sibcy Narrator: Sam Schott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Packed with 10 essential parenting strategies, Clinton and Sibcy help parents understand the strengths and weaknesses of parenting styles, and offer a proven method for raising healthy, happy, well-balanced kids. Accompanying charts and tables are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Your Child Too Much: Raise Your Kids Without Overindulging, Overprotecting or Overcontrolling Author: Tim Clinton, Gary Sibcy Narrator: Sam Schott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Packed with 10 essential parenting strategies, Clinton and Sibcy help parents understand the strengths and weaknesses of parenting styles, and offer a proven method for raising healthy, happy, well-balanced kids. Accompanying charts and tables are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557334 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliberately Divided: Inside the Controversial Study of Twins and Triplets Adopted Apart Author: Nancy L. Segal Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the early 1960s, the head of a prominent New York City Child Development Center and a psychiatrist from Columbia University launched a study designed to track the development of twins and triplets given up for adoption and raised by different families. The controversial and disturbing catch? None of the adoptive parents had been told that they were raising a twin—the study's investigators insisted that the separation be kept secret. Here, Nancy Segal reveals the inside stories of the agency that separated the twins, and the collaborating psychiatrists who, along with their cadre of colleagues, observed the twins until they turned twelve. Interviews with colleagues, friends, and family members of the agency's psychiatric consultant and the study's principal investigator, as well as a former agency administrator, research assistants, journalists, ethicists, attorneys, and—most importantly—the twins and their families who were unwitting participants in this controversial study, are riveting. Through records, letters, and other documents, Segal further discloses the investigators' attempts to engage other agencies in separating twins, their efforts to avoid media exposure, their worries over informed consent issues in the 1970s, and the steps taken toward avoiding lawsuits while hoping to enjoy the fruits of publication. Nancy L. Segal Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557334 thebookvoice.com 21:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliberately Divided: Inside the Controversial Study of Twins and Triplets Adopted Apart Author: Nancy L. Segal Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the early 1960s, the head of a prominent New York City Child Development Center and a psychiatrist from Columbia University launched a study designed to track the development of twins and triplets given up for adoption and raised by different families. The controversial and disturbing catch? None of the adoptive parents had been told that they were raising a twin—the study's investigators insisted that the separation be kept secret. Here, Nancy Segal reveals the inside stories of the agency that separated the twins, and the collaborating psychiatrists who, along with their cadre of colleagues, observed the twins until they turned twelve. Interviews with colleagues, friends, and family members of the agency's psychiatric consultant and the study's principal investigator, as well as a former agency administrator, research assistants, journalists, ethicists, attorneys, and—most importantly—the twins and their families who were unwitting participants in this controversial study, are riveting. Through records, letters, and other documents, Segal further discloses the investigators' attempts to engage other agencies in separating twins, their efforts to avoid media exposure, their worries over informed consent issues in the 1970s, and the steps taken toward avoiding lawsuits while hoping to enjoy the fruits of publication. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliberately Divided: Inside the Controversial Study of Twins and Triplets Adopted Apart Author: Nancy L. Segal Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the early 1960s, the head of a prominent New York City Child Development Center and a psychiatrist from Columbia University launched a study designed to track the development of twins and triplets given up for adoption and raised by different families. The controversial and disturbing catch? None of the adoptive parents had been told that they were raising a twin—the study's investigators insisted that the separation be kept secret. Here, Nancy Segal reveals the inside stories of the agency that separated the twins, and the collaborating psychiatrists who, along with their cadre of colleagues, observed the twins until they turned twelve. Interviews with colleagues, friends, and family members of the agency's psychiatric consultant and the study's principal investigator, as well as a former agency administrator, research assistants, journalists, ethicists, attorneys, and—most importantly—the twins and their families who were unwitting participants in this controversial study, are riveting. Through records, letters, and other documents, Segal further discloses the investigators' attempts to engage other agencies in separating twins, their efforts to avoid media exposure, their worries over informed consent issues in the 1970s, and the steps taken toward avoiding lawsuits while hoping to enjoy the fruits of publication. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557331 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma-Informed Yoga for Survivors of Sexual Assault: Practices for Healing and Teaching with Compassion Author: Zahabiyah A. Yamasaki M Ed RYT Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trauma-informed yoga guidance for survivors, instructors, and mental health professionals. Trauma-Informed Yoga for Survivors of Sexual Assault provides a comprehensive overview of how to offer yoga to survivors of sexual assault in a safe, effective, evidence-based, and healing way. Zahabiyah A. Yamasaki, founder of Transcending Sexual Trauma through Yoga, draws on the framework of trauma-informed care and trauma-informed yoga program development and curriculum, while also weaving in personal narrative and inspiring survivor stories. This book explores practical considerations for survivors, as well as for yoga teachers, mental health professionals, educators, and other healing professionals who are interested in integrating trauma-informed yoga into the scope of their work and/or healing. This book expands the scope and framework for healing and fills a much-needed gap in service delivery for survivors. Yamasaki provides holistic, trauma-informed, body-based, compassionate, and culturally affirming options for survivors as they navigate what is oftentimes a lifelong and nonlinear process of healing. Zahabiyah A. Yamasaki M Ed RYT Tue, 25 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557331 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma-Informed Yoga for Survivors of Sexual Assault: Practices for Healing and Teaching with Compassion Author: Zahabiyah A. Yamasaki M Ed RYT Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trauma-informed yoga guidance for survivors, instructors, and mental health professionals. Trauma-Informed Yoga for Survivors of Sexual Assault provides a comprehensive overview of how to offer yoga to survivors of sexual assault in a safe, effective, evidence-based, and healing way. Zahabiyah A. Yamasaki, founder of Transcending Sexual Trauma through Yoga, draws on the framework of trauma-informed care and trauma-informed yoga program development and curriculum, while also weaving in personal narrative and inspiring survivor stories. This book explores practical considerations for survivors, as well as for yoga teachers, mental health professionals, educators, and other healing professionals who are interested in integrating trauma-informed yoga into the scope of their work and/or healing. This book expands the scope and framework for healing and fills a much-needed gap in service delivery for survivors. Yamasaki provides holistic, trauma-informed, body-based, compassionate, and culturally affirming options for survivors as they navigate what is oftentimes a lifelong and nonlinear process of healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma-Informed Yoga for Survivors of Sexual Assault: Practices for Healing and Teaching with Compassion Author: Zahabiyah A. Yamasaki M Ed RYT Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trauma-informed yoga guidance for survivors, instructors, and mental health professionals. Trauma-Informed Yoga for Survivors of Sexual Assault provides a comprehensive overview of how to offer yoga to survivors of sexual assault in a safe, effective, evidence-based, and healing way. Zahabiyah A. Yamasaki, founder of Transcending Sexual Trauma through Yoga, draws on the framework of trauma-informed care and trauma-informed yoga program development and curriculum, while also weaving in personal narrative and inspiring survivor stories. This book explores practical considerations for survivors, as well as for yoga teachers, mental health professionals, educators, and other healing professionals who are interested in integrating trauma-informed yoga into the scope of their work and/or healing. This book expands the scope and framework for healing and fills a much-needed gap in service delivery for survivors. Yamasaki provides holistic, trauma-informed, body-based, compassionate, and culturally affirming options for survivors as they navigate what is oftentimes a lifelong and nonlinear process of healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557323 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mankind in Amnesia Author: Immanuel Velikovsky Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Immanuel Velikovsky called this book the 'fulfillment of his oath of Hippocrates—to serve humanity.' In this book, he returns to his roots as a psychologist and psychoanalytical therapist, yet not with a single person as his patient but with humanity as a whole. After an extremely revealing overview of the foundations of the various psychoanalytical systems he makes the step into crowd psychology and reopens the case of Worlds in Collision from a totally different point of view: as a psychoanalytical case study. This way he shows that the blatant reactions to his theories (which are still going on today) have not been surprising but are actually inevitable from a psychological perspective—which equally holds for those who have defined our view of the world. At the same time he is able to reclassify the theories of Siegmund Freud and of C. G. Jung by finding a common basis for them. A journey through history, religion, mythology and art shows the overall range of the collective trauma and gives us—the patients—a message of extraordinary urgency and importance for the future. Immanuel Velikovsky Tue, 18 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557323 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mankind in Amnesia Author: Immanuel Velikovsky Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Immanuel Velikovsky called this book the 'fulfillment of his oath of Hippocrates—to serve humanity.' In this book, he returns to his roots as a psychologist and psychoanalytical therapist, yet not with a single person as his patient but with humanity as a whole. After an extremely revealing overview of the foundations of the various psychoanalytical systems he makes the step into crowd psychology and reopens the case of Worlds in Collision from a totally different point of view: as a psychoanalytical case study. This way he shows that the blatant reactions to his theories (which are still going on today) have not been surprising but are actually inevitable from a psychological perspective—which equally holds for those who have defined our view of the world. At the same time he is able to reclassify the theories of Siegmund Freud and of C. G. Jung by finding a common basis for them. A journey through history, religion, mythology and art shows the overall range of the collective trauma and gives us—the patients—a message of extraordinary urgency and importance for the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mankind in Amnesia Author: Immanuel Velikovsky Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Immanuel Velikovsky called this book the 'fulfillment of his oath of Hippocrates—to serve humanity.' In this book, he returns to his roots as a psychologist and psychoanalytical therapist, yet not with a single person as his patient but with humanity as a whole. After an extremely revealing overview of the foundations of the various psychoanalytical systems he makes the step into crowd psychology and reopens the case of Worlds in Collision from a totally different point of view: as a psychoanalytical case study. This way he shows that the blatant reactions to his theories (which are still going on today) have not been surprising but are actually inevitable from a psychological perspective—which equally holds for those who have defined our view of the world. At the same time he is able to reclassify the theories of Siegmund Freud and of C. G. Jung by finding a common basis for them. A journey through history, religion, mythology and art shows the overall range of the collective trauma and gives us—the patients—a message of extraordinary urgency and importance for the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: May Tomorrow Be Awake: On Poetry, Autism, and Our Neurodiverse Future Author: Chris Martin Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An author and educator’s pioneering approach to helping autistic students find their voices through poetry—a powerful and uplifting story that shows us how to better communicate with people on the spectrum and explores how we use language to express our seemingly limitless interior lives. Adults often find it difficult to communicate with autistic students and try to “fix” them. But what if we found a way to help these kids use their natural gifts to convey their thoughts and feelings? What if the traditional structure of language prevents them from communicating the full depth of their experiences? What if the most effective and most immediate way for people on the spectrum to express themselves is through verse, which mirrors their sensory-rich experiences and patterned thoughts? May Tomorrow Be Awake explores these questions and opens our eyes to a world of possibility. It is the inspiring story of one educator’s journey to understand and communicate with his students—and the profound lessons he learned. Chris Martin, an award-winning poet and celebrated educator, works with non-verbal children and adults on the spectrum, teaching them to write poetry. The results have been nothing short of staggering for both these students and their teacher. Through his student’s breathtaking poems, Martin discovered what it means to be fully human. Martin introduces the techniques he uses in the classroom and celebrates an inspiring group of young autistic thinkers—Mark, Christophe, Zach, and Wallace—and their electric verse, which is as artistically dazzling as it is stereotype-shattering. In telling each of their stories, Martin illuminates the diverse range of autism and illustrates how each so-called “deficit” can be transformed into an asset when writing poems. Meeting these remarkable students offers new insight into disability advocacy and reaffirms the depth of our shared humanity.  Martin is a teacher and a lifelong learner, May Tomorrow Be Awake is written from a desire to teach and to learn—about the mind, about language, about human potential—and the lessons we have to share with one other.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Chris Martin Tue, 09 Aug 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557016 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: May Tomorrow Be Awake: On Poetry, Autism, and Our Neurodiverse Future Author: Chris Martin Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An author and educator’s pioneering approach to helping autistic students find their voices through poetry—a powerful and uplifting story that shows us how to better communicate with people on the spectrum and explores how we use language to express our seemingly limitless interior lives. Adults often find it difficult to communicate with autistic students and try to “fix” them. But what if we found a way to help these kids use their natural gifts to convey their thoughts and feelings? What if the traditional structure of language prevents them from communicating the full depth of their experiences? What if the most effective and most immediate way for people on the spectrum to express themselves is through verse, which mirrors their sensory-rich experiences and patterned thoughts? May Tomorrow Be Awake explores these questions and opens our eyes to a world of possibility. It is the inspiring story of one educator’s journey to understand and communicate with his students—and the profound lessons he learned. Chris Martin, an award-winning poet and celebrated educator, works with non-verbal children and adults on the spectrum, teaching them to write poetry. The results have been nothing short of staggering for both these students and their teacher. Through his student’s breathtaking poems, Martin discovered what it means to be fully human. Martin introduces the techniques he uses in the classroom and celebrates an inspiring group of young autistic thinkers—Mark, Christophe, Zach, and Wallace—and their electric verse, which is as artistically dazzling as it is stereotype-shattering. In telling each of their stories, Martin illuminates the diverse range of autism and illustrates how each so-called “deficit” can be transformed into an asset when writing poems. Meeting these remarkable students offers new insight into disability advocacy and reaffirms the depth of our shared humanity.  Martin is a teacher and a lifelong learner, May Tomorrow Be Awake is written from a desire to teach and to learn—about the mind, about language, about human potential—and the lessons we have to share with one other.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: May Tomorrow Be Awake: On Poetry, Autism, and Our Neurodiverse Future Author: Chris Martin Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An author and educator’s pioneering approach to helping autistic students find their voices through poetry—a powerful and uplifting story that shows us how to better communicate with people on the spectrum and explores how we use language to express our seemingly limitless interior lives. Adults often find it difficult to communicate with autistic students and try to “fix” them. But what if we found a way to help these kids use their natural gifts to convey their thoughts and feelings? What if the traditional structure of language prevents them from communicating the full depth of their experiences? What if the most effective and most immediate way for people on the spectrum to express themselves is through verse, which mirrors their sensory-rich experiences and patterned thoughts? May Tomorrow Be Awake explores these questions and opens our eyes to a world of possibility. It is the inspiring story of one educator’s journey to understand and communicate with his students—and the profound lessons he learned. Chris Martin, an award-winning poet and celebrated educator, works with non-verbal children and adults on the spectrum, teaching them to write poetry. The results have been nothing short of staggering for both these students and their teacher. Through his student’s breathtaking poems, Martin discovered what it means to be fully human. Martin introduces the techniques he uses in the classroom and celebrates an inspiring group of young autistic thinkers—Mark, Christophe, Zach, and Wallace—and their electric verse, which is as artistically dazzling as it is stereotype-shattering. In telling each of their stories, Martin illuminates the diverse range of autism and illustrates how each so-called “deficit” can be transformed into an asset when writing poems. Meeting these remarkable students offers new insight into disability advocacy and reaffirms the depth of our shared humanity.  Martin is a teacher and a lifelong learner, May Tomorrow Be Awake is written from a desire to teach and to learn—about the mind, about language, about human potential—and the lessons we have to share with one other.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556991 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing from Toxic Relationships: 10 Essential Steps to Recover from Gaslighting, Narcissism, and Emotional Abuse Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the psychologist and author of Gaslighting comes a practical recovery plan outlining ten foundational steps to true healing. Surviving and escaping a toxic or abusive relationship can often only be part of the struggle. Long after, survivors often struggle to heal; your self‑esteem may be damaged, you may feel rage and betrayal, and you may punish and/or blame yourself. The author of Gaslighting and specialist in toxic behavior, narcissistic abuse, and personality disorders, Dr. Stephanie Sarkis has seen it all--and she is here to help you understand how to move forward. In Healing from Toxic Relationships, Dr. Sarkis extends compassion and knowledge to survivors, helping you understand the underpinnings of toxic behavior and how to find peace.   Highlighting ten essential steps, Dr. Sarkis provides survivors with an accessible framework that can be applied to anyone preparing to heal:    1. Block or Limit Contact 2. Create Your Own Closure 3. Forgive Yourself 4. Establish Boundaries 5. Talk to a Professional 6. Practice Self‑Care 7. Reconnect 8. Grieve 9. Look Outward 10. Prevent: Keeping Toxic People Away Anyone who is in a toxic relationship—whether it's with a romantic partner, colleague, family member, or friend—deserves a way out and a path forward. Dr. Sarkis offers help and hope. Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Tue, 26 Jul 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556991 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing from Toxic Relationships: 10 Essential Steps to Recover from Gaslighting, Narcissism, and Emotional Abuse Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the psychologist and author of Gaslighting comes a practical recovery plan outlining ten foundational steps to true healing. Surviving and escaping a toxic or abusive relationship can often only be part of the struggle. Long after, survivors often struggle to heal; your self‑esteem may be damaged, you may feel rage and betrayal, and you may punish and/or blame yourself. The author of Gaslighting and specialist in toxic behavior, narcissistic abuse, and personality disorders, Dr. Stephanie Sarkis has seen it all--and she is here to help you understand how to move forward. In Healing from Toxic Relationships, Dr. Sarkis extends compassion and knowledge to survivors, helping you understand the underpinnings of toxic behavior and how to find peace.   Highlighting ten essential steps, Dr. Sarkis provides survivors with an accessible framework that can be applied to anyone preparing to heal:    1. Block or Limit Contact 2. Create Your Own Closure 3. Forgive Yourself 4. Establish Boundaries 5. Talk to a Professional 6. Practice Self‑Care 7. Reconnect 8. Grieve 9. Look Outward 10. Prevent: Keeping Toxic People Away Anyone who is in a toxic relationship—whether it's with a romantic partner, colleague, family member, or friend—deserves a way out and a path forward. Dr. Sarkis offers help and hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing from Toxic Relationships: 10 Essential Steps to Recover from Gaslighting, Narcissism, and Emotional Abuse Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the psychologist and author of Gaslighting comes a practical recovery plan outlining ten foundational steps to true healing. Surviving and escaping a toxic or abusive relationship can often only be part of the struggle. Long after, survivors often struggle to heal; your self‑esteem may be damaged, you may feel rage and betrayal, and you may punish and/or blame yourself. The author of Gaslighting and specialist in toxic behavior, narcissistic abuse, and personality disorders, Dr. Stephanie Sarkis has seen it all--and she is here to help you understand how to move forward. In Healing from Toxic Relationships, Dr. Sarkis extends compassion and knowledge to survivors, helping you understand the underpinnings of toxic behavior and how to find peace.   Highlighting ten essential steps, Dr. Sarkis provides survivors with an accessible framework that can be applied to anyone preparing to heal:    1. Block or Limit Contact 2. Create Your Own Closure 3. Forgive Yourself 4. Establish Boundaries 5. Talk to a Professional 6. Practice Self‑Care 7. Reconnect 8. Grieve 9. Look Outward 10. Prevent: Keeping Toxic People Away Anyone who is in a toxic relationship—whether it's with a romantic partner, colleague, family member, or friend—deserves a way out and a path forward. Dr. Sarkis offers help and hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Depressions-Falle - Wie wir Menschen für krank erklären, statt ihnen zu helfen (Ungekürzt) Author: Thorsten Padberg Narrator: Joachim Schönfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es gibt Auswege aus der Depression - auch ohne Medikamente. Warum Antidepressiva keine Lösung und was die Alternativen sind, erklärt der erfahrene Psychotherapeut Thorsten Padberg in einem einfühlsamen Plädoyer. Denn lange schon läuft etwas schief im gesellschaftlichen Umgang mit dem Leid. Wer länger als zwei Wochen trauert, hat eine Depression, heißt es im Diagnoseschlüssel. Doch ist Trauer nicht eine angemessene Reaktion auf den Verlust eines geliebten Menschen? Muss sie wirklich mit Medikamenten und jahrelanger Therapie behandelt werden? In Gesprächen mit Experten und auf Grundlage vieler Studien zeigt Thorsten Padberg, dass Psychopharmaka meist nicht mehr bewirken als ein Placebo. Depressionen haben keine nachweisbaren körperlichen Ursachen, weder Hormone noch Gene oder das Gehirn. Die Ursachen liegen meist im Leben der Betroffenen. Trennung, Tod, Jobverlust lassen uns grübeln, verzweifeln oder trauern. Depressionen haben gesellschaftliche Ursachen, die nicht ignoriert werden dürfen. Betroffene müssen dabei unterstützt werden, ihr Leben wieder in die Hand zu nehmen. Eine aufrüttelnde Botschaft, die sich nicht nur an Psychiater und Therapeuten richtet. Menschen, die von Depressionen betroffen sind, und ihre Angehörigen finden hier neue Perspektiven auf ihr Leid und auf das Leben. Thorsten Padberg will Mut machen mit einer Erkenntnis, die Experten genauso bestätigen wie etliche Fälle aus seiner Praxis: Niemand muss ein Leben lang leiden und Pillen schlucken. Thorsten Padberg Wed, 27 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556867 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Depressions-Falle - Wie wir Menschen für krank erklären, statt ihnen zu helfen (Ungekürzt) Author: Thorsten Padberg Narrator: Joachim Schönfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es gibt Auswege aus der Depression - auch ohne Medikamente. Warum Antidepressiva keine Lösung und was die Alternativen sind, erklärt der erfahrene Psychotherapeut Thorsten Padberg in einem einfühlsamen Plädoyer. Denn lange schon läuft etwas schief im gesellschaftlichen Umgang mit dem Leid. Wer länger als zwei Wochen trauert, hat eine Depression, heißt es im Diagnoseschlüssel. Doch ist Trauer nicht eine angemessene Reaktion auf den Verlust eines geliebten Menschen? Muss sie wirklich mit Medikamenten und jahrelanger Therapie behandelt werden? In Gesprächen mit Experten und auf Grundlage vieler Studien zeigt Thorsten Padberg, dass Psychopharmaka meist nicht mehr bewirken als ein Placebo. Depressionen haben keine nachweisbaren körperlichen Ursachen, weder Hormone noch Gene oder das Gehirn. Die Ursachen liegen meist im Leben der Betroffenen. Trennung, Tod, Jobverlust lassen uns grübeln, verzweifeln oder trauern. Depressionen haben gesellschaftliche Ursachen, die nicht ignoriert werden dürfen. Betroffene müssen dabei unterstützt werden, ihr Leben wieder in die Hand zu nehmen. Eine aufrüttelnde Botschaft, die sich nicht nur an Psychiater und Therapeuten richtet. Menschen, die von Depressionen betroffen sind, und ihre Angehörigen finden hier neue Perspektiven auf ihr Leid und auf das Leben. Thorsten Padberg will Mut machen mit einer Erkenntnis, die Experten genauso bestätigen wie etliche Fälle aus seiner Praxis: Niemand muss ein Leben lang leiden und Pillen schlucken. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Depressions-Falle - Wie wir Menschen für krank erklären, statt ihnen zu helfen (Ungekürzt) Author: Thorsten Padberg Narrator: Joachim Schönfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es gibt Auswege aus der Depression - auch ohne Medikamente. Warum Antidepressiva keine Lösung und was die Alternativen sind, erklärt der erfahrene Psychotherapeut Thorsten Padberg in einem einfühlsamen Plädoyer. Denn lange schon läuft etwas schief im gesellschaftlichen Umgang mit dem Leid. Wer länger als zwei Wochen trauert, hat eine Depression, heißt es im Diagnoseschlüssel. Doch ist Trauer nicht eine angemessene Reaktion auf den Verlust eines geliebten Menschen? Muss sie wirklich mit Medikamenten und jahrelanger Therapie behandelt werden? In Gesprächen mit Experten und auf Grundlage vieler Studien zeigt Thorsten Padberg, dass Psychopharmaka meist nicht mehr bewirken als ein Placebo. Depressionen haben keine nachweisbaren körperlichen Ursachen, weder Hormone noch Gene oder das Gehirn. Die Ursachen liegen meist im Leben der Betroffenen. Trennung, Tod, Jobverlust lassen uns grübeln, verzweifeln oder trauern. Depressionen haben gesellschaftliche Ursachen, die nicht ignoriert werden dürfen. Betroffene müssen dabei unterstützt werden, ihr Leben wieder in die Hand zu nehmen. Eine aufrüttelnde Botschaft, die sich nicht nur an Psychiater und Therapeuten richtet. Menschen, die von Depressionen betroffen sind, und ihre Angehörigen finden hier neue Perspektiven auf ihr Leid und auf das Leben. Thorsten Padberg will Mut machen mit einer Erkenntnis, die Experten genauso bestätigen wie etliche Fälle aus seiner Praxis: Niemand muss ein Leben lang leiden und Pillen schlucken. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556850 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolte des Körpers (Ungekürzt) Author: Alice Miller Narrator: Claudia Gräf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Das vierte Gebot, getragen von der herkömmlichen Moral, verlangt von uns, unsere Eltern zu ehren und zu lieben, auf dass wir - so die versteckte Drohung - lange leben. Dieses Gebot der Ehr-Furcht beansprucht universelle Gültigkeit. Wer es befolgen will, obwohl er von seinen Eltern einst missachtet, misshandelt, missbraucht wurde, kann dies nur, wenn er seine wahren Emotionen verdrängt. Gegen diese Verleugnung und das Ignorieren von unbewältigten Kindheitstraumata revoltiert indes der Körper häufig mit schweren Erkrankungen. Wie diese entstehen, zeigt Alice Miller, die Autorin des Welterfolgs 'Das Drama des begabten Kindes', in 'Die Revolte des Körpers'. In all ihren Büchern hat sich Alice Miller mit der Verleugnung des Leidens in der Kindheit auseinandergesetzt. In 'Die Revolte des Körpers' schildert sie nun die Konsequenzen, die die Abspaltung starker und wahrer Emotionen für den Körper hat. Das Hörbuch handelt von dem Konflikt zwischen dem, was wir fühlen und was unser Körper registriert hat, und dem, was wir fühlen möchten, um den moralischen Normen zu entsprechen, die wir seit jeher verinnerlicht haben. Diese psychobiologische Gesetzmäßigkeit enthüllt Alice Miller im ersten Teil des Hörbuches anhand der Lebensläufe zahlreicher Schriftsteller wie Schiller, Joyce, Proust oder Mishima. Die beiden folgenden Teile weisen Wege auf, die aus dem Teufelskreis des Selbstbetrugs hinausführen und auch eine Befreiung von Krankheitssymptomen, den Appellen des Körpers, ermöglichen können. Alice Miller Fri, 15 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556850 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolte des Körpers (Ungekürzt) Author: Alice Miller Narrator: Claudia Gräf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Das vierte Gebot, getragen von der herkömmlichen Moral, verlangt von uns, unsere Eltern zu ehren und zu lieben, auf dass wir - so die versteckte Drohung - lange leben. Dieses Gebot der Ehr-Furcht beansprucht universelle Gültigkeit. Wer es befolgen will, obwohl er von seinen Eltern einst missachtet, misshandelt, missbraucht wurde, kann dies nur, wenn er seine wahren Emotionen verdrängt. Gegen diese Verleugnung und das Ignorieren von unbewältigten Kindheitstraumata revoltiert indes der Körper häufig mit schweren Erkrankungen. Wie diese entstehen, zeigt Alice Miller, die Autorin des Welterfolgs 'Das Drama des begabten Kindes', in 'Die Revolte des Körpers'. In all ihren Büchern hat sich Alice Miller mit der Verleugnung des Leidens in der Kindheit auseinandergesetzt. In 'Die Revolte des Körpers' schildert sie nun die Konsequenzen, die die Abspaltung starker und wahrer Emotionen für den Körper hat. Das Hörbuch handelt von dem Konflikt zwischen dem, was wir fühlen und was unser Körper registriert hat, und dem, was wir fühlen möchten, um den moralischen Normen zu entsprechen, die wir seit jeher verinnerlicht haben. Diese psychobiologische Gesetzmäßigkeit enthüllt Alice Miller im ersten Teil des Hörbuches anhand der Lebensläufe zahlreicher Schriftsteller wie Schiller, Joyce, Proust oder Mishima. Die beiden folgenden Teile weisen Wege auf, die aus dem Teufelskreis des Selbstbetrugs hinausführen und auch eine Befreiung von Krankheitssymptomen, den Appellen des Körpers, ermöglichen können. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolte des Körpers (Ungekürzt) Author: Alice Miller Narrator: Claudia Gräf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 15, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Das vierte Gebot, getragen von der herkömmlichen Moral, verlangt von uns, unsere Eltern zu ehren und zu lieben, auf dass wir - so die versteckte Drohung - lange leben. Dieses Gebot der Ehr-Furcht beansprucht universelle Gültigkeit. Wer es befolgen will, obwohl er von seinen Eltern einst missachtet, misshandelt, missbraucht wurde, kann dies nur, wenn er seine wahren Emotionen verdrängt. Gegen diese Verleugnung und das Ignorieren von unbewältigten Kindheitstraumata revoltiert indes der Körper häufig mit schweren Erkrankungen. Wie diese entstehen, zeigt Alice Miller, die Autorin des Welterfolgs 'Das Drama des begabten Kindes', in 'Die Revolte des Körpers'. In all ihren Büchern hat sich Alice Miller mit der Verleugnung des Leidens in der Kindheit auseinandergesetzt. In 'Die Revolte des Körpers' schildert sie nun die Konsequenzen, die die Abspaltung starker und wahrer Emotionen für den Körper hat. Das Hörbuch handelt von dem Konflikt zwischen dem, was wir fühlen und was unser Körper registriert hat, und dem, was wir fühlen möchten, um den moralischen Normen zu entsprechen, die wir seit jeher verinnerlicht haben. Diese psychobiologische Gesetzmäßigkeit enthüllt Alice Miller im ersten Teil des Hörbuches anhand der Lebensläufe zahlreicher Schriftsteller wie Schiller, Joyce, Proust oder Mishima. Die beiden folgenden Teile weisen Wege auf, die aus dem Teufelskreis des Selbstbetrugs hinausführen und auch eine Befreiung von Krankheitssymptomen, den Appellen des Körpers, ermöglichen können. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Teen Interpreter: A Guide to the Challenges and Joys of Raising Adolescents Author: Terri Apter Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Once children hit adolescence, it seems as if overnight “I love you” becomes “leave me alone,” and any question from a parent can be dismissed with one word: “fine.” But while they may not show it, teens benefit from their parents’ curiosity, delight, and connection. In The Teen Interpreter, psychologist Terri Apter looks inside teens’ minds—minds that are experiencing powerful new emotions and awareness of the world around them—to show how parents can revitalize their relationship. She illuminates the rapid neurological developments of a teen’s brain, explains the power of teenage friendships, and explores the positives and pitfalls of social media. With perceptive conversation exercises that synthesize research from more than thirty years in the field, Apter illustrates how teens signal their changing needs and identities—and how parents can interpret these signals and see the world through their teen’s eyes. The Teen Interpreter is a generous roadmap for enjoying the most challenging, and rewarding, parenting years. Terri Apter Tue, 05 Apr 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556601 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Teen Interpreter: A Guide to the Challenges and Joys of Raising Adolescents Author: Terri Apter Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Once children hit adolescence, it seems as if overnight “I love you” becomes “leave me alone,” and any question from a parent can be dismissed with one word: “fine.” But while they may not show it, teens benefit from their parents’ curiosity, delight, and connection. In The Teen Interpreter, psychologist Terri Apter looks inside teens’ minds—minds that are experiencing powerful new emotions and awareness of the world around them—to show how parents can revitalize their relationship. She illuminates the rapid neurological developments of a teen’s brain, explains the power of teenage friendships, and explores the positives and pitfalls of social media. With perceptive conversation exercises that synthesize research from more than thirty years in the field, Apter illustrates how teens signal their changing needs and identities—and how parents can interpret these signals and see the world through their teen’s eyes. The Teen Interpreter is a generous roadmap for enjoying the most challenging, and rewarding, parenting years. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Teen Interpreter: A Guide to the Challenges and Joys of Raising Adolescents Author: Terri Apter Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Once children hit adolescence, it seems as if overnight “I love you” becomes “leave me alone,” and any question from a parent can be dismissed with one word: “fine.” But while they may not show it, teens benefit from their parents’ curiosity, delight, and connection. In The Teen Interpreter, psychologist Terri Apter looks inside teens’ minds—minds that are experiencing powerful new emotions and awareness of the world around them—to show how parents can revitalize their relationship. She illuminates the rapid neurological developments of a teen’s brain, explains the power of teenage friendships, and explores the positives and pitfalls of social media. With perceptive conversation exercises that synthesize research from more than thirty years in the field, Apter illustrates how teens signal their changing needs and identities—and how parents can interpret these signals and see the world through their teen’s eyes. The Teen Interpreter is a generous roadmap for enjoying the most challenging, and rewarding, parenting years. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence: How to Master Social Skills, Improve Your Relationships, and Boost Your EQ Author: Philip Morra Narrator: Joss Fisher, Scott Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emotional intelligence is a term or concept popularized by researchers in the 1990s. This concept differs from general intelligence. Emotional intelligence is the ability to understand and manage your own emotions. People who possess this trait also have the ability to understand and influence the emotions and behavior of others. And with this understanding, some are able to enjoy greater success in life. Five elements define emotional intelligence. These components include: Self-awareness: Self-awareness is being conscious of your own feelings and motives. Emotionally intelligent people often demonstrate a high level of self-awareness. You know how your emotions affect yourself and others, and you don’t allow your emotions to control you. Self-regulation: People with the ability to self-regulate don’t make impulsive decisions. You pause and think about the consequences of an action before proceeding. Motivation_ People with emotional intelligence are productive and driven. You think about the big picture and assess how your actions will contribute to long-term success. Empathy: Emotionally intelligent people are less likely to be self-centered. Instead, you empathize with others and your situations. You tend to be a good listener, slow to judge, and understanding of the needs and wants of others. For this reason, an emotionally intelligent person is often seen as a loyal, compassionate friend. Social skills: It’s easier for you to collaborate and work in teams. You tend to be an excellent leader because of your strong communication skills and ability to manage relationships. Some people are born with the gift of emotional intelligence, but others have to learn it. Either way, the ability to know yourself and understand the emotions of others can have a positive impact on your relationships and help you succeed in every area of life. Philip Morra Sat, 06 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556555 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence: How to Master Social Skills, Improve Your Relationships, and Boost Your EQ Author: Philip Morra Narrator: Joss Fisher, Scott Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emotional intelligence is a term or concept popularized by researchers in the 1990s. This concept differs from general intelligence. Emotional intelligence is the ability to understand and manage your own emotions. People who possess this trait also have the ability to understand and influence the emotions and behavior of others. And with this understanding, some are able to enjoy greater success in life. Five elements define emotional intelligence. These components include: Self-awareness: Self-awareness is being conscious of your own feelings and motives. Emotionally intelligent people often demonstrate a high level of self-awareness. You know how your emotions affect yourself and others, and you don’t allow your emotions to control you. Self-regulation: People with the ability to self-regulate don’t make impulsive decisions. You pause and think about the consequences of an action before proceeding. Motivation_ People with emotional intelligence are productive and driven. You think about the big picture and assess how your actions will contribute to long-term success. Empathy: Emotionally intelligent people are less likely to be self-centered. Instead, you empathize with others and your situations. You tend to be a good listener, slow to judge, and understanding of the needs and wants of others. For this reason, an emotionally intelligent person is often seen as a loyal, compassionate friend. Social skills: It’s easier for you to collaborate and work in teams. You tend to be an excellent leader because of your strong communication skills and ability to manage relationships. Some people are born with the gift of emotional intelligence, but others have to learn it. Either way, the ability to know yourself and understand the emotions of others can have a positive impact on your relationships and help you succeed in every area of life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence: How to Master Social Skills, Improve Your Relationships, and Boost Your EQ Author: Philip Morra Narrator: Joss Fisher, Scott Sandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emotional intelligence is a term or concept popularized by researchers in the 1990s. This concept differs from general intelligence. Emotional intelligence is the ability to understand and manage your own emotions. People who possess this trait also have the ability to understand and influence the emotions and behavior of others. And with this understanding, some are able to enjoy greater success in life. Five elements define emotional intelligence. These components include: Self-awareness: Self-awareness is being conscious of your own feelings and motives. Emotionally intelligent people often demonstrate a high level of self-awareness. You know how your emotions affect yourself and others, and you don’t allow your emotions to control you. Self-regulation: People with the ability to self-regulate don’t make impulsive decisions. You pause and think about the consequences of an action before proceeding. Motivation_ People with emotional intelligence are productive and driven. You think about the big picture and assess how your actions will contribute to long-term success. Empathy: Emotionally intelligent people are less likely to be self-centered. Instead, you empathize with others and your situations. You tend to be a good listener, slow to judge, and understanding of the needs and wants of others. For this reason, an emotionally intelligent person is often seen as a loyal, compassionate friend. Social skills: It’s easier for you to collaborate and work in teams. You tend to be an excellent leader because of your strong communication skills and ability to manage relationships. Some people are born with the gift of emotional intelligence, but others have to learn it. Either way, the ability to know yourself and understand the emotions of others can have a positive impact on your relationships and help you succeed in every area of life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556524 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Aging Self Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Rules for Aging and Dynamic Aging Author: Lisa Grady, And Ivan Everly Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your Aging Self Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Rules for Aging and Dynamic Aging Getting older is inevitable. Until scientists discover a genetic fountain of youth, we all must come to terms with the fact that we are going to see our health deteriorate as we get older and count more candles on the cake each year. But a growing body of research is pointing to the causes of aging. By knowing the causes, we can prevent the damage that these processes do to our body, and in some cases, even reverse it. By making smarter lifestyle choices, we can also preserve a youthful mind, body, and spirit well into our senior years. Age really can become just a number once you’ve discovered the science of growing younger. Aging is inevitable but you do get a say in how you age. You get a say in how you get to look and feel and how healthy you are. Sure, some of this comes down to luck, but a whole lot of it comes down to the way you eat, your lifestyle, and even your mental attitude. This bundle will teach you how easy it can be to stay young-looking and feeling no matter what your age with just a few sensible self-care steps. You will have a guide that will teach you all these steps so you can feel and look younger for longer. It will teach you how to get the most from your body, your looks, your mind, and even your career no matter what age you are. You will learn the secret to aging gracefully whether you’re a man or a woman and no matter what life throws your way. This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Rules for Aging: The Ultimate Guide on How to Age Well, Learn Tips and Expert Advice on How to Protect Your Aging Brain, Your Health and Your Looks to Stay Looking and Feeling Youthful 2. Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body, and Spirit Get your copy of Your Aging Self 2 in 1 Bundle today! Lisa Grady, And Ivan Everly Wed, 27 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556524 thebookvoice.com 0:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Aging Self Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Rules for Aging and Dynamic Aging Author: Lisa Grady, And Ivan Everly Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your Aging Self Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Rules for Aging and Dynamic Aging Getting older is inevitable. Until scientists discover a genetic fountain of youth, we all must come to terms with the fact that we are going to see our health deteriorate as we get older and count more candles on the cake each year. But a growing body of research is pointing to the causes of aging. By knowing the causes, we can prevent the damage that these processes do to our body, and in some cases, even reverse it. By making smarter lifestyle choices, we can also preserve a youthful mind, body, and spirit well into our senior years. Age really can become just a number once you’ve discovered the science of growing younger. Aging is inevitable but you do get a say in how you age. You get a say in how you get to look and feel and how healthy you are. Sure, some of this comes down to luck, but a whole lot of it comes down to the way you eat, your lifestyle, and even your mental attitude. This bundle will teach you how easy it can be to stay young-looking and feeling no matter what your age with just a few sensible self-care steps. You will have a guide that will teach you all these steps so you can feel and look younger for longer. It will teach you how to get the most from your body, your looks, your mind, and even your career no matter what age you are. You will learn the secret to aging gracefully whether you’re a man or a woman and no matter what life throws your way. This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Rules for Aging: The Ultimate Guide on How to Age Well, Learn Tips and Expert Advice on How to Protect Your Aging Brain, Your Health and Your Looks to Stay Looking and Feeling Youthful 2. Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body, and Spirit Get your copy of Your Aging Self 2 in 1 Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Aging Self Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Rules for Aging and Dynamic Aging Author: Lisa Grady, And Ivan Everly Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your Aging Self Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Rules for Aging and Dynamic Aging Getting older is inevitable. Until scientists discover a genetic fountain of youth, we all must come to terms with the fact that we are going to see our health deteriorate as we get older and count more candles on the cake each year. But a growing body of research is pointing to the causes of aging. By knowing the causes, we can prevent the damage that these processes do to our body, and in some cases, even reverse it. By making smarter lifestyle choices, we can also preserve a youthful mind, body, and spirit well into our senior years. Age really can become just a number once you’ve discovered the science of growing younger. Aging is inevitable but you do get a say in how you age. You get a say in how you get to look and feel and how healthy you are. Sure, some of this comes down to luck, but a whole lot of it comes down to the way you eat, your lifestyle, and even your mental attitude. This bundle will teach you how easy it can be to stay young-looking and feeling no matter what your age with just a few sensible self-care steps. You will have a guide that will teach you all these steps so you can feel and look younger for longer. It will teach you how to get the most from your body, your looks, your mind, and even your career no matter what age you are. You will learn the secret to aging gracefully whether you’re a man or a woman and no matter what life throws your way. This 2 in 1 bundle will include the following audiobooks: 1. Rules for Aging: The Ultimate Guide on How to Age Well, Learn Tips and Expert Advice on How to Protect Your Aging Brain, Your Health and Your Looks to Stay Looking and Feeling Youthful 2. Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body, and Spirit Get your copy of Your Aging Self 2 in 1 Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body and Spirit Author: Ivan Everly Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body, and Spirit The science of growing younger may seem like a fairy-tale or snake oil. The truth is that a growing body of research is pointing to the causes of aging. By knowing the causes, we can prevent the damage that these processes do to our body, and in some cases, even reverse it. By making smarter lifestyle choices, we can also preserve a youthful mind, body, and spirit well into our senior years. Age really can become just a number once you’ve discovered the science of growing younger. This audiobook will teach you how easy it can be to stay young-looking and feeling no matter what your age with just a few sensible self-care steps. You will have a guide that will teach you all these steps so you can feel and look younger for longer. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -How To Look 45 At 60 -The Role Of Enzymes In The Aging Process -Top 7 Anti-Aging Foods -Herbal Approaches To Turning Back The Years -Keeping Memory Sharp -De-Stress Your Way To A Younger Self -And many more! The Fountain of Youth has been a long-cherished goal for people throughout the ages. If you want to learn more about how you can age well, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Ivan Everly Wed, 27 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556520 thebookvoice.com 0:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body and Spirit Author: Ivan Everly Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body, and Spirit The science of growing younger may seem like a fairy-tale or snake oil. The truth is that a growing body of research is pointing to the causes of aging. By knowing the causes, we can prevent the damage that these processes do to our body, and in some cases, even reverse it. By making smarter lifestyle choices, we can also preserve a youthful mind, body, and spirit well into our senior years. Age really can become just a number once you’ve discovered the science of growing younger. This audiobook will teach you how easy it can be to stay young-looking and feeling no matter what your age with just a few sensible self-care steps. You will have a guide that will teach you all these steps so you can feel and look younger for longer. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -How To Look 45 At 60 -The Role Of Enzymes In The Aging Process -Top 7 Anti-Aging Foods -Herbal Approaches To Turning Back The Years -Keeping Memory Sharp -De-Stress Your Way To A Younger Self -And many more! The Fountain of Youth has been a long-cherished goal for people throughout the ages. If you want to learn more about how you can age well, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body and Spirit Author: Ivan Everly Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dynamic Aging: The Ultimate Guide on Understanding the Science of Reverse Aging, Discover Smart Lifestyle Choices That Would Help Reverse Aging and Help You Keep a Youthful Mind, Body, and Spirit The science of growing younger may seem like a fairy-tale or snake oil. The truth is that a growing body of research is pointing to the causes of aging. By knowing the causes, we can prevent the damage that these processes do to our body, and in some cases, even reverse it. By making smarter lifestyle choices, we can also preserve a youthful mind, body, and spirit well into our senior years. Age really can become just a number once you’ve discovered the science of growing younger. This audiobook will teach you how easy it can be to stay young-looking and feeling no matter what your age with just a few sensible self-care steps. You will have a guide that will teach you all these steps so you can feel and look younger for longer. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -How To Look 45 At 60 -The Role Of Enzymes In The Aging Process -Top 7 Anti-Aging Foods -Herbal Approaches To Turning Back The Years -Keeping Memory Sharp -De-Stress Your Way To A Younger Self -And many more! The Fountain of Youth has been a long-cherished goal for people throughout the ages. If you want to learn more about how you can age well, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556505 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Malady of the Mind: Schizophrenia and the Path to Prevention Author: Jeffrey A. Lieberman Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The most important book about schizophrenia in decades, and perhaps ever…a total game-changer.” —Sylvia Nasar, author of A Beautiful Mind A comprehensive, deeply researched, and highly readable portrait of schizophrenia—its history, its various manifestations, and how today’s treatments have promising and often lifesaving potential. This “incredibly captivating” (Siddhartha Mukherjee, author of The Emperor of All Maladies) portrait of schizophrenia, the most malignant and mysterious mental illness, by renowned psychiatrist Jeffrey Lieberman, interweaves cultural and scientific history with dramatic patient profiles and clinical experiences to impart a revolutionary message of hope. For the first time in history, we can effectively treat schizophrenia, limiting its disabling effects—and we’re on the verge of being able to prevent the disease’s onset entirely. Drawing on his four-decade career, Dr. Jeffrey Lieberman expertly illuminates the past, present, and future of this historically dreaded and devastating illness. Interweaving history, science, and policy with personal anecdotes and clinical cases, Malady of the Mind is a rich, illuminating experience written in accessible, fluid prose. From Dr. Lieberman’s vantage point at the pinnacle of academic psychiatry, informed by extensive research experience and clinical care of thousands of patients, he explains how the complexity of the brain, the checkered history of psychiatric medicine, and centuries of stigma combined with misguided legislation and health care policies have impeded scientific advances and clinical progress. Despite this, there is reason for optimism: by offering evidence-based treatments that combine medication with psychosocial services and principles learned from the recovery movement, doctors can now effectively treat schizophrenia by diagnosing patients at a very early stage, achieving a mutually respectful therapeutic alliance, and preventing relapse, thus limiting the progression of the illness. Even more promising, decades of work on diagnosis, detection, and early intervention have pushed scientific progress to the cusp of prevention—meaning that in the near future, doctors may be able to prevent the onset of this disorder. A must-read for those interested in medical history, psychology, and those whose lives have been affected by schizophrenia, this “penetrating, important” (Andrew Solomon, author of Noonday Demon) work offers a comprehensive scientific portrait, crucial insights, sound advice for families and friends, and most importantly, hope for those sufferers now and future generations. Jeffrey A. Lieberman Tue, 21 Feb 2023 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556505 thebookvoice.com 17:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Malady of the Mind: Schizophrenia and the Path to Prevention Author: Jeffrey A. Lieberman Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The most important book about schizophrenia in decades, and perhaps ever…a total game-changer.” —Sylvia Nasar, author of A Beautiful Mind A comprehensive, deeply researched, and highly readable portrait of schizophrenia—its history, its various manifestations, and how today’s treatments have promising and often lifesaving potential. This “incredibly captivating” (Siddhartha Mukherjee, author of The Emperor of All Maladies) portrait of schizophrenia, the most malignant and mysterious mental illness, by renowned psychiatrist Jeffrey Lieberman, interweaves cultural and scientific history with dramatic patient profiles and clinical experiences to impart a revolutionary message of hope. For the first time in history, we can effectively treat schizophrenia, limiting its disabling effects—and we’re on the verge of being able to prevent the disease’s onset entirely. Drawing on his four-decade career, Dr. Jeffrey Lieberman expertly illuminates the past, present, and future of this historically dreaded and devastating illness. Interweaving history, science, and policy with personal anecdotes and clinical cases, Malady of the Mind is a rich, illuminating experience written in accessible, fluid prose. From Dr. Lieberman’s vantage point at the pinnacle of academic psychiatry, informed by extensive research experience and clinical care of thousands of patients, he explains how the complexity of the brain, the checkered history of psychiatric medicine, and centuries of stigma combined with misguided legislation and health care policies have impeded scientific advances and clinical progress. Despite this, there is reason for optimism: by offering evidence-based treatments that combine medication with psychosocial services and principles learned from the recovery movement, doctors can now effectively treat schizophrenia by diagnosing patients at a very early stage, achieving a mutually respectful therapeutic alliance, and preventing relapse, thus limiting the progression of the illness. Even more promising, decades of work on diagnosis, detection, and early intervention have pushed scientific progress to the cusp of prevention—meaning that in the near future, doctors may be able to prevent the onset of this disorder. A must-read for those interested in medical history, psychology, and those whose lives have been affected by schizophrenia, this “penetrating, important” (Andrew Solomon, author of Noonday Demon) work offers a comprehensive scientific portrait, crucial insights, sound advice for families and friends, and most importantly, hope for those sufferers now and future generations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Malady of the Mind: Schizophrenia and the Path to Prevention Author: Jeffrey A. Lieberman Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The most important book about schizophrenia in decades, and perhaps ever…a total game-changer.” —Sylvia Nasar, author of A Beautiful Mind A comprehensive, deeply researched, and highly readable portrait of schizophrenia—its history, its various manifestations, and how today’s treatments have promising and often lifesaving potential. This “incredibly captivating” (Siddhartha Mukherjee, author of The Emperor of All Maladies) portrait of schizophrenia, the most malignant and mysterious mental illness, by renowned psychiatrist Jeffrey Lieberman, interweaves cultural and scientific history with dramatic patient profiles and clinical experiences to impart a revolutionary message of hope. For the first time in history, we can effectively treat schizophrenia, limiting its disabling effects—and we’re on the verge of being able to prevent the disease’s onset entirely. Drawing on his four-decade career, Dr. Jeffrey Lieberman expertly illuminates the past, present, and future of this historically dreaded and devastating illness. Interweaving history, science, and policy with personal anecdotes and clinical cases, Malady of the Mind is a rich, illuminating experience written in accessible, fluid prose. From Dr. Lieberman’s vantage point at the pinnacle of academic psychiatry, informed by extensive research experience and clinical care of thousands of patients, he explains how the complexity of the brain, the checkered history of psychiatric medicine, and centuries of stigma combined with misguided legislation and health care policies have impeded scientific advances and clinical progress. Despite this, there is reason for optimism: by offering evidence-based treatments that combine medication with psychosocial services and principles learned from the recovery movement, doctors can now effectively treat schizophrenia by diagnosing patients at a very early stage, achieving a mutually respectful therapeutic alliance, and preventing relapse, thus limiting the progression of the illness. Even more promising, decades of work on diagnosis, detection, and early intervention have pushed scientific progress to the cusp of prevention—meaning that in the near future, doctors may be able to prevent the onset of this disorder. A must-read for those interested in medical history, psychology, and those whose lives have been affected by schizophrenia, this “penetrating, important” (Andrew Solomon, author of Noonday Demon) work offers a comprehensive scientific portrait, crucial insights, sound advice for families and friends, and most importantly, hope for those sufferers now and future generations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556498 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empower: Conquering the Disease of Fear Author: Seth Davis, Tareq Azim Narrator: Tareq Azim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From finding common ground with warlords, introducing the Taliban to change, and working with NFL greats such as Marshawn Lynch, this uplifting memoir and “study of resilience” (General Paul Selva, United States Air Force) from coach and personal development expert, Tareq Azim, will help you build a relationship with fear and embrace your own power. A descendant of Afghan nobles, Tareq Azim’s family was forced to flee their homeland in 1979. He assimilated in the United States through his love of sports but when he returned to his home country in 2004, he discovered countless children living on the streets, waiting for the inevitable recruitment into terrorist networks and anti-peace militias. Azim’s close encounter with the ravages of a war-torn society taught him how pain can generate the most intense forms of fear, anxiety, and depression. He had found his salvation through sports and physical activity, and he knew these children could too. He put his method to the test and created the Afghan Women’s Boxing Federation, the official governing body for women’s sports for the National Olympic Committee and the first ever in the history of any Islamic republic, proving that Afghanistan was ready for social change by addressing the harms of accumulated trauma. Now, his remarkable full story is revealed in this book that is both a memoir and a roadmap that “could not be more timely” (Hunter Maats, author of The Straight-A Conspiracy). Through his own experiences, he effortlessly explains how fear is an invitation to seek a deeper feeling within—a feeling that is achieved when we engage in righteous and sincere struggle. Only then will our choices be guided by values that help us avoid the pitfalls of moral and personal failure. Featuring actionable advice and varied clear-eyed case studies, including MMA star Jake Shields, former congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard, and San Francisco 49ers owner Jed York, Empower is the ultimate guide to living a life understanding that fear is there to help you. Seth Davis, Tareq Azim Tue, 11 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556498 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empower: Conquering the Disease of Fear Author: Seth Davis, Tareq Azim Narrator: Tareq Azim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From finding common ground with warlords, introducing the Taliban to change, and working with NFL greats such as Marshawn Lynch, this uplifting memoir and “study of resilience” (General Paul Selva, United States Air Force) from coach and personal development expert, Tareq Azim, will help you build a relationship with fear and embrace your own power. A descendant of Afghan nobles, Tareq Azim’s family was forced to flee their homeland in 1979. He assimilated in the United States through his love of sports but when he returned to his home country in 2004, he discovered countless children living on the streets, waiting for the inevitable recruitment into terrorist networks and anti-peace militias. Azim’s close encounter with the ravages of a war-torn society taught him how pain can generate the most intense forms of fear, anxiety, and depression. He had found his salvation through sports and physical activity, and he knew these children could too. He put his method to the test and created the Afghan Women’s Boxing Federation, the official governing body for women’s sports for the National Olympic Committee and the first ever in the history of any Islamic republic, proving that Afghanistan was ready for social change by addressing the harms of accumulated trauma. Now, his remarkable full story is revealed in this book that is both a memoir and a roadmap that “could not be more timely” (Hunter Maats, author of The Straight-A Conspiracy). Through his own experiences, he effortlessly explains how fear is an invitation to seek a deeper feeling within—a feeling that is achieved when we engage in righteous and sincere struggle. Only then will our choices be guided by values that help us avoid the pitfalls of moral and personal failure. Featuring actionable advice and varied clear-eyed case studies, including MMA star Jake Shields, former congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard, and San Francisco 49ers owner Jed York, Empower is the ultimate guide to living a life understanding that fear is there to help you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empower: Conquering the Disease of Fear Author: Seth Davis, Tareq Azim Narrator: Tareq Azim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From finding common ground with warlords, introducing the Taliban to change, and working with NFL greats such as Marshawn Lynch, this uplifting memoir and “study of resilience” (General Paul Selva, United States Air Force) from coach and personal development expert, Tareq Azim, will help you build a relationship with fear and embrace your own power. A descendant of Afghan nobles, Tareq Azim’s family was forced to flee their homeland in 1979. He assimilated in the United States through his love of sports but when he returned to his home country in 2004, he discovered countless children living on the streets, waiting for the inevitable recruitment into terrorist networks and anti-peace militias. Azim’s close encounter with the ravages of a war-torn society taught him how pain can generate the most intense forms of fear, anxiety, and depression. He had found his salvation through sports and physical activity, and he knew these children could too. He put his method to the test and created the Afghan Women’s Boxing Federation, the official governing body for women’s sports for the National Olympic Committee and the first ever in the history of any Islamic republic, proving that Afghanistan was ready for social change by addressing the harms of accumulated trauma. Now, his remarkable full story is revealed in this book that is both a memoir and a roadmap that “could not be more timely” (Hunter Maats, author of The Straight-A Conspiracy). Through his own experiences, he effortlessly explains how fear is an invitation to seek a deeper feeling within—a feeling that is achieved when we engage in righteous and sincere struggle. Only then will our choices be guided by values that help us avoid the pitfalls of moral and personal failure. Featuring actionable advice and varied clear-eyed case studies, including MMA star Jake Shields, former congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard, and San Francisco 49ers owner Jed York, Empower is the ultimate guide to living a life understanding that fear is there to help you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556175 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en castellano) Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? En este libro revolucionario, el periodista estadounidense Malcolm Gladwell nos explica cómo pensamos sin pensar, de dónde proceden las decisiones que parece que tomamos en dos segundos, pero que no son tan simples como aparentan. ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? ¿Cuál es el funcionamiento real del cerebro en el trabajo, en clase, en la cocina o en la cama? ¿Y por qué las mejores decisiones suelen ser las más difíciles de explicar? Gladwell nos presenta a un psicólogo que ha aprendido a predecir si un matrimonio puede durar con sólo observarles unos minutos; a un entrenador de tenis que sabe cuándo un jugador hará doble falta antes incluso de que la raqueta toque la bola; a un experto en antigüedades que reconoce una falsificación de un solo vistazo. Este libro revela que quienes son buenos tomando decisiones no son aquellos que procesan más información o que dedican más tiempo a deliberar, sino aquellos que han perfeccionado el arte de hilar fino, de extraer los pocos factores que realmente importan a partir de una cantidad desmesurada de variables. Por medio de la neurología y la psicología, y exhibiendo todo el esplendor del que este autor es capaz, Inteligencia intuitiva cambia nuestra forma de ver las decisiones que tomamos. Nunca más volverás a pensar en pensar de la misma manera. Reseñas: «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos, Malcolm Gladwell es uno de los principales escritores motivacionales, gurú del éxito y analista de 'estrategias para triunfar'. La clave del éxito, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fuera de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «¿Debería comprar este libro? Es probable que ya intuya la respuesta.» Independent on Sunday «Si Gladwell tiene razón, comprarán este libro. Y eso confirmará su tesis.» Stephen Bayley, The Guardian «Confíe en mi intuición: si compra este libro quedará encantado.» The New York Times «Convincente y diabólicamente inteligente.» Evening Standard «Brillante. Las implicaciones para los negocios, por no hablar del amor, son inmensas.» The Observer «Fantástico. Este maravilloso libro debería ser de lectura obligada.» The New Statesman «Sencillamente este libro podría cambiar tu vida.» Esquire Malcolm Gladwell Thu, 18 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556175 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en castellano) Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? En este libro revolucionario, el periodista estadounidense Malcolm Gladwell nos explica cómo pensamos sin pensar, de dónde proceden las decisiones que parece que tomamos en dos segundos, pero que no son tan simples como aparentan. ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? ¿Cuál es el funcionamiento real del cerebro en el trabajo, en clase, en la cocina o en la cama? ¿Y por qué las mejores decisiones suelen ser las más difíciles de explicar? Gladwell nos presenta a un psicólogo que ha aprendido a predecir si un matrimonio puede durar con sólo observarles unos minutos; a un entrenador de tenis que sabe cuándo un jugador hará doble falta antes incluso de que la raqueta toque la bola; a un experto en antigüedades que reconoce una falsificación de un solo vistazo. Este libro revela que quienes son buenos tomando decisiones no son aquellos que procesan más información o que dedican más tiempo a deliberar, sino aquellos que han perfeccionado el arte de hilar fino, de extraer los pocos factores que realmente importan a partir de una cantidad desmesurada de variables. Por medio de la neurología y la psicología, y exhibiendo todo el esplendor del que este autor es capaz, Inteligencia intuitiva cambia nuestra forma de ver las decisiones que tomamos. Nunca más volverás a pensar en pensar de la misma manera. Reseñas: «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos, Malcolm Gladwell es uno de los principales escritores motivacionales, gurú del éxito y analista de 'estrategias para triunfar'. La clave del éxito, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fuera de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «¿Debería comprar este libro? Es probable que ya intuya la respuesta.» Independent on Sunday «Si Gladwell tiene razón, comprarán este libro. Y eso confirmará su tesis.» Stephen Bayley, The Guardian «Confíe en mi intuición: si compra este libro quedará encantado.» The New York Times «Convincente y diabólicamente inteligente.» Evening Standard «Brillante. Las implicaciones para los negocios, por no hablar del amor, son inmensas.» The Observer «Fantástico. Este maravilloso libro debería ser de lectura obligada.» The New Statesman «Sencillamente este libro podría cambiar tu vida.» Esquire Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia intuitiva (en castellano) Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Javier Portugués (portu) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? En este libro revolucionario, el periodista estadounidense Malcolm Gladwell nos explica cómo pensamos sin pensar, de dónde proceden las decisiones que parece que tomamos en dos segundos, pero que no son tan simples como aparentan. ¿Por qué algunas personas son brillantes tomando decisiones y otras son torpes una y otra vez? ¿Por qué algunos siguen su instinto y triunfan, mientras que otros acaban siempre dando un paso en falso? ¿Cuál es el funcionamiento real del cerebro en el trabajo, en clase, en la cocina o en la cama? ¿Y por qué las mejores decisiones suelen ser las más difíciles de explicar? Gladwell nos presenta a un psicólogo que ha aprendido a predecir si un matrimonio puede durar con sólo observarles unos minutos; a un entrenador de tenis que sabe cuándo un jugador hará doble falta antes incluso de que la raqueta toque la bola; a un experto en antigüedades que reconoce una falsificación de un solo vistazo. Este libro revela que quienes son buenos tomando decisiones no son aquellos que procesan más información o que dedican más tiempo a deliberar, sino aquellos que han perfeccionado el arte de hilar fino, de extraer los pocos factores que realmente importan a partir de una cantidad desmesurada de variables. Por medio de la neurología y la psicología, y exhibiendo todo el esplendor del que este autor es capaz, Inteligencia intuitiva cambia nuestra forma de ver las decisiones que tomamos. Nunca más volverás a pensar en pensar de la misma manera. Reseñas: «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos, Malcolm Gladwell es uno de los principales escritores motivacionales, gurú del éxito y analista de 'estrategias para triunfar'. La clave del éxito, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fuera de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «¿Debería comprar este libro? Es probable que ya intuya la respuesta.» Independent on Sunday «Si Gladwell tiene razón, comprarán este libro. Y eso confirmará su tesis.» Stephen Bayley, The Guardian «Confíe en mi intuición: si compra este libro quedará encantado.» The New York Times «Convincente y diabólicamente inteligente.» Evening Standard «Brillante. Las implicaciones para los negocios, por no hablar del amor, son inmensas.» The Observer «Fantástico. Este maravilloso libro debería ser de lectura obligada.» The New Statesman «Sencillamente este libro podría cambiar tu vida.» Esquire https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Mind, Happy Life: 10 Simple Ways to Feel Great Every Day Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *This audiobook contains an exclusive Q&A with Rangan where he answers questions from fans* We often conflate happiness with success, but over the course of his career GP and bestselling author, Dr Rangan Chatterjee, has seen first-hand how this misunderstanding of happiness is actually damaging our health. Research has shown that poor mental health has a direct impact on our overall health and, in fact, 90% of GP visits are due to stress. In his latest book, Happy Mind, Happy Life, he shows how making small changes to our mindset is the secret to feeling both happier and healthier. With 10 simple tools that have changed the lives of his patients, from eliminating choice to giving yourself away, the life-changing advice in this book is will help you reconnect with yourself, feel more fulfilled and discover what happiness is for you. © Rangan Chatterjee 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Rangan Chatterjee Thu, 24 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Mind, Happy Life: 10 Simple Ways to Feel Great Every Day Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *This audiobook contains an exclusive Q&A with Rangan where he answers questions from fans* We often conflate happiness with success, but over the course of his career GP and bestselling author, Dr Rangan Chatterjee, has seen first-hand how this misunderstanding of happiness is actually damaging our health. Research has shown that poor mental health has a direct impact on our overall health and, in fact, 90% of GP visits are due to stress. In his latest book, Happy Mind, Happy Life, he shows how making small changes to our mindset is the secret to feeling both happier and healthier. With 10 simple tools that have changed the lives of his patients, from eliminating choice to giving yourself away, the life-changing advice in this book is will help you reconnect with yourself, feel more fulfilled and discover what happiness is for you. © Rangan Chatterjee 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Mind, Happy Life: 10 Simple Ways to Feel Great Every Day Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *This audiobook contains an exclusive Q&A with Rangan where he answers questions from fans* We often conflate happiness with success, but over the course of his career GP and bestselling author, Dr Rangan Chatterjee, has seen first-hand how this misunderstanding of happiness is actually damaging our health. Research has shown that poor mental health has a direct impact on our overall health and, in fact, 90% of GP visits are due to stress. In his latest book, Happy Mind, Happy Life, he shows how making small changes to our mindset is the secret to feeling both happier and healthier. With 10 simple tools that have changed the lives of his patients, from eliminating choice to giving yourself away, the life-changing advice in this book is will help you reconnect with yourself, feel more fulfilled and discover what happiness is for you. © Rangan Chatterjee 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556136 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556136]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Neuroscience of You: How Every Brain Is Different and How to Understand Yours Author: Chantel Prat Narrator: Chantel Prat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From University of Washington professor Chantel Prat comes The Neuroscience of You, a rollicking adventure into the human brain that reveals the surprising truth about neuroscience, shifting our focus from what’s average to an understanding of how every brain is different, exactly why our quirks are important, and what this means for each of us. With style and wit, Chantel Prat takes us on a tour of the meaningful ways that our brains are dissimilar from one another. Using real-world examples, along with take-them-yourself tests and quizzes, she shows you how to identify the strengths and weakness of your own brain, while learning what might be going on in the brains of those who are unlike you. With sections like “Focus,” “Navigate,” and “Connect,” The Neuroscience of You helps us see how brains that are engineered differently ultimately take diverse paths when it comes time to prioritize information, use what they’ve learned from experience, relate to other people, and so much more.   While other scientists focus on how “the” brain works “on average,” Prat argues that our obsession with commonalities has slowed our progress toward understanding the very things that make each of us unique and interesting. Her field-leading research, employing cutting-edge technology, reveals the truth: Complicated as it may be, no two brains are alike. And individual differences in brain functioning are as pervasive as they are fundamental to defining what “normal” looks like. Adages such as, “I’m not wired that way” intuitively point to the fact that the brains we’re piloting, educating, and parenting are wonderfully distinct, explaining a whole host of phenomena, from how easily a person might learn a second language in adulthood to whether someone feels curious or threatened when faced with new information. This book invites the reader to understand themselves and others by zooming in so close that we all look gray and squishy.   * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF with images referred to in the text. Chantel Prat Tue, 02 Aug 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556136 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556136]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Neuroscience of You: How Every Brain Is Different and How to Understand Yours Author: Chantel Prat Narrator: Chantel Prat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From University of Washington professor Chantel Prat comes The Neuroscience of You, a rollicking adventure into the human brain that reveals the surprising truth about neuroscience, shifting our focus from what’s average to an understanding of how every brain is different, exactly why our quirks are important, and what this means for each of us. With style and wit, Chantel Prat takes us on a tour of the meaningful ways that our brains are dissimilar from one another. Using real-world examples, along with take-them-yourself tests and quizzes, she shows you how to identify the strengths and weakness of your own brain, while learning what might be going on in the brains of those who are unlike you. With sections like “Focus,” “Navigate,” and “Connect,” The Neuroscience of You helps us see how brains that are engineered differently ultimately take diverse paths when it comes time to prioritize information, use what they’ve learned from experience, relate to other people, and so much more.   While other scientists focus on how “the” brain works “on average,” Prat argues that our obsession with commonalities has slowed our progress toward understanding the very things that make each of us unique and interesting. Her field-leading research, employing cutting-edge technology, reveals the truth: Complicated as it may be, no two brains are alike. And individual differences in brain functioning are as pervasive as they are fundamental to defining what “normal” looks like. Adages such as, “I’m not wired that way” intuitively point to the fact that the brains we’re piloting, educating, and parenting are wonderfully distinct, explaining a whole host of phenomena, from how easily a person might learn a second language in adulthood to whether someone feels curious or threatened when faced with new information. This book invites the reader to understand themselves and others by zooming in so close that we all look gray and squishy.   * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF with images referred to in the text. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556136]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Neuroscience of You: How Every Brain Is Different and How to Understand Yours Author: Chantel Prat Narrator: Chantel Prat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From University of Washington professor Chantel Prat comes The Neuroscience of You, a rollicking adventure into the human brain that reveals the surprising truth about neuroscience, shifting our focus from what’s average to an understanding of how every brain is different, exactly why our quirks are important, and what this means for each of us. With style and wit, Chantel Prat takes us on a tour of the meaningful ways that our brains are dissimilar from one another. Using real-world examples, along with take-them-yourself tests and quizzes, she shows you how to identify the strengths and weakness of your own brain, while learning what might be going on in the brains of those who are unlike you. With sections like “Focus,” “Navigate,” and “Connect,” The Neuroscience of You helps us see how brains that are engineered differently ultimately take diverse paths when it comes time to prioritize information, use what they’ve learned from experience, relate to other people, and so much more.   While other scientists focus on how “the” brain works “on average,” Prat argues that our obsession with commonalities has slowed our progress toward understanding the very things that make each of us unique and interesting. Her field-leading research, employing cutting-edge technology, reveals the truth: Complicated as it may be, no two brains are alike. And individual differences in brain functioning are as pervasive as they are fundamental to defining what “normal” looks like. Adages such as, “I’m not wired that way” intuitively point to the fact that the brains we’re piloting, educating, and parenting are wonderfully distinct, explaining a whole host of phenomena, from how easily a person might learn a second language in adulthood to whether someone feels curious or threatened when faced with new information. This book invites the reader to understand themselves and others by zooming in so close that we all look gray and squishy.   * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF with images referred to in the text. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556089 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - PNL POUR DÉBUTANTS - Le pouvoir du subconscient: Comment exploiter le pouvoir de la psychologie, de la communication et des techniques de manipulation pour obtenir enfin tout ce que vous voulez Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Réussir au maximum avec la PNL - Obtenez toujours ce que vous voulez grâce à des techniques de manipulation simples. Voudriez-vous comprendre sans effort le language corporel des personnes qui vous entourent et l'utiliser à votre avantage? Aimeriez-vous remplacer les pensées négatives par des pensées positives et apprendre à vous programmer mentalement pour réussir? Voulez-vous influencer intelligemment d'autres personnes pour imposer votre volonté? Ce qui ressemble aux compétences d'un mentaliste, peut bientôt faire partie de votre répertoire! Car ce audiolivre vous montre des stratégies de réussite simples mais efficaces dans les domaines de la psychologie et de la communication, avec lesquelles vous pouvez contrôler votre propre subconscient et manipuler les autres pour atteindre tous vos objectifs le plus rapidement possible! Créez votre nouvelle vie grâce à la programmation neurolinguistique. - Dégagez une plus grande confiance en vous en toutes circonstances et persuadez vos prochaines de votre valeur et de votre opinion. - Renforcez considérablement votre assertivité et obtenez toujours ce que vous voulez, que ce soit sur le plan professionnel ou privé. - Répandez la joie de vivre, dirigez vos émotions, pensées et croyances exclusivement vers le positif et devenez une personne incroyablement populaire, dont tout le monde voudrait s'entourer. - Comprenez et analysez les personnes qui vous entourent et établissez des relations interpersonnelles profondes. Ce guide scientifiquement fondé vous montre non seulement comment surmonter vos peurs facilement, changer votre mentalité et rayonner une confiance en soi exceptionnelle grâce à votre langage du corps. Apprenez aussi des techniques de manipulation exclusives et efficaces auprès d'experts, grâce auxquelles vous pourrez orienter chaque conversation dans la direction que vous souhaitez et influencer le comportement des autres à votre avantage. Justus Kronfeld Mon, 01 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556089 thebookvoice.com 2:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - PNL POUR DÉBUTANTS - Le pouvoir du subconscient: Comment exploiter le pouvoir de la psychologie, de la communication et des techniques de manipulation pour obtenir enfin tout ce que vous voulez Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Réussir au maximum avec la PNL - Obtenez toujours ce que vous voulez grâce à des techniques de manipulation simples. Voudriez-vous comprendre sans effort le language corporel des personnes qui vous entourent et l'utiliser à votre avantage? Aimeriez-vous remplacer les pensées négatives par des pensées positives et apprendre à vous programmer mentalement pour réussir? Voulez-vous influencer intelligemment d'autres personnes pour imposer votre volonté? Ce qui ressemble aux compétences d'un mentaliste, peut bientôt faire partie de votre répertoire! Car ce audiolivre vous montre des stratégies de réussite simples mais efficaces dans les domaines de la psychologie et de la communication, avec lesquelles vous pouvez contrôler votre propre subconscient et manipuler les autres pour atteindre tous vos objectifs le plus rapidement possible! Créez votre nouvelle vie grâce à la programmation neurolinguistique. - Dégagez une plus grande confiance en vous en toutes circonstances et persuadez vos prochaines de votre valeur et de votre opinion. - Renforcez considérablement votre assertivité et obtenez toujours ce que vous voulez, que ce soit sur le plan professionnel ou privé. - Répandez la joie de vivre, dirigez vos émotions, pensées et croyances exclusivement vers le positif et devenez une personne incroyablement populaire, dont tout le monde voudrait s'entourer. - Comprenez et analysez les personnes qui vous entourent et établissez des relations interpersonnelles profondes. Ce guide scientifiquement fondé vous montre non seulement comment surmonter vos peurs facilement, changer votre mentalité et rayonner une confiance en soi exceptionnelle grâce à votre langage du corps. Apprenez aussi des techniques de manipulation exclusives et efficaces auprès d'experts, grâce auxquelles vous pourrez orienter chaque conversation dans la direction que vous souhaitez et influencer le comportement des autres à votre avantage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - PNL POUR DÉBUTANTS - Le pouvoir du subconscient: Comment exploiter le pouvoir de la psychologie, de la communication et des techniques de manipulation pour obtenir enfin tout ce que vous voulez Author: Justus Kronfeld Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Réussir au maximum avec la PNL - Obtenez toujours ce que vous voulez grâce à des techniques de manipulation simples. Voudriez-vous comprendre sans effort le language corporel des personnes qui vous entourent et l'utiliser à votre avantage? Aimeriez-vous remplacer les pensées négatives par des pensées positives et apprendre à vous programmer mentalement pour réussir? Voulez-vous influencer intelligemment d'autres personnes pour imposer votre volonté? Ce qui ressemble aux compétences d'un mentaliste, peut bientôt faire partie de votre répertoire! Car ce audiolivre vous montre des stratégies de réussite simples mais efficaces dans les domaines de la psychologie et de la communication, avec lesquelles vous pouvez contrôler votre propre subconscient et manipuler les autres pour atteindre tous vos objectifs le plus rapidement possible! Créez votre nouvelle vie grâce à la programmation neurolinguistique. - Dégagez une plus grande confiance en vous en toutes circonstances et persuadez vos prochaines de votre valeur et de votre opinion. - Renforcez considérablement votre assertivité et obtenez toujours ce que vous voulez, que ce soit sur le plan professionnel ou privé. - Répandez la joie de vivre, dirigez vos émotions, pensées et croyances exclusivement vers le positif et devenez une personne incroyablement populaire, dont tout le monde voudrait s'entourer. - Comprenez et analysez les personnes qui vous entourent et établissez des relations interpersonnelles profondes. Ce guide scientifiquement fondé vous montre non seulement comment surmonter vos peurs facilement, changer votre mentalité et rayonner une confiance en soi exceptionnelle grâce à votre langage du corps. Apprenez aussi des techniques de manipulation exclusives et efficaces auprès d'experts, grâce auxquelles vous pourrez orienter chaque conversation dans la direction que vous souhaitez et influencer le comportement des autres à votre avantage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556090 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - L'INTELLIGENCE ÉMOTIONNELLE - Le pouvoir des émotions: Comment lire les gens, influencer les émotions, être plus calme et heureux et avoir plus de succès, grâce à l'empathie et la psychologie Author: Elisabeth Silberstern Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: L'intelligence émotionnelle - comment utiliser le pouvoir des émotions pour réussir, devenir populaire et être heureux! Souhaitez-vous mieux comprendre vos semblables et être capable de discerner leurs véritables intentions? Voulez-vous améliorer vos relations et établir des relations professionnelles positives avec vos collègues, vos supérieurs et vos employés? Aimeriez-vous mieux contrôler vos émotions et devenir ainsi plus calme et plus résistant mentalement? Alors ce livre est parfait pour vous! Car dans ce guide, vous découvrirez les stratégies de réussite simples et intelligentes issues de la psychologie, grâce auxquelles vous pourrez facilement comprendre les émotions et les comportements et les influencer à long terme.Dans ce guide, vous apprendrez à lire les gens facilement et à construire des relations interpersonnelles de valeur ou encore à vous protéger de la manipulation. Le mot magique est intelligence émotionnelle! - Communiquez de manière plus efficace, plus convaincante et plus orientée vers les solutions avec vos semblables grâce à l'empathie - devenez par exemple un leader efficace - Entretenez des relations plus enrichissantes et heureuses en vous aimant davantage vous-même - Apportez plus de bonheur et de gaieté à votre vie - éliminez les sentiments négatifs en adoptant une pensée positive et un état d'esprit optimiste - Devenez une personne populaire - établissez rapidement des liens authentiques et profonds avec d'autres individus - Rayonnez de sérénité - gérez le stress sans effort, de manière détendue et avec confiance C'est prouvé scientifiquement : La grande majorité de votre réussite personnelle et professionnelle ne dépend pas de votre quotient intellectuel (QI), mais de votre quotient émotionnel (QE)! Découvrez dès maintenant avec ce livre les méthodes les plus efficaces avec lesquelles vous augmenterez votre QE de manière garantie! Influencez les autres et devenez la version la plus réussie et la plus heureuse de vous-même! Elisabeth Silberstern Mon, 01 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556090 thebookvoice.com 2:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - L'INTELLIGENCE ÉMOTIONNELLE - Le pouvoir des émotions: Comment lire les gens, influencer les émotions, être plus calme et heureux et avoir plus de succès, grâce à l'empathie et la psychologie Author: Elisabeth Silberstern Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: L'intelligence émotionnelle - comment utiliser le pouvoir des émotions pour réussir, devenir populaire et être heureux! Souhaitez-vous mieux comprendre vos semblables et être capable de discerner leurs véritables intentions? Voulez-vous améliorer vos relations et établir des relations professionnelles positives avec vos collègues, vos supérieurs et vos employés? Aimeriez-vous mieux contrôler vos émotions et devenir ainsi plus calme et plus résistant mentalement? Alors ce livre est parfait pour vous! Car dans ce guide, vous découvrirez les stratégies de réussite simples et intelligentes issues de la psychologie, grâce auxquelles vous pourrez facilement comprendre les émotions et les comportements et les influencer à long terme.Dans ce guide, vous apprendrez à lire les gens facilement et à construire des relations interpersonnelles de valeur ou encore à vous protéger de la manipulation. Le mot magique est intelligence émotionnelle! - Communiquez de manière plus efficace, plus convaincante et plus orientée vers les solutions avec vos semblables grâce à l'empathie - devenez par exemple un leader efficace - Entretenez des relations plus enrichissantes et heureuses en vous aimant davantage vous-même - Apportez plus de bonheur et de gaieté à votre vie - éliminez les sentiments négatifs en adoptant une pensée positive et un état d'esprit optimiste - Devenez une personne populaire - établissez rapidement des liens authentiques et profonds avec d'autres individus - Rayonnez de sérénité - gérez le stress sans effort, de manière détendue et avec confiance C'est prouvé scientifiquement : La grande majorité de votre réussite personnelle et professionnelle ne dépend pas de votre quotient intellectuel (QI), mais de votre quotient émotionnel (QE)! Découvrez dès maintenant avec ce livre les méthodes les plus efficaces avec lesquelles vous augmenterez votre QE de manière garantie! Influencez les autres et devenez la version la plus réussie et la plus heureuse de vous-même! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - L'INTELLIGENCE ÉMOTIONNELLE - Le pouvoir des émotions: Comment lire les gens, influencer les émotions, être plus calme et heureux et avoir plus de succès, grâce à l'empathie et la psychologie Author: Elisabeth Silberstern Narrator: Ines Arsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: L'intelligence émotionnelle - comment utiliser le pouvoir des émotions pour réussir, devenir populaire et être heureux! Souhaitez-vous mieux comprendre vos semblables et être capable de discerner leurs véritables intentions? Voulez-vous améliorer vos relations et établir des relations professionnelles positives avec vos collègues, vos supérieurs et vos employés? Aimeriez-vous mieux contrôler vos émotions et devenir ainsi plus calme et plus résistant mentalement? Alors ce livre est parfait pour vous! Car dans ce guide, vous découvrirez les stratégies de réussite simples et intelligentes issues de la psychologie, grâce auxquelles vous pourrez facilement comprendre les émotions et les comportements et les influencer à long terme.Dans ce guide, vous apprendrez à lire les gens facilement et à construire des relations interpersonnelles de valeur ou encore à vous protéger de la manipulation. Le mot magique est intelligence émotionnelle! - Communiquez de manière plus efficace, plus convaincante et plus orientée vers les solutions avec vos semblables grâce à l'empathie - devenez par exemple un leader efficace - Entretenez des relations plus enrichissantes et heureuses en vous aimant davantage vous-même - Apportez plus de bonheur et de gaieté à votre vie - éliminez les sentiments négatifs en adoptant une pensée positive et un état d'esprit optimiste - Devenez une personne populaire - établissez rapidement des liens authentiques et profonds avec d'autres individus - Rayonnez de sérénité - gérez le stress sans effort, de manière détendue et avec confiance C'est prouvé scientifiquement : La grande majorité de votre réussite personnelle et professionnelle ne dépend pas de votre quotient intellectuel (QI), mais de votre quotient émotionnel (QE)! Découvrez dès maintenant avec ce livre les méthodes les plus efficaces avec lesquelles vous augmenterez votre QE de manière garantie! Influencez les autres et devenez la version la plus réussie et la plus heureuse de vous-même! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555868 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Health Author: Scientific American Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook contains a collection of columns written by Claudia Wallis, an award-winning science journalist whose work has appeared in the New York Times, Time, Fortune, and the New Republic. Claudia was the science editor at Time and the former managing editor of Scientific American Mind. Together, these stories will demystify recent medical research and developments and expand your understanding of how these developments impact the mind and body. Section one sets the stage with a focus on cognition, neurological, and mental health; section two covers public health issues; section three focuses on the body; and the book concludes with innovative stories related to medicine and biotech. Scientific American Tue, 03 Aug 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555868 thebookvoice.com 4:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Health Author: Scientific American Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook contains a collection of columns written by Claudia Wallis, an award-winning science journalist whose work has appeared in the New York Times, Time, Fortune, and the New Republic. Claudia was the science editor at Time and the former managing editor of Scientific American Mind. Together, these stories will demystify recent medical research and developments and expand your understanding of how these developments impact the mind and body. Section one sets the stage with a focus on cognition, neurological, and mental health; section two covers public health issues; section three focuses on the body; and the book concludes with innovative stories related to medicine and biotech. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Health Author: Scientific American Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook contains a collection of columns written by Claudia Wallis, an award-winning science journalist whose work has appeared in the New York Times, Time, Fortune, and the New Republic. Claudia was the science editor at Time and the former managing editor of Scientific American Mind. Together, these stories will demystify recent medical research and developments and expand your understanding of how these developments impact the mind and body. Section one sets the stage with a focus on cognition, neurological, and mental health; section two covers public health issues; section three focuses on the body; and the book concludes with innovative stories related to medicine and biotech. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555817 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ways of Being: Animals, Plants, Machines: The Search for a Planetary Intelligence Author: James Bridle Narrator: James Bridle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: April 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What does it mean to be intelligent? Is it something unique to humans - or do we share it with other beings? Recent years have seen rapid advances in 'artificial' intelligence, which increasingly appears to be something stranger than we ever imagined. At the same time, we are becoming more aware of the other intelligences which have been with us all along, unrecognized. These other beings are the animals, plants, and natural systems that surround us, and are slowly revealing their complexity and knowledge - just as the new technologies we've built are threatening to cause their extinction, and ours. In Ways of Being, writer and artist James Bridle considers the fascinating, uncanny and multiple ways of existing on earth. What can we learn from these other forms of intelligence and personhood, and how can we change our societies to live more equitably with one another and the non-human world? From Greek oracles to octopuses, forests to satellites, Bridle tells a radical new story about ecology, technology and intelligence. We must, they argue, expand our definition of these terms to build a meaningful and free relationship with the non-human, one based on solidarity and cognitive diversity. We have so much to learn, and many worlds to gain. © James Bridle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 James Bridle Thu, 07 Apr 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555817 thebookvoice.com 12:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ways of Being: Animals, Plants, Machines: The Search for a Planetary Intelligence Author: James Bridle Narrator: James Bridle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: April 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What does it mean to be intelligent? Is it something unique to humans - or do we share it with other beings? Recent years have seen rapid advances in 'artificial' intelligence, which increasingly appears to be something stranger than we ever imagined. At the same time, we are becoming more aware of the other intelligences which have been with us all along, unrecognized. These other beings are the animals, plants, and natural systems that surround us, and are slowly revealing their complexity and knowledge - just as the new technologies we've built are threatening to cause their extinction, and ours. In Ways of Being, writer and artist James Bridle considers the fascinating, uncanny and multiple ways of existing on earth. What can we learn from these other forms of intelligence and personhood, and how can we change our societies to live more equitably with one another and the non-human world? From Greek oracles to octopuses, forests to satellites, Bridle tells a radical new story about ecology, technology and intelligence. We must, they argue, expand our definition of these terms to build a meaningful and free relationship with the non-human, one based on solidarity and cognitive diversity. We have so much to learn, and many worlds to gain. © James Bridle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ways of Being: Animals, Plants, Machines: The Search for a Planetary Intelligence Author: James Bridle Narrator: James Bridle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: April 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What does it mean to be intelligent? Is it something unique to humans - or do we share it with other beings? Recent years have seen rapid advances in 'artificial' intelligence, which increasingly appears to be something stranger than we ever imagined. At the same time, we are becoming more aware of the other intelligences which have been with us all along, unrecognized. These other beings are the animals, plants, and natural systems that surround us, and are slowly revealing their complexity and knowledge - just as the new technologies we've built are threatening to cause their extinction, and ours. In Ways of Being, writer and artist James Bridle considers the fascinating, uncanny and multiple ways of existing on earth. What can we learn from these other forms of intelligence and personhood, and how can we change our societies to live more equitably with one another and the non-human world? From Greek oracles to octopuses, forests to satellites, Bridle tells a radical new story about ecology, technology and intelligence. We must, they argue, expand our definition of these terms to build a meaningful and free relationship with the non-human, one based on solidarity and cognitive diversity. We have so much to learn, and many worlds to gain. © James Bridle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555771 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenting Freedom: Transform Stress and Depletion to Connectedness & Meaning Author: Dr Renee Cachia Narrator: Dr Renee Cachia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parenting Freedom offers a gentle invitation to break the modern cycles of stress, burnout, and exhaustion, transforming yourself and your relationship with your child. This unique suite of transformative tools combines ground-breaking research into parent-child interaction, mindfulness, meditation, compassion, attachment theory, and parenting psychology. Through each new lens, Parenting Freedom details the process of transforming your mind, brain, and spirit, both as a parent and as a human being. Taken together, this revolutionary approach to parenting will free you from unconscious conditioning, restoring your power to make conscious choices in every moment about who you are and who you want to be. Dr Renee Cachia Sun, 18 Jul 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555771 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenting Freedom: Transform Stress and Depletion to Connectedness & Meaning Author: Dr Renee Cachia Narrator: Dr Renee Cachia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parenting Freedom offers a gentle invitation to break the modern cycles of stress, burnout, and exhaustion, transforming yourself and your relationship with your child. This unique suite of transformative tools combines ground-breaking research into parent-child interaction, mindfulness, meditation, compassion, attachment theory, and parenting psychology. Through each new lens, Parenting Freedom details the process of transforming your mind, brain, and spirit, both as a parent and as a human being. Taken together, this revolutionary approach to parenting will free you from unconscious conditioning, restoring your power to make conscious choices in every moment about who you are and who you want to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenting Freedom: Transform Stress and Depletion to Connectedness & Meaning Author: Dr Renee Cachia Narrator: Dr Renee Cachia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parenting Freedom offers a gentle invitation to break the modern cycles of stress, burnout, and exhaustion, transforming yourself and your relationship with your child. This unique suite of transformative tools combines ground-breaking research into parent-child interaction, mindfulness, meditation, compassion, attachment theory, and parenting psychology. Through each new lens, Parenting Freedom details the process of transforming your mind, brain, and spirit, both as a parent and as a human being. Taken together, this revolutionary approach to parenting will free you from unconscious conditioning, restoring your power to make conscious choices in every moment about who you are and who you want to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555768 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of a Champion Student-Athlete: A Reality Check (2nd edition) Author: Obadele Thompson Narrator: Jeremy Gee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: DO YOU REALLY KNOW WHAT SEPARATES CHAMPIONS FROM OTHERS? 'This book is a treasure for all student-athletes. Obadele shares his wisdom on how to achieve excellence on and off the field.' - Mike 'Coach K' Krzyzewski, Hall of Fame NCAA Champion Coach, Duke University Learn from Olympic medalist, NCAA champion, Academic All-American, and attorney Obadele Thompson, the “secrets” of how to: + Avoid common student-athlete mistakes and pitfalls + Improve your study habits and ace your classes + Train better and win bigger and more often + Get “paid” now by using your opportunities and resources + Establish power habits to succeed in college and beyond + Grow your brand, network, and relationships + Prepare for a professional sports career If you really want to win on and off the field, this book is for YOU! Obadele Thompson Thu, 28 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555768 thebookvoice.com 4:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of a Champion Student-Athlete: A Reality Check (2nd edition) Author: Obadele Thompson Narrator: Jeremy Gee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: DO YOU REALLY KNOW WHAT SEPARATES CHAMPIONS FROM OTHERS? 'This book is a treasure for all student-athletes. Obadele shares his wisdom on how to achieve excellence on and off the field.' - Mike 'Coach K' Krzyzewski, Hall of Fame NCAA Champion Coach, Duke University Learn from Olympic medalist, NCAA champion, Academic All-American, and attorney Obadele Thompson, the “secrets” of how to: + Avoid common student-athlete mistakes and pitfalls + Improve your study habits and ace your classes + Train better and win bigger and more often + Get “paid” now by using your opportunities and resources + Establish power habits to succeed in college and beyond + Grow your brand, network, and relationships + Prepare for a professional sports career If you really want to win on and off the field, this book is for YOU! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of a Champion Student-Athlete: A Reality Check (2nd edition) Author: Obadele Thompson Narrator: Jeremy Gee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: DO YOU REALLY KNOW WHAT SEPARATES CHAMPIONS FROM OTHERS? 'This book is a treasure for all student-athletes. Obadele shares his wisdom on how to achieve excellence on and off the field.' - Mike 'Coach K' Krzyzewski, Hall of Fame NCAA Champion Coach, Duke University Learn from Olympic medalist, NCAA champion, Academic All-American, and attorney Obadele Thompson, the “secrets” of how to: + Avoid common student-athlete mistakes and pitfalls + Improve your study habits and ace your classes + Train better and win bigger and more often + Get “paid” now by using your opportunities and resources + Establish power habits to succeed in college and beyond + Grow your brand, network, and relationships + Prepare for a professional sports career If you really want to win on and off the field, this book is for YOU! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555736 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Storyverse Author: George Johnston Narrator: George Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: October 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Alan is wrenched from this life by suicide. Dusty, haunted by the loss of the man he thought he knew, must deal with his own regrets before accepting one final task for his friend. Every step takes Dusty further from the friend he remembers and closer to the man he is becoming. Dusty's outer and inner worlds collide as apathy and depression are challenged by empathy and compassion. Travelling with a back-pack, heavy with items he must deal with, Dusty must choose between the things that drag him down and the things that bring him life. What will he choose? What would you choose? George Johnston Sun, 10 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555736 thebookvoice.com 1:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Storyverse Author: George Johnston Narrator: George Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: October 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Alan is wrenched from this life by suicide. Dusty, haunted by the loss of the man he thought he knew, must deal with his own regrets before accepting one final task for his friend. Every step takes Dusty further from the friend he remembers and closer to the man he is becoming. Dusty's outer and inner worlds collide as apathy and depression are challenged by empathy and compassion. Travelling with a back-pack, heavy with items he must deal with, Dusty must choose between the things that drag him down and the things that bring him life. What will he choose? What would you choose? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Into the Storyverse Author: George Johnston Narrator: George Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 59 minutes Release date: October 10, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Alan is wrenched from this life by suicide. Dusty, haunted by the loss of the man he thought he knew, must deal with his own regrets before accepting one final task for his friend. Every step takes Dusty further from the friend he remembers and closer to the man he is becoming. Dusty's outer and inner worlds collide as apathy and depression are challenged by empathy and compassion. Travelling with a back-pack, heavy with items he must deal with, Dusty must choose between the things that drag him down and the things that bring him life. What will he choose? What would you choose? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sociometrics: Embodied, Experiential Processes for Healing Trauma and Addiction Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Anna Caputo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trauma represents a loss of connection with the self and can affect our ability to engage in comfortable long-term intimacy. Unresolved trauma often is the reason why people self-medicate. Relational trauma happens a little bit at a time. Feeling unseen, misunderstood, neglected, or rejected by the people we want most to be loved by is, over time, a traumatizing experience. Our need to be seen is core to valuing ourselves as vital people, important to those close to us and with the potential to find a meaningful place in the world. Sociometrics offers many small, incremental moments of healing that cumulatively help to peel back the layers of the onion, revealing ever deepening and widening aspects of both the self and the self in relation to others. Sociometrics is a therapeutic role-playing practice built upon the foundation of psychodrama and sociometry, the pioneering group-therapy concepts developed by fin-de-siècle Viennese psychiatrist Jacob Levy Moreno. Psychodrama and sociometry have been organically embraced in the addiction field as a method of treating this kind of relational trauma. Role-play in a therapeutic environment allows a full range of mind-body emotions and physical motions to be part of the treatment process. Tian Dayton Tue, 19 Jul 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555688 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sociometrics: Embodied, Experiential Processes for Healing Trauma and Addiction Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Anna Caputo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trauma represents a loss of connection with the self and can affect our ability to engage in comfortable long-term intimacy. Unresolved trauma often is the reason why people self-medicate. Relational trauma happens a little bit at a time. Feeling unseen, misunderstood, neglected, or rejected by the people we want most to be loved by is, over time, a traumatizing experience. Our need to be seen is core to valuing ourselves as vital people, important to those close to us and with the potential to find a meaningful place in the world. Sociometrics offers many small, incremental moments of healing that cumulatively help to peel back the layers of the onion, revealing ever deepening and widening aspects of both the self and the self in relation to others. Sociometrics is a therapeutic role-playing practice built upon the foundation of psychodrama and sociometry, the pioneering group-therapy concepts developed by fin-de-siècle Viennese psychiatrist Jacob Levy Moreno. Psychodrama and sociometry have been organically embraced in the addiction field as a method of treating this kind of relational trauma. Role-play in a therapeutic environment allows a full range of mind-body emotions and physical motions to be part of the treatment process. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sociometrics: Embodied, Experiential Processes for Healing Trauma and Addiction Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Anna Caputo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trauma represents a loss of connection with the self and can affect our ability to engage in comfortable long-term intimacy. Unresolved trauma often is the reason why people self-medicate. Relational trauma happens a little bit at a time. Feeling unseen, misunderstood, neglected, or rejected by the people we want most to be loved by is, over time, a traumatizing experience. Our need to be seen is core to valuing ourselves as vital people, important to those close to us and with the potential to find a meaningful place in the world. Sociometrics offers many small, incremental moments of healing that cumulatively help to peel back the layers of the onion, revealing ever deepening and widening aspects of both the self and the self in relation to others. Sociometrics is a therapeutic role-playing practice built upon the foundation of psychodrama and sociometry, the pioneering group-therapy concepts developed by fin-de-siècle Viennese psychiatrist Jacob Levy Moreno. Psychodrama and sociometry have been organically embraced in the addiction field as a method of treating this kind of relational trauma. Role-play in a therapeutic environment allows a full range of mind-body emotions and physical motions to be part of the treatment process. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555686 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CBT Deck: 101 Practices to Improve Thoughts, Be in the Moment & Take Action in Your Life Author: Seth J. Gillihan PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reduce stress in your life with practical, action-oriented, and mindfulness tools to quickly build positive emotions in your life. The 101 practices inside The CBT Deck will help you: ● Calm and redirect your thoughts ● Overcome self-limiting beliefs ● Choose actions that build the life you want ● Be more connected and engaged in the present moment Seth J. Gillihan PhD Tue, 18 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555686 thebookvoice.com 0:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CBT Deck: 101 Practices to Improve Thoughts, Be in the Moment & Take Action in Your Life Author: Seth J. Gillihan PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reduce stress in your life with practical, action-oriented, and mindfulness tools to quickly build positive emotions in your life. The 101 practices inside The CBT Deck will help you: ● Calm and redirect your thoughts ● Overcome self-limiting beliefs ● Choose actions that build the life you want ● Be more connected and engaged in the present moment Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CBT Deck: 101 Practices to Improve Thoughts, Be in the Moment & Take Action in Your Life Author: Seth J. Gillihan PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reduce stress in your life with practical, action-oriented, and mindfulness tools to quickly build positive emotions in your life. The 101 practices inside The CBT Deck will help you: ● Calm and redirect your thoughts ● Overcome self-limiting beliefs ● Choose actions that build the life you want ● Be more connected and engaged in the present moment https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CBT Deck for Anxiety, Rumination, & Worry: 108 Practices to Calm the Mind, Soothe the Nervous System, and Live Your Life to the Fullest Author: Seth J. Gillihan PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manage anxiety effectively with simple, practical, life-giving strategies to find equilibrium and focus on what you love. The 108 practices in The CBT Deck for Anxiety, Rumination, & Worry will help you: ● Question scary thoughts ● Face your fears directly ● Be more engaged in the present ● Live fully even in uncertain times Seth J. Gillihan PhD Tue, 18 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555685 thebookvoice.com 1:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CBT Deck for Anxiety, Rumination, & Worry: 108 Practices to Calm the Mind, Soothe the Nervous System, and Live Your Life to the Fullest Author: Seth J. Gillihan PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manage anxiety effectively with simple, practical, life-giving strategies to find equilibrium and focus on what you love. The 108 practices in The CBT Deck for Anxiety, Rumination, & Worry will help you: ● Question scary thoughts ● Face your fears directly ● Be more engaged in the present ● Live fully even in uncertain times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CBT Deck for Anxiety, Rumination, & Worry: 108 Practices to Calm the Mind, Soothe the Nervous System, and Live Your Life to the Fullest Author: Seth J. Gillihan PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Manage anxiety effectively with simple, practical, life-giving strategies to find equilibrium and focus on what you love. The 108 practices in The CBT Deck for Anxiety, Rumination, & Worry will help you: ● Question scary thoughts ● Face your fears directly ● Be more engaged in the present ● Live fully even in uncertain times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555610 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fun Habit: How the Pursuit of Joy and Wonder Can Change Your Life Author: Mike Rucker Narrator: Mike Rucker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the latest scientific evidence for the potent and revitalizing value of fun and how to make having fun a habitual and authentic part of your daily life with “this well-researched and impressive guide” (BookPage). Doesn’t it seem that the more we seek happiness, the more elusive it becomes? There is an easy fix: fun is an action you can take here and now, practically anywhere, anytime. Through research and science, we know fun is enormously beneficial to our physical and psychological well-being, yet fun’s absence from our modern lives is striking. Whether you’re a frustrated high-achiever trying to find a better work-life balance or someone who is seeking relief from life’s overwhelming challenges, it is time you gain access to the best medicine available. “A masterful distillation of science and personal experience” (Nir Eyal, author of Hooked), The Fun Habit explains how you can build having fun into an actionable and effortless habit and why doing so will help you become a healthier, more joyful, more productive person. In the vein of Year of Yes, 10% Happier, and Atomic Habits, The Fun Habit features “practical tips, tools, and tactics for bringing fun into our lives starting now” (Dr. Olav Sorenson, UCLA professor of sociology). Mike Rucker Tue, 03 Jan 2023 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555610 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fun Habit: How the Pursuit of Joy and Wonder Can Change Your Life Author: Mike Rucker Narrator: Mike Rucker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the latest scientific evidence for the potent and revitalizing value of fun and how to make having fun a habitual and authentic part of your daily life with “this well-researched and impressive guide” (BookPage). Doesn’t it seem that the more we seek happiness, the more elusive it becomes? There is an easy fix: fun is an action you can take here and now, practically anywhere, anytime. Through research and science, we know fun is enormously beneficial to our physical and psychological well-being, yet fun’s absence from our modern lives is striking. Whether you’re a frustrated high-achiever trying to find a better work-life balance or someone who is seeking relief from life’s overwhelming challenges, it is time you gain access to the best medicine available. “A masterful distillation of science and personal experience” (Nir Eyal, author of Hooked), The Fun Habit explains how you can build having fun into an actionable and effortless habit and why doing so will help you become a healthier, more joyful, more productive person. In the vein of Year of Yes, 10% Happier, and Atomic Habits, The Fun Habit features “practical tips, tools, and tactics for bringing fun into our lives starting now” (Dr. Olav Sorenson, UCLA professor of sociology). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555610]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fun Habit: How the Pursuit of Joy and Wonder Can Change Your Life Author: Mike Rucker Narrator: Mike Rucker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 3, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the latest scientific evidence for the potent and revitalizing value of fun and how to make having fun a habitual and authentic part of your daily life with “this well-researched and impressive guide” (BookPage). Doesn’t it seem that the more we seek happiness, the more elusive it becomes? There is an easy fix: fun is an action you can take here and now, practically anywhere, anytime. Through research and science, we know fun is enormously beneficial to our physical and psychological well-being, yet fun’s absence from our modern lives is striking. Whether you’re a frustrated high-achiever trying to find a better work-life balance or someone who is seeking relief from life’s overwhelming challenges, it is time you gain access to the best medicine available. “A masterful distillation of science and personal experience” (Nir Eyal, author of Hooked), The Fun Habit explains how you can build having fun into an actionable and effortless habit and why doing so will help you become a healthier, more joyful, more productive person. In the vein of Year of Yes, 10% Happier, and Atomic Habits, The Fun Habit features “practical tips, tools, and tactics for bringing fun into our lives starting now” (Dr. Olav Sorenson, UCLA professor of sociology). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555307 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Many Lives, Many Masters: The True Story of a Prominent Psychiatrist, His Young Patient, and the Past-Life Therapy That Changed Both Their Lives Author: Brian L. Weiss Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From author and psychotherapist Dr. Brian Weiss comes the classic New York Times bestseller on the true case of the past-life therapy that changed the lives of both the prominent psychiatrist and young patient involved—now featuring a new afterword by the author. As a traditional psychotherapist, Dr. Brian Weiss was astonished and skeptical when one of his patients began recalling past-life traumas that seemed to hold the key to her recurring nightmares and anxiety attacks. His skepticism was eroded, however, when she began to channel messages from the “space between lives,” which contained remarkable revelations about Dr. Weiss’ family and his dead son. Using past-life therapy, he was able to cure the patient and embark on a new, more meaningful phase of his own career. With more than one million copies in print, Many Lives, Many Masters is one of the breakthrough texts in alternative psychotherapy and remains as provocative and timeless as it was when first published. Brian L. Weiss Tue, 28 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555307 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Many Lives, Many Masters: The True Story of a Prominent Psychiatrist, His Young Patient, and the Past-Life Therapy That Changed Both Their Lives Author: Brian L. Weiss Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From author and psychotherapist Dr. Brian Weiss comes the classic New York Times bestseller on the true case of the past-life therapy that changed the lives of both the prominent psychiatrist and young patient involved—now featuring a new afterword by the author. As a traditional psychotherapist, Dr. Brian Weiss was astonished and skeptical when one of his patients began recalling past-life traumas that seemed to hold the key to her recurring nightmares and anxiety attacks. His skepticism was eroded, however, when she began to channel messages from the “space between lives,” which contained remarkable revelations about Dr. Weiss’ family and his dead son. Using past-life therapy, he was able to cure the patient and embark on a new, more meaningful phase of his own career. With more than one million copies in print, Many Lives, Many Masters is one of the breakthrough texts in alternative psychotherapy and remains as provocative and timeless as it was when first published. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Many Lives, Many Masters: The True Story of a Prominent Psychiatrist, His Young Patient, and the Past-Life Therapy That Changed Both Their Lives Author: Brian L. Weiss Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From author and psychotherapist Dr. Brian Weiss comes the classic New York Times bestseller on the true case of the past-life therapy that changed the lives of both the prominent psychiatrist and young patient involved—now featuring a new afterword by the author. As a traditional psychotherapist, Dr. Brian Weiss was astonished and skeptical when one of his patients began recalling past-life traumas that seemed to hold the key to her recurring nightmares and anxiety attacks. His skepticism was eroded, however, when she began to channel messages from the “space between lives,” which contained remarkable revelations about Dr. Weiss’ family and his dead son. Using past-life therapy, he was able to cure the patient and embark on a new, more meaningful phase of his own career. With more than one million copies in print, Many Lives, Many Masters is one of the breakthrough texts in alternative psychotherapy and remains as provocative and timeless as it was when first published. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555248 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Charisma Myth: How to Engage, Influence and Motivate People Author: Olivia Fox Cabane Narrator: Lisa Cordileone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What if charisma could be taught? What you'll find here is practical magic: unique knowledge, drawn from a variety of sciences, revealing what charisma really is and how it works. You'll get both the insights and the techniques you need to apply this knowledge. The world will become your lab, and every person you meet, a chance to experiment. The Charisma Myth is a mix of fun stories, sound science, and practical tools. Cabane takes a scientific approach to a heretofore mystical topic, covering what charisma actually is, how it is learned, what its side effects are, and how to handle them. 'Engaging, clear, and chock-full of wisdom, practical recommendations, and uncommonly good sense' Stephen Kosslyn, director, Center for Study of Behavioral Sciences at Stanford 'Cabane has done us a big favor. She's woven solid science and engaging narrative into an instructive treatment of the role of charisma in leadership' Robert B. Cialdini, author of Influence 'If you are interested in increasing your ability to be charismatic in your unique setting or employment, this book will give you direct skills to use' Psychology Today © Olivia Fox Cabane 2013 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Olivia Fox Cabane Thu, 10 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555248 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Charisma Myth: How to Engage, Influence and Motivate People Author: Olivia Fox Cabane Narrator: Lisa Cordileone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What if charisma could be taught? What you'll find here is practical magic: unique knowledge, drawn from a variety of sciences, revealing what charisma really is and how it works. You'll get both the insights and the techniques you need to apply this knowledge. The world will become your lab, and every person you meet, a chance to experiment. The Charisma Myth is a mix of fun stories, sound science, and practical tools. Cabane takes a scientific approach to a heretofore mystical topic, covering what charisma actually is, how it is learned, what its side effects are, and how to handle them. 'Engaging, clear, and chock-full of wisdom, practical recommendations, and uncommonly good sense' Stephen Kosslyn, director, Center for Study of Behavioral Sciences at Stanford 'Cabane has done us a big favor. She's woven solid science and engaging narrative into an instructive treatment of the role of charisma in leadership' Robert B. Cialdini, author of Influence 'If you are interested in increasing your ability to be charismatic in your unique setting or employment, this book will give you direct skills to use' Psychology Today © Olivia Fox Cabane 2013 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Charisma Myth: How to Engage, Influence and Motivate People Author: Olivia Fox Cabane Narrator: Lisa Cordileone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What if charisma could be taught? What you'll find here is practical magic: unique knowledge, drawn from a variety of sciences, revealing what charisma really is and how it works. You'll get both the insights and the techniques you need to apply this knowledge. The world will become your lab, and every person you meet, a chance to experiment. The Charisma Myth is a mix of fun stories, sound science, and practical tools. Cabane takes a scientific approach to a heretofore mystical topic, covering what charisma actually is, how it is learned, what its side effects are, and how to handle them. 'Engaging, clear, and chock-full of wisdom, practical recommendations, and uncommonly good sense' Stephen Kosslyn, director, Center for Study of Behavioral Sciences at Stanford 'Cabane has done us a big favor. She's woven solid science and engaging narrative into an instructive treatment of the role of charisma in leadership' Robert B. Cialdini, author of Influence 'If you are interested in increasing your ability to be charismatic in your unique setting or employment, this book will give you direct skills to use' Psychology Today © Olivia Fox Cabane 2013 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555244 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me the Truth About Love: 13 Tales from Couples Therapy Author: Susanna Abse Narrator: Susanna Abse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Drawing on over 30 years of therapeutic encounters with people facing hurdles in their love lives, former Chair of the British Psychoanalytic Council Susanna Abse takes us deep inside one of the most fascinating realms there is: other people's relationships. Candid and captivating, each chapter is inspired by a classic, timeless story. Parents blow their straw house down; Rapunzel yearns for companionship but remains trapped in her castle. Couples strive to navigate the fall from Eden, the bitter taste of the poison apple and strangers in their beds. From dealing with infidelity to navigating our changing role within a single relationship over the course of a lifetime, Tell Me the Truth About Love sheds vivid light on the human heart, and its struggle to both embrace life's greatest gift and protect itself from pain. Inside, you will find solace, wisdom and unparalleled insight into how, and why, we love. 'A must-read for everyone wanting to understand more about what makes us fall in - and out - of love' Philippa Perry A charming, useful, kind book about the pains and hopes of relationships' Alain de Botton © Susanna Abse 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Susanna Abse Thu, 19 May 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555244 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me the Truth About Love: 13 Tales from Couples Therapy Author: Susanna Abse Narrator: Susanna Abse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Drawing on over 30 years of therapeutic encounters with people facing hurdles in their love lives, former Chair of the British Psychoanalytic Council Susanna Abse takes us deep inside one of the most fascinating realms there is: other people's relationships. Candid and captivating, each chapter is inspired by a classic, timeless story. Parents blow their straw house down; Rapunzel yearns for companionship but remains trapped in her castle. Couples strive to navigate the fall from Eden, the bitter taste of the poison apple and strangers in their beds. From dealing with infidelity to navigating our changing role within a single relationship over the course of a lifetime, Tell Me the Truth About Love sheds vivid light on the human heart, and its struggle to both embrace life's greatest gift and protect itself from pain. Inside, you will find solace, wisdom and unparalleled insight into how, and why, we love. 'A must-read for everyone wanting to understand more about what makes us fall in - and out - of love' Philippa Perry A charming, useful, kind book about the pains and hopes of relationships' Alain de Botton © Susanna Abse 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me the Truth About Love: 13 Tales from Couples Therapy Author: Susanna Abse Narrator: Susanna Abse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Drawing on over 30 years of therapeutic encounters with people facing hurdles in their love lives, former Chair of the British Psychoanalytic Council Susanna Abse takes us deep inside one of the most fascinating realms there is: other people's relationships. Candid and captivating, each chapter is inspired by a classic, timeless story. Parents blow their straw house down; Rapunzel yearns for companionship but remains trapped in her castle. Couples strive to navigate the fall from Eden, the bitter taste of the poison apple and strangers in their beds. From dealing with infidelity to navigating our changing role within a single relationship over the course of a lifetime, Tell Me the Truth About Love sheds vivid light on the human heart, and its struggle to both embrace life's greatest gift and protect itself from pain. Inside, you will find solace, wisdom and unparalleled insight into how, and why, we love. 'A must-read for everyone wanting to understand more about what makes us fall in - and out - of love' Philippa Perry A charming, useful, kind book about the pains and hopes of relationships' Alain de Botton © Susanna Abse 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quarterlife: The Search for Self in Early Adulthood Author: Satya Doyle Byock Narrator: Satya Doyle Byock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An innovative psychotherapist tackles the overlooked stage of Quarterlife—the years between adolescence and midlife—and provides a “fascinating” guide “on how to navigate and thrive—rather than just survive—these odd years” (PureWow). “Quarterlife is an insightful, revealing look at the messy and uncharted paths to wholeness, and a powerful tool for anyone navigating early adulthood.”—Tembi Locke, New York Times bestselling author of From Scratch I’m stuck. What’s wrong with me? Is this all there is? Satya Doyle Byock hears these refrains regularly in her psychotherapy practice where she works with “Quarterlifers,” individuals between the ages of (roughly) sixteen to thirty-six. She understands their frustration. Some clients have done everything “right”: graduate, get a job, meet a partner. Yet they are unfulfilled and unclear on what to do next. Byock calls these Quarterlifers “Stability Types.” Others are uninterested in this prescribed path, but feel unmoored. She refers to them as “Meaning Types.” While society is quick to label the emotions and behavior of this age group as generational traits, Byock sees things differently. She believes these struggles are part of the developmental journey of Quarterlife, a distinct stage that every person goes through and which has been virtually ignored by popular culture and psychology.  In Quarterlife, Byock utilizes personal storytelling, mythology, Jungian psychology, pop culture, literature, and client case studies to provide guideposts for this period of life. Readers will be able to find themselves on the spectrum between Stability and Meaning Types, and engage with Byock’s four pillars of Quarterlife development:  • Separate: Gain independence from the relationships and expectations that no longer serve you  • Listen: Pay close attention to your own wants and needs  • Build: Create, cultivate, and construct tools and practices for the life you want  • Integrate: Take what you’ve learned and manifest something new  Quarterlife is a defining work that offers a compassionate roadmap toward finding understanding, happiness, and wholeness in adulthood. Satya Doyle Byock Tue, 26 Jul 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555234 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quarterlife: The Search for Self in Early Adulthood Author: Satya Doyle Byock Narrator: Satya Doyle Byock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An innovative psychotherapist tackles the overlooked stage of Quarterlife—the years between adolescence and midlife—and provides a “fascinating” guide “on how to navigate and thrive—rather than just survive—these odd years” (PureWow). “Quarterlife is an insightful, revealing look at the messy and uncharted paths to wholeness, and a powerful tool for anyone navigating early adulthood.”—Tembi Locke, New York Times bestselling author of From Scratch I’m stuck. What’s wrong with me? Is this all there is? Satya Doyle Byock hears these refrains regularly in her psychotherapy practice where she works with “Quarterlifers,” individuals between the ages of (roughly) sixteen to thirty-six. She understands their frustration. Some clients have done everything “right”: graduate, get a job, meet a partner. Yet they are unfulfilled and unclear on what to do next. Byock calls these Quarterlifers “Stability Types.” Others are uninterested in this prescribed path, but feel unmoored. She refers to them as “Meaning Types.” While society is quick to label the emotions and behavior of this age group as generational traits, Byock sees things differently. She believes these struggles are part of the developmental journey of Quarterlife, a distinct stage that every person goes through and which has been virtually ignored by popular culture and psychology.  In Quarterlife, Byock utilizes personal storytelling, mythology, Jungian psychology, pop culture, literature, and client case studies to provide guideposts for this period of life. Readers will be able to find themselves on the spectrum between Stability and Meaning Types, and engage with Byock’s four pillars of Quarterlife development:  • Separate: Gain independence from the relationships and expectations that no longer serve you  • Listen: Pay close attention to your own wants and needs  • Build: Create, cultivate, and construct tools and practices for the life you want  • Integrate: Take what you’ve learned and manifest something new  Quarterlife is a defining work that offers a compassionate roadmap toward finding understanding, happiness, and wholeness in adulthood. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quarterlife: The Search for Self in Early Adulthood Author: Satya Doyle Byock Narrator: Satya Doyle Byock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An innovative psychotherapist tackles the overlooked stage of Quarterlife—the years between adolescence and midlife—and provides a “fascinating” guide “on how to navigate and thrive—rather than just survive—these odd years” (PureWow). “Quarterlife is an insightful, revealing look at the messy and uncharted paths to wholeness, and a powerful tool for anyone navigating early adulthood.”—Tembi Locke, New York Times bestselling author of From Scratch I’m stuck. What’s wrong with me? Is this all there is? Satya Doyle Byock hears these refrains regularly in her psychotherapy practice where she works with “Quarterlifers,” individuals between the ages of (roughly) sixteen to thirty-six. She understands their frustration. Some clients have done everything “right”: graduate, get a job, meet a partner. Yet they are unfulfilled and unclear on what to do next. Byock calls these Quarterlifers “Stability Types.” Others are uninterested in this prescribed path, but feel unmoored. She refers to them as “Meaning Types.” While society is quick to label the emotions and behavior of this age group as generational traits, Byock sees things differently. She believes these struggles are part of the developmental journey of Quarterlife, a distinct stage that every person goes through and which has been virtually ignored by popular culture and psychology.  In Quarterlife, Byock utilizes personal storytelling, mythology, Jungian psychology, pop culture, literature, and client case studies to provide guideposts for this period of life. Readers will be able to find themselves on the spectrum between Stability and Meaning Types, and engage with Byock’s four pillars of Quarterlife development:  • Separate: Gain independence from the relationships and expectations that no longer serve you  • Listen: Pay close attention to your own wants and needs  • Build: Create, cultivate, and construct tools and practices for the life you want  • Integrate: Take what you’ve learned and manifest something new  Quarterlife is a defining work that offers a compassionate roadmap toward finding understanding, happiness, and wholeness in adulthood. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Phone: A Child's Guide to Digital Responsibility, Safety, and Etiquette Author: Catherine Pearlman Narrator: Elena Rey, Dominique Franceschi, Catherine Pearlman, Keylor Leigh, Michael Crouch, Tara Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fun and informative illustrated kids’ guide, adapted for audio, to safely and productively navigating the digital landscape. Cellphones have become a fact of life, with children as young as eight (yes, eight!) getting their very own “devices.” Such boundless access means our kids are in nearly constant contact with technology that was designed specifically for adults. And they’re doing so without any type of road map. Enter First Phone: the essential audiobook that apprehensive parents can confidently hand to their kids to listen to as they begin their journey into the digital world.   In First Phone, Catherine Pearlman—licensed clinical social worker and parenting expert—speaks directly to eight- to twelve-year-old children about digital safety in a manner that is playful, engaging, and age-appropriate. With insights and strategies supported by the latest research, First Phone offers:     •  guidance on privacy, boundaries, social media, and even sexting (yes, young children need to learn about sexting before it happens!)    •  best digital hygiene and self-care practices, including when to put the darn phone down, when to turn off notifications, and where to charge   •  how to be a kind and compassionate upstander in a digital world   An essential companion when your child receives their first phone, this audiobook provides kids the tools and information they need while giving their parents peace of mind. Catherine Pearlman Tue, 26 Jul 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555222 thebookvoice.com 2:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Phone: A Child's Guide to Digital Responsibility, Safety, and Etiquette Author: Catherine Pearlman Narrator: Elena Rey, Dominique Franceschi, Catherine Pearlman, Keylor Leigh, Michael Crouch, Tara Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fun and informative illustrated kids’ guide, adapted for audio, to safely and productively navigating the digital landscape. Cellphones have become a fact of life, with children as young as eight (yes, eight!) getting their very own “devices.” Such boundless access means our kids are in nearly constant contact with technology that was designed specifically for adults. And they’re doing so without any type of road map. Enter First Phone: the essential audiobook that apprehensive parents can confidently hand to their kids to listen to as they begin their journey into the digital world.   In First Phone, Catherine Pearlman—licensed clinical social worker and parenting expert—speaks directly to eight- to twelve-year-old children about digital safety in a manner that is playful, engaging, and age-appropriate. With insights and strategies supported by the latest research, First Phone offers:     •  guidance on privacy, boundaries, social media, and even sexting (yes, young children need to learn about sexting before it happens!)    •  best digital hygiene and self-care practices, including when to put the darn phone down, when to turn off notifications, and where to charge   •  how to be a kind and compassionate upstander in a digital world   An essential companion when your child receives their first phone, this audiobook provides kids the tools and information they need while giving their parents peace of mind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Phone: A Child's Guide to Digital Responsibility, Safety, and Etiquette Author: Catherine Pearlman Narrator: Elena Rey, Dominique Franceschi, Catherine Pearlman, Keylor Leigh, Michael Crouch, Tara Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fun and informative illustrated kids’ guide, adapted for audio, to safely and productively navigating the digital landscape. Cellphones have become a fact of life, with children as young as eight (yes, eight!) getting their very own “devices.” Such boundless access means our kids are in nearly constant contact with technology that was designed specifically for adults. And they’re doing so without any type of road map. Enter First Phone: the essential audiobook that apprehensive parents can confidently hand to their kids to listen to as they begin their journey into the digital world.   In First Phone, Catherine Pearlman—licensed clinical social worker and parenting expert—speaks directly to eight- to twelve-year-old children about digital safety in a manner that is playful, engaging, and age-appropriate. With insights and strategies supported by the latest research, First Phone offers:     •  guidance on privacy, boundaries, social media, and even sexting (yes, young children need to learn about sexting before it happens!)    •  best digital hygiene and self-care practices, including when to put the darn phone down, when to turn off notifications, and where to charge   •  how to be a kind and compassionate upstander in a digital world   An essential companion when your child receives their first phone, this audiobook provides kids the tools and information they need while giving their parents peace of mind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554873 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain Author: Lisa Feldman Barrett Narrator: Lisa Feldman Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the author of How Emotions Are Made, a myth-busting primer on the brain in the tradition of Seven Brief Lessons on Physics and Astrophysics for People in a Hurry. Have you ever wondered why you have a brain? Let renowned neuroscientist Lisa Feldman Barrett demystify that big gray blob between your ears. In seven short essays (plus a bite-sized story about how brains evolved), this slim, entertaining, and accessible collection reveals mind-expanding lessons from the front lines of neuroscience research. You’ll learn where brains came from, how they’re structured (and why it matters), and how yours works in tandem with other brains to create everything you experience. Along the way, you’ll also learn to dismiss popular myths such as the idea of a “lizard brain” and the alleged battle between thoughts and emotions, or even between nature and nurture, to determine your behavior. Sure to intrigue casual readers and scientific veterans alike, Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain is full of surprises, humor, and important implications for human nature—a gift of a book that you will want to savor again and again. Lisa Feldman Barrett Tue, 17 Nov 2020 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554873 thebookvoice.com 3:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain Author: Lisa Feldman Barrett Narrator: Lisa Feldman Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the author of How Emotions Are Made, a myth-busting primer on the brain in the tradition of Seven Brief Lessons on Physics and Astrophysics for People in a Hurry. Have you ever wondered why you have a brain? Let renowned neuroscientist Lisa Feldman Barrett demystify that big gray blob between your ears. In seven short essays (plus a bite-sized story about how brains evolved), this slim, entertaining, and accessible collection reveals mind-expanding lessons from the front lines of neuroscience research. You’ll learn where brains came from, how they’re structured (and why it matters), and how yours works in tandem with other brains to create everything you experience. Along the way, you’ll also learn to dismiss popular myths such as the idea of a “lizard brain” and the alleged battle between thoughts and emotions, or even between nature and nurture, to determine your behavior. Sure to intrigue casual readers and scientific veterans alike, Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain is full of surprises, humor, and important implications for human nature—a gift of a book that you will want to savor again and again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain Author: Lisa Feldman Barrett Narrator: Lisa Feldman Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the author of How Emotions Are Made, a myth-busting primer on the brain in the tradition of Seven Brief Lessons on Physics and Astrophysics for People in a Hurry. Have you ever wondered why you have a brain? Let renowned neuroscientist Lisa Feldman Barrett demystify that big gray blob between your ears. In seven short essays (plus a bite-sized story about how brains evolved), this slim, entertaining, and accessible collection reveals mind-expanding lessons from the front lines of neuroscience research. You’ll learn where brains came from, how they’re structured (and why it matters), and how yours works in tandem with other brains to create everything you experience. Along the way, you’ll also learn to dismiss popular myths such as the idea of a “lizard brain” and the alleged battle between thoughts and emotions, or even between nature and nurture, to determine your behavior. Sure to intrigue casual readers and scientific veterans alike, Seven and a Half Lessons About the Brain is full of surprises, humor, and important implications for human nature—a gift of a book that you will want to savor again and again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst, nicht aneinander vorbeizureden: Was wir über die Menschen wissen sollten, die wir nicht kennen Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Vom Autor des New York Times Bestsellers ''Überflieger: Warum manche Menschen erfolgreich sind – und andere nicht'' Malcolm Gladwell. ''Das beste Buch 2019'': The Financial Times, Bloomberg, Chicago Tribune und Detroit Free Press. Neville Chamberlain redet mit Adolf Hitler - und versteht doch nicht, was der vorhat. Amanda Knox beteuert ihre Unschuld, von den italienischen Richtern wird sie dennoch wegen Mordes verurteilt. Der Spion, der Jahre unentdeckt auf den höchsten Ebenen des Pentagons verbringt. Warum verstehen wir so oft andere Menschen falsch? Warum ist es so schwer, eine Lüge zu entdecken, ein Gesicht zu lesen oder die Motive eines Fremden zu beurteilen? Wir sind überzeugt, dass alles, was wir in einer persönlichen Begegnung erfahren, besonders wertvoll ist. Wir kämen niemals auf den Gedanken, Babysitter für unsere Kinder anzuheuern, ohne sie vorher persönlich in Augenschein genommen zu haben. Unternehmen stellen ihre Mitarbeiter nicht blind ein, sondern laden sie zu stundenlangen Vorstellungsgesprächen ein. Wir wollen dem anderen in die Augen sehen, sein verhalten begutachten und daraus unsere Schlüsse ziehen. Doch nichts von dem, was wir aus den persönlichen Begegnungen mitnehmen, hilft uns, den anderen Menschen besser zu verstehen. Im Gegenteil. Unsere Instrumente und Strategien, mit denen wir andere Menschen verstehen wollen, funktionieren nicht, behauptet Bestsellerautor Malcolm Gladwell. Und weil wir nicht wissen, wie wir mit Fremden reden sollen, kommt es immer wieder zu Missverständnissen, zu Krisen und Konflikten. In diesem Hörbuch erfahren wir: - dramatische Fälle des Aneinandervorbeiredens; - warum unsere Zusammentreffen mit denen, die wir nicht kennen so oft scheitern; - welche psychologischen und kulturellen Faktoren unser Reden und Verhalten bestimmen; - warum ist es so wichtig, mit Menschen verständigen zu müssen, die uns nicht vertraut sind. Malcolm Gladwell Wed, 20 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554828 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst, nicht aneinander vorbeizureden: Was wir über die Menschen wissen sollten, die wir nicht kennen Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Vom Autor des New York Times Bestsellers ''Überflieger: Warum manche Menschen erfolgreich sind – und andere nicht'' Malcolm Gladwell. ''Das beste Buch 2019'': The Financial Times, Bloomberg, Chicago Tribune und Detroit Free Press. Neville Chamberlain redet mit Adolf Hitler - und versteht doch nicht, was der vorhat. Amanda Knox beteuert ihre Unschuld, von den italienischen Richtern wird sie dennoch wegen Mordes verurteilt. Der Spion, der Jahre unentdeckt auf den höchsten Ebenen des Pentagons verbringt. Warum verstehen wir so oft andere Menschen falsch? Warum ist es so schwer, eine Lüge zu entdecken, ein Gesicht zu lesen oder die Motive eines Fremden zu beurteilen? Wir sind überzeugt, dass alles, was wir in einer persönlichen Begegnung erfahren, besonders wertvoll ist. Wir kämen niemals auf den Gedanken, Babysitter für unsere Kinder anzuheuern, ohne sie vorher persönlich in Augenschein genommen zu haben. Unternehmen stellen ihre Mitarbeiter nicht blind ein, sondern laden sie zu stundenlangen Vorstellungsgesprächen ein. Wir wollen dem anderen in die Augen sehen, sein verhalten begutachten und daraus unsere Schlüsse ziehen. Doch nichts von dem, was wir aus den persönlichen Begegnungen mitnehmen, hilft uns, den anderen Menschen besser zu verstehen. Im Gegenteil. Unsere Instrumente und Strategien, mit denen wir andere Menschen verstehen wollen, funktionieren nicht, behauptet Bestsellerautor Malcolm Gladwell. Und weil wir nicht wissen, wie wir mit Fremden reden sollen, kommt es immer wieder zu Missverständnissen, zu Krisen und Konflikten. In diesem Hörbuch erfahren wir: - dramatische Fälle des Aneinandervorbeiredens; - warum unsere Zusammentreffen mit denen, die wir nicht kennen so oft scheitern; - welche psychologischen und kulturellen Faktoren unser Reden und Verhalten bestimmen; - warum ist es so wichtig, mit Menschen verständigen zu müssen, die uns nicht vertraut sind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst, nicht aneinander vorbeizureden: Was wir über die Menschen wissen sollten, die wir nicht kennen Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Vom Autor des New York Times Bestsellers ''Überflieger: Warum manche Menschen erfolgreich sind – und andere nicht'' Malcolm Gladwell. ''Das beste Buch 2019'': The Financial Times, Bloomberg, Chicago Tribune und Detroit Free Press. Neville Chamberlain redet mit Adolf Hitler - und versteht doch nicht, was der vorhat. Amanda Knox beteuert ihre Unschuld, von den italienischen Richtern wird sie dennoch wegen Mordes verurteilt. Der Spion, der Jahre unentdeckt auf den höchsten Ebenen des Pentagons verbringt. Warum verstehen wir so oft andere Menschen falsch? Warum ist es so schwer, eine Lüge zu entdecken, ein Gesicht zu lesen oder die Motive eines Fremden zu beurteilen? Wir sind überzeugt, dass alles, was wir in einer persönlichen Begegnung erfahren, besonders wertvoll ist. Wir kämen niemals auf den Gedanken, Babysitter für unsere Kinder anzuheuern, ohne sie vorher persönlich in Augenschein genommen zu haben. Unternehmen stellen ihre Mitarbeiter nicht blind ein, sondern laden sie zu stundenlangen Vorstellungsgesprächen ein. Wir wollen dem anderen in die Augen sehen, sein verhalten begutachten und daraus unsere Schlüsse ziehen. Doch nichts von dem, was wir aus den persönlichen Begegnungen mitnehmen, hilft uns, den anderen Menschen besser zu verstehen. Im Gegenteil. Unsere Instrumente und Strategien, mit denen wir andere Menschen verstehen wollen, funktionieren nicht, behauptet Bestsellerautor Malcolm Gladwell. Und weil wir nicht wissen, wie wir mit Fremden reden sollen, kommt es immer wieder zu Missverständnissen, zu Krisen und Konflikten. In diesem Hörbuch erfahren wir: - dramatische Fälle des Aneinandervorbeiredens; - warum unsere Zusammentreffen mit denen, die wir nicht kennen so oft scheitern; - welche psychologischen und kulturellen Faktoren unser Reden und Verhalten bestimmen; - warum ist es so wichtig, mit Menschen verständigen zu müssen, die uns nicht vertraut sind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554814 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation with Hypnosis: Mind Control and Emotional Intelligence Secrets. Art of Persuasion, Emotional Influence, NLP and Body Language to Win People with Subliminal Manipulatio Author: Lee Goleman Narrator: Lee Nowal, Mary Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE TO INFLUENCE PEOPLE, BECOME A MASTER OF PERSUASION, AND SPEED READ PEOPLE! Have you ever felt manipulated by someone? Do you admire people that can talk themselves out of any problem or tight spot? Do you avoid social situations because you feel inadequate and always say the wrong thing? If you want to learn real persuasion techniques, how to manipulate people, read body language and how to use NLP in your daily life then keep reading! Manipulators and people who are looking to use us for their advantage are all around us. What to do? This book is the ultimate collection that deals with dark psychology. What you’ll learn will change your perspective of yourself and raise your confidence! T The time when you’ve felt like a victim is now something of the past! Here are just a few things you are about to learn: · Using body language to become a fantastic communicator · Persuading people with dark psychology and hypnosis · Interpreting gestures, and indirect signs to analyze others · Recognizing when someone is manipulating you · Dealing with an abusive or manipulative partner · Much much more Take control and protect yourself and your loved ones from manipulators and anyone else who preys on what they consider your weaknesses. Now it is your turn to take action. Unleash your mental power! Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now' and thrive in any social situation! Lee Goleman Tue, 19 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554814 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation with Hypnosis: Mind Control and Emotional Intelligence Secrets. Art of Persuasion, Emotional Influence, NLP and Body Language to Win People with Subliminal Manipulatio Author: Lee Goleman Narrator: Lee Nowal, Mary Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE TO INFLUENCE PEOPLE, BECOME A MASTER OF PERSUASION, AND SPEED READ PEOPLE! Have you ever felt manipulated by someone? Do you admire people that can talk themselves out of any problem or tight spot? Do you avoid social situations because you feel inadequate and always say the wrong thing? If you want to learn real persuasion techniques, how to manipulate people, read body language and how to use NLP in your daily life then keep reading! Manipulators and people who are looking to use us for their advantage are all around us. What to do? This book is the ultimate collection that deals with dark psychology. What you’ll learn will change your perspective of yourself and raise your confidence! T The time when you’ve felt like a victim is now something of the past! Here are just a few things you are about to learn: · Using body language to become a fantastic communicator · Persuading people with dark psychology and hypnosis · Interpreting gestures, and indirect signs to analyze others · Recognizing when someone is manipulating you · Dealing with an abusive or manipulative partner · Much much more Take control and protect yourself and your loved ones from manipulators and anyone else who preys on what they consider your weaknesses. Now it is your turn to take action. Unleash your mental power! Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now' and thrive in any social situation! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation with Hypnosis: Mind Control and Emotional Intelligence Secrets. Art of Persuasion, Emotional Influence, NLP and Body Language to Win People with Subliminal Manipulatio Author: Lee Goleman Narrator: Lee Nowal, Mary Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE TO INFLUENCE PEOPLE, BECOME A MASTER OF PERSUASION, AND SPEED READ PEOPLE! Have you ever felt manipulated by someone? Do you admire people that can talk themselves out of any problem or tight spot? Do you avoid social situations because you feel inadequate and always say the wrong thing? If you want to learn real persuasion techniques, how to manipulate people, read body language and how to use NLP in your daily life then keep reading! Manipulators and people who are looking to use us for their advantage are all around us. What to do? This book is the ultimate collection that deals with dark psychology. What you’ll learn will change your perspective of yourself and raise your confidence! T The time when you’ve felt like a victim is now something of the past! Here are just a few things you are about to learn: · Using body language to become a fantastic communicator · Persuading people with dark psychology and hypnosis · Interpreting gestures, and indirect signs to analyze others · Recognizing when someone is manipulating you · Dealing with an abusive or manipulative partner · Much much more Take control and protect yourself and your loved ones from manipulators and anyone else who preys on what they consider your weaknesses. Now it is your turn to take action. Unleash your mental power! Scroll up, click on 'Buy Now' and thrive in any social situation! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554809 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Control of Your Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Anxiety Toolkit and The Stress-Proof Brain Author: Alfred Shell, And Lallie Abrams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Take Control of Your Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Anxiety Toolkit and The Stress-Proof Brain If you remain stressed out too often or you feel anger without reasons then, you are a victim of anxiety. Anxiety has different types which can give you different sorts of disorders and disorientation in personality. Anxiety is not a bad feeling all the time, because it can give you energy and hope in some desperate situations but that hope and strength comes from controlled anxiety. There are different reasons behind anxiety getting out of control. It can be a phobia, an emotional situation, an accidental trauma and any of such other events but once you realize the core problem then, it gets easier to eliminate and address that situation. For those of us already suffering from anxiety, the holiday season presents its own special challenges. In this bundle, you will learn different techniques which can help you in controlling your emotions, thoughts and anger. These techniques will help you to make your life a happy experience. It will also teach you how to both recognise and manage symptoms of seasonal anxiety. You will find out the best ways to cope in otherwise stressful family and social situations and you will come away equipped with knowledge and exercises that will enable you to successfully deal with anxiety at any time of year. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them 2. The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life Get your copy of Take Control of Your Anxiety 2 in 1 Bundle today! Alfred Shell, And Lallie Abrams Thu, 07 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554809 thebookvoice.com 0:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Control of Your Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Anxiety Toolkit and The Stress-Proof Brain Author: Alfred Shell, And Lallie Abrams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Take Control of Your Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Anxiety Toolkit and The Stress-Proof Brain If you remain stressed out too often or you feel anger without reasons then, you are a victim of anxiety. Anxiety has different types which can give you different sorts of disorders and disorientation in personality. Anxiety is not a bad feeling all the time, because it can give you energy and hope in some desperate situations but that hope and strength comes from controlled anxiety. There are different reasons behind anxiety getting out of control. It can be a phobia, an emotional situation, an accidental trauma and any of such other events but once you realize the core problem then, it gets easier to eliminate and address that situation. For those of us already suffering from anxiety, the holiday season presents its own special challenges. In this bundle, you will learn different techniques which can help you in controlling your emotions, thoughts and anger. These techniques will help you to make your life a happy experience. It will also teach you how to both recognise and manage symptoms of seasonal anxiety. You will find out the best ways to cope in otherwise stressful family and social situations and you will come away equipped with knowledge and exercises that will enable you to successfully deal with anxiety at any time of year. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them 2. The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life Get your copy of Take Control of Your Anxiety 2 in 1 Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Control of Your Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Anxiety Toolkit and The Stress-Proof Brain Author: Alfred Shell, And Lallie Abrams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Take Control of Your Anxiety Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: The Anxiety Toolkit and The Stress-Proof Brain If you remain stressed out too often or you feel anger without reasons then, you are a victim of anxiety. Anxiety has different types which can give you different sorts of disorders and disorientation in personality. Anxiety is not a bad feeling all the time, because it can give you energy and hope in some desperate situations but that hope and strength comes from controlled anxiety. There are different reasons behind anxiety getting out of control. It can be a phobia, an emotional situation, an accidental trauma and any of such other events but once you realize the core problem then, it gets easier to eliminate and address that situation. For those of us already suffering from anxiety, the holiday season presents its own special challenges. In this bundle, you will learn different techniques which can help you in controlling your emotions, thoughts and anger. These techniques will help you to make your life a happy experience. It will also teach you how to both recognise and manage symptoms of seasonal anxiety. You will find out the best ways to cope in otherwise stressful family and social situations and you will come away equipped with knowledge and exercises that will enable you to successfully deal with anxiety at any time of year. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them 2. The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life Get your copy of Take Control of Your Anxiety 2 in 1 Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life Author: Lallie Abrams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life If you remain stressed out too often or you feel anger without reason then, you are a victim of anxiety. Anxiety has different types which can give you different sorts of disorders and disorientation in personality. Anxiety is not a bad feeling all the time, because it can give you energy and hope in some desperate situations but that hope and strength come from controlled anxiety. There are different reasons behind anxiety getting out of control. It can be a phobia, an emotional situation, an accidental trauma, and any of such other events but once you realize the core problem then, it gets easier to eliminate and address that situation. In this audiobook, you will learn different techniques which can help you in controlling your emotions, thoughts, and angriness. These techniques will help you to make your life a happy experience. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Anxiety Management -Control Your Competition Anxiety -Distraction Techniques -Muscle Relaxation for Anxiety Control -Get Rid of Test, Interview, or Meeting Anxiety -And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Lallie Abrams Thu, 07 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554805 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life Author: Lallie Abrams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life If you remain stressed out too often or you feel anger without reason then, you are a victim of anxiety. Anxiety has different types which can give you different sorts of disorders and disorientation in personality. Anxiety is not a bad feeling all the time, because it can give you energy and hope in some desperate situations but that hope and strength come from controlled anxiety. There are different reasons behind anxiety getting out of control. It can be a phobia, an emotional situation, an accidental trauma, and any of such other events but once you realize the core problem then, it gets easier to eliminate and address that situation. In this audiobook, you will learn different techniques which can help you in controlling your emotions, thoughts, and angriness. These techniques will help you to make your life a happy experience. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Anxiety Management -Control Your Competition Anxiety -Distraction Techniques -Muscle Relaxation for Anxiety Control -Get Rid of Test, Interview, or Meeting Anxiety -And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life Author: Lallie Abrams Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Stress-Proof Brain: The Essential Guide on How to Fight Stress and Anxiety. Learn Proven Strategies on How to Banish Stress and Anxiety From Your Life If you remain stressed out too often or you feel anger without reason then, you are a victim of anxiety. Anxiety has different types which can give you different sorts of disorders and disorientation in personality. Anxiety is not a bad feeling all the time, because it can give you energy and hope in some desperate situations but that hope and strength come from controlled anxiety. There are different reasons behind anxiety getting out of control. It can be a phobia, an emotional situation, an accidental trauma, and any of such other events but once you realize the core problem then, it gets easier to eliminate and address that situation. In this audiobook, you will learn different techniques which can help you in controlling your emotions, thoughts, and angriness. These techniques will help you to make your life a happy experience. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Anxiety Management -Control Your Competition Anxiety -Distraction Techniques -Muscle Relaxation for Anxiety Control -Get Rid of Test, Interview, or Meeting Anxiety -And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554802 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragments of Home: Piecing Life Together after Childhood Sexual Abuse Author: Monique Lisbon Narrator: Monique Lisbon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Thin tall lights tower over the familiar freeway. I drive under the Clifton Hill bridge, into the early evening traffic towards cosy eastern suburbia, the summer sun still lighting up the sky. I am on ‘auto-pilot’. My mind is in another place, another time. ‘Have you ever been sexually abused?’ What had he meant when he asked that question? Why did he ask it? At the time, I hesitated, just for a second, before answering, ‘No.’ And he moved on to the next question. But it caught my breath. Like a fly in the sticky threads of a spider’s web, my mind could not shake itself free.' Thus begins Monique Lisbon’s journey of self-exploration and reflection, as she pieces life together after childhood sexual abuse. Incorporating poignant vignettes, reflective analysis and original music, this audio book, incorporating 16 original songs, creatively explores a range of psychological and spiritual themes, focusing particularly on issues arising from abuse by a trusted caregiver. The final section grapples with an essential question: how understanding one’s own history can help in the process of ‘living forwards’; learning new, healthier patterns of relating to oneself and others. 'Fragments of Home' is an invaluable resource for survivors of abuse, as well as the friends, family members, pastoral workers and other ‘caring professionals’ who support them. It is accessible to those largely unacquainted with literature on abuse and trauma, whilst offering fresh insights to those already familiar with these themes. 'Fragments of Home' is the first title in Monique Lisbon’s evolving story of hope, and is followed by two other books and CDs: ‘Keeping Mum: The Silent Cost of Surviving Childhood Sexual Abuse’ and ‘Inch by Inch: Finding a Home within My Skin’. 'Fragments of Home' includes a full length album of songs by the author. fragmentsofhome.com Monique Lisbon Mon, 27 Sep 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554802 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragments of Home: Piecing Life Together after Childhood Sexual Abuse Author: Monique Lisbon Narrator: Monique Lisbon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Thin tall lights tower over the familiar freeway. I drive under the Clifton Hill bridge, into the early evening traffic towards cosy eastern suburbia, the summer sun still lighting up the sky. I am on ‘auto-pilot’. My mind is in another place, another time. ‘Have you ever been sexually abused?’ What had he meant when he asked that question? Why did he ask it? At the time, I hesitated, just for a second, before answering, ‘No.’ And he moved on to the next question. But it caught my breath. Like a fly in the sticky threads of a spider’s web, my mind could not shake itself free.' Thus begins Monique Lisbon’s journey of self-exploration and reflection, as she pieces life together after childhood sexual abuse. Incorporating poignant vignettes, reflective analysis and original music, this audio book, incorporating 16 original songs, creatively explores a range of psychological and spiritual themes, focusing particularly on issues arising from abuse by a trusted caregiver. The final section grapples with an essential question: how understanding one’s own history can help in the process of ‘living forwards’; learning new, healthier patterns of relating to oneself and others. 'Fragments of Home' is an invaluable resource for survivors of abuse, as well as the friends, family members, pastoral workers and other ‘caring professionals’ who support them. It is accessible to those largely unacquainted with literature on abuse and trauma, whilst offering fresh insights to those already familiar with these themes. 'Fragments of Home' is the first title in Monique Lisbon’s evolving story of hope, and is followed by two other books and CDs: ‘Keeping Mum: The Silent Cost of Surviving Childhood Sexual Abuse’ and ‘Inch by Inch: Finding a Home within My Skin’. 'Fragments of Home' includes a full length album of songs by the author. fragmentsofhome.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragments of Home: Piecing Life Together after Childhood Sexual Abuse Author: Monique Lisbon Narrator: Monique Lisbon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Thin tall lights tower over the familiar freeway. I drive under the Clifton Hill bridge, into the early evening traffic towards cosy eastern suburbia, the summer sun still lighting up the sky. I am on ‘auto-pilot’. My mind is in another place, another time. ‘Have you ever been sexually abused?’ What had he meant when he asked that question? Why did he ask it? At the time, I hesitated, just for a second, before answering, ‘No.’ And he moved on to the next question. But it caught my breath. Like a fly in the sticky threads of a spider’s web, my mind could not shake itself free.' Thus begins Monique Lisbon’s journey of self-exploration and reflection, as she pieces life together after childhood sexual abuse. Incorporating poignant vignettes, reflective analysis and original music, this audio book, incorporating 16 original songs, creatively explores a range of psychological and spiritual themes, focusing particularly on issues arising from abuse by a trusted caregiver. The final section grapples with an essential question: how understanding one’s own history can help in the process of ‘living forwards’; learning new, healthier patterns of relating to oneself and others. 'Fragments of Home' is an invaluable resource for survivors of abuse, as well as the friends, family members, pastoral workers and other ‘caring professionals’ who support them. It is accessible to those largely unacquainted with literature on abuse and trauma, whilst offering fresh insights to those already familiar with these themes. 'Fragments of Home' is the first title in Monique Lisbon’s evolving story of hope, and is followed by two other books and CDs: ‘Keeping Mum: The Silent Cost of Surviving Childhood Sexual Abuse’ and ‘Inch by Inch: Finding a Home within My Skin’. 'Fragments of Home' includes a full length album of songs by the author. fragmentsofhome.com https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554794 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journaling | The Ultimate Self Improvement: An Essential and Definitive Guide on How to Write a Journal and Unlock Your True Power Author: Michael Stack Narrator: Eric Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine having the ability to always make calculated decisions in your life, uninfluenced by impulse, and are best for you. Imagine being able to traverse, contemplate and respond appropriately to your own thoughts, with simple and easy techniques. Welcome to the exclusive world of journaling. Journal keeping is an art somewhat lost in time, however, its relevance is at its pinnacle in this modern era. Countless icons throughout time have partaken in this craft, ranging from Albert Einstein, Marie Currie, Leonardo DeVinci and Anne Frank. Discover how to befriend stress, anxiety, depression, and many other inhibitions, and reduce their presence in your life. Achieve your goals with confidence and ease. Effortlessly track your progress on becoming the best and most true version of yourself. “People who keep journals have life twice.” - Jessamyn West (1902-1984), highly accomplished novelist and writer. In this book, you will be introduced to the special truths about journaling. You will then have everything you need to become the authority of your own reality. Whatever improvements you wish to see, health, wealth, cognitive behaviour, more fruitful relationships, you are guaranteed to make some serious and enlightening headway. You just need a pen, paper, and these proven strategies. Expression really is the opposite of depression. The guidelines for journaling have been made so easy to follow that you will have success with it, even if you currently lack dedication or motivation in your life. No matter who you are, what you do or where you are in life, you can benefit greatly from this book. Attaining heightened awareness of oneself will always be invaluable. There is so much you can do with it, and if you don’t know how, you will. That’s why this book is for you! Michael Stack Fri, 15 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554794 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journaling | The Ultimate Self Improvement: An Essential and Definitive Guide on How to Write a Journal and Unlock Your True Power Author: Michael Stack Narrator: Eric Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine having the ability to always make calculated decisions in your life, uninfluenced by impulse, and are best for you. Imagine being able to traverse, contemplate and respond appropriately to your own thoughts, with simple and easy techniques. Welcome to the exclusive world of journaling. Journal keeping is an art somewhat lost in time, however, its relevance is at its pinnacle in this modern era. Countless icons throughout time have partaken in this craft, ranging from Albert Einstein, Marie Currie, Leonardo DeVinci and Anne Frank. Discover how to befriend stress, anxiety, depression, and many other inhibitions, and reduce their presence in your life. Achieve your goals with confidence and ease. Effortlessly track your progress on becoming the best and most true version of yourself. “People who keep journals have life twice.” - Jessamyn West (1902-1984), highly accomplished novelist and writer. In this book, you will be introduced to the special truths about journaling. You will then have everything you need to become the authority of your own reality. Whatever improvements you wish to see, health, wealth, cognitive behaviour, more fruitful relationships, you are guaranteed to make some serious and enlightening headway. You just need a pen, paper, and these proven strategies. Expression really is the opposite of depression. The guidelines for journaling have been made so easy to follow that you will have success with it, even if you currently lack dedication or motivation in your life. No matter who you are, what you do or where you are in life, you can benefit greatly from this book. Attaining heightened awareness of oneself will always be invaluable. There is so much you can do with it, and if you don’t know how, you will. That’s why this book is for you! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Journaling | The Ultimate Self Improvement: An Essential and Definitive Guide on How to Write a Journal and Unlock Your True Power Author: Michael Stack Narrator: Eric Burr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine having the ability to always make calculated decisions in your life, uninfluenced by impulse, and are best for you. Imagine being able to traverse, contemplate and respond appropriately to your own thoughts, with simple and easy techniques. Welcome to the exclusive world of journaling. Journal keeping is an art somewhat lost in time, however, its relevance is at its pinnacle in this modern era. Countless icons throughout time have partaken in this craft, ranging from Albert Einstein, Marie Currie, Leonardo DeVinci and Anne Frank. Discover how to befriend stress, anxiety, depression, and many other inhibitions, and reduce their presence in your life. Achieve your goals with confidence and ease. Effortlessly track your progress on becoming the best and most true version of yourself. “People who keep journals have life twice.” - Jessamyn West (1902-1984), highly accomplished novelist and writer. In this book, you will be introduced to the special truths about journaling. You will then have everything you need to become the authority of your own reality. Whatever improvements you wish to see, health, wealth, cognitive behaviour, more fruitful relationships, you are guaranteed to make some serious and enlightening headway. You just need a pen, paper, and these proven strategies. Expression really is the opposite of depression. The guidelines for journaling have been made so easy to follow that you will have success with it, even if you currently lack dedication or motivation in your life. No matter who you are, what you do or where you are in life, you can benefit greatly from this book. Attaining heightened awareness of oneself will always be invaluable. There is so much you can do with it, and if you don’t know how, you will. That’s why this book is for you! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Determinism, Freedom, Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: Mitchell Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even though the world is governed by laws, human beings are able to be free. In fact, there is no difference between being genuinely free and having a distinctively human psychological architecture. But self-deception and rationalization can result in the replacement of actual beliefs with operational pseudo-beliefs. When this happens, the result is a sociopathic pseudo-person. The difference between a sociopath and a psychopath is that, whereas the sociopath once had a distinctively human psychological architecture, the psychopath never developed such an architecture to begin with. Thus, whereas the sociopath's personality is that of an ossified human, the psychopath has no real personality to speak of. What the psychopath lacks in the way of an actual identity, he replaces with narratives, the primary function of which is to give a semblance of cohesiveness to his otherwise gelatinous psyche, and a secondary function of which is to defraud others. But the psychopath's tendency to defraud others is merely a way of providing external reinforcement for his flimsy narrative-based faux-identity. J.-M. Kuczynski Sun, 17 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554791 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Determinism, Freedom, Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: Mitchell Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even though the world is governed by laws, human beings are able to be free. In fact, there is no difference between being genuinely free and having a distinctively human psychological architecture. But self-deception and rationalization can result in the replacement of actual beliefs with operational pseudo-beliefs. When this happens, the result is a sociopathic pseudo-person. The difference between a sociopath and a psychopath is that, whereas the sociopath once had a distinctively human psychological architecture, the psychopath never developed such an architecture to begin with. Thus, whereas the sociopath's personality is that of an ossified human, the psychopath has no real personality to speak of. What the psychopath lacks in the way of an actual identity, he replaces with narratives, the primary function of which is to give a semblance of cohesiveness to his otherwise gelatinous psyche, and a secondary function of which is to defraud others. But the psychopath's tendency to defraud others is merely a way of providing external reinforcement for his flimsy narrative-based faux-identity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Determinism, Freedom, Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: Mitchell Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even though the world is governed by laws, human beings are able to be free. In fact, there is no difference between being genuinely free and having a distinctively human psychological architecture. But self-deception and rationalization can result in the replacement of actual beliefs with operational pseudo-beliefs. When this happens, the result is a sociopathic pseudo-person. The difference between a sociopath and a psychopath is that, whereas the sociopath once had a distinctively human psychological architecture, the psychopath never developed such an architecture to begin with. Thus, whereas the sociopath's personality is that of an ossified human, the psychopath has no real personality to speak of. What the psychopath lacks in the way of an actual identity, he replaces with narratives, the primary function of which is to give a semblance of cohesiveness to his otherwise gelatinous psyche, and a secondary function of which is to defraud others. But the psychopath's tendency to defraud others is merely a way of providing external reinforcement for his flimsy narrative-based faux-identity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554729 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frazzlebrain: Break Free from Anxiety, Anger, and Stress Using Advanced Discoveries in Neuropsychology Author: Gina Simmons Schneider PhD Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you feel frazzled, you dwell in good company. Racing between the demands of work, health, family, and friends, many people report feelings of worry, irritability, and increasing stress. While we often cannot control stressful life events, we can learn to control our brain's response to those circumstances and reduce our suffering. Drawing from the latest research and more than twenty-five years of clinical experience, Dr. Gina Simmons Schneider explains the link between anxiety, anger, and stress and shares groundbreaking remedies from neuropsychology. These tools will strengthen your resilience and expand your capacity for happiness. In Frazzlebrain, you'll discover how to: ● Soften your response to stress ● Overcome toxic self-criticism ● Tame hostile and cynical thinking Each chapter offers exercises, case examples, and self-improvement skills to help you achieve a calmer, happier, healthier lifestyle. Gina Simmons Schneider PhD Mon, 28 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554729 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frazzlebrain: Break Free from Anxiety, Anger, and Stress Using Advanced Discoveries in Neuropsychology Author: Gina Simmons Schneider PhD Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you feel frazzled, you dwell in good company. Racing between the demands of work, health, family, and friends, many people report feelings of worry, irritability, and increasing stress. While we often cannot control stressful life events, we can learn to control our brain's response to those circumstances and reduce our suffering. Drawing from the latest research and more than twenty-five years of clinical experience, Dr. Gina Simmons Schneider explains the link between anxiety, anger, and stress and shares groundbreaking remedies from neuropsychology. These tools will strengthen your resilience and expand your capacity for happiness. In Frazzlebrain, you'll discover how to: ● Soften your response to stress ● Overcome toxic self-criticism ● Tame hostile and cynical thinking Each chapter offers exercises, case examples, and self-improvement skills to help you achieve a calmer, happier, healthier lifestyle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frazzlebrain: Break Free from Anxiety, Anger, and Stress Using Advanced Discoveries in Neuropsychology Author: Gina Simmons Schneider PhD Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 28, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you feel frazzled, you dwell in good company. Racing between the demands of work, health, family, and friends, many people report feelings of worry, irritability, and increasing stress. While we often cannot control stressful life events, we can learn to control our brain's response to those circumstances and reduce our suffering. Drawing from the latest research and more than twenty-five years of clinical experience, Dr. Gina Simmons Schneider explains the link between anxiety, anger, and stress and shares groundbreaking remedies from neuropsychology. These tools will strengthen your resilience and expand your capacity for happiness. In Frazzlebrain, you'll discover how to: ● Soften your response to stress ● Overcome toxic self-criticism ● Tame hostile and cynical thinking Each chapter offers exercises, case examples, and self-improvement skills to help you achieve a calmer, happier, healthier lifestyle. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554728 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Walking on Eggshells for Parents: How to Help Your Child (of Any Age) with Borderline Personality Disorder Without Losing Yourself Author: Daniel S. Lobel PhD, Christine Adamec MBA, Randi Kreger Narrator: Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you have a child with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you are all-too-aware of the behavioral and emotional issues that are linked to this disorder—including rages, self-harm, sexual acting out, substance abuse, suicidal behaviors, physical and emotional attacks, and more. Traditional parenting strategies that work on other kids just don't work with a borderline child. But you shouldn't lose hope. The good news is that there are parenting strategies that do work. With this comprehensive resource, you will learn all about borderline personality disorder, how it shows up in children, adolescents, and your adult children, how to obtain proper treatment, and how to manage your child's condition at home. You'll find proven-effective strategies to help you communicate and improve your relationship with your child of any age, and, as a result, improve your own life as a parent and an individual. You'll also find real stories and advice from parents who have also experienced raising a child with BPD. Most importantly, you'll learn how to maintain boundaries and validate your child while also meeting your own needs. Whether your child is five or twenty-five, this book offers tools to help you and your family thrive. Daniel S. Lobel PhD, Christine Adamec MBA, Randi Kreger Tue, 01 Feb 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554728 thebookvoice.com 9:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Walking on Eggshells for Parents: How to Help Your Child (of Any Age) with Borderline Personality Disorder Without Losing Yourself Author: Daniel S. Lobel PhD, Christine Adamec MBA, Randi Kreger Narrator: Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you have a child with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you are all-too-aware of the behavioral and emotional issues that are linked to this disorder—including rages, self-harm, sexual acting out, substance abuse, suicidal behaviors, physical and emotional attacks, and more. Traditional parenting strategies that work on other kids just don't work with a borderline child. But you shouldn't lose hope. The good news is that there are parenting strategies that do work. With this comprehensive resource, you will learn all about borderline personality disorder, how it shows up in children, adolescents, and your adult children, how to obtain proper treatment, and how to manage your child's condition at home. You'll find proven-effective strategies to help you communicate and improve your relationship with your child of any age, and, as a result, improve your own life as a parent and an individual. You'll also find real stories and advice from parents who have also experienced raising a child with BPD. Most importantly, you'll learn how to maintain boundaries and validate your child while also meeting your own needs. Whether your child is five or twenty-five, this book offers tools to help you and your family thrive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Walking on Eggshells for Parents: How to Help Your Child (of Any Age) with Borderline Personality Disorder Without Losing Yourself Author: Daniel S. Lobel PhD, Christine Adamec MBA, Randi Kreger Narrator: Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: If you have a child with borderline personality disorder (BPD), you are all-too-aware of the behavioral and emotional issues that are linked to this disorder—including rages, self-harm, sexual acting out, substance abuse, suicidal behaviors, physical and emotional attacks, and more. Traditional parenting strategies that work on other kids just don't work with a borderline child. But you shouldn't lose hope. The good news is that there are parenting strategies that do work. With this comprehensive resource, you will learn all about borderline personality disorder, how it shows up in children, adolescents, and your adult children, how to obtain proper treatment, and how to manage your child's condition at home. You'll find proven-effective strategies to help you communicate and improve your relationship with your child of any age, and, as a result, improve your own life as a parent and an individual. You'll also find real stories and advice from parents who have also experienced raising a child with BPD. Most importantly, you'll learn how to maintain boundaries and validate your child while also meeting your own needs. Whether your child is five or twenty-five, this book offers tools to help you and your family thrive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554717 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insane Consequences: How the Mental Health Industry Fails the Mentally Ill Author: Dj Jaffe Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This well-researched and highly critical examination of the state of our mental health system by the industry's most relentless critic presents a new and controversial explanation as to why—in spite of spending $147 billion annually—140,000 seriously mentally ill are homeless, 390,000 are incarcerated, and even educated, tenacious, and caring people can't get treatment for their mentally ill loved ones. DJ Jaffe blames the mental health industry and the government for shunning the 10 million adults who are the most seriously mentally ill—mainly those who suffer from schizophrenia and severe bipolar disorder—and, instead, working to improve 'mental wellness' in 43 million others, many of whom are barely symptomatic. Using industry and government documents, scientific journals, and anecdotes from his thirty years of advocacy, Jaffe documents the insane consequences of these industry-driven policies: psychiatric hospitals for the seriously ill are still being closed; involuntary commitment criteria are being narrowed to the point where laws now require violence rather than prevent it; the public is endangered; and the mentally ill and their families are forced to suffer. Dj Jaffe Tue, 11 Jan 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554717 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insane Consequences: How the Mental Health Industry Fails the Mentally Ill Author: Dj Jaffe Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This well-researched and highly critical examination of the state of our mental health system by the industry's most relentless critic presents a new and controversial explanation as to why—in spite of spending $147 billion annually—140,000 seriously mentally ill are homeless, 390,000 are incarcerated, and even educated, tenacious, and caring people can't get treatment for their mentally ill loved ones. DJ Jaffe blames the mental health industry and the government for shunning the 10 million adults who are the most seriously mentally ill—mainly those who suffer from schizophrenia and severe bipolar disorder—and, instead, working to improve 'mental wellness' in 43 million others, many of whom are barely symptomatic. Using industry and government documents, scientific journals, and anecdotes from his thirty years of advocacy, Jaffe documents the insane consequences of these industry-driven policies: psychiatric hospitals for the seriously ill are still being closed; involuntary commitment criteria are being narrowed to the point where laws now require violence rather than prevent it; the public is endangered; and the mentally ill and their families are forced to suffer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insane Consequences: How the Mental Health Industry Fails the Mentally Ill Author: Dj Jaffe Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This well-researched and highly critical examination of the state of our mental health system by the industry's most relentless critic presents a new and controversial explanation as to why—in spite of spending $147 billion annually—140,000 seriously mentally ill are homeless, 390,000 are incarcerated, and even educated, tenacious, and caring people can't get treatment for their mentally ill loved ones. DJ Jaffe blames the mental health industry and the government for shunning the 10 million adults who are the most seriously mentally ill—mainly those who suffer from schizophrenia and severe bipolar disorder—and, instead, working to improve 'mental wellness' in 43 million others, many of whom are barely symptomatic. Using industry and government documents, scientific journals, and anecdotes from his thirty years of advocacy, Jaffe documents the insane consequences of these industry-driven policies: psychiatric hospitals for the seriously ill are still being closed; involuntary commitment criteria are being narrowed to the point where laws now require violence rather than prevent it; the public is endangered; and the mentally ill and their families are forced to suffer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554673 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology: A Very Short Introduction Author: Gillian Butler, Freda Mcmanus Narrator: Tamara Marston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology is part of everyone's experience: it influences the way we think about everything from education and intelligence, to relationships and emotions, advertising and criminality. People readily behave as amateur psychologists, offering explanations for what people think, feel, and do. But what exactly are psychologists trying to do? What scientific grounding do they have for their approach? This Very Short Introduction explores some of psychology's leading ideas and their practical relevance. In this new edition, Gillian Butler and Freda McManus explore a variety of new topics and ways of studying the brain. Until recently it was not possible to study the living human brain directly, so psychologists studied our behavior, and used their observations to derive hypotheses about what was going on inside. Now—through neuroscience—our knowledge of the workings of the brain has increased and improved technology provides us with a scientific basis on which to understand the structure and workings of the brain, allowing brain activity to be observed and measured. Exploring some of the most important advances and developments in psychology—from evolutionary psychology and issues surrounding adolescence and aggression to cognitive psychology—this is a stimulating introduction for anyone interested in understanding the human mind. Gillian Butler, Freda Mcmanus Tue, 14 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554673 thebookvoice.com 4:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology: A Very Short Introduction Author: Gillian Butler, Freda Mcmanus Narrator: Tamara Marston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology is part of everyone's experience: it influences the way we think about everything from education and intelligence, to relationships and emotions, advertising and criminality. People readily behave as amateur psychologists, offering explanations for what people think, feel, and do. But what exactly are psychologists trying to do? What scientific grounding do they have for their approach? This Very Short Introduction explores some of psychology's leading ideas and their practical relevance. In this new edition, Gillian Butler and Freda McManus explore a variety of new topics and ways of studying the brain. Until recently it was not possible to study the living human brain directly, so psychologists studied our behavior, and used their observations to derive hypotheses about what was going on inside. Now—through neuroscience—our knowledge of the workings of the brain has increased and improved technology provides us with a scientific basis on which to understand the structure and workings of the brain, allowing brain activity to be observed and measured. Exploring some of the most important advances and developments in psychology—from evolutionary psychology and issues surrounding adolescence and aggression to cognitive psychology—this is a stimulating introduction for anyone interested in understanding the human mind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology: A Very Short Introduction Author: Gillian Butler, Freda Mcmanus Narrator: Tamara Marston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology is part of everyone's experience: it influences the way we think about everything from education and intelligence, to relationships and emotions, advertising and criminality. People readily behave as amateur psychologists, offering explanations for what people think, feel, and do. But what exactly are psychologists trying to do? What scientific grounding do they have for their approach? This Very Short Introduction explores some of psychology's leading ideas and their practical relevance. In this new edition, Gillian Butler and Freda McManus explore a variety of new topics and ways of studying the brain. Until recently it was not possible to study the living human brain directly, so psychologists studied our behavior, and used their observations to derive hypotheses about what was going on inside. Now—through neuroscience—our knowledge of the workings of the brain has increased and improved technology provides us with a scientific basis on which to understand the structure and workings of the brain, allowing brain activity to be observed and measured. Exploring some of the most important advances and developments in psychology—from evolutionary psychology and issues surrounding adolescence and aggression to cognitive psychology—this is a stimulating introduction for anyone interested in understanding the human mind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554051 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ARDROSS: From Prairie to Castle Series: #22 of Alberta Politics Author: Dr. Austin Mardon, Victoria Throckmorton, Daniel Sperling, Benjamin Sperling, Brynne Gourlay, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Nick Adkisson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book is about Austin's experience living with schizophrenia, from Edmonton, Canada to Ardross Castle in Scotland and back. Dr. Austin Mardon, Victoria Throckmorton, Daniel Sperling, Benjamin Sperling, Brynne Gourlay, Catherine Mardon Sun, 01 Jan 2017 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554051 thebookvoice.com 3:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ARDROSS: From Prairie to Castle Series: #22 of Alberta Politics Author: Dr. Austin Mardon, Victoria Throckmorton, Daniel Sperling, Benjamin Sperling, Brynne Gourlay, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Nick Adkisson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book is about Austin's experience living with schizophrenia, from Edmonton, Canada to Ardross Castle in Scotland and back. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ARDROSS: From Prairie to Castle Series: #22 of Alberta Politics Author: Dr. Austin Mardon, Victoria Throckmorton, Daniel Sperling, Benjamin Sperling, Brynne Gourlay, Catherine Mardon Narrator: Nick Adkisson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This book is about Austin's experience living with schizophrenia, from Edmonton, Canada to Ardross Castle in Scotland and back. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status and Culture: How Our Desire for Social Rank Creates Taste, Identity, Art, Fashion, and Constant Change Author: W. David Marx Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Subtly altered how I see the world.' —Michelle Goldberg, New York Times “[Status and Culture] consistently posits theories I'd never previously considered that instantly feel obvious.” —Chuck Klosterman, author of The Nineties “Why are you the way that you are? Status and Culture explains nearly everything about the things you choose to be—and how the society we live in takes shape in the process.” —B.J. Novak, writer and actor Solving the long-standing mysteries of culture—from the origin of our tastes and identities, to the perpetual cycles of fashions and fads—through a careful exploration of the fundamental human desire for status All humans share a need to secure their social standing, and this universal motivation structures our behavior, forms our tastes, determines how we live, and ultimately shapes who we are. We can use status, then, to explain why some things become “cool,” how stylistic innovations arise, and why there are constant changes in clothing, music, food, sports, slang, travel, hairstyles, and even dog breeds. In Status and Culture, W. David Marx weaves together the wisdom from history, psychology, sociology, anthropology, economics, philosophy, linguistics, semiotics, cultural theory, literary theory, art history, media studies, and neuroscience to demonstrate exactly how individual status seeking creates our cultural ecosystem. Marx examines three fundamental questions: Why do individuals cluster around arbitrary behaviors and take deep meaning from them? How do distinct styles, conventions, and sensibilities emerge? Why do we change behaviors over time and why do some behaviors stick around? The answers then provide new perspectives for understanding the seeming “weightlessness” of internet culture.       Status and Culture is a book that will appeal to business people, students, creators, and anyone who has ever wondered why things become popular, why their own preferences change over time, and how identity plays out in contemporary society. Readers of this book will walk away with deep and lasting knowledge of the often secret rules of how culture really works. W. David Marx Tue, 06 Sep 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793 thebookvoice.com 13:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status and Culture: How Our Desire for Social Rank Creates Taste, Identity, Art, Fashion, and Constant Change Author: W. David Marx Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Subtly altered how I see the world.' —Michelle Goldberg, New York Times “[Status and Culture] consistently posits theories I'd never previously considered that instantly feel obvious.” —Chuck Klosterman, author of The Nineties “Why are you the way that you are? Status and Culture explains nearly everything about the things you choose to be—and how the society we live in takes shape in the process.” —B.J. Novak, writer and actor Solving the long-standing mysteries of culture—from the origin of our tastes and identities, to the perpetual cycles of fashions and fads—through a careful exploration of the fundamental human desire for status All humans share a need to secure their social standing, and this universal motivation structures our behavior, forms our tastes, determines how we live, and ultimately shapes who we are. We can use status, then, to explain why some things become “cool,” how stylistic innovations arise, and why there are constant changes in clothing, music, food, sports, slang, travel, hairstyles, and even dog breeds. In Status and Culture, W. David Marx weaves together the wisdom from history, psychology, sociology, anthropology, economics, philosophy, linguistics, semiotics, cultural theory, literary theory, art history, media studies, and neuroscience to demonstrate exactly how individual status seeking creates our cultural ecosystem. Marx examines three fundamental questions: Why do individuals cluster around arbitrary behaviors and take deep meaning from them? How do distinct styles, conventions, and sensibilities emerge? Why do we change behaviors over time and why do some behaviors stick around? The answers then provide new perspectives for understanding the seeming “weightlessness” of internet culture.       Status and Culture is a book that will appeal to business people, students, creators, and anyone who has ever wondered why things become popular, why their own preferences change over time, and how identity plays out in contemporary society. Readers of this book will walk away with deep and lasting knowledge of the often secret rules of how culture really works. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Status and Culture: How Our Desire for Social Rank Creates Taste, Identity, Art, Fashion, and Constant Change Author: W. David Marx Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Subtly altered how I see the world.' —Michelle Goldberg, New York Times “[Status and Culture] consistently posits theories I'd never previously considered that instantly feel obvious.” —Chuck Klosterman, author of The Nineties “Why are you the way that you are? Status and Culture explains nearly everything about the things you choose to be—and how the society we live in takes shape in the process.” —B.J. Novak, writer and actor Solving the long-standing mysteries of culture—from the origin of our tastes and identities, to the perpetual cycles of fashions and fads—through a careful exploration of the fundamental human desire for status All humans share a need to secure their social standing, and this universal motivation structures our behavior, forms our tastes, determines how we live, and ultimately shapes who we are. We can use status, then, to explain why some things become “cool,” how stylistic innovations arise, and why there are constant changes in clothing, music, food, sports, slang, travel, hairstyles, and even dog breeds. In Status and Culture, W. David Marx weaves together the wisdom from history, psychology, sociology, anthropology, economics, philosophy, linguistics, semiotics, cultural theory, literary theory, art history, media studies, and neuroscience to demonstrate exactly how individual status seeking creates our cultural ecosystem. Marx examines three fundamental questions: Why do individuals cluster around arbitrary behaviors and take deep meaning from them? How do distinct styles, conventions, and sensibilities emerge? Why do we change behaviors over time and why do some behaviors stick around? The answers then provide new perspectives for understanding the seeming “weightlessness” of internet culture.       Status and Culture is a book that will appeal to business people, students, creators, and anyone who has ever wondered why things become popular, why their own preferences change over time, and how identity plays out in contemporary society. Readers of this book will walk away with deep and lasting knowledge of the often secret rules of how culture really works. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Educar a la pantera Author: Ignacio García-Valiño Narrator: José María Agulló Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La conducta antisocial en niños y adolescentes explicada por un gran escritor y experto en el tema. Este audiolibro propone clarificar la naturaleza de estos problemas, desmontar mitos y proponer soluciones desde un modelo humanista, sustentado, entre otros, por trabajos sobre resiliencia y por los descubrimientos sobre la neuroplasticidad. Pero sobre todo el libro pretende ilustrar el análisis y las propuestas con historias reales, vividas tanto por el autor como por los numerosos expertos de muchas regiones con quienes ha trabajado. Ignacio García-Valiño Tue, 01 Mar 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553678 thebookvoice.com 13:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Educar a la pantera Author: Ignacio García-Valiño Narrator: José María Agulló Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La conducta antisocial en niños y adolescentes explicada por un gran escritor y experto en el tema. Este audiolibro propone clarificar la naturaleza de estos problemas, desmontar mitos y proponer soluciones desde un modelo humanista, sustentado, entre otros, por trabajos sobre resiliencia y por los descubrimientos sobre la neuroplasticidad. Pero sobre todo el libro pretende ilustrar el análisis y las propuestas con historias reales, vividas tanto por el autor como por los numerosos expertos de muchas regiones con quienes ha trabajado. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Educar a la pantera Author: Ignacio García-Valiño Narrator: José María Agulló Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: La conducta antisocial en niños y adolescentes explicada por un gran escritor y experto en el tema. Este audiolibro propone clarificar la naturaleza de estos problemas, desmontar mitos y proponer soluciones desde un modelo humanista, sustentado, entre otros, por trabajos sobre resiliencia y por los descubrimientos sobre la neuroplasticidad. Pero sobre todo el libro pretende ilustrar el análisis y las propuestas con historias reales, vividas tanto por el autor como por los numerosos expertos de muchas regiones con quienes ha trabajado. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God 4.0: On the Nature of Higher Consciousness and the Experience Called “God” Author: Sally M Ornstein, Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to go beyond our ordinary perception of reality? Why has almost all of humanity, throughout our history, had the concept of transcendence and connection to “the other” – to “the spirit world,” to “God,” or to “the One behind it all?” This remarkable work coalesces findings from the shamans of the Ice Age (God 1.0), to the first temples, priests and gods of the Neolithic era and Mesopotamia (God 2.0), to the Axial Age prophets and the three major monotheistic religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam (God 3.0). It reveals how verbal descriptions of a nonverbal transcendental experience, always intended to be metaphorical, gradually became taken by many as literal truth. In a stunning unification of modern science, religion and spirituality, God 4.0 presents a provocative new view of transcendence and connection as the activation of an innate quiescent faculty in the brain, a second system of cognition we all share. If developed, it can help to dissolve religious, tribal and cultural biases and usher in a higher level of conscious connection — a new “spiritual literacy.” Sally M Ornstein, Robert Ornstein Mon, 18 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611 thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God 4.0: On the Nature of Higher Consciousness and the Experience Called “God” Author: Sally M Ornstein, Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to go beyond our ordinary perception of reality? Why has almost all of humanity, throughout our history, had the concept of transcendence and connection to “the other” – to “the spirit world,” to “God,” or to “the One behind it all?” This remarkable work coalesces findings from the shamans of the Ice Age (God 1.0), to the first temples, priests and gods of the Neolithic era and Mesopotamia (God 2.0), to the Axial Age prophets and the three major monotheistic religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam (God 3.0). It reveals how verbal descriptions of a nonverbal transcendental experience, always intended to be metaphorical, gradually became taken by many as literal truth. In a stunning unification of modern science, religion and spirituality, God 4.0 presents a provocative new view of transcendence and connection as the activation of an innate quiescent faculty in the brain, a second system of cognition we all share. If developed, it can help to dissolve religious, tribal and cultural biases and usher in a higher level of conscious connection — a new “spiritual literacy.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God 4.0: On the Nature of Higher Consciousness and the Experience Called “God” Author: Sally M Ornstein, Robert Ornstein Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to go beyond our ordinary perception of reality? Why has almost all of humanity, throughout our history, had the concept of transcendence and connection to “the other” – to “the spirit world,” to “God,” or to “the One behind it all?” This remarkable work coalesces findings from the shamans of the Ice Age (God 1.0), to the first temples, priests and gods of the Neolithic era and Mesopotamia (God 2.0), to the Axial Age prophets and the three major monotheistic religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam (God 3.0). It reveals how verbal descriptions of a nonverbal transcendental experience, always intended to be metaphorical, gradually became taken by many as literal truth. In a stunning unification of modern science, religion and spirituality, God 4.0 presents a provocative new view of transcendence and connection as the activation of an innate quiescent faculty in the brain, a second system of cognition we all share. If developed, it can help to dissolve religious, tribal and cultural biases and usher in a higher level of conscious connection — a new “spiritual literacy.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El libro del ego (Fundamentos para una nueva humanidad): Liberarse de la ilusión Author: Osho Narrator: Carlos Vicente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Osho nos muestra el camino para liberarnos de nuestro ego y llegar a ser nosotros mismos. Fundamentos para una nueva humanidad. El ego es justo lo contrario de nuestro verdadero ser. No es ese sustrato de nuestra existencia en el que nos reconocemos, sino una falsa identidad que adoptamos en nuestro proceso de socialización precisamente para que, reflexionando sobre lo accesorio, no nos planteemos preguntas sobre lo verdadero. El ego es un envoltorio de nuestra conciencia y, a menos que nos liberemos de él, jamás llegaremos a conocernos. Al ser un engaño, el ego rehúye lo sencillo, pues lo delata; lo difícil sí es un reto para él, y lo imposible un reto de verdad. Así pues, cuanto mayor sea el reto que aceptemos, mayor será el ego que estamos construyendo en nosotros mismos: es nuestra ambición la que dará la medida de nuestro ego, que es también la medida de nuestro fracaso. Osho Thu, 09 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553343 thebookvoice.com 11:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El libro del ego (Fundamentos para una nueva humanidad): Liberarse de la ilusión Author: Osho Narrator: Carlos Vicente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Osho nos muestra el camino para liberarnos de nuestro ego y llegar a ser nosotros mismos. Fundamentos para una nueva humanidad. El ego es justo lo contrario de nuestro verdadero ser. No es ese sustrato de nuestra existencia en el que nos reconocemos, sino una falsa identidad que adoptamos en nuestro proceso de socialización precisamente para que, reflexionando sobre lo accesorio, no nos planteemos preguntas sobre lo verdadero. El ego es un envoltorio de nuestra conciencia y, a menos que nos liberemos de él, jamás llegaremos a conocernos. Al ser un engaño, el ego rehúye lo sencillo, pues lo delata; lo difícil sí es un reto para él, y lo imposible un reto de verdad. Así pues, cuanto mayor sea el reto que aceptemos, mayor será el ego que estamos construyendo en nosotros mismos: es nuestra ambición la que dará la medida de nuestro ego, que es también la medida de nuestro fracaso. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El libro del ego (Fundamentos para una nueva humanidad): Liberarse de la ilusión Author: Osho Narrator: Carlos Vicente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Osho nos muestra el camino para liberarnos de nuestro ego y llegar a ser nosotros mismos. Fundamentos para una nueva humanidad. El ego es justo lo contrario de nuestro verdadero ser. No es ese sustrato de nuestra existencia en el que nos reconocemos, sino una falsa identidad que adoptamos en nuestro proceso de socialización precisamente para que, reflexionando sobre lo accesorio, no nos planteemos preguntas sobre lo verdadero. El ego es un envoltorio de nuestra conciencia y, a menos que nos liberemos de él, jamás llegaremos a conocernos. Al ser un engaño, el ego rehúye lo sencillo, pues lo delata; lo difícil sí es un reto para él, y lo imposible un reto de verdad. Así pues, cuanto mayor sea el reto que aceptemos, mayor será el ego que estamos construyendo en nosotros mismos: es nuestra ambición la que dará la medida de nuestro ego, que es también la medida de nuestro fracaso. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553316 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Eres lo que piensas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Eduardo Millán Portillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este audiolibro, 'Eres lo que piensas', consta de 365 Reflexiones con las que podrás conocer su secreto. Una de las cosas en las que el autor insiste es que todos podemos operar a niveles creativos sin límite y que los únicos límites que tenemos son aquellos en los que creemos, por lo que nos invita a enfrentar todos los pensamientos que nos limitan. 'Cualquier desafío es una oportunidad para escalar a un lugar más alto', dice. Cuando escuches estas reflexiones te vas a dar cuenta de que todos nos convertimos en lo en lo que pensamos durante todo el día, por lo que te propone meditar acerca de todas aquellas creencias que tienes arraigadas y que actúan como cadenas que te impiden crecer. Usa este audiolibro en orden secuencial o como un encuentro cotidiano con Wayne. Utiliza cada cita para reflexionar o como un oráculo aleatorio. Posiblemente las palabras que escuches te van a dar la clave exacta de aquello que necesitas saber en ese preciso momento. Escucha la voz de tu intuición que está llena de sabiduría y proviene de la Fuente de tu propio Ser. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - El Dr. Wayne W. Dyer obtuvo doctorados en psicología en las Universidades de Wayne y de Michigan. En 1976 escribió su primer libro, 'Tus zonas erróneas', y desde entonces se convirtió en el autor más leído de temas de autoayuda, desarrollo personal y psicología. También fue un famoso conferencista a nivel internacional. Sus exitosas obras han tocado el corazón de millones de personas y les han ayudado a vivir sus vidas plenamente y en armonía. Fue y sigue siendo un gran maestro. Cada tema que desarrolló partía de su experiencia personal. Dr. Wayne Dyer Fri, 29 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553316 thebookvoice.com 3:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Eres lo que piensas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Eduardo Millán Portillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este audiolibro, 'Eres lo que piensas', consta de 365 Reflexiones con las que podrás conocer su secreto. Una de las cosas en las que el autor insiste es que todos podemos operar a niveles creativos sin límite y que los únicos límites que tenemos son aquellos en los que creemos, por lo que nos invita a enfrentar todos los pensamientos que nos limitan. 'Cualquier desafío es una oportunidad para escalar a un lugar más alto', dice. Cuando escuches estas reflexiones te vas a dar cuenta de que todos nos convertimos en lo en lo que pensamos durante todo el día, por lo que te propone meditar acerca de todas aquellas creencias que tienes arraigadas y que actúan como cadenas que te impiden crecer. Usa este audiolibro en orden secuencial o como un encuentro cotidiano con Wayne. Utiliza cada cita para reflexionar o como un oráculo aleatorio. Posiblemente las palabras que escuches te van a dar la clave exacta de aquello que necesitas saber en ese preciso momento. Escucha la voz de tu intuición que está llena de sabiduría y proviene de la Fuente de tu propio Ser. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - El Dr. Wayne W. Dyer obtuvo doctorados en psicología en las Universidades de Wayne y de Michigan. En 1976 escribió su primer libro, 'Tus zonas erróneas', y desde entonces se convirtió en el autor más leído de temas de autoayuda, desarrollo personal y psicología. También fue un famoso conferencista a nivel internacional. Sus exitosas obras han tocado el corazón de millones de personas y les han ayudado a vivir sus vidas plenamente y en armonía. Fue y sigue siendo un gran maestro. Cada tema que desarrolló partía de su experiencia personal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Eres lo que piensas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Eduardo Millán Portillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este audiolibro, 'Eres lo que piensas', consta de 365 Reflexiones con las que podrás conocer su secreto. Una de las cosas en las que el autor insiste es que todos podemos operar a niveles creativos sin límite y que los únicos límites que tenemos son aquellos en los que creemos, por lo que nos invita a enfrentar todos los pensamientos que nos limitan. 'Cualquier desafío es una oportunidad para escalar a un lugar más alto', dice. Cuando escuches estas reflexiones te vas a dar cuenta de que todos nos convertimos en lo en lo que pensamos durante todo el día, por lo que te propone meditar acerca de todas aquellas creencias que tienes arraigadas y que actúan como cadenas que te impiden crecer. Usa este audiolibro en orden secuencial o como un encuentro cotidiano con Wayne. Utiliza cada cita para reflexionar o como un oráculo aleatorio. Posiblemente las palabras que escuches te van a dar la clave exacta de aquello que necesitas saber en ese preciso momento. Escucha la voz de tu intuición que está llena de sabiduría y proviene de la Fuente de tu propio Ser. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - El Dr. Wayne W. Dyer obtuvo doctorados en psicología en las Universidades de Wayne y de Michigan. En 1976 escribió su primer libro, 'Tus zonas erróneas', y desde entonces se convirtió en el autor más leído de temas de autoayuda, desarrollo personal y psicología. También fue un famoso conferencista a nivel internacional. Sus exitosas obras han tocado el corazón de millones de personas y les han ayudado a vivir sus vidas plenamente y en armonía. Fue y sigue siendo un gran maestro. Cada tema que desarrolló partía de su experiencia personal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Esteem for Men: Skyrocket Your Self-Esteem, Confidence, Charisma & Become the Alpha Male Author: Darcy Carter Narrator: Michael Fryar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: All guys are supposed to be confident, right? And real men must dominate over everyone else, have no needs, show no emotions, and always be winning! But this struggle for dominance and hiding of emotions comes at a great cost. It disregards other people, drives abuse, relationship failure, and mental health problems. Self-esteem and mental health are one of the last things men want to talk about. With all these false constructs out there about what it means to be a man, it’s no wonder that most of us men feel as though we don’t match up. So, we suffer in silence and isolation. Barely anything has been written about addressing these issues. Even though it's well known that having a high level of self-esteem is important to success in life. This book presents distinct ways to improve - ones that will effectively reprogram the way you think about yourself and how you can succeed in your life. It includes: - Proven psychology techniques to building unstoppable confidence and self-esteem - Mental health and wellness during and after a pandemic - How toxic masculinity screws men up and the surprising truth about being a man - Men's body image and the pressure to look good - Words and metaphors - how they reflect who we are + how to optimize - Being vulnerable - the key to unlocking intimacy and love explored - How Georges St-Pierre overcame fear to become the UFC champion - Tranquil advice from the Buddha on how to stay calm (even if you get stress out or angry easily) - And much, much more... So, if you want to improve your self-esteem and confidence, even if you suffer from various insecurities and anxieties, then you need to listen to this audiobook. ©2020 Darcy Carter (P)2020 Darcy Carter Darcy Carter Thu, 14 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553235 thebookvoice.com 3:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Esteem for Men: Skyrocket Your Self-Esteem, Confidence, Charisma & Become the Alpha Male Author: Darcy Carter Narrator: Michael Fryar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: All guys are supposed to be confident, right? And real men must dominate over everyone else, have no needs, show no emotions, and always be winning! But this struggle for dominance and hiding of emotions comes at a great cost. It disregards other people, drives abuse, relationship failure, and mental health problems. Self-esteem and mental health are one of the last things men want to talk about. With all these false constructs out there about what it means to be a man, it’s no wonder that most of us men feel as though we don’t match up. So, we suffer in silence and isolation. Barely anything has been written about addressing these issues. Even though it's well known that having a high level of self-esteem is important to success in life. This book presents distinct ways to improve - ones that will effectively reprogram the way you think about yourself and how you can succeed in your life. It includes: - Proven psychology techniques to building unstoppable confidence and self-esteem - Mental health and wellness during and after a pandemic - How toxic masculinity screws men up and the surprising truth about being a man - Men's body image and the pressure to look good - Words and metaphors - how they reflect who we are + how to optimize - Being vulnerable - the key to unlocking intimacy and love explored - How Georges St-Pierre overcame fear to become the UFC champion - Tranquil advice from the Buddha on how to stay calm (even if you get stress out or angry easily) - And much, much more... So, if you want to improve your self-esteem and confidence, even if you suffer from various insecurities and anxieties, then you need to listen to this audiobook. ©2020 Darcy Carter (P)2020 Darcy Carter Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Esteem for Men: Skyrocket Your Self-Esteem, Confidence, Charisma & Become the Alpha Male Author: Darcy Carter Narrator: Michael Fryar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: All guys are supposed to be confident, right? And real men must dominate over everyone else, have no needs, show no emotions, and always be winning! But this struggle for dominance and hiding of emotions comes at a great cost. It disregards other people, drives abuse, relationship failure, and mental health problems. Self-esteem and mental health are one of the last things men want to talk about. With all these false constructs out there about what it means to be a man, it’s no wonder that most of us men feel as though we don’t match up. So, we suffer in silence and isolation. Barely anything has been written about addressing these issues. Even though it's well known that having a high level of self-esteem is important to success in life. This book presents distinct ways to improve - ones that will effectively reprogram the way you think about yourself and how you can succeed in your life. It includes: - Proven psychology techniques to building unstoppable confidence and self-esteem - Mental health and wellness during and after a pandemic - How toxic masculinity screws men up and the surprising truth about being a man - Men's body image and the pressure to look good - Words and metaphors - how they reflect who we are + how to optimize - Being vulnerable - the key to unlocking intimacy and love explored - How Georges St-Pierre overcame fear to become the UFC champion - Tranquil advice from the Buddha on how to stay calm (even if you get stress out or angry easily) - And much, much more... So, if you want to improve your self-esteem and confidence, even if you suffer from various insecurities and anxieties, then you need to listen to this audiobook. ©2020 Darcy Carter (P)2020 Darcy Carter https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553193 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them Author: Alfred Shell Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them For those of us already suffering from anxiety, the holiday season presents its own special challenges. Typically, anxiety increases during this time as the weight of expectation and seemingly endless ‘to do’ lists combine to provoke or intensify symptoms. Even for people who have not been diagnosed with a pre-existing anxiety disorder, the prospect of Thanksgiving, Christmas, and the host of other celebrations that occur around this time can bring on the first attack. This audiobook will teach you how to both recognize and manage symptoms of seasonal anxiety. You will find out the best ways to cope in otherwise stressful family and social situations and you will come away equipped with knowledge and exercises that will enable you to successfully deal with anxiety at any time of year. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - About Anxiety Disorders - Seasonal Anxiety - Overcoming Anxiety Strategies - Conscious Relaxation - Yoga - Meditation - Exercise - Nutritional Supplements - Positive Visualization - And much more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Alfred Shell Wed, 06 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553193 thebookvoice.com 0:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them Author: Alfred Shell Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them For those of us already suffering from anxiety, the holiday season presents its own special challenges. Typically, anxiety increases during this time as the weight of expectation and seemingly endless ‘to do’ lists combine to provoke or intensify symptoms. Even for people who have not been diagnosed with a pre-existing anxiety disorder, the prospect of Thanksgiving, Christmas, and the host of other celebrations that occur around this time can bring on the first attack. This audiobook will teach you how to both recognize and manage symptoms of seasonal anxiety. You will find out the best ways to cope in otherwise stressful family and social situations and you will come away equipped with knowledge and exercises that will enable you to successfully deal with anxiety at any time of year. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - About Anxiety Disorders - Seasonal Anxiety - Overcoming Anxiety Strategies - Conscious Relaxation - Yoga - Meditation - Exercise - Nutritional Supplements - Positive Visualization - And much more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them Author: Alfred Shell Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anxiety Toolkit: The Ultimate Guide on How to Overcome Anxiety, Understand what Anxiety and Season Anxiety is and Discover Proven Techniques to Overcome Them For those of us already suffering from anxiety, the holiday season presents its own special challenges. Typically, anxiety increases during this time as the weight of expectation and seemingly endless ‘to do’ lists combine to provoke or intensify symptoms. Even for people who have not been diagnosed with a pre-existing anxiety disorder, the prospect of Thanksgiving, Christmas, and the host of other celebrations that occur around this time can bring on the first attack. This audiobook will teach you how to both recognize and manage symptoms of seasonal anxiety. You will find out the best ways to cope in otherwise stressful family and social situations and you will come away equipped with knowledge and exercises that will enable you to successfully deal with anxiety at any time of year. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - About Anxiety Disorders - Seasonal Anxiety - Overcoming Anxiety Strategies - Conscious Relaxation - Yoga - Meditation - Exercise - Nutritional Supplements - Positive Visualization - And much more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553113 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Embodied Mind: Understanding the Mysteries of Cellular Memory, Consciousness, and Our Bodies Author: Thomas R. Verny Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We understand the workings of the human body as a series of interdependent physiological relationships, all the way down to the inner workings of every cell. Why is it that the accepted understanding that the physical phenomenon of the mind is attributed only to the brain? In The Embodied Mind, internationally renowned psychiatrist Dr. Thomas R. Verny sets out to redefine our concept of the mind and consciousness. He brilliantly compiles new research that points to the mind's ties to every part of the body. The Embodied Mind collects disparate findings in physiology, genetics, and quantum physics in order to illustrate the mounting evidence that somatic cells, not just neural cells, store memory, inform genetic coding, and adapt to environmental changes—all behaviors that contribute to the mind and consciousness. Verny describes single-celled organisms with no brains demonstrating memory, and points to the remarkable case of a French man who, despite having a brain just a fraction of the typical size, leads a normal life with a family and a job. The Embodied Mind shows how intelligence and consciousness—traits traditionally attributed to the brain alone—also permeate our entire being. Thomas R. Verny Tue, 21 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553113 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Embodied Mind: Understanding the Mysteries of Cellular Memory, Consciousness, and Our Bodies Author: Thomas R. Verny Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We understand the workings of the human body as a series of interdependent physiological relationships, all the way down to the inner workings of every cell. Why is it that the accepted understanding that the physical phenomenon of the mind is attributed only to the brain? In The Embodied Mind, internationally renowned psychiatrist Dr. Thomas R. Verny sets out to redefine our concept of the mind and consciousness. He brilliantly compiles new research that points to the mind's ties to every part of the body. The Embodied Mind collects disparate findings in physiology, genetics, and quantum physics in order to illustrate the mounting evidence that somatic cells, not just neural cells, store memory, inform genetic coding, and adapt to environmental changes—all behaviors that contribute to the mind and consciousness. Verny describes single-celled organisms with no brains demonstrating memory, and points to the remarkable case of a French man who, despite having a brain just a fraction of the typical size, leads a normal life with a family and a job. The Embodied Mind shows how intelligence and consciousness—traits traditionally attributed to the brain alone—also permeate our entire being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Embodied Mind: Understanding the Mysteries of Cellular Memory, Consciousness, and Our Bodies Author: Thomas R. Verny Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We understand the workings of the human body as a series of interdependent physiological relationships, all the way down to the inner workings of every cell. Why is it that the accepted understanding that the physical phenomenon of the mind is attributed only to the brain? In The Embodied Mind, internationally renowned psychiatrist Dr. Thomas R. Verny sets out to redefine our concept of the mind and consciousness. He brilliantly compiles new research that points to the mind's ties to every part of the body. The Embodied Mind collects disparate findings in physiology, genetics, and quantum physics in order to illustrate the mounting evidence that somatic cells, not just neural cells, store memory, inform genetic coding, and adapt to environmental changes—all behaviors that contribute to the mind and consciousness. Verny describes single-celled organisms with no brains demonstrating memory, and points to the remarkable case of a French man who, despite having a brain just a fraction of the typical size, leads a normal life with a family and a job. The Embodied Mind shows how intelligence and consciousness—traits traditionally attributed to the brain alone—also permeate our entire being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553038 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Happier You: A Seven-Week Program to Transform Negative Thinking into Positivity and Resilience Author: Scott Glassman PsyD Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Based on author Scott Glassman's A Happier You® wellness program, this uplifting guide offers seven skills in seven weeks to supercharge your positivity and short-circuit the cycle of negative thinking. Are you a 'glass-half-full' or a 'glass-half-empty' type of person? Or is the glass shattered in a million pieces? If you find yourself always focusing on the negative rather than the good things in life, you might be experiencing the 'negativity effect.' It can infect every aspect of your life, and manifest in any number of mental and emotional challenges—including depression, anxiety, burnout, and broken relationships. So, how do tap into your capacity for positivity and start building a better view of the world? This uplifting guide offers a unique seven-week positive psychology program for developing the habits you need to turn the 'negativity effect' into a 'positivity reflex.' Based on the author's A Happier You® wellness program, the tools and techniques in this book can be incorporated into your daily routine to kick-start your positivity engine, boost your resilience in stressful situations, and look at life through a new, more optimistic lens. Scott Glassman PsyD Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553038 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Happier You: A Seven-Week Program to Transform Negative Thinking into Positivity and Resilience Author: Scott Glassman PsyD Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Based on author Scott Glassman's A Happier You® wellness program, this uplifting guide offers seven skills in seven weeks to supercharge your positivity and short-circuit the cycle of negative thinking. Are you a 'glass-half-full' or a 'glass-half-empty' type of person? Or is the glass shattered in a million pieces? If you find yourself always focusing on the negative rather than the good things in life, you might be experiencing the 'negativity effect.' It can infect every aspect of your life, and manifest in any number of mental and emotional challenges—including depression, anxiety, burnout, and broken relationships. So, how do tap into your capacity for positivity and start building a better view of the world? This uplifting guide offers a unique seven-week positive psychology program for developing the habits you need to turn the 'negativity effect' into a 'positivity reflex.' Based on the author's A Happier You® wellness program, the tools and techniques in this book can be incorporated into your daily routine to kick-start your positivity engine, boost your resilience in stressful situations, and look at life through a new, more optimistic lens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Happier You: A Seven-Week Program to Transform Negative Thinking into Positivity and Resilience Author: Scott Glassman PsyD Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Based on author Scott Glassman's A Happier You® wellness program, this uplifting guide offers seven skills in seven weeks to supercharge your positivity and short-circuit the cycle of negative thinking. Are you a 'glass-half-full' or a 'glass-half-empty' type of person? Or is the glass shattered in a million pieces? If you find yourself always focusing on the negative rather than the good things in life, you might be experiencing the 'negativity effect.' It can infect every aspect of your life, and manifest in any number of mental and emotional challenges—including depression, anxiety, burnout, and broken relationships. So, how do tap into your capacity for positivity and start building a better view of the world? This uplifting guide offers a unique seven-week positive psychology program for developing the habits you need to turn the 'negativity effect' into a 'positivity reflex.' Based on the author's A Happier You® wellness program, the tools and techniques in this book can be incorporated into your daily routine to kick-start your positivity engine, boost your resilience in stressful situations, and look at life through a new, more optimistic lens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Over Our Dead Bodies: Undertakers Lift the Lid Author: Kenneth Mckenzie, Todd Harra Narrator: Gregory St. John, Reay Kaplan, Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With humor and heart, Over Our Dead Bodies does for the undertaking profession what Mary Roach's Stiff did for cadavers, and, like Caitlin Doughty's Will My Cat Eat My Eyeballs? gives us permission to embrace our morbid curiosity. From the authors of Mortuary Confidential. Not knowing what to do, I sat on the church steps and waited. As the gravity of my failure began to well up in me, I began to cry . . . I HAD LOST THE HEARSE! From a dysfunctional family who turn their mother's wake into a full-blown riot, to funeral crashers looking for free meals, to a horse-drawn hearse taking the dearly departed for the ride of their afterlife, these accounts from actual undertakers will have you laughing, thinking, and gasping in disbelief. A literal graveyard of wild coincidences, slapstick humor, and touching moments, Over Our Dead Bodies explores the lighter side of the dead, the living, and the lone undertaker who has to make it all go as planned—even if it doesn't. Kenneth Mckenzie, Todd Harra Tue, 30 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Over Our Dead Bodies: Undertakers Lift the Lid Author: Kenneth Mckenzie, Todd Harra Narrator: Gregory St. John, Reay Kaplan, Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With humor and heart, Over Our Dead Bodies does for the undertaking profession what Mary Roach's Stiff did for cadavers, and, like Caitlin Doughty's Will My Cat Eat My Eyeballs? gives us permission to embrace our morbid curiosity. From the authors of Mortuary Confidential. Not knowing what to do, I sat on the church steps and waited. As the gravity of my failure began to well up in me, I began to cry . . . I HAD LOST THE HEARSE! From a dysfunctional family who turn their mother's wake into a full-blown riot, to funeral crashers looking for free meals, to a horse-drawn hearse taking the dearly departed for the ride of their afterlife, these accounts from actual undertakers will have you laughing, thinking, and gasping in disbelief. A literal graveyard of wild coincidences, slapstick humor, and touching moments, Over Our Dead Bodies explores the lighter side of the dead, the living, and the lone undertaker who has to make it all go as planned—even if it doesn't. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Over Our Dead Bodies: Undertakers Lift the Lid Author: Kenneth Mckenzie, Todd Harra Narrator: Gregory St. John, Reay Kaplan, Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With humor and heart, Over Our Dead Bodies does for the undertaking profession what Mary Roach's Stiff did for cadavers, and, like Caitlin Doughty's Will My Cat Eat My Eyeballs? gives us permission to embrace our morbid curiosity. From the authors of Mortuary Confidential. Not knowing what to do, I sat on the church steps and waited. As the gravity of my failure began to well up in me, I began to cry . . . I HAD LOST THE HEARSE! From a dysfunctional family who turn their mother's wake into a full-blown riot, to funeral crashers looking for free meals, to a horse-drawn hearse taking the dearly departed for the ride of their afterlife, these accounts from actual undertakers will have you laughing, thinking, and gasping in disbelief. A literal graveyard of wild coincidences, slapstick humor, and touching moments, Over Our Dead Bodies explores the lighter side of the dead, the living, and the lone undertaker who has to make it all go as planned—even if it doesn't. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortuary Confidential: Undertakers Spill the Dirt Author: Kenneth Mckenzie, Todd Harra Narrator: Susan Larkin, Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When the casket reached the front of the sanctuary, there was a loud cracking sound as the bottom fell out. And with a thump, down came Father Iggy. From shoot-outs at funerals to dead men screaming and runaway corpses, undertakers have plenty of unusual stories to tell—and a special way of telling them. In this macabre and moving compilation, funeral directors across the country share their most embarrassing, jaw-dropping, irreverent, and deeply poignant stories about life at death's door. Discover what scares them and what moves them to tears. Learn about rookie mistakes and why death sometimes calls for duct tape. Enjoy tales of the dearly departed spending eternity naked from the waist down and getting bottled and corked—in a wine bottle. And then meet their families—the weepers, the punchers, the stolidly dignified, and the ones who deliver their dead mother in a pickup truck. If there's one thing undertakers know, it's that death drives people crazy. These are the best 'bodies of work' from America's darkest profession. Kenneth Mckenzie, Todd Harra Tue, 30 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortuary Confidential: Undertakers Spill the Dirt Author: Kenneth Mckenzie, Todd Harra Narrator: Susan Larkin, Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When the casket reached the front of the sanctuary, there was a loud cracking sound as the bottom fell out. And with a thump, down came Father Iggy. From shoot-outs at funerals to dead men screaming and runaway corpses, undertakers have plenty of unusual stories to tell—and a special way of telling them. In this macabre and moving compilation, funeral directors across the country share their most embarrassing, jaw-dropping, irreverent, and deeply poignant stories about life at death's door. Discover what scares them and what moves them to tears. Learn about rookie mistakes and why death sometimes calls for duct tape. Enjoy tales of the dearly departed spending eternity naked from the waist down and getting bottled and corked—in a wine bottle. And then meet their families—the weepers, the punchers, the stolidly dignified, and the ones who deliver their dead mother in a pickup truck. If there's one thing undertakers know, it's that death drives people crazy. These are the best 'bodies of work' from America's darkest profession. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortuary Confidential: Undertakers Spill the Dirt Author: Kenneth Mckenzie, Todd Harra Narrator: Susan Larkin, Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When the casket reached the front of the sanctuary, there was a loud cracking sound as the bottom fell out. And with a thump, down came Father Iggy. From shoot-outs at funerals to dead men screaming and runaway corpses, undertakers have plenty of unusual stories to tell—and a special way of telling them. In this macabre and moving compilation, funeral directors across the country share their most embarrassing, jaw-dropping, irreverent, and deeply poignant stories about life at death's door. Discover what scares them and what moves them to tears. Learn about rookie mistakes and why death sometimes calls for duct tape. Enjoy tales of the dearly departed spending eternity naked from the waist down and getting bottled and corked—in a wine bottle. And then meet their families—the weepers, the punchers, the stolidly dignified, and the ones who deliver their dead mother in a pickup truck. If there's one thing undertakers know, it's that death drives people crazy. These are the best 'bodies of work' from America's darkest profession. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552956 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmart Your Brain: Why Learning is Hard and How You Can Make It Easy Author: Daniel T. Willingham Narrator: André Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this revolutionary, comprehensive, and accessible guide on how the brain learns, discover how to study more efficiently and effectively, shrug away exam stress, and most of all, enjoy learning. When we study, we tend to focus on the tasks we can most easily control—such as highlighting and rereading—but these practices only give the illusion of mastery. As Dan Willingham, professor of psychology and bestselling author, explains, familiarity is not the same as comprehension. Perfect for teachers and students of all ages, Outsmart Your Brain provides real-world practices and the latest research on how to train your brain for better learning. Each chapter provides clear and specific strategies while also explaining why traditional study processes do not work. Grounded in scientifically backed practical advice, this is the ultimate guide to improving grades and better understanding the power of our own brains. Daniel T. Willingham Tue, 24 Jan 2023 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552956 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmart Your Brain: Why Learning is Hard and How You Can Make It Easy Author: Daniel T. Willingham Narrator: André Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this revolutionary, comprehensive, and accessible guide on how the brain learns, discover how to study more efficiently and effectively, shrug away exam stress, and most of all, enjoy learning. When we study, we tend to focus on the tasks we can most easily control—such as highlighting and rereading—but these practices only give the illusion of mastery. As Dan Willingham, professor of psychology and bestselling author, explains, familiarity is not the same as comprehension. Perfect for teachers and students of all ages, Outsmart Your Brain provides real-world practices and the latest research on how to train your brain for better learning. Each chapter provides clear and specific strategies while also explaining why traditional study processes do not work. Grounded in scientifically backed practical advice, this is the ultimate guide to improving grades and better understanding the power of our own brains. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmart Your Brain: Why Learning is Hard and How You Can Make It Easy Author: Daniel T. Willingham Narrator: André Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this revolutionary, comprehensive, and accessible guide on how the brain learns, discover how to study more efficiently and effectively, shrug away exam stress, and most of all, enjoy learning. When we study, we tend to focus on the tasks we can most easily control—such as highlighting and rereading—but these practices only give the illusion of mastery. As Dan Willingham, professor of psychology and bestselling author, explains, familiarity is not the same as comprehension. Perfect for teachers and students of all ages, Outsmart Your Brain provides real-world practices and the latest research on how to train your brain for better learning. Each chapter provides clear and specific strategies while also explaining why traditional study processes do not work. Grounded in scientifically backed practical advice, this is the ultimate guide to improving grades and better understanding the power of our own brains. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552906 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win Friends and Influence People: Updated For the Next Generation of Leaders Author: Dale Carnegie Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 306 Ratings of Narrator: 4.37 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Updated for today’s readers, Dale Carnegie’s timeless bestseller How to Win Friends and Influence People is a classic that has improved and transformed the professional and personal and lives of millions. One of the best-known motivational guides in history, Dale Carnegie’s groundbreaking book has sold tens of millions of copies, been translated into almost every known language, and has helped countless people succeed. Originally published during the depths of the Great Depression—and equally valuable during booming economies or hard times—Carnegie’s rock-solid, time-tested advice has carried countless people up the ladder of success in their professional and personal lives. How to Win Friends and Influence People teaches you: -How to communicate effectively -How to make people like you -How to increase your ability to get things done -How to get others to see your side -How to become a more effective leader -How to successfully navigate almost any social situation -And so much more! Achieve your maximum potential with this updated version of a classic—a must-read for the 21st century. Dale Carnegie Tue, 17 May 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552906 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win Friends and Influence People: Updated For the Next Generation of Leaders Author: Dale Carnegie Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 306 Ratings of Narrator: 4.37 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Updated for today’s readers, Dale Carnegie’s timeless bestseller How to Win Friends and Influence People is a classic that has improved and transformed the professional and personal and lives of millions. One of the best-known motivational guides in history, Dale Carnegie’s groundbreaking book has sold tens of millions of copies, been translated into almost every known language, and has helped countless people succeed. Originally published during the depths of the Great Depression—and equally valuable during booming economies or hard times—Carnegie’s rock-solid, time-tested advice has carried countless people up the ladder of success in their professional and personal lives. How to Win Friends and Influence People teaches you: -How to communicate effectively -How to make people like you -How to increase your ability to get things done -How to get others to see your side -How to become a more effective leader -How to successfully navigate almost any social situation -And so much more! Achieve your maximum potential with this updated version of a classic—a must-read for the 21st century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win Friends and Influence People: Updated For the Next Generation of Leaders Author: Dale Carnegie Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 306 Ratings of Narrator: 4.37 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Updated for today’s readers, Dale Carnegie’s timeless bestseller How to Win Friends and Influence People is a classic that has improved and transformed the professional and personal and lives of millions. One of the best-known motivational guides in history, Dale Carnegie’s groundbreaking book has sold tens of millions of copies, been translated into almost every known language, and has helped countless people succeed. Originally published during the depths of the Great Depression—and equally valuable during booming economies or hard times—Carnegie’s rock-solid, time-tested advice has carried countless people up the ladder of success in their professional and personal lives. How to Win Friends and Influence People teaches you: -How to communicate effectively -How to make people like you -How to increase your ability to get things done -How to get others to see your side -How to become a more effective leader -How to successfully navigate almost any social situation -And so much more! Achieve your maximum potential with this updated version of a classic—a must-read for the 21st century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Cannabis: Therapeutic Methods and Unique Blends to Treat Trauma and Transform Consciousness Author: Daniel Mcqueen Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Explains how cannabis can be used to treat trauma and emotional pain, as a profound problem-solving tool, and as a potent catalyst for self-transformation and ongoing healing work • Shares methods to minimize the unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce deep physical relaxation and, when needed, elevated healing states • Details how to blend cannabis strains for specific kinds of psychedelic experiences and how to prepare for your sessions to ensure success Despite the recent resurgence of interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics, Cannabis sativa as a psychedelic therapy has been completely overlooked. Yet, as psychedelic specialist Daniel McQueen reveals, when used skillfully and with intention, cannabis can be used to treat trauma and other mental health concerns just as psilocybin mushrooms and MDMA can. It can also be used as a problem-solving tool and as a potent catalyst for self-actualization and ongoing healing work. Presenting a step-by-step guide, McQueen explores how to transform cannabis into a reliable and safe psychedelic medicine. Drawing on his years of experience working with clients to release traumas and emotional pain and step into their full potential, he explains the importance of proper dose, set, setting, and intention and details how to prepare for your psychedelic cannabis sessions to ensure success. He shares methods to use cannabis in a specialized and mindful way to minimize unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce vivid psychedelic states, deep physical relaxation, and healing. Looking at the unique qualities of di erent cannabis strains, the author explores the art of making a psychedelic cannabis blend, the possibilities and hidden potentials of each strain, and how to blend strains for specific medicine experiences, ranging in similarity to MDMA, psilocybin, and even ayahuasca. Unveiling new depth to this ancient spiritual and medicinal ally, McQueen shows how consciously using cannabis as a psychedelic can help transform your trauma into resilience and shift your mindset from surviving to thriving. Daniel Mcqueen Tue, 09 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Cannabis: Therapeutic Methods and Unique Blends to Treat Trauma and Transform Consciousness Author: Daniel Mcqueen Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Explains how cannabis can be used to treat trauma and emotional pain, as a profound problem-solving tool, and as a potent catalyst for self-transformation and ongoing healing work • Shares methods to minimize the unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce deep physical relaxation and, when needed, elevated healing states • Details how to blend cannabis strains for specific kinds of psychedelic experiences and how to prepare for your sessions to ensure success Despite the recent resurgence of interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics, Cannabis sativa as a psychedelic therapy has been completely overlooked. Yet, as psychedelic specialist Daniel McQueen reveals, when used skillfully and with intention, cannabis can be used to treat trauma and other mental health concerns just as psilocybin mushrooms and MDMA can. It can also be used as a problem-solving tool and as a potent catalyst for self-actualization and ongoing healing work. Presenting a step-by-step guide, McQueen explores how to transform cannabis into a reliable and safe psychedelic medicine. Drawing on his years of experience working with clients to release traumas and emotional pain and step into their full potential, he explains the importance of proper dose, set, setting, and intention and details how to prepare for your psychedelic cannabis sessions to ensure success. He shares methods to use cannabis in a specialized and mindful way to minimize unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce vivid psychedelic states, deep physical relaxation, and healing. Looking at the unique qualities of di erent cannabis strains, the author explores the art of making a psychedelic cannabis blend, the possibilities and hidden potentials of each strain, and how to blend strains for specific medicine experiences, ranging in similarity to MDMA, psilocybin, and even ayahuasca. Unveiling new depth to this ancient spiritual and medicinal ally, McQueen shows how consciously using cannabis as a psychedelic can help transform your trauma into resilience and shift your mindset from surviving to thriving. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Cannabis: Therapeutic Methods and Unique Blends to Treat Trauma and Transform Consciousness Author: Daniel Mcqueen Narrator: Michael Moynihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: • Explains how cannabis can be used to treat trauma and emotional pain, as a profound problem-solving tool, and as a potent catalyst for self-transformation and ongoing healing work • Shares methods to minimize the unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce deep physical relaxation and, when needed, elevated healing states • Details how to blend cannabis strains for specific kinds of psychedelic experiences and how to prepare for your sessions to ensure success Despite the recent resurgence of interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics, Cannabis sativa as a psychedelic therapy has been completely overlooked. Yet, as psychedelic specialist Daniel McQueen reveals, when used skillfully and with intention, cannabis can be used to treat trauma and other mental health concerns just as psilocybin mushrooms and MDMA can. It can also be used as a problem-solving tool and as a potent catalyst for self-actualization and ongoing healing work. Presenting a step-by-step guide, McQueen explores how to transform cannabis into a reliable and safe psychedelic medicine. Drawing on his years of experience working with clients to release traumas and emotional pain and step into their full potential, he explains the importance of proper dose, set, setting, and intention and details how to prepare for your psychedelic cannabis sessions to ensure success. He shares methods to use cannabis in a specialized and mindful way to minimize unwanted effects, such as intensified anxiety and paranoia, and direct the experience to produce vivid psychedelic states, deep physical relaxation, and healing. Looking at the unique qualities of di erent cannabis strains, the author explores the art of making a psychedelic cannabis blend, the possibilities and hidden potentials of each strain, and how to blend strains for specific medicine experiences, ranging in similarity to MDMA, psilocybin, and even ayahuasca. Unveiling new depth to this ancient spiritual and medicinal ally, McQueen shows how consciously using cannabis as a psychedelic can help transform your trauma into resilience and shift your mindset from surviving to thriving. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Selbstwert erhöhen: Mit Hypnose Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Selbstwert, ist die Bewertung des Bildes von sich selbst und damit eine grundlegende Einstellung gegenüber sich selbst. Hoher Selbstwert steht in Zusammenhang mit Wohlbefinden und psychischer Gesundheit. So lassen sich psychische Störungen und negative Denkmuster fast immer auf ein zu geringes Selbstwertgefühl zurückführen. Ein Mangel an Selbstwert führt zu Abhängigkeit, übermäßigem Konsum, übertriebene Selbstkritik und unglücklichen Beziehungen. Die Mehrzahl der Bevölkerung hat ein zu geringes Selbstwertgefühl, spricht aber nicht darüber. Die gute Nachricht ist. Selbstwertgefühl lässt sich aufbauen. Gerade die Hypnose erweist sich hier als besonders effektiv. Denn sie setzt da an, wo der innere Kritiker seinen Platz hat. Tief im Unterbewusstsein. Um eine bestmögliche Wirkung zu erzielen, höre diese Audiodatei über einen Zeitraum von 14 Tagen 1 x täglich. Höre sie nicht bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksamkeit benötigen. Sondern nur dann, wenn Du entspannen kannst. Durch das wiederholte Anhören schleifen sich die Worte nach und nach im Unterbewusstsein ein und entfalten ihre Wirkung. Diese Audiodatei ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder eine Therapie. Norman Wiehe Sun, 13 Dec 2020 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552740 thebookvoice.com 0:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Selbstwert erhöhen: Mit Hypnose Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Selbstwert, ist die Bewertung des Bildes von sich selbst und damit eine grundlegende Einstellung gegenüber sich selbst. Hoher Selbstwert steht in Zusammenhang mit Wohlbefinden und psychischer Gesundheit. So lassen sich psychische Störungen und negative Denkmuster fast immer auf ein zu geringes Selbstwertgefühl zurückführen. Ein Mangel an Selbstwert führt zu Abhängigkeit, übermäßigem Konsum, übertriebene Selbstkritik und unglücklichen Beziehungen. Die Mehrzahl der Bevölkerung hat ein zu geringes Selbstwertgefühl, spricht aber nicht darüber. Die gute Nachricht ist. Selbstwertgefühl lässt sich aufbauen. Gerade die Hypnose erweist sich hier als besonders effektiv. Denn sie setzt da an, wo der innere Kritiker seinen Platz hat. Tief im Unterbewusstsein. Um eine bestmögliche Wirkung zu erzielen, höre diese Audiodatei über einen Zeitraum von 14 Tagen 1 x täglich. Höre sie nicht bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksamkeit benötigen. Sondern nur dann, wenn Du entspannen kannst. Durch das wiederholte Anhören schleifen sich die Worte nach und nach im Unterbewusstsein ein und entfalten ihre Wirkung. Diese Audiodatei ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder eine Therapie. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Selbstwert erhöhen: Mit Hypnose Author: Norman Wiehe Narrator: Norman Wiehe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Selbstwert, ist die Bewertung des Bildes von sich selbst und damit eine grundlegende Einstellung gegenüber sich selbst. Hoher Selbstwert steht in Zusammenhang mit Wohlbefinden und psychischer Gesundheit. So lassen sich psychische Störungen und negative Denkmuster fast immer auf ein zu geringes Selbstwertgefühl zurückführen. Ein Mangel an Selbstwert führt zu Abhängigkeit, übermäßigem Konsum, übertriebene Selbstkritik und unglücklichen Beziehungen. Die Mehrzahl der Bevölkerung hat ein zu geringes Selbstwertgefühl, spricht aber nicht darüber. Die gute Nachricht ist. Selbstwertgefühl lässt sich aufbauen. Gerade die Hypnose erweist sich hier als besonders effektiv. Denn sie setzt da an, wo der innere Kritiker seinen Platz hat. Tief im Unterbewusstsein. Um eine bestmögliche Wirkung zu erzielen, höre diese Audiodatei über einen Zeitraum von 14 Tagen 1 x täglich. Höre sie nicht bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksamkeit benötigen. Sondern nur dann, wenn Du entspannen kannst. Durch das wiederholte Anhören schleifen sich die Worte nach und nach im Unterbewusstsein ein und entfalten ihre Wirkung. Diese Audiodatei ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder eine Therapie. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552613 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Connected Fates, Separate Destinies Author: Marine Selenee Narrator: Marine Selenee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Family Constellations begins with the premise: it did not start with me. Many of us become 'entangled' with the unhappiness of those who came before us, unconsciously adopting destructive familial patterns of anxiety, depression, failure, and even illness and addiction in an attempt to 'redo' the past and 'fix' our families.Affirmations and exercises punctuate every chapter, created to help the reader actively engage with and experience the benefits of Family Constellations.Readers will also learn how to:Recognize family system patterns and disrupt themHeal the inner child and parent the adult selfRelease limiting beliefs and behaviorsDissolve trauma bonds that entangle them with the pastReconcile the past and the present, for a whole and integrated selfArrive at a place of personal peace within the family systemCraft future-facing narratives that empower them to live authenticallyThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Marine Selenee Tue, 12 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552613 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Connected Fates, Separate Destinies Author: Marine Selenee Narrator: Marine Selenee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Family Constellations begins with the premise: it did not start with me. Many of us become 'entangled' with the unhappiness of those who came before us, unconsciously adopting destructive familial patterns of anxiety, depression, failure, and even illness and addiction in an attempt to 'redo' the past and 'fix' our families.Affirmations and exercises punctuate every chapter, created to help the reader actively engage with and experience the benefits of Family Constellations.Readers will also learn how to:Recognize family system patterns and disrupt themHeal the inner child and parent the adult selfRelease limiting beliefs and behaviorsDissolve trauma bonds that entangle them with the pastReconcile the past and the present, for a whole and integrated selfArrive at a place of personal peace within the family systemCraft future-facing narratives that empower them to live authenticallyThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Connected Fates, Separate Destinies Author: Marine Selenee Narrator: Marine Selenee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Family Constellations begins with the premise: it did not start with me. Many of us become 'entangled' with the unhappiness of those who came before us, unconsciously adopting destructive familial patterns of anxiety, depression, failure, and even illness and addiction in an attempt to 'redo' the past and 'fix' our families.Affirmations and exercises punctuate every chapter, created to help the reader actively engage with and experience the benefits of Family Constellations.Readers will also learn how to:Recognize family system patterns and disrupt themHeal the inner child and parent the adult selfRelease limiting beliefs and behaviorsDissolve trauma bonds that entangle them with the pastReconcile the past and the present, for a whole and integrated selfArrive at a place of personal peace within the family systemCraft future-facing narratives that empower them to live authenticallyThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552475 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stressrelevante Und Traumabedingte Empfindungen In Pandemiezeiten Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna, Paul Valent Narrator: Bianca Balzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Leute sagen häufig, dass die COVID-19-Pandemie beispiellos ist. Aus der Vogelperspektive hat die jedoch Ähnlichkeiten mit anderen Pandemien, sogar mit anderen Krankheiten und mit anderen Belastungen und Traumata. Tatsächlich beleuchtet jede Situation von Stress und Trauma alle anderen ähnlichen Situationen.Die Leute sagen häufig, dass die COVID-19-Pandemie beispiellos ist. Aus der Vogelperspektive hat es jedoch Ähnlichkeiten mit anderen Pandemien, sogar mit anderen Krankheiten und mit anderen Belastungen und Traumata. Tatsächlich beleuchtet jede Situation von Stress und Trauma alle anderen. Wir stehen vor einer Wissenschaft von Stress und Trauma. In diesem Buch zeigen wir auf, wie die aktuelle Pandemie mit dieser Wissenschaft verwoben ist, die sowohl davon profitiert als auch dazu beiträgt. Mit anderen Worten, obwohl in dieser Pandemie jeder Mensch und jede Gemeinschaft das Gefühl hat, dass ihre Leiden einzigartig sind, überschneiden sie sich tatsächlich mit anderen Bereichen des Leidens, die unserer kollektiven Weisheit zugute kommen können. In diesem Buch haben sich zwei Wissenschaftler aus verschiedenen Teilen der Welt zusammengeschlossen, um ihr Wissen über Stress und Trauma zu verschmelzen und es zusammen mit ihren aktuellen Beobachtungen auf das Verständnis der Pandemie anzuwenden. Umgekehrt, da sich alle traumatischen Situationen überschneiden, werden Lehren aus der Pandemie anderen Situationen von Stress und Trauma zugute kommen. Somit ist der Inhalt dieses Buches für jede traumatische Situation relevant. Das Buch ist im Folgenden angelegt. Kapitel 1 behandelt frühere traumatische Situationen, während Kapitel 2 sie mit der Pandemie vergleicht. Kapitel 3 führt Stress- und Traumabegriffe ein und wendet sie auf die Pandemie an. In den Kapiteln 4 bis 6 wird das Spektrum der Stress- und Traumaprozesse und -folgen von der zellulären bis zur internationalen Ebene untersucht. Kapitel 7 untersucht die Dialektik zwischen Tod und Belastbarkeit, während Kapitel 8 die vorherigen Kapitel zusammenfasst. Schließlich wendet Kapitel 9 das Verständnis von Stress und Traumata auf die Verbesserung und Behandlung von COVID-19-Folgen an. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Juan Moisés De La Serna, Paul Valent Wed, 13 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552475 thebookvoice.com 2:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stressrelevante Und Traumabedingte Empfindungen In Pandemiezeiten Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna, Paul Valent Narrator: Bianca Balzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Leute sagen häufig, dass die COVID-19-Pandemie beispiellos ist. Aus der Vogelperspektive hat die jedoch Ähnlichkeiten mit anderen Pandemien, sogar mit anderen Krankheiten und mit anderen Belastungen und Traumata. Tatsächlich beleuchtet jede Situation von Stress und Trauma alle anderen ähnlichen Situationen.Die Leute sagen häufig, dass die COVID-19-Pandemie beispiellos ist. Aus der Vogelperspektive hat es jedoch Ähnlichkeiten mit anderen Pandemien, sogar mit anderen Krankheiten und mit anderen Belastungen und Traumata. Tatsächlich beleuchtet jede Situation von Stress und Trauma alle anderen. Wir stehen vor einer Wissenschaft von Stress und Trauma. In diesem Buch zeigen wir auf, wie die aktuelle Pandemie mit dieser Wissenschaft verwoben ist, die sowohl davon profitiert als auch dazu beiträgt. Mit anderen Worten, obwohl in dieser Pandemie jeder Mensch und jede Gemeinschaft das Gefühl hat, dass ihre Leiden einzigartig sind, überschneiden sie sich tatsächlich mit anderen Bereichen des Leidens, die unserer kollektiven Weisheit zugute kommen können. In diesem Buch haben sich zwei Wissenschaftler aus verschiedenen Teilen der Welt zusammengeschlossen, um ihr Wissen über Stress und Trauma zu verschmelzen und es zusammen mit ihren aktuellen Beobachtungen auf das Verständnis der Pandemie anzuwenden. Umgekehrt, da sich alle traumatischen Situationen überschneiden, werden Lehren aus der Pandemie anderen Situationen von Stress und Trauma zugute kommen. Somit ist der Inhalt dieses Buches für jede traumatische Situation relevant. Das Buch ist im Folgenden angelegt. Kapitel 1 behandelt frühere traumatische Situationen, während Kapitel 2 sie mit der Pandemie vergleicht. Kapitel 3 führt Stress- und Traumabegriffe ein und wendet sie auf die Pandemie an. In den Kapiteln 4 bis 6 wird das Spektrum der Stress- und Traumaprozesse und -folgen von der zellulären bis zur internationalen Ebene untersucht. Kapitel 7 untersucht die Dialektik zwischen Tod und Belastbarkeit, während Kapitel 8 die vorherigen Kapitel zusammenfasst. Schließlich wendet Kapitel 9 das Verständnis von Stress und Traumata auf die Verbesserung und Behandlung von COVID-19-Folgen an. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Stressrelevante Und Traumabedingte Empfindungen In Pandemiezeiten Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna, Paul Valent Narrator: Bianca Balzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Die Leute sagen häufig, dass die COVID-19-Pandemie beispiellos ist. Aus der Vogelperspektive hat die jedoch Ähnlichkeiten mit anderen Pandemien, sogar mit anderen Krankheiten und mit anderen Belastungen und Traumata. Tatsächlich beleuchtet jede Situation von Stress und Trauma alle anderen ähnlichen Situationen.Die Leute sagen häufig, dass die COVID-19-Pandemie beispiellos ist. Aus der Vogelperspektive hat es jedoch Ähnlichkeiten mit anderen Pandemien, sogar mit anderen Krankheiten und mit anderen Belastungen und Traumata. Tatsächlich beleuchtet jede Situation von Stress und Trauma alle anderen. Wir stehen vor einer Wissenschaft von Stress und Trauma. In diesem Buch zeigen wir auf, wie die aktuelle Pandemie mit dieser Wissenschaft verwoben ist, die sowohl davon profitiert als auch dazu beiträgt. Mit anderen Worten, obwohl in dieser Pandemie jeder Mensch und jede Gemeinschaft das Gefühl hat, dass ihre Leiden einzigartig sind, überschneiden sie sich tatsächlich mit anderen Bereichen des Leidens, die unserer kollektiven Weisheit zugute kommen können. In diesem Buch haben sich zwei Wissenschaftler aus verschiedenen Teilen der Welt zusammengeschlossen, um ihr Wissen über Stress und Trauma zu verschmelzen und es zusammen mit ihren aktuellen Beobachtungen auf das Verständnis der Pandemie anzuwenden. Umgekehrt, da sich alle traumatischen Situationen überschneiden, werden Lehren aus der Pandemie anderen Situationen von Stress und Trauma zugute kommen. Somit ist der Inhalt dieses Buches für jede traumatische Situation relevant. Das Buch ist im Folgenden angelegt. Kapitel 1 behandelt frühere traumatische Situationen, während Kapitel 2 sie mit der Pandemie vergleicht. Kapitel 3 führt Stress- und Traumabegriffe ein und wendet sie auf die Pandemie an. In den Kapiteln 4 bis 6 wird das Spektrum der Stress- und Traumaprozesse und -folgen von der zellulären bis zur internationalen Ebene untersucht. Kapitel 7 untersucht die Dialektik zwischen Tod und Belastbarkeit, während Kapitel 8 die vorherigen Kapitel zusammenfasst. Schließlich wendet Kapitel 9 das Verständnis von Stress und Traumata auf die Verbesserung und Behandlung von COVID-19-Folgen an. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552467 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DSM: A History of Psychiatry's Bible Author: Allan V. Horowitz Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The first comprehensive history of 'psychiatry's bible'—the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. Over the past seventy years, the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or DSM, has evolved from a virtually unknown and little-used pamphlet to an imposing and comprehensive compendium of mental disorder. Its nearly 300 conditions have become the touchstones for the diagnoses that patients receive, students are taught, researchers study, insurers reimburse, and drug companies promote. Although the manual is portrayed as an authoritative corpus of psychiatric knowledge, it is a product of intense political conflicts, dissension, and factionalism. The manual results from struggles among psychiatric researchers and clinicians, different mental health professions, and a variety of patient, familial, feminist, gay, and veterans' interest groups. The DSM is fundamentally a social document that both reflects and shapes the professional, economic, and cultural forces associated with its use. In DSM, Allan V. Horwitz examines how the manual, known colloquially as 'psychiatry's bible,' has been at the center of thinking about mental health in the United States since its original publication in 1952. Allan V. Horowitz Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552467 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DSM: A History of Psychiatry's Bible Author: Allan V. Horowitz Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The first comprehensive history of 'psychiatry's bible'—the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. Over the past seventy years, the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or DSM, has evolved from a virtually unknown and little-used pamphlet to an imposing and comprehensive compendium of mental disorder. Its nearly 300 conditions have become the touchstones for the diagnoses that patients receive, students are taught, researchers study, insurers reimburse, and drug companies promote. Although the manual is portrayed as an authoritative corpus of psychiatric knowledge, it is a product of intense political conflicts, dissension, and factionalism. The manual results from struggles among psychiatric researchers and clinicians, different mental health professions, and a variety of patient, familial, feminist, gay, and veterans' interest groups. The DSM is fundamentally a social document that both reflects and shapes the professional, economic, and cultural forces associated with its use. In DSM, Allan V. Horwitz examines how the manual, known colloquially as 'psychiatry's bible,' has been at the center of thinking about mental health in the United States since its original publication in 1952. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DSM: A History of Psychiatry's Bible Author: Allan V. Horowitz Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The first comprehensive history of 'psychiatry's bible'—the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. Over the past seventy years, the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or DSM, has evolved from a virtually unknown and little-used pamphlet to an imposing and comprehensive compendium of mental disorder. Its nearly 300 conditions have become the touchstones for the diagnoses that patients receive, students are taught, researchers study, insurers reimburse, and drug companies promote. Although the manual is portrayed as an authoritative corpus of psychiatric knowledge, it is a product of intense political conflicts, dissension, and factionalism. The manual results from struggles among psychiatric researchers and clinicians, different mental health professions, and a variety of patient, familial, feminist, gay, and veterans' interest groups. The DSM is fundamentally a social document that both reflects and shapes the professional, economic, and cultural forces associated with its use. In DSM, Allan V. Horwitz examines how the manual, known colloquially as 'psychiatry's bible,' has been at the center of thinking about mental health in the United States since its original publication in 1952. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fires of Lust: Sex in the Middle Ages Author: Katherine Harvey Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An illuminating exploration of the surprisingly familiar sex lives of ordinary medieval people. The medieval humoral system of medicine suggested that it was possible to die from having too much—or too little—sex, while the Roman Catholic Church taught that virginity was the ideal state. Holy men and women committed themselves to lifelong abstinence in the name of religion. Everyone was forced to conform to restrictive rules about who they could have sex with, in what way, how often, and even when, and could be harshly punished for getting it wrong. Other experiences are more familiar. Like us, medieval people faced challenges in finding a suitable partner or trying to get pregnant (or trying not to). They also struggled with many of the same social issues, such as whether prostitution should be legalized. Above all, they shared our fondness for dirty jokes and erotic images. By exploring their sex lives, the book brings ordinary medieval people to life, revealing details of their most personal thoughts and experiences. Ultimately, it provides us with an important and intimate connection to the past. Contains mature themes. Katherine Harvey Fri, 31 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fires of Lust: Sex in the Middle Ages Author: Katherine Harvey Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An illuminating exploration of the surprisingly familiar sex lives of ordinary medieval people. The medieval humoral system of medicine suggested that it was possible to die from having too much—or too little—sex, while the Roman Catholic Church taught that virginity was the ideal state. Holy men and women committed themselves to lifelong abstinence in the name of religion. Everyone was forced to conform to restrictive rules about who they could have sex with, in what way, how often, and even when, and could be harshly punished for getting it wrong. Other experiences are more familiar. Like us, medieval people faced challenges in finding a suitable partner or trying to get pregnant (or trying not to). They also struggled with many of the same social issues, such as whether prostitution should be legalized. Above all, they shared our fondness for dirty jokes and erotic images. By exploring their sex lives, the book brings ordinary medieval people to life, revealing details of their most personal thoughts and experiences. Ultimately, it provides us with an important and intimate connection to the past. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fires of Lust: Sex in the Middle Ages Author: Katherine Harvey Narrator: Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An illuminating exploration of the surprisingly familiar sex lives of ordinary medieval people. The medieval humoral system of medicine suggested that it was possible to die from having too much—or too little—sex, while the Roman Catholic Church taught that virginity was the ideal state. Holy men and women committed themselves to lifelong abstinence in the name of religion. Everyone was forced to conform to restrictive rules about who they could have sex with, in what way, how often, and even when, and could be harshly punished for getting it wrong. Other experiences are more familiar. Like us, medieval people faced challenges in finding a suitable partner or trying to get pregnant (or trying not to). They also struggled with many of the same social issues, such as whether prostitution should be legalized. Above all, they shared our fondness for dirty jokes and erotic images. By exploring their sex lives, the book brings ordinary medieval people to life, revealing details of their most personal thoughts and experiences. Ultimately, it provides us with an important and intimate connection to the past. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Sex: Lessons from Extraordinary Lovers Author: A. Dana Ménard PhD, Peggy J. Kleinplatz PhD Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What makes sex magnificent? What are the qualities of extraordinary erotic intimacy and what are the elements that help to bring it about? Is great sex the stuff that people remember nostalgically from the 'honeymoon' phase of their relationships, or can sex improve over time? Magnificent Sex is based on the largest, in-depth interview study ever conducted with people who are having extraordinary sex. It gathers the nuggets for remarkable sex from the 'experts,' distilling them into an attainable blueprint for ordinary lovers who want to make erotic intimacy grow over the course of a lifetime. Looking at factors including individual and relational qualities, empathic communication, and the myths and realities of magnificent sex, this book offers accessible and evidence-based guidance for lovers and therapists alike. It is replete with frank and often humorous interviews with straight and LGBTQ individuals and couples, those who are 'vanilla' and 'kinky,' monogamous and consensually non-monogamous and healthy and chronically ill. This illuminating book explores the implications of the findings to develop a model that effectively tackles the common problems of low desire and frequency. The 'cure' for low desire is to create desirable sex! Contains mature themes. A. Dana Ménard PhD, Peggy J. Kleinplatz PhD Tue, 16 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Sex: Lessons from Extraordinary Lovers Author: A. Dana Ménard PhD, Peggy J. Kleinplatz PhD Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What makes sex magnificent? What are the qualities of extraordinary erotic intimacy and what are the elements that help to bring it about? Is great sex the stuff that people remember nostalgically from the 'honeymoon' phase of their relationships, or can sex improve over time? Magnificent Sex is based on the largest, in-depth interview study ever conducted with people who are having extraordinary sex. It gathers the nuggets for remarkable sex from the 'experts,' distilling them into an attainable blueprint for ordinary lovers who want to make erotic intimacy grow over the course of a lifetime. Looking at factors including individual and relational qualities, empathic communication, and the myths and realities of magnificent sex, this book offers accessible and evidence-based guidance for lovers and therapists alike. It is replete with frank and often humorous interviews with straight and LGBTQ individuals and couples, those who are 'vanilla' and 'kinky,' monogamous and consensually non-monogamous and healthy and chronically ill. This illuminating book explores the implications of the findings to develop a model that effectively tackles the common problems of low desire and frequency. The 'cure' for low desire is to create desirable sex! Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Sex: Lessons from Extraordinary Lovers Author: A. Dana Ménard PhD, Peggy J. Kleinplatz PhD Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What makes sex magnificent? What are the qualities of extraordinary erotic intimacy and what are the elements that help to bring it about? Is great sex the stuff that people remember nostalgically from the 'honeymoon' phase of their relationships, or can sex improve over time? Magnificent Sex is based on the largest, in-depth interview study ever conducted with people who are having extraordinary sex. It gathers the nuggets for remarkable sex from the 'experts,' distilling them into an attainable blueprint for ordinary lovers who want to make erotic intimacy grow over the course of a lifetime. Looking at factors including individual and relational qualities, empathic communication, and the myths and realities of magnificent sex, this book offers accessible and evidence-based guidance for lovers and therapists alike. It is replete with frank and often humorous interviews with straight and LGBTQ individuals and couples, those who are 'vanilla' and 'kinky,' monogamous and consensually non-monogamous and healthy and chronically ill. This illuminating book explores the implications of the findings to develop a model that effectively tackles the common problems of low desire and frequency. The 'cure' for low desire is to create desirable sex! Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Cases: A Psychiatrist's True Stories of Mental Illness and Addiction (and Other Human Predispositions) Author: Daniel Mierlak MD PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you curious about the shadowy parts of the human psyche? Join Dr. Daniel Mierlak, a psychiatrist for twenty-five years, on a journey to the stranger corners of human experience. Here you'll meet: Tony, chauffeur to the fabulously rich, who overcomes crippling anxiety only to find himself descend into a homicidal rage following a botched cosmetic procedure. Amanda, hospitalized for mania, who sees a change to her medicine as an assassination attempt, and then stalks her doctor for a year after discharge. James, a schizophrenic hearing voices telling him to kill himself, whose piano playing leads to a shocking secret about his past. Psychiatric treatment is normally a private encounter and often misunderstood. In describing twelve of his most challenging cases, Dr. Mierlak brings you into his sessions, into his patients' lives, and into the world of psychiatry. Get ready for some surprises. Daniel Mierlak MD PhD Tue, 21 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552386 thebookvoice.com 4:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Cases: A Psychiatrist's True Stories of Mental Illness and Addiction (and Other Human Predispositions) Author: Daniel Mierlak MD PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you curious about the shadowy parts of the human psyche? Join Dr. Daniel Mierlak, a psychiatrist for twenty-five years, on a journey to the stranger corners of human experience. Here you'll meet: Tony, chauffeur to the fabulously rich, who overcomes crippling anxiety only to find himself descend into a homicidal rage following a botched cosmetic procedure. Amanda, hospitalized for mania, who sees a change to her medicine as an assassination attempt, and then stalks her doctor for a year after discharge. James, a schizophrenic hearing voices telling him to kill himself, whose piano playing leads to a shocking secret about his past. Psychiatric treatment is normally a private encounter and often misunderstood. In describing twelve of his most challenging cases, Dr. Mierlak brings you into his sessions, into his patients' lives, and into the world of psychiatry. Get ready for some surprises. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Cases: A Psychiatrist's True Stories of Mental Illness and Addiction (and Other Human Predispositions) Author: Daniel Mierlak MD PhD Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you curious about the shadowy parts of the human psyche? Join Dr. Daniel Mierlak, a psychiatrist for twenty-five years, on a journey to the stranger corners of human experience. Here you'll meet: Tony, chauffeur to the fabulously rich, who overcomes crippling anxiety only to find himself descend into a homicidal rage following a botched cosmetic procedure. Amanda, hospitalized for mania, who sees a change to her medicine as an assassination attempt, and then stalks her doctor for a year after discharge. James, a schizophrenic hearing voices telling him to kill himself, whose piano playing leads to a shocking secret about his past. Psychiatric treatment is normally a private encounter and often misunderstood. In describing twelve of his most challenging cases, Dr. Mierlak brings you into his sessions, into his patients' lives, and into the world of psychiatry. Get ready for some surprises. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traumatic Narcissism: Relational Systems of Subjugation, 1st Edition Author: Daniel Shaw Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Traumatic Narcissism, Daniel Shaw presents a way of understanding the traumatic impact of narcissism as it is engendered developmentally, and as it is enacted relationally. Focusing on the dynamics of narcissism in interpersonal relations, Shaw describes the relational system of what he terms the 'traumatizing narcissist' as a system of subjugation—the objectification of one person in a relationship as the means of enforcing the dominance of the subjectivity of the other. Bringing together theories of trauma and attachment, intersubjectivity and complementarity, and the rich clinical sensibility of the Relational Psychoanalysis tradition, Shaw demonstrates how narcissism can best be understood not merely as character, but as the result of the specific trauma of subjugation, in which one person is required to become the object for a significant other who demands hegemonic subjectivity. Traumatic Narcissism presents therapeutic clinical opportunities not only for psychoanalysts of different schools, but for all mental health professionals working with a wide variety of modalities. Although primarily intended for the professional psychoanalyst and psychotherapist, this is also a book that therapy patients and general audiences will find highly accessible and illuminating. Daniel Shaw Tue, 14 Dec 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552359 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traumatic Narcissism: Relational Systems of Subjugation, 1st Edition Author: Daniel Shaw Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Traumatic Narcissism, Daniel Shaw presents a way of understanding the traumatic impact of narcissism as it is engendered developmentally, and as it is enacted relationally. Focusing on the dynamics of narcissism in interpersonal relations, Shaw describes the relational system of what he terms the 'traumatizing narcissist' as a system of subjugation—the objectification of one person in a relationship as the means of enforcing the dominance of the subjectivity of the other. Bringing together theories of trauma and attachment, intersubjectivity and complementarity, and the rich clinical sensibility of the Relational Psychoanalysis tradition, Shaw demonstrates how narcissism can best be understood not merely as character, but as the result of the specific trauma of subjugation, in which one person is required to become the object for a significant other who demands hegemonic subjectivity. Traumatic Narcissism presents therapeutic clinical opportunities not only for psychoanalysts of different schools, but for all mental health professionals working with a wide variety of modalities. Although primarily intended for the professional psychoanalyst and psychotherapist, this is also a book that therapy patients and general audiences will find highly accessible and illuminating. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traumatic Narcissism: Relational Systems of Subjugation, 1st Edition Author: Daniel Shaw Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Traumatic Narcissism, Daniel Shaw presents a way of understanding the traumatic impact of narcissism as it is engendered developmentally, and as it is enacted relationally. Focusing on the dynamics of narcissism in interpersonal relations, Shaw describes the relational system of what he terms the 'traumatizing narcissist' as a system of subjugation—the objectification of one person in a relationship as the means of enforcing the dominance of the subjectivity of the other. Bringing together theories of trauma and attachment, intersubjectivity and complementarity, and the rich clinical sensibility of the Relational Psychoanalysis tradition, Shaw demonstrates how narcissism can best be understood not merely as character, but as the result of the specific trauma of subjugation, in which one person is required to become the object for a significant other who demands hegemonic subjectivity. Traumatic Narcissism presents therapeutic clinical opportunities not only for psychoanalysts of different schools, but for all mental health professionals working with a wide variety of modalities. Although primarily intended for the professional psychoanalyst and psychotherapist, this is also a book that therapy patients and general audiences will find highly accessible and illuminating. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy: The Illustrated Manual Author: Constance Avery-Clark, Linda Weiner Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy: The Illustrated Manual provides health professionals with specific information on the use of the structured touching opportunities used regularly by Sexologists to address their clients' sexual difficulties (Sensate Focus 1) and enhance intimate relationships (Sensate Focus 2). This book is the only one to: vividly describe the specific steps of, activities involved in, and positions associated with Sensate Focus; emphasize the purpose of Sensate Focus as a mindfulness-based practice; and distinguish between the purposes of Sensate Focus 1 and Sensate Focus 2. This manual discusses how modifications to Sensate Focus can be applied to diverse populations, such as LGBTQ clients, the elderly, the disabled, trauma survivors, and those with challenges such as Autism Spectrum, anxiety, and depression. The book also offers suggestions for dealing with common client difficulties such as avoidance, confusion, and goal directed attitudes. This comprehensive approach to Sensate Focus will remind listeners of the beauty and power of touch while offering suggestions for moving from avoidance to sensory transcendence. Contains mature themes. Constance Avery-Clark, Linda Weiner Tue, 09 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552353 thebookvoice.com 8:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy: The Illustrated Manual Author: Constance Avery-Clark, Linda Weiner Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy: The Illustrated Manual provides health professionals with specific information on the use of the structured touching opportunities used regularly by Sexologists to address their clients' sexual difficulties (Sensate Focus 1) and enhance intimate relationships (Sensate Focus 2). This book is the only one to: vividly describe the specific steps of, activities involved in, and positions associated with Sensate Focus; emphasize the purpose of Sensate Focus as a mindfulness-based practice; and distinguish between the purposes of Sensate Focus 1 and Sensate Focus 2. This manual discusses how modifications to Sensate Focus can be applied to diverse populations, such as LGBTQ clients, the elderly, the disabled, trauma survivors, and those with challenges such as Autism Spectrum, anxiety, and depression. The book also offers suggestions for dealing with common client difficulties such as avoidance, confusion, and goal directed attitudes. This comprehensive approach to Sensate Focus will remind listeners of the beauty and power of touch while offering suggestions for moving from avoidance to sensory transcendence. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy: The Illustrated Manual Author: Constance Avery-Clark, Linda Weiner Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sensate Focus in Sex Therapy: The Illustrated Manual provides health professionals with specific information on the use of the structured touching opportunities used regularly by Sexologists to address their clients' sexual difficulties (Sensate Focus 1) and enhance intimate relationships (Sensate Focus 2). This book is the only one to: vividly describe the specific steps of, activities involved in, and positions associated with Sensate Focus; emphasize the purpose of Sensate Focus as a mindfulness-based practice; and distinguish between the purposes of Sensate Focus 1 and Sensate Focus 2. This manual discusses how modifications to Sensate Focus can be applied to diverse populations, such as LGBTQ clients, the elderly, the disabled, trauma survivors, and those with challenges such as Autism Spectrum, anxiety, and depression. The book also offers suggestions for dealing with common client difficulties such as avoidance, confusion, and goal directed attitudes. This comprehensive approach to Sensate Focus will remind listeners of the beauty and power of touch while offering suggestions for moving from avoidance to sensory transcendence. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Soul Wound: Trauma-Informed Counseling for Indigenous Communities, Second Edition Author: Eduardo Duran Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, Eduardo Duran—a psychologist working in Indian country—draws on his own clinical experience to provide guidance to counselors working with Native Peoples and other vulnerable populations. This second edition includes an important new chapter devoted to working with veterans, examining what it means to go to war and what is required for veterans to heal. Duran also updates his thinking on research, including suggestions on how to invent a new liberation research methodology through applied story science. Translating theory into day-to-day practice, the text presents case materials that illustrate effective intervention strategies for prevalent problems, including substance abuse, intergenerational trauma, and internalized oppression. This unique resource explores theoretical Indigenous understanding of cosmology and how understanding natural law can lead us to new ways of understanding and healing the psyche. Eduardo Duran Tue, 26 Oct 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Soul Wound: Trauma-Informed Counseling for Indigenous Communities, Second Edition Author: Eduardo Duran Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, Eduardo Duran—a psychologist working in Indian country—draws on his own clinical experience to provide guidance to counselors working with Native Peoples and other vulnerable populations. This second edition includes an important new chapter devoted to working with veterans, examining what it means to go to war and what is required for veterans to heal. Duran also updates his thinking on research, including suggestions on how to invent a new liberation research methodology through applied story science. Translating theory into day-to-day practice, the text presents case materials that illustrate effective intervention strategies for prevalent problems, including substance abuse, intergenerational trauma, and internalized oppression. This unique resource explores theoretical Indigenous understanding of cosmology and how understanding natural law can lead us to new ways of understanding and healing the psyche. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing the Soul Wound: Trauma-Informed Counseling for Indigenous Communities, Second Edition Author: Eduardo Duran Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, Eduardo Duran—a psychologist working in Indian country—draws on his own clinical experience to provide guidance to counselors working with Native Peoples and other vulnerable populations. This second edition includes an important new chapter devoted to working with veterans, examining what it means to go to war and what is required for veterans to heal. Duran also updates his thinking on research, including suggestions on how to invent a new liberation research methodology through applied story science. Translating theory into day-to-day practice, the text presents case materials that illustrate effective intervention strategies for prevalent problems, including substance abuse, intergenerational trauma, and internalized oppression. This unique resource explores theoretical Indigenous understanding of cosmology and how understanding natural law can lead us to new ways of understanding and healing the psyche. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552325 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Altruistic Urge: Why We’re Driven to Help Others Author: Stephanie D. Preston Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ordinary people can perform acts of astonishing selflessness, sometimes even putting their lives on the line. A pregnant woman saw a dorsal fin and blood in the water—and dove right in to pull her wounded husband to safety. Remarkably, some even leap into action to save complete strangers: one New York man jumped onto the subway tracks to rescue a boy who had fallen into the path of an oncoming train. Such behavior is not uniquely human. Researchers have found that mother rodents are highly motivated to bring newborn pups—not just their own—back to safety. What do these stories have in common, and what do they reveal about the instinct to protect others? In The Altruistic Urge, Stephanie D. Preston explores how and why we developed a surprisingly powerful drive to help the vulnerable. She argues that the neural and psychological mechanisms that evolved to safeguard offspring also motivate people to save strangers in need of immediate aid. Merging extensive interdisciplinary research that spans psychology, neuroscience, neurobiology, and evolutionary biology, Preston develops a groundbreaking model of altruistic responses. Her theory accounts for extraordinary feats of bravery, all-too-common apathy, and everything in between—and it can also be deployed to craft more effective appeals to assist those in need. Stephanie D. Preston Tue, 03 May 2022 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552325 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Altruistic Urge: Why We’re Driven to Help Others Author: Stephanie D. Preston Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ordinary people can perform acts of astonishing selflessness, sometimes even putting their lives on the line. A pregnant woman saw a dorsal fin and blood in the water—and dove right in to pull her wounded husband to safety. Remarkably, some even leap into action to save complete strangers: one New York man jumped onto the subway tracks to rescue a boy who had fallen into the path of an oncoming train. Such behavior is not uniquely human. Researchers have found that mother rodents are highly motivated to bring newborn pups—not just their own—back to safety. What do these stories have in common, and what do they reveal about the instinct to protect others? In The Altruistic Urge, Stephanie D. Preston explores how and why we developed a surprisingly powerful drive to help the vulnerable. She argues that the neural and psychological mechanisms that evolved to safeguard offspring also motivate people to save strangers in need of immediate aid. Merging extensive interdisciplinary research that spans psychology, neuroscience, neurobiology, and evolutionary biology, Preston develops a groundbreaking model of altruistic responses. Her theory accounts for extraordinary feats of bravery, all-too-common apathy, and everything in between—and it can also be deployed to craft more effective appeals to assist those in need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Altruistic Urge: Why We’re Driven to Help Others Author: Stephanie D. Preston Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ordinary people can perform acts of astonishing selflessness, sometimes even putting their lives on the line. A pregnant woman saw a dorsal fin and blood in the water—and dove right in to pull her wounded husband to safety. Remarkably, some even leap into action to save complete strangers: one New York man jumped onto the subway tracks to rescue a boy who had fallen into the path of an oncoming train. Such behavior is not uniquely human. Researchers have found that mother rodents are highly motivated to bring newborn pups—not just their own—back to safety. What do these stories have in common, and what do they reveal about the instinct to protect others? In The Altruistic Urge, Stephanie D. Preston explores how and why we developed a surprisingly powerful drive to help the vulnerable. She argues that the neural and psychological mechanisms that evolved to safeguard offspring also motivate people to save strangers in need of immediate aid. Merging extensive interdisciplinary research that spans psychology, neuroscience, neurobiology, and evolutionary biology, Preston develops a groundbreaking model of altruistic responses. Her theory accounts for extraordinary feats of bravery, all-too-common apathy, and everything in between—and it can also be deployed to craft more effective appeals to assist those in need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard to Be Human: Overcoming Our Five Cognitive Design Flaws Author: Ted Cadsby Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are oddly paradoxical creatures who long to be happy while creating our own suffering. We replay past anguish, anticipate future distress, and stew in self-righteous anger. In Hard to Be Human, Ted Cadsby focuses on five cognitive design flaws that foster underthinking and overreacting, and reveals powerful strategies to overcome them. Ted Cadsby Tue, 09 Nov 2021 04:01:59 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552322 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard to Be Human: Overcoming Our Five Cognitive Design Flaws Author: Ted Cadsby Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are oddly paradoxical creatures who long to be happy while creating our own suffering. We replay past anguish, anticipate future distress, and stew in self-righteous anger. In Hard to Be Human, Ted Cadsby focuses on five cognitive design flaws that foster underthinking and overreacting, and reveals powerful strategies to overcome them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard to Be Human: Overcoming Our Five Cognitive Design Flaws Author: Ted Cadsby Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are oddly paradoxical creatures who long to be happy while creating our own suffering. We replay past anguish, anticipate future distress, and stew in self-righteous anger. In Hard to Be Human, Ted Cadsby focuses on five cognitive design flaws that foster underthinking and overreacting, and reveals powerful strategies to overcome them.